Alex Reviewer 2010
-
Upload
jul-parale -
Category
Documents
-
view
338 -
download
3
Transcript of Alex Reviewer 2010
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
1/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1
2
3 Greek architecture was essentially.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12 Amphitheaters are used for ___.
13
14 The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.
15
16
17Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.
18
19 The characteristic of Greek ornament.
20The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.
21The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.
22 The open court in an Italian palazzo.
23
24"cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.
25
The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and thefounder of the 19th dynasty.
The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture ofwhich Greece and her domains had ample supply of was.
Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erectedby the architect Mnesicles is the.
The building in the acropolis generally considered as beingthe most nearly perfect building ever erected is the.
With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a nativenatural cement, the Romans achieved huge interiors with the.
Which of the order was added by the Romans to the ordersused by the Greeks.
From the 5th century to the present, the character ofByzantine architecture is the practice of using.
Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from thatof the rest of Europe by the use of what material for facingwalls.The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancientbuildings in Rome.The space between the colonnade and the naos wall inGreek temple.
An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter usedin public places.
An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealingthe foot of a row of convex tiles that cover the joints of the flattiles.
Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof tosupport an ornament, more usually, the ornament itself.
In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, butespecially for storing wine.
The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper partof a Gothic window.
How many stained glass are there in the ChartresCathedral?
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
2/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
26
27 Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.
28 Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.
29Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.
30 Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.
31
32 A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.
33
34 The uppermost step in the crepidoma.
35 The lowest step in the crepidoma.
36 Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.
37 Intercolumniation of 4 diameters.
38 Intercolumniation of 2 diameters.
39 Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?
40 Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.
41
42 Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.
43What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?
44A foot race course in the cities.
45 Architects of the Parthenon.
46
47
48
49
50Japanese tea house
51 A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for Prostration
Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.i. Cornice ii. Frieze iii.Architrave
A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circularplan of a dome to the poly-gonal plan of its supportingstructure.
The principal or central part of a church, extending fromthe narthex to the choir orchancel and usually flanked by aisles.
Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome ofthe Greek.
The tower atop the torogan where the princess and herladies in waiting hide during occasions.Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is wherethe carriages and floats are kept.The emergency hideout found directly behind the headboardof the Sultan's bed.
In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of whichis the river stone, shoe-shaped stove or kalan is known as ___.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
3/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
52Domical mound containing a relic.
53Ifugao house (southern strain).
54
55
56
57
58 Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture
59 Architect of the Einstein Tower.
60 Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.
61
62 The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.
63
64
65 Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.
66 The world's first large-scale monument in stone.
67The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh
68Female statues with baskets serving as columns.
69 A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.
70 A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.
71A concave molding approximately quarter round.
72 Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.
73
74 Architect of Robinson's Galleria
75 King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.
76 "A house is like a flower pot"
The style of the order with massive and tapering columnsresting on a base of 3 steps.
Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stonesforming chambers for consecutive burials for several to ahundred persons.
A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church,terminating in axis and intended to house an altar.
Temples in Greece that have a double line of columnssurrounding the naos.
What architectural term is termed to be free from anyhistorical style?
Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of abattlement.
In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, whoconsolidate the administrative system, made a survey of thecountry, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpfulworks.
A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure mustbe well oriented'.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
4/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
77
78Architect of TWA airport.
79"Modern architecture need not be western".
80Not among the three pyramids in Gizeh
81
82 Finest example of French-Gothic architecture
83 Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.
84
85
86
87
88
89 A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items.
90
91 Architect of the famous Propylaea, Acropolis.
92 A Greek building that contains painted pictures.
93 A kindred type to the theater.
94
95
96
97A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect
98
99
100"Form follows function".
Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germanyit is known as ___.
A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cymareversa strap.
A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display aflower arrangement or art.The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture andnotable of its large dome.An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanentlyplace over the altar in a church.
A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housinga statue.
A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of achurch.
A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, andMuslim 12th-16th century architecture.
The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greektheaters.
A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses ofbrickworks.A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stonelaid in a loose pattern roughly resembling polygonal work.
A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with orwithout mortar joints.
Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults anddomes.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
5/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
101
102 Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan.
103
104 The architect of the Pantheon.
105 Architect of the World Trade Center.
106 He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica.
107
108 Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines.
109
110 Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria.
111
112 Conceptualized the Corinthian capital.
113 Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum
114 Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia.
115
116 Architect of the Erechtheion.
117 Master sculptor of the Parthenon.
118 Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel.
119 "A house is a machine to live in".
120 Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower.
121 "Architecture is Organic".
122 Invented reinforced concrete in France.
123 First elected U.A.P. president.
124First president and founder of PAS.
125 Architect of the National Library, Philippines.
126 Designer of the Bonifacio Monument.
127 Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument.
He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine forliving".
Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shellconstruction.
Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia,Constantinople)
Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall atKarnak?
The dominating personality who became an ardent discipleof the Italian renaissance style.
Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus,Olympius.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
6/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
128Designer of the Taj Mahal.
129 Expressionist Architect.
130Founders of the "Art Noveau".
131 Architect of the Batasang Pambansa.
132 Architect of the Philippine Heart Center.
133 Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium.
134 The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.
135 Architect of SM Megamall.
136 Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila.
137 G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard.
138
139
140
141 In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___.
142
143 Corresponds to the Greek naos.
144
145
146
147
148
149 Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___.
150 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___.
151 Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___.
152Orientation of the Medieval Church
Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, thischurch in Rizal whose design depicts the heavy influence ofSpanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.
This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. MiguelMurguia, has an unusually large bell which was made fromapproximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.
A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christianchurches.
From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes ofcolumns at the front and rear.
The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica byBramante.
The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by CarloMaderna.
On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of theepistle and the gospel are
In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part ofthe sanctuary which later developed into the transept, this is the___.
In early Christian churches, the bishop took the centralplace at the end of the church called ___.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
7/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
153
154 Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period)
155
156 Type of plan of the Byzantine churches.
157First school which offered architecture in the Philippines
158
159 The council house in Greece.
160 The senate house of the Greeks.
161 The oldest circus in Rome.
162 The oldest and most important forum in Rome.
163 The warm room in the Thermae
164 The Hot room of the Thermae
165 The dry or sweating room in the Thermae.
166 The dressing room of the Thermae.
167 The room for oils and unguents in the thermae.
168
169
170 Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'?
171The private house of the Romans.
172The sleeping room of the 'megaron'.
173 Roman apartment blocks
174 Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site
175 A roman house with a central patio.
176 A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces.
177
178
The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a lowscreen wall from the body of the church called ___.
One of the few churches of its type to have survivedhaving a square nave and without cross-arms, roofed by adome which spans to the outer walls of the building.
The best example of a German Romanesque church withapses at both east and west ends.
The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavianamphitheater" was commenced by whom and completed bywhom?
The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb ofAgamemnon'.
A megalithic structure consisting of several large stones set on end with a large covering slab
Monumental gateway to an Egyptian temple consisting with slanting walls flanking the entrance portal
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
8/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
179
180 Principal room of Anatolian House
181
182 The steps forming the base of a columned Greek temple
183 The principal chamber in a Greek temple containing the statue of deity.
184 Dry sweating room with apodyteila or dressing room and unctuaria or for oils.
185
186 Roman apartment block that rose four or more storey high
187 A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb.
188 A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church.
189 That part of a Greek house or Byzantine Church reserved for women
190 Truncated wedge-blocks forming an arc
191 A monument erected in memory of one not interned in or under it
192 A rose or wheel window of the Romanesque Church was of ten placed over the
193
194 Projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether vaulted or flat.
195
196
197 Designer of the Crystal Palace, London
198 Architect of the Sagrada Familia, Barcelona
199 Architect of the White House, D.C.
200 Second Filipino registered architect after the well-known Tomas Mapua
201 A mosque principal place of worship, or use of the bldg. for Friday prayers
202 Man who leads the congregation at a prayer
203 Architectural style characterized by Friezes and Crestings
204 Sacred enclosure found at walls of Damascus great mosque
A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping triangular sides meeting at the apex; used mainly in ancient Egypt.
It consists of the upright column or support including the capital, base, if any, and the horizontal entablature or part supported.
A great awning drawn over roman theatres and amphitheatres to protect spectators against the sun
A period in Gothic Architecture in France characterized by circular windows with wheel tracery
A slight convex curvature built into truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated deflection so that it will have no sag when under load.
A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally employed in Renaissance building.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
9/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
205
206
207 General characteristic of the Romanesque empire was
208 Vaulting compartment into six parts known as
209
210 Is a circular tower 16 m ( 52 ft. ) in diameter rising in 8 stories of encircling arcades.
211
212 A secluded place
213 Secular architecture
214
215
216
217
218Finest or Romanesque castles in Spain is at ____
219 Sited and designed to secure the routes from coastal ports to Jerusalem
220A civil settlement under the protection of a castle.
221
222
223
224
Erected to the memory of his favorite wife Mumtaz Mahal, it was the culminating work in the life of the emperor.
In Romanesque arch’re a period where an order founded by St. Bruno in 1806 is notably severe and adorned
A rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its breath from wall
Roughly carved of men and beasts used as support columns of projecting porches and of bishops throne.
The first Frankish king who became roman emperor, was crowned in 800 at Rome by the pope, and ruled over the franks, which included central Germany and northern France
Type of roof in which 4 faces rest diagonally between the gables and converge at the top
The most important of the distinctive characteristics of mature Spanish Romanesque architecture
Is well endowed with medieval military achre and grand castles are particularly numerous in castle
A projecting wall or parapet allowing floor openings, through w/c molten lead, pitch, stones were dropped only on an enemy below.
A parapet having a series of indentions or embrasures, between which are raised portions known as merlons
The upstanding part of an embattled parapet, between two crenels/ embrasure openings.
A squared timber used in bldg. construction or a low ridge of earth that marks a boundary line
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
10/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
225 A Scandinavian wooden church with vertical planks forming the walls
226
227
228
229
230
231Leafed ornament.
232 Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.
233
234 Single and most important building in Britain.
235 A room, where food is stored in a manor house.
236 The screen/ ornamental work rising behind the altar.
237 Term applied to a tower crowned by a spire.
238 A ledge or shelf behind an altar for holding vases or candles.
239 Originally the minaret of the mosque.
240 The largest medieval cathedral and is somewhat German in character in north Italy.
241
242
243 In renaissance archre, which is logically staid and serene architectural style?
244
245
Architecture was marked by copy roofs which frequently had more storey than the walls, and were provided with dormer windows to make through current of air for their use as a drying ground for the large monthly wash
A projection block or spur of stone carried with foliage to decorate the raking lines formed by angles of spires and canopies.
An arch starting from a detached pier and abutting against a wall to take the thrust of the vaulting.
A circular or polygonal apse when surrounded by an ambulatory of which are chapels.
An architectural style which in its period is the English equivalent of the high gothic of northern France first pointed.
The actual sanctuary of a church beyond the choir and occupied only by the officiating clergy.
A space entirely or partly under a building in churches generally beneath the chancel and used for burial in early times.
A movement which begun in Italy in the 15th century created a break in the continuous revolution of European times.
The phase in western European renaissance archre 1750-1830, when renewed inspiration was sought from ancient Greek and roman architecture
A term coined to describe the characteristics of the output of Italian renaissance architects of the period 1530-1600. Characterized by unconventional use of classical elements
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
11/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
246
247 A light portable receptacle for sacred relics
248 Famous architect in Florence renaissance archre.
249
250 Known architect in early renaissance.
251 Vertical members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.
252 Horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows.
253
254
255
256 France generally describe rococo as
257
258
259
260 Space between the columns.
261
262 A stone gallery over the entrance to the choir of a cathedral or church.
263
264
265
266
267
268 The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the God.
269 Also known as Siam (before 1993) and was named, meaning “land of the free”
A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally employed in renaissance buildings
The principal floor of an Italian palace, raised one floor above ground level and containing the principal social apartments.
A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits, leaves often used in decoration.An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a terminal.A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with nymphs) and intended for relaxation.
One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of god or act as guardian spirits, or chubby, rosy- faced child with wings.Central shaft of a circular staircase also applied to the post in which the handrail is framed.A type of relief ornament or cresting resembling studded leather straps, arranged in geometrical and sometimes interlaced patterns; much used in the early renaissance archre in England.
An ornament in classic or renaissance archre consisting of an assembly of straight lines intersecting at right angles of various patterns. Also called key pattern
A term originally applied to the art of decorative painting in many colors, extended to the coloring of sculpture to enhance naturalism, also described to the application of variegated materials to achieve brilliant or striking effects
The selection of elements from diverse styles for architectural decorative designs,particularly during the 2nd half of the 19th century in Europe and USA.
A long dormer on the slope of a roof, it has no sides, the roofing being carried in a nave line.
The central rounded of a pattern or ornament, an oculus, one at the summit of a dome.
A vertical steel support cast iron was used until relatively cheap steel became available.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
12/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
270 A stupa in a form of a corn cob.
271
272 Burma’s term for monasteries.
273 Chinese monumental gateway.
274
275
276 Arch of the famous Twin Tower World Trade Center.
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291 Architect who leads the development of the ‘Quezon Memorial Circle” in Quezon City.
292 Eiffel tower I Paris stands.
Reflects Burma’s cultural connections with China and India, built over older foundations (16th-17th century) at Rangoon.
Is the most famous for the eye catching tower he constructed in Paris for the exposition universally of 1889 work of Eiffel tower.
One of the pioneers of the modern movement in American architecture. Work auditorium building, U.S.
Scottish architect and designer who was prominent in the arts and crafts movement in Great Britain.Received the “Patnubay ng Sining at Kalinanagan “award for the city of manila, who is the architect?
In 1989 he received the prtzker prize commonly referred to as “The Noble of Architecture” the loftiest recognition. It is a lifetime achievement award granted to living architect whose body of work represents a superlative contribution to the field.
His first designs were drawings of fantastic architectural visions in steel and glass as well as costume and poster design.
Much of his works has been described as post modern, since he rejected the excessive abstractionism of architects such as Le Corbusier and strove instead to incorporate the valid elements of older style.
Spanish architects, one of the most creative practitioners of his art in modern times.His style is often described as a blend of neo-gothic and art nouveau, but is also has surrealist and cubist elements.
One of the world’s 1st futurist and global thinkers. His 1927 decision to work always and only for all humanity led him to address the largest global problems of poverty,disease and homelessness.In his practice he explores the use of indigenous materials infused with current technological trends to bring a new dimension in designs.Afterwards became deeply involved in the design and building of French railways and bridges. He worked on structures such as bridge across the Garonne River, train stations at Toulouse and again in France.
He has actively promoted the use of native architectural forms and indigenous nationals such as bamboo and thatch, in the creation of a distinctively Filipino architecture.
French-born, Brazilian architect and urban planner. This famous axiom “Each one sees whatever he wishes to see” belongs to,He was the architect in his time that receives his license as award at his 60’s or at the age of 60 yrs. old.An important Scottish architect who was particularly known for his interiors based on classical decoration.He was called “Masters master” where his students are architects like Gropius, Breuer and Van de Rohe
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
13/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
293 Starting with holes” belongs to architect
294 A house is a machine to live in” philosophy belongs to
295
296
297 His contributions where the advocacy of the idea of planning rooms by volume.
298
299 Father of modern architectural movement in Brazil.
300 A city is subjected to growth, delay and rebuilt”
301
302
303
304
305
306
He paid great attention to the detailing of the structure, which he attributed to his father’s teachings about craftsmanship.One of his stylish choice which are circles and squares were used in his design solutions.
His solutions to building problem were always direct, transmitting to the ground by the shortest path the stresses developed within the structures.
For Egyptian Architecture design, due to excessivesunshine, there was no need for windows, themassive unbroken walls provided the surface for________________.
In Greek Architecture, It is the largest building atopthe Athenian Acropolis, It is a temple dedicated toAthena (The warrior of maiden) It is a Doric building,and made entirely of white pentelic marble andsurrounded by freestanding column.
In Greek Architecture, The __________ theaterdesigned (c.350 BC) by Polyclitus. It is among thelargest and best preserved ancient theaters inGreece. The circular construction and the pitch ofthe seats, where held close to 14,000 spectators,permit nearly perfect acoustics.
In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 72-82 inRome Italy, It is the largest Roman Amphitheater, Afour storey, elliptical structure that seated about50,000 spectators. The exterior façade wasembellished with superimposed Doric, ionic andCorinthian columns.
In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 112, It wasdesigned by Apollodorous of Damascus for EmperorTrajan, it is often considered the most magnificentand architecturally most pleasing.
In Roman Architecture, The Pantheon (AD C118-28),A monument of imperial Rome, revived the use ofbrick and concrete in temple architecture. It issymmetry is enchanced by its hemispherical dome,Who is the architect of this historical monument?(he is the son in law of Augustus.)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
14/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
The Washington D.C. monument. The tapering shaftcontained in a Greek style temple, the obelisk is theonly remnant of the original blueprint that remains.It was designed in the year 1812 by the AmericanArchitect, What is the name of this Architect?
What is the name of the Cathedral in France that was designedby Jean d’ Orbais.(
In France, It is the official residence of President ofFrance, It was built in 1718 by Claude Mollet forHenry de la Tour d’ Auvergne
In Philippine Architecture, It is considered the homeof the Sultans. Carved on the wooden posts in theniyaga, a stylized mytical snake design can be found.It is the traditional residence of the reigning Sultanof Maranaw people and his family.
In Philippine Architecture, Being Isolated and windfrequented area. The Batanes Islands, exhibit themost different of all traditional Architecture in thePhil. The house is built solidly on all sides, made of ameter thick rubble work, covered by thick thatchroofing to withstand gales which frequent the area.What is the name of this unique house?
The ___________________ is an art deco buildingdesigned by the Filipino Architect Juan M. deGuzman Arellano, and built in 1935. During theliberation of Manila by the Americans in 1945, thetheatre was totally destroyed. After reconstructionby the Americans it gradually fell into disuse in the1960’s. In the following decade it was meticulouslyrestored but again fell into decay. Recently a busstation has been constructed at the back of thetheatre. The City of Manila is planning a renovationof this once magnificent building.
The Golden Empire Tower-( 1322 Roxas Boulevard)is the tallest building along the boulevard and one ofthe highest residential condominium in the world.The one with the golden glass facing Manila Bay andUnited States Embassy compound in Manila. Who isthe Filipino Architect of this famous residentialcondominium?
For the Creation of Space ____________a ChinesePhilosopher, said, “The reality of the building doesnot consist in the roof and walls, but in the spacewithin to be lived in.”
The base or platform upon which a column, pedestal, statue, monument, or structure rests.
(Greek Architecture) is a sculpted female figure serving as an architectural support taking the place of a column or apillar supporting an entablature on her head.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
15/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
317
318 The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.
319 The later male counterpart of the caryatid and the name refers to the legend of Atlas,
320
321
322
323
324 A monumental, four-sided stone shaft, usually monolithic and tapering to a pyramidal tip.
325 A caulking material made from old hemp rope fibers that have been treated with tar.
326
327
328
329
330 The father of modern picture books of Architecture
331
332
333
334
Is an architectural device, typically carved in stone and employed to decoratively emphasize the apex of a gable, orany of various distinctive ornaments at the top, end, or corner of a building or structure.
Is an architectural term related to ancient Greek buildings, is the platform of, usually, three levels upon which thesuperstructure of the building is erected. The levels typically decrease in size incrementally, forming a series of stepsalong all or some sides of the building.
The Filipino Architect Who Designed the 66Meters(217 ft') height Pylons Quezon Memorial Circle.
Is an ornamental molding or band following the curve of the underside of an arch, It is composed of bands ofornamental moldings (or other architectural elements) surrounding an arched opening,
is a term used for Ancient Greek Plays in order to describe any of two passageways leading into the orchestra,between theatron and skenê (also known as the parodos).
A waterspout projecting from the roof gutter of a building, often carved grotesquely(Sculpture).Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important event. They are frequently usedto improve the appearance of a city or location.The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for thedemocratically-elected council is called:
The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built byupon one complete plan but owes its size, disposition andmagnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the 12th Dynastyto the Ptolemaic period.
The man of learning… can fearlessly look down upon thetroublesome accidents of fortune. But he who thinks himselfentrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, moves one slipperypath, struggling though life unsteadily and insecurely.”
Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb isalso known as:The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order andmade entirely f marble is;
It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870’s andthe 1880’s in England and the USA and actually based on countryhouse and cottage Elizabeth architecture which was characterized bya blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and colonialelements in the USA:
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
16/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350 Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is also known as
351 The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and made entirely if marble is
352
An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter‘s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connectingthe main features of London.
The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city iscalled:
The architect who claimed that: “The ultimate goal of the newarchitecture was the composite but inseparable work of an art, inwhich the old diving line between monumental and decorativeelements will have disappeared forever.”
The architect who said that the exterior of the building is theresult of the interior
The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitariesof the city and as a palace where distinguished visitors and citizensmight be entertained.
It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was asingle room dwelling elevated at 1.50 meters from the ground; thefloor were made of hard wood like narra which rested on 3 floor joistwhich in turn were supported by transverse girders.
It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture whereelaborated ornamental vaulting, and refinement of stonecuttingtechniques.
Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground incircular form.
A style in the architecture Italy I the second half of the 16thcentury and to a lesser extent elsewhere in Europe. It uses classicalelements in an unconventional manner.
The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the democratically-elected council is called
The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by upon one complete plan but owes its size, disposition and magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the 12th Dynasty to the Ptolemaic period
A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from lowest portion of the wall which adjoins two living units up to a minimum height of 0.30 meters above the highest portion of the roof and extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost edge of the abutting living units?
The father of modern picture books of Architecture“The man of learning… can fearlessly look down upon the troublesome accidents of fortune. But he who thinks himself entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, moves one slippery path, struggling though life unsteadily and insecurely.”
It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921 where the maestros de obra or the master builders are required to register as architects?
Early type of settlement in America taken after the “baug” (military town) and “fauborg” (citizen’s town) of the medieval ages
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
17/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361 ??? on natural rocks in a Greek theater is called
362
363Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in circular form
364
365
366
367
368 CHARACTERIZED BY RADIATING LINES OF TRACERY
369 CHARATERIZED BYFLOWING A FLAME-LIKE TRACERY.
370
371
It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870’s and the 1880’s in England and the USA and actually based on country house and cottage Elizabeth architecture which was characterized by a blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and colonial elements in the USA
Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a “super building” that contained 337 dwellings in only acres of land. What is the structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles?An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter ‘s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connecting the main features of London.
The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is called:
The architect who claimed that: “The ultimate goal of the new architecture was the composite but inseparable work of an art, in which the old diving line between monumental and decorative elements will have disappeared forever.”
The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.
The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries of the city and as a palace where distinguished visitors and citizens might be entertained
It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a single room dwelling elevated at 1.50 meters from the ground; the floor were made of hard wood like narra which rested on 3 floor joist which in turn were supported by transverse girders
It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where elaborated ornamental vaulting, and refinement of stonecutting techniques
A revival style based on the buildings and publications of the 6th century architect marked by ancient Roman Architectural forms
TS MOST OUTSTANDING ACHIEVEMENTS ARE ITS MASSIVE FUNERARY MONUMENTS & TEMPLES BUILT OF STONE FOR PERMANENCE, FEATURING ONLY POST-AND-LINTEL CONSTRUCTION & CORBEL VAULTS W/ OUT ARCHES & VAULTING
CHARACTERIZED BY CLEAR PLANS, MASSIVEARTICULATED WALL STRUCTURES, ROUND ARCHES, & POWERFUL VAULTSCHARACTERIZED BY POINTED ARCH, THE GRADUAL REDUCTION OF THE WALLS TO A SYSTEM OF RICHLY DECORATED FENESTRATION
CHARACTERIZED BY THE USE OF THE CLASSICAL ORDERS, ROUND ARCHES, and SYMMETRICAL COMPOSITION.MODE OF BLDG FOLLOWING THE STRICT ROMAN FORMS, A SET FORTH IN THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ITALIAN REN. ARCH’T.ANDREA PALLADIO (1508-1580). STYLE BASED ON A CLOSED STUDY OF ANTIQUITY.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
18/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385 Inward inclination or slope of an outward wall
TRANSITIONAL STYLE IN ARCH’RE & THE ARTS IN THE LATE 16th. CENT, CHARATERIZED IN ARCH’RE BY UNCOVENTIONAL USE OF CLASSICAL ELEMENTS.IS CHARACTERIZED BY INTERPRETATION OF OVAL SPACES, CURVED SURFACES, & CONSPICUOUS USE DECORATION, ACULPTURE & COLOR. ITS LAST PHASE IS CALLED “ROCOCO BOLD, OPULENT & IMPRESSIVE TYPE OF ARCH’RE. THE PHASE IN WESTERN EUROPIAN RENASSAINCE ARCH’RE 1750-1830, WHEN RENED INSPIRATION WAS SOUGHT FROM ANCIENT GREEK & ROMAN ARCH’RE ( NEO CLASSICAL)
( FR. ROCALLE – ROCKWORK) A TERM APPLIED TO TYPE OF RENAISSANCE ORNAMENT IN W/C ROCK-LIKE FORMS, FANTASTIC SCROLLS, & CRIMPED SHELLS ARE WORK UP TOGETHER IN A PRO-FUSION & COMFUSION OF DETAIL OFTEN W/ OUT ORGANIC COHERENCE BUT PRESENTING A LAVISH DISPLAY OF DECORATION.
SIVERSMITH-LIKE”; THE RICHLY DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE SPANISH RENAISSANCE.
THE TRANSITIONAL STYLE BETWEEN GOTHIC & RENAISSANCE IN ENGLAND, NAMED AFTER ELIZABETH I; MAINLY COUNTRY HOUSES, CHARATERIZED BY LARGED MILLIONED WINDOWS & STRAPWORK ORNAMENTATION
ENGLISH ARCH’L & DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE EARLY 17th CENT. , ADAPTING THE ELIZABETHAN STYLE TO CONTINENATL RENAISSANCE INLUENCES; NAMED AFTER JAMES I
THE PREVAILING STYLE OF THE 18th CENT. IN GREAT BRITAIN & THE NORTH AMERICAN COLONIES, SO NAMED AFTER GEORGE I, II, III, BUT NOT INCLUDE GEORGE IV. DERIVED FROM CLASSICAL, RENAISSANCE, & BAROQUE FORMS.
TERM IN A SPECIALIZED SENSE TO DESCRIBE ONE OF THE ATTITUDES OF TASTE TOWARDDS ARCH’RE & LANDSCAPE GARDENING IN THE LATE 18th & EARLY 19th CENT. BLDG’S & LANDSCAPE WERE TO HAVE THE CONTROLLED INFORMALITY OF A PICTURE.
Mythical monsters each with the body of a lion and a head of a man, hawk, ram or woman possessed
An ancient Egyptian rectangular, flat-topped funerary mound with battered (sloping) sides covering a burial chamber blow ground
Huge monoliths, square on plan and tapering to an electrum-capped (alloy of silver & gold) “pyra-midion” at the summit, which was the sacred part. The four sides are cut with hieroglyphics
A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping triangular sides meeting at the apex
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
19/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
386
387
388 Pictorial representation of religious ritual, historic events and daily pursuits
389
390
391
392 The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the god
393
394
395
396 a large fortified (armed) place; a fort often including a town; any place of security.
397
398
399
Consists of a complex of “sarsen” (any of the many large sedimentary rocks that have been broken into blocks by frost action and are found scattered across the chalk downs of southern England )stones and smaller blue stones set in a circle and connected by lintels
Artificial Mountains made up of tiered (layered), rectangular stages which rose in number from one to seven
An ancient structure usually regarded as a tomb, consisting of two or more large upright stones set with a space between and capped by a horizontal stone
Any of the pieces, in the shape of a truncated wedge, which form an arch or a vault. A wedge-shaped stone: a wedge-shaped brick or stone used to form the curved parts of an arch or vault
In ancient Greece/ Rome, a room or covered area or open on one side used as a meeting place; architecture history conversation room: a room for relaxation or conversation, especially a semicircular recess in a larger hall with a continuous bench along the wall; furniture long curved outdoor bench: a long curved or semicircular outdoor bench, usually with a high back; architecture recess: any kind of recess or niche (technical)
Domical mounds which grouped with their rails, gateways, professional paths and crowning umbrella came to be known as symbols of the universe; a Buddhist shrine, temple, or pagoda that houses a relic or marks the location of an auspicious event.
An adjective used to describe an artist who selects forms and ideas from different periods or countries and combines them to produce a harmonious whole.
The exposed undersurface of any overhead component of a building such as an arch, balcony, beam, cornice, lintel or vault. bottom surface: the underside of a structural component of a building, for example the underside of a roof overhang or the inner curve of an arch
the term applied to the triangular curved overhanging surface by means of which a circular dome is supported over a square or polygonal compartment. a sloping triangular piece of vaulting between the arches that support a dome and its rim
Pre-Columbian edifice dedicated to the service or worship of their god which is made of stones entered by a single door to a very steep single flight of steps, above it rises a high stone roof
Term in a specialized sense to describe one of the attitudes of taste towards architecture and landscape gardening in the late 18th and early 19th century; very attractive: visually pleasing enough to be the subject of a painting or photograph
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
20/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
400
401
402
403 A slab forming the crowning member of a column
404
405
406 Sculptures female figures used as columns or supports
407
408The sharp edge formed by the meeting of two surface usually in DORIC columns
409
410
411 The lowest square member of the base of a column
412
413
414
A term originally applied painting on a wall while the plaster is wet and is not in oil colors. painting done on fresh plaster: a painting on a wall or ceiling made by brushing watercolors onto fresh damp plaster, or onto partly dry plaster
A long colonnaded building, served many purposes, used around public places and as shelter at religious shrines; an ancient covered walkway: in ancient Greece, a covered walkway, usually with a row of columns on one side and a wall on the other
Carved male figures serving as pillars also called TELAMONES; architecture figure of man used as support: a figure of a man, either standing or kneeling, used as a support for the upper part of a classical building
A swelling or curving outwards along the outline of a column shaft, designed to counteract the optical illusion which gives a shaft bounded by straight lines the appearance of curving inwards; a bulge in architectural column: a slight bulge in the shaft of a column, designed to counter the visual impression of concavity that a perfectly straight column would give
The vertical channeling on the shaft of a column; architecture: groove in column: a groove running down an architectural column
the portion of a pedestal between its base and cornice. A term also applied to the lower portions of walls when decorated separately.
a small flat band between mouldings to separate them from each other. architecture flat narrow moulding: a raised or sunken ornamental surface set between larger surfaces
A triangular piece of wall above the entablature enclosed by raking cornices; architecture gable on colonnade: a broad triangular or segmental gable surmounting a colonnade as the major part of a facade
Town square, was the center of social and business life, around which were stoas, or colonnaded porticoes, temples, markets, public buildings, monuments, shrines.
These are arches erected to emperors and generals commemorating victorious campaigns; has one or three openings. Such arches were adorned with appropriate bas-reliefs (flat sculpture; slightly projecting) and usually carried grit-bronze statuary (statues considered collectively) on an attic storey and having a dedicatory inscription in its face
Palatial public baths of Imperial Rome raised on a high platform; hot springs: hot springs or baths, especially the public baths of ancient Rome
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
21/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
415
416
417
418
419
420
421 Line of intersection of cross-vaults
422
423 A mass of masonry built against a wall to resist the pressure of an arch & vault.
424
425 A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church
426 A building or a part of a church in which baptism is administered
427 a basin usually of stone which holds the water for baptism.
428
429 A raised stage in a Basilican church reserved for the clergy
430 A range of arches supported on piers or columns attached to or detached from the wall.
431
432 Decorative surfaces formed by small cubes of stones, glass & marble
Elliptical Amphitheatres are characteristically Roman buildings found in every important settlement, used to display of mortal combats (gladiatorial)
A roman structure where immense quantities of water were required for the great thermae and for public fountains, and for domestic supply for the large population; a channel for water: a pipe or channel for moving water to a lower level, often across a great distance
Corresponds (links) to the Agora in a Greek city was a central open space, used a public meeting space, market or rendezvous for political demonstrations.
A turret (small rounded tower) or part of a building elevated above the main building. architecture pointed ornament: a pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet
Taken from a tomb chamber, or the ornamental treatment given to a stone coffin hewn out of one block of marble and with sculptures, figures and festoons (garland) of a late period, surmounted by lids like roofs terminating in scrolls. stone coffin: an ancient stone or marble coffin, often decorated with sculpture and inscriptions
A term applied to monumental tombs. They consisted of large cylindrical blocks, often on a quadrangular podium, topped with a conical crown of earth or stone.
Sunk panels, caissons or lacunaria formed in ceilings, vaults or domes; sunken panel in a ceiling: a decorative sunken panel in a ceiling
an arch covering in stone or brick over any building; architecture arched ceiling: an arched structure of stone, brick, wood, or plaster that forms a ceiling or roof; a room with arched ceiling: a room, especially an underground room, with an arched ceiling
A vault having a circular plan, and usually in the form of a sphere portion, so constructed as to exert an equal thrust in all directions
A raised pulpit on either side of a Basilican church from which the epistle of a gospel were read
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
22/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
433
434
435
436
437 A small pavilion, usually open – built in gardens & parks.
438
439
440
441 A diagonal cutting of an arris formed by two surfaces at an angle
442 An approach or an open forecourt surrounded by arcades in a Basilican church.
443
444 Women’s or private quarters of a house or place in Islamic architecture.
445 An empty tomb. A monument erected in memory of one not interred in or under it.
446
447 The central stone of a semi-circular arch, sometimes sculptured.
448
449
450A public open space in Byzantine architecture, surrounded by buildings
A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb. Also known as “CIBORIUM”.A longitudinal division of an interior area, as in a church, separated from the main area by arcades or the like.
The principal or central longitudinal area of a church, extending from the main entrance or narthex to the CHANCEL (area of church near altar: an area of a church near the altar for the use of clergy and choir, often separated from the nave by a screen or steps) usually flanked by aisles of less height
The circular or multi-angular termination of a church sanctuary. A rounded projection of a building
An inward-looking building whose prime purpose is for contemplation & prayer. A space without object of adoration. (Muslim)
A block of stone, often elaborately carved or moulded, projected from a wall, supporting the beams of a roof, floor or vault.
a tall tower in, or continuous to a mosque arch stairs leading up to one or more balconies from which the faithful are called to prayer
A small arch or bracket built across each angle of a square or polygonal structure to form an octagon or other appropriate base for a dome or a spire. An interior supporting part of a tower: an arch, corbelling, or lintel built across the upper inside corner of a square tower to support the weight of a spire or other structure above
A double curve, resembling the letter “S”, formed by the union of a curve and a convex line
a screen in a Greek orthodox church on which icons or (sacred images), pictures, are placed separating the chancel from the space, open to the laity. An altar screen decorated with icons: a screen on which icons are mounted, used in Eastern Orthodox churches to separate the area around the altar from the main part of the church
A covered porch (porch-roofed exterior of a room) or balcony (balcony- a platform projecting from an interior or exterior wall of a building) extending along the outside of a building, planned for summer leisure.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
23/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
451Geometrical ornaments due to absence of human and animal statues; an ornate design
452
453small towers, often containing stairs, and forming special features in medieval buildings.
454
455
456
457 a (shell) or a recess in a wall, hallowed like a shell for a statue or ornament.
458
459
460 An umbrella shaped copula.
461 – The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a gothic window.
462
463
464
465Special term for a lantern or raised structure above a roof admitting light into the interior
466 A room where food is stored; a pantry ( a walk-in cupboard); a cupboard
467 The tapering termination of a tower in Gothic churches
468 The term applied to a tower crowned by a spire
469 – A room for storage of garments
The triangular space enclosed by the curve of an arch, a vertical line from its springing, a horizontal line through its apex. A space between one arch or another. Space between two arches and a cornice
Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of light. A vertical window divider: a vertical piece of stone, metal, or wood that divides the panes of a window or the panels of a screen
A castle in a French-speaking country or a stately residence. A French castle: a castle or large house in France, often one that has a vineyard attached and gives its name to wine produced there
A slender wooden spire rising from a roof. A slender church spire: a slender spire, especially one that emerges from the roof of a church at the point where the ridges intersect.
(Lump or knob) or projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether vaulted or flat.
Is a rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its breadth (distance from side to side) from the wall.
The high platform on which temples were generally placed (in general, any elevate platform). A foundation wall: a low wall forming a foundation or base, for example for a colonnade
The part of a cruciform church, projecting at right angles to the main building. Wings of church: the part of a cross-shaped church that runs at right angles to the long central part (nave)
Vaulting in Romanesque in which a framework of ribs supported thin stone panels. The new method consisted in designing the profile of the transverse (crosswise or at right angle with something), longitudinal and diagonal ribs to which the form of the panels was adopted
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
24/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
470
471
472A serving room between kitchen and dining room, or a room for storage of food supplies
473 A vault in which the ribs compose a “star-shaped” pattern
474
475
476 The dining hall of a monastery, convent or college
477
478 An Italian impressive building or private building
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for an anticipated deflection so that it will gave no sag when under load.
Covered passages around an open space or “Garth”, connecting the church to the chapter house; a small courtyard or enclosed space
A building complex of a certain English order or a self-contained community used by monksA bay window especially cantilevered or corbelled out from the face of the wall by means of projecting stones.
An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a terminal, like the volutes of the ionic capital.
One of a number of short vertical members often circular in section used to support a stair handrail or a coping (wall’s capping surface).
a term applied to a type of Renaissance ornament in which rock-like forms fantastic scrolls, and ‘crimped’ folded or pressed together) shells (are worked up together in a profusion and confusion of detail often without organic coherence but presenting a lavish display of decoration; Any excessively ornate or fancy style; A style of architecture and the decorative arts characterized by intricate ornamentation that was popular throughout Europe in the early 18th century.
In France, anything extravagantly ornamented, so ornate as to be in bad taste, a style of art and architecture in Italy in the 17th to 18th century.
A tower not connected with “Bell”. A term applied to the upper room in a tower in which the bells are hung.
The entire construction of a classical temple or the like, between the columns and the eaves usually composed of an architrave, frieze, and a cornice.
(BRITISH) The hall built or used by medieval association as of merchants and tradesmen, organized to maintain standards that constituted a governing body. (Doge = Italian renaissance chief magistrate)
(little house for pleasure & recreation). A prominent structure, generally distinctive in character.
The space about the altar of a church, usually separated by a screen for the clergy and other officials, usually referred to as the “choir
An eternal solid angle of a wall or the like. One of the stones forming it, corner stone (Renaissance) A block forming a corner: a stone block used to form a quoin, especially when it is different, for example in size or material, from the other blocks or bricks in the wall
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
25/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
488
489
490
491The chief magistrate’s buildings, in the former republic of Venice & Genoa.
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
A “BRACKET”: is a projecting member to support a weight generally formed with scrolls or volute when carrying the upper member of the cornice
A space entirely or partly under a building; in churches, generally beneath the chancel and used for burial in earlier times. An underground chamber: an underground room or vault, often below a church, used as a burial chamber or chapel, or for storing religious artifacts
The central shaft of a circular staircase. Also applied to the post in which the handrail is framed.
A spherical roof, (a dome-shaped roof) placed like an inverted cup over a circular square or multi-angular apartment. A dome on roof: a small dome on a roof, sometimes made of glass and providing natural light inside
An ante-room to a larger apartment of a building; An entrance hall: a small room or hall between an outer door and the main part of a building
A construction such as a tower, at the crossing of a church rising above the neighboring roofs and glazed at the sides
A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits leaves, often used in decoration; A circular arrangement of flowers: a circular arrangement of flowers and greenery placed as a memorial on a grave, hung up as a decoration, or put on somebody’s head as a sign of honor; a representation of wreath: a representation of a circular arrangement of flowers, vines, or other things, for example in a carving or on a coat of arms; [headdress; garland; laurel]
In Renaissance, a room used primarily for exhibition of art objects, or a drawing room;[grand sitting room; social gathering of intellectuals; art exhibition or gallery]
A roof having a double slope on four sides; the lower slope being much steeper and the flatter upper portion. Also known as the gambrel roof.
A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with beautiful Maiden living in Rivers, trees) and intended for relaxation. [nymph: a spirit or a minor goddess of nature; or a beautiful young woman]
An ornate iron grille, or screen, a characteristic feature of Spanish Church interiors; An architectural decoration: a carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched structure
A support for a column statue or a vase, it usually consists of a base. “Die” or Dado, and a cornice or cap mould
A window in a sloping roof usually that of a sleeping apartment. A window projecting from roof: a window for a room within the roof space that is built out at right angles to the main roof and has its own gable
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
26/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
502
503 Vertical members dividing windows into different number of lights
504
505
506The horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows.
507 A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue or an icon.
508
509
510
511
512Bulbous termination to the top of a tower, found principally in Central & Eastern Europe
513
514
515 The space between two columns
516
517
518
A bust (sculpture of head & shoulders) on a square pedestal instead of a human body, used in classic times to mark boundaries on highways, and used decoratively in Renaissance times.
A Spanish arcaded or colonnaded yard; a paved area outside a house: a paved area adjoining a house, used for outdoor dining, growing plants in containers, and recreation. A roofless courtyard: a roofless inner courtyard typical of a Spanish-style house
Also called ‘brackets” or “consoles” or “ancones”. It is a projecting member to support a weight. generally formed with scrolls or volutes which carry the upper member of a cornice (a projecting moulding at the top of a wall or at where the wall & ceiling meets); also a bracket in Corinthian order: a small curved ornamental bracket under the corona of a Corinthian or Composite column
(to walk) the cloister (covered walkway around a courtyard) or covered passage around the east end of the church, behind the altar.
Also called “key pattern” the upper portion of the pinnacle [pinnacle: pointed ornament: a pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet]; an architectural decoration: a carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched structure
a raised platform reserved for the seating of speakers and dignitaries; a raised platform: a raised platform at the end of a hall or large room. [podium, platform, pulpit, stage]
The window of a protruded bay or the windowed bay itself. A protruding window: a rounded or three-sided window that sticks out from an outside wall and forms a recess on the inside
A communicating passage or wide corridor for pictures and statues. An upper storey for seats in a church
A type of relief ornament or cresting [cresting: a decorative roof ridge: an ornamental ridge on a roof ] resembling the studded leather straps arranged in geometrical and sometimes interlaced patterns much used in the early renaissance architecture of England.
One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of God or act as guardian spirits, or Chubby, a rosy-faced child with wings
Earth-baked (unglazed) or burnt in moulds. For use in construction, harder in quality than brick. [brownish red color]
A coat of arms; connected with heraldry or heralds: belonging or relating to heraldry or heralds
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
27/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
519
520 An elevated enclosed stand in a CHURCH in which the preacher stands
521
522
523
524
525
526
527 a large convex moulding used principally in the bases of columns.
528
529
530
531
532
533
Phase of the early period of Spanish architecture of the later 15th and early 16th century, an intricate style named after its likeness to silverwork; elaborately decorated: relating to a heavily decorated architectural style fashionable in 16th-century Spain, reminiscent of elaborate silverware
A roofed but open-sided structure affording an extensive view, usually located at the rooftop of a dwelling but sometimes an independent building or an eminence (a hill) on a formal garden; a building with fine view: a building or part of a building positioned to offer a fine view of the surrounding area
An expression of Spanish baroque architecture and sculpture, a recurrent feature was the richly garlanded spiral columns. [flamboyant-showy; brightly colored; highly decorated ornamentation]
A movable candle lamp-stand with central shaft, and often branches or decorative representation thereof; a branching light fitting: a large decorative candle holder with several arms or branches, or a similarly shaped electric light fitting
(grating: metal grille) an ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an assembly of straight lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.
Outstanding architectural creation in Sri Lanka which is a circular relic house built in stone and brick.
Picturesque composition built in America since 1980. Hall timbering and massive medieval chimney. Identified by prominent gables and large expansive windows with small panes.
Most typical Chinese building, usually octagonal in plan, odd number o stories usually 9 or 13 storeys and repeated roofs, highly colored and with upturned eaves, slopes to each storey.
One storey with low-overhanging roof and broad front porch. Unpretentious style often rambling spread out floor plan, more expensive to build; lightweight tropical house: a simply-built one-storey house with a veranda and a wide, gently sloping roof in Southeast Asia and the South Pacific
A glazed earth ware originally made in Italy; pottery with colored glaze: earthenware decorated with colored opaque metallic glazes (often used before a noun)
Monumental pillars standing free without any structural function, with circular or octagonal shafts with inscriptions carved in it. The capital was bell-shaped and crowned with animal supported bearing the Buddhist will of Law.
Most famous of ancient Chinese building undertakings. It snakes, loops, and doubles back on itself. Meandering across valleys, plains, scaling mountains, plunging into deep gorges and leaping raging rivers of 3,700 miles.
An art free from any historical style characterized by forms of nature for ornamentation in the façade aptly called for the floral design.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
28/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
534
535 The arrangement and design of windows in a building
536 Relating or conforming to technical architectural principles.
537 Rock-cut temples in India
538
539
540 A Chinese ceremonial gateway erected in memory of an eminent person
541 A dwarf tree which is a perfect reflection of Japanese culture
542
543 An open-roofed gallery in an upper storey built for giving a view of the scenery.
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
a school founded by Gropius in 1919, developing a form of training intended to relate art and architecture to technology and the practical needs of human life.
A structural system consisting of trusses in two directions rigidly connected at their intersections. A rectangular shape is formed where the top and bottom chords of the trusses are directly above & below one another.
a type of timber framing in America about 1820s wherein it owes its strength to the walls, roof acting as diaphragms, and not on the post. It is an extension of the roof.
An elegant two storey, rectangular town house with a massive stone first floor, and a light and airy second floor, mother-of-pearl or “capiz” windows and picturesque wide tile roof. Entrance is of Heavy plank door with wrought iron or brass nails, sturdy balustrades of wood or iron grilles below windows to let in cool air.
In Japan, a structure where the appreciation of the arts and flower arrangement, with drinking ceremony is done
Intercolumniation is regulated by this standard of Japanese measurement, which is divided into 20 parts called minutes and each minute being again divided into 20 parts or seconds of space.
Cordillera one room house on four wooden posts with an animal or insect barrier and a pyramidal roof Cogon grass built without nails
A house with a prow-like (front of ship) majestic roof, the polychrome, extravagant wooden carvings derived from the Malay Mythical bird the “Sari Manok” The silken Muslim canopies in the Interiors. The protruding ends of floor beams are decorated with intricate carvings
Lowlands area house with pithed roof, made of bamboo poles, thatch roof with woven slit canes for walls and split bamboo slats flooring
Made of 0.75 m. thick stone of lime wall with thick thatched roof made of several layers of cogon and held together by seasoned sticks or reeds and rattan to withstand fiercest typhoons in the north
An arcade of roofed gallery built into or projecting from the side of a building particularly one overlooking an open court. A covered balcony and walkway: a covered open-sided walkway, often with arches, along one side of a building
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
29/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
551
552
553
554
555
556 These are garden rooms.
557
558
559
560 Boss (vaulted or flat); groin (vaulted only)
561 Quoins (just a corner stone) vs. squinch (structural arch to support a dome)
562 statue chamber
563 bldg that hold sculpture
564 bldg that holds painting
565 acropolis, sacred enclosure
566 coffer, ceiling
567 space bet naos wall and column
568 tholos passageway
569 sleeping room, megaron
Japanese dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite curvature, and are supported upon a succession of simple or compound brackets. The upper part of the roof is terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls, while the lower part of the main roof is carried round the ends of the building in a hipped form.
Shinto temples (Shinto-Japanese religion) are characterized by this gateway formed by upright posts supporting two or more horizontal beams
“Fool the eye” – are paintings adorning everything from cabinets to cupboards, fire screen to dishwashers. This creates an illusion of space. A make-believe doorway for example extends a hall. A glass cabinet or door is painted with cows and chicken and make-believe or create an outdoor scene.
A house composed of natural materials. It is an eclectic and organic look that grows and changes with antiques and a clutter of different collections, made of rough plaster, old beams, wood framed windows and slate or brick floors. A house in the country: a large house in the country, often with a large area of land attached
1930s modernist’s style of art inspired by mechanical forms and chiefly distinguished by geometrical shapes, bold color schemes and symmetrical designs, suitable for mass production
patio (Spanish outdoor living or dining);VERANDAH (a porch or balcony for summer leisure); LOGGIA
Turret(medieval) ; minaret (Islamic);steeple (church tower & spire)(term use for spire crowned towers)
Pinnacle(highest point); fleche (a church spire); spire (tapering termination of a gothic church tower); finial (a design at the top of a spire)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
30/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
570(greatest example of Egyptian temple)
571Great Sphinx at Gizeh
572
573 gateway to greek temple
574
575
576oldest & most important bldg in Rome
577 largest circus in Rome
578 largest forum in Rome
579 1. Temporary shelter from perishable materials
580 2. Caves
581 3. Rocks on top of each other
582 4. Hard-packed snow blocks
583 5. animal skins
584 1. Battered or sloping outside walls
585
586
587
588 1. Abundance of clay-provided bricks
Senusurets- built the earliest known obelisk at HeliopolisAmenemhat I- founded the great temple at KarnakThothmes I- began the additions to the temple of Amnon KarnakAmenophis III- built the famous Colossi of MemnonRameses I- began the hypostyle hall at KarnakSeti I- built the temple at Abu- SimberPtolemy II- built the pharos of Light HousePtolemy III- founded the Great Seradeum at Alexandria
largest - geatest example of greek architecture - archt. Ictinus - master sculptor- Callicrates - Doric temple - naos- made of gold and ivory - holds the statue of Athena
prototype Greek Thetre - largest for 30,000 people
2. Columns & Capitals from vegetable origins
3. Papyrus Buds, Lotus Flower walls of mud brick, thick & 9M high
4. Unbroken massive walls adorned with hieroglyphics
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
31/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
589 2. Roofs flat outside
5903. Architecture was arcuated winged deity and winged human headed lion used as décor
591 4. Houses of one room, entered by a single door & without windows
592 1. Temple pyramids are approached by a single steep flight of steps.
593
594 1. Columnar & trabeated (have horizontal beams rather than archs)
595 2. Wooden roofs were untrussed
596 3. Ceilings sometimes omitted
597 4. optical illusions were corrected, in Greek Temples
598 5. Doric, Ionic, Corinthian [orders of columns]
599
600 2. Two orders of architecture added [Tuscan & Composite]
6013. Concrete is now used [composition of lime, sand, pozzolana & broken bricks or small stones.
602
6032. Basilican Churches have 3 to 5 aisles, covered by a simple timber roof
604
605 4. separate buildings used for baptism or baptisteries
606
607
608
609 1. Bulbous or onion dome
610 2. Minarets
611 3. stalactite moulding
612
613 5. painted arch
614 1. Ribbed & panel, cross vaults;
2. Stone [finely dressed, carved, or laid as roughly dressed rubble] was employed for all important buildings
1. The arch & the vault was developed
1. Widely Spaced Columns carrying semi-circular arches
3. Mosaic decoration added internally
1. Novel development of the Dome to cover polygonal and square plans of churches
2. Tomb & baptisteries by means of “pendentives”
3. ‘Fresco” decoration using marble & mosaic
4. cresting: decorative roof ridge: an ornamental ridge on a roof
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
32/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
615 2. plaster strips, arcades, rose windows,
616 3. Sober (serious/ not fanciful)& dignified style
6174. Formal massing depends on the grouping of towers and the projection of transepts & choir.
618 1. Pointed arch
619 2. buttress, flying buttress
620 3. gargoyles, decorated vaulting
621 4. rose & lancet windows ploughshare twist
622
623 1. Rusticated masonry, (rough masonry)
624 2. Quoins, Balusters
625 3. domes or raised drums
626 4. pediments one within the other
627 5. rococo
628 6. baroque style
629 7. mansard roof
630 8. salon
631 1. Picturesque values
632
633 3. palazzo style was a triumph of national ecclesiasticism
634 4. New functions & techniques produced new forms
635
636
637
638
639
640 2. Baloon frame was introduced
641 3. The skyscraper was contributed related to metal frame construction
5. variety of open roofs (trussed, tie-beam, collar)
2. Reflected in the predilection (liking) for highly textured, colorful materials, asymmetry & informality.
5. Taller buildings were designed due to concrete & cast iron frames.
6. New materials were used due to the effect of canals
7. Railroad systems, central heating & elevator or lift
1. Repetition of standard bays, both plan & elevation, an affinity (similarity) with bay system, programmatically adopted with the introduction of iron construction
1. Neo-classic & Greek revival was followed
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
33/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
642 4. The non-load-bearing curtain wall & the elevator
643
644 2. Art Noveau and Bauhaus was developed
6453. Enormous Spans unobstructed were at length achieved with concrete.
646 4. Steel is used in space-frame
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
1. Free-standing glass sheath suspended on a framework across the face of the building or curtain wall.
1. Hindu worship is an individual act
2. Buddhist religious buildings or shrines took the form of STUPAS (Buddhist shrine or pagoda), and are designed for congregational use.
3. Mouldings have BULBOUS character
4. The TORUS moulding is used
5. Various BAS reliefs depicting scenes of daily life and story of Buddha
6. The female form in its voluptuous (sensual) form is often used
1. Rock Temples, with square or octagonal pillars
2. A circular relic house (wata-dage) built in stone & brick is an outstanding architectural creation.
3. Architecture of wood, with high pitched roofs, with wide eaves, slightly curved, finished with small flat shingles and terra cotta tiles.
4. Windows with lacquered wood bars, carved timber doorways, ornamental metalwork door furniture, painted walls.
1. Cupola Roofs (dome shaped roof or dome on roof), spanning with arched squinches, the square chamber angles, lantern roof and coffered dome, an elaborate system of hexagon, each containing the statue of Buddha
2. The “SIKHARA” & “PAGODA” temples survive.
3. A monumental pillar generally supporting a metal superstructure adorned with mystic symbols, groups of divinities and portraits statuary of royalties.
4. Windows have intricate lattice screens and roof have red curved tiles, metal gutters and projecting cornice and fancifully decorated with carving, embossing, tinkling bells and hanging lamps.
5. The monastery is fortress-like sited on hill tops.
6. Pillars and beams are painted “yellow or red” and “painted silks” hang from the roof.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
34/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671 2. Roofs one on top of the other using S-shape enameled tiles.
672
673
674 5. Column brackets are decorated with birds, flowers and dragons.
675
676
677
678
679 5. Love of nature: using stone, lantern & bonsai.
680
681
682 3. Capiz shell windows, barandillas, balconies,
683 4. Coconut shell & wood design.
684
685 1. Beehives,
1. Stepped Temple Pyramid, terraced on a hill
2. Using stone without mortar fitted perfectly and numerous colossal towers
3. Religious buildings overlaid with ornamentation of Chinese characters, surfaces often finished with porcelain tile
4. Walls are white stucco, (wall plaster)
5. multi-leveled overlapping timber roofs
6. Gables and bargeboard decorated with Hindu iconography.
7. Doors and window shutters are of carved wood, lacquered in black and gold.
1. Roof ridges are laden with elaborate ornamental cresting and the up-tilted angles are adorned with fantastic dragons and grotesque ornament.(distorted bizarre)
3. Roof framing in “rectangle” and not triangle.
4. Use of bright colors
1. Light and delicate timber construction is refined by a minute carving & decoration
2. Dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite (beautiful/superb) curvature, supported by a succession of brackets
3. Upper part of the roof is terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls
4. Rooms are regulated by a “KEN” Tatami mats.
1. Use of indigenous (natural) materials for houses like bamboo, palm leaves, sturdy wooden posts, carved wooden sidings, cogon grass roof.
2. Spanish-style high-pitched roofs,
5. Much use of galvanized iron sheet for roofing
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
35/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
686 2. huts,
687 3. caves,
688 4. tents,
689 5. Stonehenge, England
690 6. igloos
691 1. Sphinx,
692
693 3. Obelisks,
694 4. Mastaba Tombs,
695 5. Great Temple,
696
697
6987. Temple of Khons,
699 1. Ziggurat of Ur,
700 2. persepolis,
701 3. hall of the hundred columns
702 1. Temple Pyramid of the Sun,
703 2. Citadel Teotihuacan,
704 3. Temple of the Giant Jaguar,
705 4. Great Plaza of Tenochtitlan Machu Picchu, Peru
706 1. Acropolis,
2. Pyramids, Pyramid of King ZoserArchitect: Imhotep earliest pyramidal structure of the ancient world, the Step Pyramid (c.2630 BC) of King Zoser at Saqqara, Egypt consist of six terraces of receding sizes with a one staba The Great Pyramid the Pyramid of Khufu is the largest in the world, measuring 230m (756 ft)
6. Abu-Simbel, dedicated chieftly to Re-Harakhti, God of the rising sun built during the reign of Ramses II (1304 – 1237 BC)
7. Temple of Luxor - or Southern Sanctuary at Luxor, Egypt, 18th dynasty king dedicated to Amon-Re, king of the Gods built of sandstone for the quarries of Gebel Silsila
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
36/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
707
708
709 3. Agora,
710
711 4. ODEION theatre,
712
7136. Mausoleum Sarcophagus,
714 7. open hillside theatres
715
2. Parthenon-temple, Architect: Itchinus and Callicrates with PhidiasLocation: Athens, GreeceStyle: Ancient Greek Doric on the historic Acropolis. Doric exemplar
Erectheum _ Architect: MnesiclesLocation: Athens, GreeceStyle: Ancient Greek, Ionic has Caryatid Porch with figural columns. On the Acropolis, uses grade change.
Epidaurus TheaterArchitect: PolykleitosLocation: Epidauros, or Epidhavros, GreeceStyle: Ancient Greek and the quality of its acoustics make the Epidaurus theatre one of the great architectural achievements of the fourth century. the largest and best preserved ancient theaters in Greece. can accommodate 14,000 spectators.
5. stoa, - ancient covered walkway, usually with a wall on one side and a row of columns at the other
1. The Pantheon118 - 126Architect: AcrippaLocation: Rome, ItalyStyle: Ancient Roman great domed hall with oculusoculus – a single circular opening one of the great spiritual buildings of the world it was built as a Roman temple and later consecrated as a Catholic Church revived the use of brick and concrete in temple Architecture
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
37/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
716
7173. Basilicas
718 4. Thermae,
719 5. Amphitheatres,
720
721 7. Triumphal arch,
722 8. gateways,
723 9. aqueducts
724 1. Basilican Churches,
725 2. Baptisteries
726 1. St. Sophia, Constantinople
727 2. St. Mark, Venice
728 1. The great mosques,
729 2. Damascus & Cordoba,
730 3. Kiosk @ Istanbul
731 4. Taj mahal mausoleum @ Agra
732 5. Tomb of Humayun, Delhi
2. Forums,Trajan’s Forum100 – 112Architect: Apollodorus of DamascusLocation: Rome, ItalyStyle: Roman composed of an arc of arched arcade most magnificent and architecturally most pleasing largest known forums
6. Colosseum Coemeteria, Colosseum70 – 82Architect: Vespacian and DomitianLocation: Rome, ItalyStyle: Ancient Roman three-quarter columns and entablatures, Doric in the first story, Ionic in the second, and Corinthian in the third, face the three tiers of arcades largest Roman Amphitheater designed to hold 50,000 spectators had approximately eighty entrances so crowds could arrive and leave easily and quickly
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
38/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
733 1. St, Zeno,
734 2. Maggiore Monastery,
735 3. Leaning Tower,
736 4. Cathedral & Baptistery of Pisa,
737 5. Castles, fortifications,
738 6. chateus, Manor houses
739 1. Notre Dame Cathedral,
740 2. Paris Canterbury Cathedral,
741 3. King’s College,
742 4. Canterbury Town Halls,
743 5. Skippers house @ Ghent
744 1. Palazzo Ricardi @ Florence,
745 2. St. Peter’s PIAZZA,
746 3. Cathedral Vatican,
747 4. Palais du louvre,
748 5. Paris Chateu Maisons,
749 6. St Paul’s Cathedral, London,
750 7. Guild Houses @ Brussels
751 1. Westminster New Palace (House of Parliament), London
752 2. Crystal Palace, London [???]
753 3. University Museum, Oxford
754 4. Red House, Kent
755 5. Cathedral @ Guildford
756 1. Eiffel tower, [???]
757 2. New louvre,
758 3. Paris Opera House,
759 4. Paris & cologne.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
39/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
760
761
762
763
764
1. the White HouseArchitect: James HobanLocation: Washington, D.C.Date: 1793 to 1801, burned 1814, porticos 1824 to1829Style: Georgian Neoclassical official residence of the president of the United States of America, for the last 200 years
2. Capitol of the United StatesArchitects: Thornton-Latrobe-BulfinchLocation: Washington, D.C.Date: 1793 to 1830Style: Neoclassical meeting place of the U.S. Congress, the national assembly of the United States of America, consisting of the House of Representatives and the Senate
National Gallery of ArtArchitect: John Russel Pope houses one of the finest collections of painting, sculptures, and graphic arts in the world
Washington MonumentArchitect: Robert MillsLocation: Washington, D.C.Style: Neo-Egyptian the obelisk is the only remnant of the original blue print that remains with George Marsh, competition 1836. standard Egyptian proportion of 10:1 height to base
Golden Gate Bridge1933 to 1937Architect: Joseph StraussLocation: San Francisco, CaliforniaBuilding type: suspension bridgeConstruction system: steel frame, steel cablesStyles: Structural Modern with some Art Deco details one of the longest bridge in the world a powerful and elegant human structure in an equally beautiful natural location overall bridge length of 9266 feet, or 2824 meters bridge main span length of 4200 feet, or 1280 meters
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
40/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
765
7663. Boston Empire State Building,
767 4. English Country Houses
768 5. Bungalows
769
770
771
772
Saint Patrick’s CathedralArchitect: James RenwickLocation: New York shaped like a Latin cross the largest Roman Catholic Cathedral in the United States designed in a Gothic Revival materials at English and French Gothic Style
The Louvre1546 to 1878Architect: Pierre LescotLocation: Paris, FranceBuilding type: palace, art museumConstruction system: cut stone bearing masonryStyle: French Renaissance also designed by Catherine de Medici, J.A. du Cerceau II, Claude Perrault, etc. I.M. Pei: design the glass pyramid, which serves as the main public entrance
Palais Royal commissioned by Cardinal Richeliev original name is Palais Cardinal 17th century Daniel Buren: stripped columns
Arc de Triomphe Napoleon, the French emperor decided to build a very big arch of triumph, which stands at the top of the Champs Elysees
Pompidou Centre1972 to 1976Architect: Richard Rogers and Renzo PianoLocation: Paris, FranceBuilding Type: modern art museumConstruction system: high-tech steel and glassStyle: High-tech modern a cost of $100,000,000, with an average attendance of approximately seven million people a year massive structural expressionist cast exoskeleton, "exterior" escalators enclosed in transparent tube
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
41/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
773
774
775
776
777
Notre Dame de Paris1163 to 1250Architect: Maurice de SullyLocation: Paris, FranceBuilding Type: church, cathedralConstruction system: bearing masonry, cut stoneStyle: Early Gothic one of the most celebrated Gothic cathedrals in France twin towers marking the entrance probably the most famous image in French Gothic art
Paris Opera House1857 to 1874Architect: Charles GarnierLocation: Paris, FranceBuilding type: theater, opera houseConstruction system: masonry, cut stoneStyle: Neo-Baroque polychrome façade, opulent staircase commission by competition masterpiece of 19th century architecture one of the largest and most opulent theaters in the world false ceiling painted by Marc Chagall
Elysee Palace1718Architect: Claude Mollet official residence of the president of France
Hotel de Invalides Napoleons tomb is within the structure founded by Louis XIV for disabled soldiers late 17th century
La MadeleineArchitect: Napoleon I church of Ste. Marie Madeleine constructed as a church in 1842 surrounded by 52 Corinthian columns
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
42/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
778
779
780
781
782
Chartres Cathedral1194 to 1260Location: Chartres, FranceBuilding type: cathedralConstruction system: bearing masonryStyle: Gothic exemplar the elevation was in three tiers as it had no gallery and the vaulting was quadripartite, which eliminated the need for alternating supports supreme monument of High Gothic art and architecture
Rheims Cathedral one of the greatest monument of Gothic art and architecture construction commerced by Jean d’Orbais and was completed by Robert de Coucy a work of remarkable unity and harmony
Eiffel Tower1887 to 1889Architect: Gustave EiffelLocation: Paris, FranceBuilding Type: exposition observation towerConstruction system: exposed ironStyle: Victorian Structural Expressionist dominates the sky line of Paris one of the most famous landmarks in the world built for the Paris Exposition of 1889
Sorbonne most famous building at the University of Paris
British Museum1823 to 1847Architect: Sir Robert SmirkeLocation: London, EnglandBuilding type: art and historical museum, libraryConstruction system: masonry, cut stoneStyle: Victorian Ionic façade, Classical Revival Includes one of the world's great library rooms. Glazed roof over restored courtyard by Norman Foster
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
43/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
783
784
785
786
Salisbury Cathedral1220 to 1258Location: Salisbury, EnglandBuilding type: Cathedral (church, temple)Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stoneStyle: English Gothic Cathedral of Saint Mary an outstanding example of the Early English architectural style tallest in England 404ft (123m) use of Purbeck marble to create a strongly coloured
Queen’s House1616 to 1635Architect: Inigo Jones – the greatest of English Classical architect Location: Greenwich, EnglandBuilding type: large houseConstruction system: bearing masonryStyle: Palladian, Late English Renaissance was built by Jones for Anne of Denmark, wife of James I
Somerset House1776 to 1786Architect: William ChambersLocation: London, EnglandBuilding type: government offices and art schoolConstruction system: cut stone masonryStyle: Neoclassical Home of Royal Academy of the Arts. Corinthian orders above arched courtyard apertures, rusticated base
Saint Paul’s Cathedral1675 to 1710Architect: Sir Christopher WrenLocation: London, EnglandBuilding type: churchConstruction system: masonry, brick, timber and cut stoneStyle: Late renaissance to Baroque the dome peaks at 366 feet above pavement a masterpiece of Baroque architecture largest cathedral in England
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
44/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
787
788
789
790
791
792 1. Salginatobel Bridge,
793 2. Einstein Tower, Eirch Mendelsohn
794 3. Chapel of Notre Dame, Le Corbusier
795 4. Johnson Wax Building, Frank Lloyd Wright
Chiswick House1729Architect: Lord BurlingtonLocation: Chiswick, EnglandBuilding type: large houseConstruction system: bearing masonryStyle: Palladian also known as “Burlington House”
Westminster Palace1836 to 1868Architect: Sir Charles BarryLocation: LondonBuilding type: seat of government, government centerConstruction system: cut stone bearing masonryStyle: English Gothic Revival Big Ben: the clock tower best known is a great symbol of London originally seat of kings as a royal residence
Durham Cathedral1093 to 1280Location: Durham, EnglandBuilding type: church, cathedralConstruction system: bearing masonry, cut stoneStyle: Romanesque one of the most impressive Norman Romanesque style in Europe had a reciprocal influence on the architecture of Normady the rib vault covering of Durham Cathedral is the oldest example that has survived
Glasgow School of Art1897 to 1909Architect: Charles Rennie MackintoshLocation: Glasgow, EnglandBuilding type: collegeConstruction system: bearing masonryStyle: art and crafts, art nouveau
Buckingham PalaceArchitect: sir George Goring built during the reign of king James I
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
45/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
796 5. Falling Water, Frank Lloyd Wright
797 6. Dulles International Airport, Eero saarinen
798 7. Guggenheim Museum, Frank Lloyd wright
799 8. Sydney opera House, Jorn Utzon
800 9. Geodesic dome, Buckminster Fuller
801
802
803
804
Temple of HeavenLocation: China 700 acre enclosure built by the Ming Dynasty emperor Yongle (Yung-Io) means “Perpetual Help”
Hagia Sofia532 to 537Architect: Isidoros and AnthemiosLocation: Istanbul, TurkeyBuilding type: churchConstruction system: bearing masonryStyle: Byzantine a tremendous domed space built as the new Cathedral of Constantinople by the Emperor Justinian a masterpiece of Byzantine architecture additional minarets when the church became a mosque
Cathedral of SienaLocation: Southern Italy incorporated Gothic elements in a strongly Mediterranean design
Pisa Cathedral103 to 1350Location: Pisa, ItalyBuilding type: church complexConstruction system: bearing masonry, cut stone, white marbleStyle: Romanesque "Pisa Cathedral with Baptistery, Campanile and Campo Santo, together form one of the most famous building groups in the world the cathedral complex includes the famous Leaning Tower, La Torre Pendente white marble with colonnaded facades
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
46/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
805
806
807
808
Florence Cathedral1296 to 1462Architect: Arnolfo di CambioLocation: Florence, ItalyBuilding type: domed church, cathedralConstruction system: bearing masonryStyle: Italian Romanesque 1296: Cathedral begun on design by Arnolfo di Cambio 1357: Project continued on a modified plan by Francesco Talenti 1366-7: Talenti's definitive design emerged calling for an enormous octagonal dome 1418: competition for construction of dome. 1420: technical solution for vaulting proposed by Brunelleschi approved and construction begun The Duomo – dome added by Brunelleschi 1436— church consecrated
Krak des Chevaliers1150 to 1250Location: SyriaBuilding type: fortStyle: Medieval crusader castle the best preserved and most wholly admirable castle in the world
Alhambra1338 to 1390Location: Granada, SpainBuilding type: palaceConstruction system: bearing masonryStyle: Moorish (Islamic) palace of Nasrid Dynasty the most beautiful remaining example of Western Islamic Architecture built as a cathedral in the mid-1200’s “hall of justice”: noted from its elaborate stalactite (maqarnas) decoration
Casa Batllo1905 to 1907Architect: Antonio GaudiLocation: Barcelona, SpainBuilding type: apartment buildingConstruction system: concreteStyle: Expressionist or Art Nouveau uses animal styles al through-out the structure
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
47/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
Casa Mila1905 to 1910Architect: Antonio GaudiLocation: Barcelona, SpainBuilding type: multifamily housingConstruction system: masonry and concreteStyle: Art Nouveau expressionistic, fantastic, organic forms in undulating facade and roof line light court it could be compared with the steep cliff walls in which African tribes build their cave-like dwellings
Sagrada Familia1882 to 1926Architect: Antonio GaudiLocation: Barcelona, SpainBuilding type: churchConstruction system: masonryStyle: Expressionist Church of the Holy Family uncompleted during Gaudi’s lifetime crowned by four spires
Taj Mahal1630 to 1653Architect: Emperor Shah JahanLocation: Agra, IndiaBuilding type: Islamic tombConstruction system: bearing masonry, inlaid marbleStyle: Islamic onion-shape domes, flanking towers, built for wife Mumatz Mahal located on the Jumna River museum for Mogul emperor’s consort
“shrine of freedom”, designed by Father Antonio Cedeno, with Diego Jordan as engineerfamous walled city within a city; seven gates; completed 1872; made of bricks and hard adobe from the Pasig River quarries; wall are 45 ft thick and rise 25 ft above the moat; structures inside the city include:
1. roofs at 45 degrees gradient or less2. use of bricks, limestone, hardwood, capiz shells (G.I. sheets and clay tiles or “tisa” were imported)3. elaborate lace-like grillwork (1870’s)4. transoms with floral and foliate scroll work (1890’s)5. 1890’s Art Nouveau brought swirling vines and flowers for staircase balustrades, etched or colored glass panels replaced capiz6. emergence of Filipino and foreign architects working in the Philippinesa. FELIX ROXAS – first Filipino architect; served as architect to the Manila government; studied in England and Spainb. JUAN HERVAS – a Catalan who was one of the Spanish architects invited to reconstruct Manila after the earthquake of 1863 and 18807. churchesa. Sto. Domingo Church, Intramurosb. San Ignacio, Intramuros – first church designed by a Filipino architectc. San Sebastian Church, Manila – only Gothic church in the Philippines8. bridesa. Fuente de Espana – first bridge to span the Pasig River linking Intramuros and Binondob. Colgante Bridge – suspension bridge; only for pedestrians; framework of iron imported from England
1. a “regime” of reinforced concrete and galvanized iron2. Neo-Classical styles3. DANIEL BURNHAM – commissioned by Gov. General W.H. Taft to draft the Master Plan for Manila and government buildings (Agri-Finance Building, Senate Building, among others)4. MASTER BUILDERS (“maestro de obras”) acquired title either from practical experience or completed academic training of Master Builder’s course5. LICEO DE MANILA – first school to open three year course in architecture6. TOMAS MAPUA – first licensed architect; established the second school (followed by UST and Adamson)7. MASONIC TEMPLE, Escolta – first multi-storey reinforced concrete building in the Philippines8. CHALET – suburban house; simple design with verandah in front or around the house; middle-class9. 1930’s – continued urban development; emergence of multi-storey, multi-family dwellings and commercial structures; distinct simplification of lines, emphasis on verticality; other architects contradicted the trend by putting horizontal strips of glass window
- mediocre design, uncontrolled and hasty rebuilding only resurrected old designs - commercial building drew inspiration from contemporary architecture in the West - development of community planning- BUNGALOW – introduced in 1948; one-storey house with wide picture windows, a lanai and a carport for up to three cars - modern architecture with a renewed interest in Filipino motifsa. use of pointed roofs, lattices, screens, wood carvingsb. architecture of LEANDRO LOCSIN and FRANCISCO MANOSA
Movement in 20th Century, art that represented the revolutionary effort of young Italian Concrete, steel and glassAdvocators: Jim Slade and Robert Colley.an architects.The architecture of reinforced concrete iron and glass.Calculation of audacity and simplicityCapable of expressing “tangible miracles.”Inspired by Filippo Tommaso Marinetti.
Cubist style developed in Germany and Austria (1900s).CHARACTERISTICS:Devoid of ornamentationSymmetrical/Assymetrical plansOverlapping & intersecting 2-dimensional planes that enclose 3-dimensional space.Pure color like white & grey of exterior walls.Distribution of wall to window space is approximately equal.
Sought for solutions for alternative cheap forms of construction in timber, brick & metal.Initiated by British (pre-fab. Architecture)A design of something Auspicious.Other definitions:Refers to low-cost housingPre-Fabricated unit
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
48/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
820
821
822
823
824 architecture OF THE borrowing and OF free selection
825
826 In Egyptian architecture, the tomb of the pharaohs is the.
827 The great pyramid at Gizeh was built during the 4th dynasty by.
828 The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the founder of the 19th dynasty.
829
830 Greek architecture was essentially.
831 Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected by the architect Mnesicles
832
833
834 Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders used by the Greeks.
835
836 The finest and remaining example of Byzantine architecture.
837 The architectural character of the Romanesque architecture is.
838
839 The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient buildings in Rome.
840 The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in Greek temple.
841 Amphitheaters are used for ___.
842 An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used in public places.
843 The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.
844
845
846 Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.
847 In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but especially for storing wine.
848 The characteristic of Greek ornament.
Non-representational style of art w/c uses modern industrial materials: plastic & glass.Ideal abstract art movement arose in Europe & Russia (1913-1920)Based on the idea: Art is an absolute entity, whose origin lie in the mind & whose forms are unrelated to objects of visible world.Concept of art: includes painting & sculpture.
Out view in w/c the major activities or environmental factor was employed in the structure in a non-intellectual manner.CHARACTERISTICS:Continuity of forms rather than proportionality and geometric terms/means.Tendency to avoid rectangular forms.Tends to individual sensibility., first built in the 13th century and reconstructed in 1906–1909, is the largest clay building in the world.developed the first safe passenger elevator. In addition to this, was the development of techniques for manufacturing rolled steel
movement for aesthetic and moral crusade- escape FROM THE Industrial World- John Ruskin(1819-1900) and William Morris(1834-1896) were THE key figures
The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of which Greece and her domains had ample supply of was.
The building in the acropolis generally considered as being the most nearly perfect building ever erected is the.With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native natural cement, the Romans achieved huge interiors with the.
From the 5th century to the present, the character of Byzantine architecture is the practice of using.
Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that of the rest of Europe by the use of what material for facing walls.
An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing the foot of a row of convex tiles that cover the joints of the flat tiles.Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to support an ornament, more usually, the ornament itself.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
49/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
849
850 The outstanding group of Romanesque is found in ___.
851 The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.
852 The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.
853 The open court in an Italian palazzo.
854 The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a Gothic window.
855 Japanese tea house.
856 A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for prostration.
857 Domical mound containing a relic.
858 Ifugao house (southern strain).
859 In Mesopotamian architecture, religion called for temples made of sun-dried bricks.
860 The style of the order with massive and tapering columns resting on a base of 3 steps.
861 Tomb of the pharaohs.
862
863
864 Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns surrounding the naos.
865 Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture
866 Architect of the Einstein Tower.
867 Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.
868 What architectural term is termed to be free from any historical style?
869 From what architecture is the Angkor Vat?
870 The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.
871 Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a battlement.
872 Taj Mahal temple is located in ___.
873
874 Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.
875 Jubilee festivals of the pharaohs.
876 The world's first large-scale monument in stone.
877 The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh
The use of ___ for facing walls distinguishes Romanesque architecture in Italy from that of the rest of Europe.
Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones forming chambers for consecutive burials for several to a hundred persons.A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church, terminating in axis and intended to house an altar.
In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who consolidate the administrative system, made a survey of the country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpful works.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
50/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
878 A vault created when two barrel vaults intersect at the right angles.
879 Sarimanok is a décor reflecting the culture of the ___.
880 Caryatid porch is from what architecture?
881 Female statues with baskets serving as columns.
882 A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.
883 A hall built in Roman Empire for the administration of justice.
884 The Parthenon is from what architecture.
885 A roof in which 4 faces rests diagonally between the gables and converge at the roof.
886 A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.
887 A concave molding approximately quarter round.
888 Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.
889 A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must be well oriented'.
890 What is not required as a feature in modern Muslim mosque.
891 Architect of Robinson's Galleria
892 Major contribution of the Renaissance Architecture.
893 "A house is like a flower pot"
894 Richly carved coffins of Greece and Mesopotamia.
895 King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.
896 The council house in Greece.
897 Elizabethan Architecture is from what architecture.
898 Art Noveau style first appeared in what structure.
899 A faced without columns or pilaster in renaissance architecture.
900 Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany it is known as ___.
901 Less is more.
902 First school which offered architecture in the Philippines.
903 Embrasures.
904 Formal architecture, one of the principles of composition.
905 Different historical styles combined.
906 Architect of TWA airport.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
51/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
907 The falling water by Frank Lloyd Wright is also known as ___.
908 First president and founder of PAS.
909 "Modern architecture need not be western".
910 Architect of the national library, Philippines.
911
912 Taj Mahal is a building example of what architecture.
913
914 Pantiles used for Chinese roofings.
915 Greek equivalent of the Roman forum, a place of open air assembly or market.
916 A slight vertical curvature in the shaft of a column.
917 The very ornate style of architecture developed in the later renaissance period.
918
919 "cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.
920 From the Greek forms of temple, the three where it lies is known as ___.
921 From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of columns at the front and rear.
922 Memorial monuments of persons buried elsewhere in Roman architecture.
923 The three pyramids in Gizeh
924 The cistern storage of collected rainwater underneath the azotea of the bahay na bato.
925 A shallow cistern or drain area in the center of a house.
926 In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___.
927 The tomb beneath a church.
928 A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian churches.
929 A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma reversa strap.
930 Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site.
931 A roman house with a central patio.
932 Revival of classical Roman style
933
934 Architect and furniture designer.
935 First registered architect in the Philippines.
The xerxes hall of hundred columns was introduced during the Mesopotamian architecture, which palace was it used.
The convex projecting molding of eccentric curve supporting the abacus of a Doric capital.
A multi-storied shrine like towers, originally a Buddhist monument of diminishing size with corbelled cornice and moldings.
The style emerging in western Europe in the early 11th century, based on Roman and Byzantine elements, and powerful vaults, and lasting until the advent of Gothic architecture.characterized by massive articulated wall structures, round arches,
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
52/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
936 The public square of imperial Rome.
937 Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel.
938 Finest example of French-Gothic architecture
939 How many stained glass are there in the Chartres Cathedral?
940 Agora is from what architecture?
941 Sacred artificial mountains of Babylon and Assyria.
942 A plant whose leaves form the lower portions of the Corinthian capital.
943 Structure of wedge-shaped blocks over an opening.
944
945
946 A standard, usually of length, by which the proportions of a building are determined.
947 The triangular or segmental space enclosed by a pediment or arch.
948 A line of counterthrusting arches on columns or piers.
949
950 In classical architecture, the elaborated beam member carried by the columns.
951 Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.
952 Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.
953 Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.
954 A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a flower arrangement or art.
955 Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.
956 The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and notable of its large dome.
957 Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.
958
959 A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.
960
961 The covered walk of an atrium.
962 A basin for ritual cleansing with water in the atrium of an early Christian basilica.
963 A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a church.
964 An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently place over the altar in a church.
The space between the sloping roof over the aisle and the aisle vaulting, so also called a blind story.A windowed wall that rises above the roof of adjacent walls that admit light into the interior.
In the classical order, the lowest part or member of the entablature; the beam that spans from column to column.
A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular plan of a dome to the polygonal plan of its supporting structure.
The principal or central part of a church, extending from the narthex to the choir or chancel and usually flanked by aisles.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
53/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
965 A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue.
966 A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items.
967 A tower in the Muslim Mosque used to call people to prayer.
968 Coffers, sunken panels in the ceiling.
969
970 A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and Muslim 12th-16th century
971 architecture.
972 Projecting blocks of stone carved with foliage, typical in Gothic architecture.
973 A slab forming the crowning member of the capital.
974 The crowning member of a column.
975 A rectangular or square slab supporting the column at the base.
976 A low screen wall enclosing the choir in early Christian church.
977 The cold section of a Roman Bath.
978 This church in the Philippines is the seat of the Malolos Congress.
979 The palace proper in Assyrian palaces.
980 Holy mountains.
981 Architect of the famous propylaea, Acropolis.
982 Private family apartments in Assyrian palaces.
983 The most stupendous and impressive of the rock-cut-temples.
984 The four-seated colossal statues of Rameses II is carved in the pylon of the ___.
985 Favorite motifs of design of the Egyptians.
986 Two main classes of temples in Egyptian Architecture.
987 Egyptian temples for ministrations to deified pharaohs.
988 Structure whose corners are made to face the four cardinal points.
989 Structure whose sides are made to face the four cardinal points.
990 Egyptian temples for the popular worship of the ancient and the mysterious gods.
991 The use of monsters in doorways is prevalent in what architecture?
992 The Greek male statues used as columns.
993 A recessed or alcove with raised seats where disputes took place.
The Buddhist temple in ancient Cambodia which feature four faces of the compassionate Buddha.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
54/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
994 A single line of columns surrounding the Naos.
995 The uppermost step in the crepidoma.
996 The lowest step in the crepidoma.
997 A building in Greek and Roman for exercises or physical activities.
998 The three chamber of a Greek temple.
999 A Greek building that contains painted pictures.
1000 Temple with a portico of columns arranged in front.
1001 The clear space in between columns.
1002 Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.
1003 Intercolumniation of 4 diameters.
1004 Intercolumniation of 2 diameters.
1005 Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?
1006 Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.
1007 A kindred type to the theater.
1008 Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of the Greek.
1009 Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.
1010 What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?
1011 A foot race course in the cities.
1012 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front.
1013 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front and rear.
1014 In Greek, it is the Roman prototype of the Thermae.
1015 Greek order that has no base.
1016 The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek theaters.
1017 What orders did the Etruscans and the Romans add making 5 in all?
1018
1019 The finest of all illustrations of Roman construction.
1020 The oldest and most important forum in Rome.
1021 Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'?
1022 Who completed the 'hall of hundred columns'?
What allowed the Romans to build vaults of a magnitude never equaled till the birth of steel for buildings.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
55/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1023 Architects of the Parthenon.
1024 Master sculptor of the Parthenon.
1025 In Roman fountains, the large basin of water.
1026 Spouting jets in Roman fountain.
1027 The oldest circus in Rome.
1028
1029 Architect of the Erechtheion.
1030 A water clock or an instrument for measuring time by the use of water.
1031 The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of Agamemnon'.
1032 Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum
1033 Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia.
1034 Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus, Olympius.
1035 Both the regula and the mutule has guttae numbering a total of ___.
1036 A quadrigas is a ___.
1037 The water-leaf and tongue is a usual ornament found in the ___.
1038 The Corona is usually painted with the ___.
1039 Greek sculptures may be classified as "architectural sculpture, free standing statuary,
1040 One of the best examples of a surviving megaron type of Greek domestic building.
1041 The molding that is often found in the Doric Order.
1042 The wall or colonnade enclosing the Temenos
1043 The private house of the Romans.
1044 Roman rectangular temples stood on a ___.
1045 Roman large square tiles.
1046 A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of brickworks.
1047
1048 A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect.
1049 A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or without mortar joints.
1050 A Roman structure used as hall of justice and commercial exchanges.
1051 A type of monument erected to support a tripod, as a prize for athletic exercises or
The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian amphitheater" was commenced by whom and completed by whom?
A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone laid in a loose pattern roughly resembling polygonal work.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
56/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1052 musical competitions in Greek festivals.
1053
1054
1055 Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and domes.
1056 Conceptualized the Corinthian capital.
1057 The sleeping room of the 'megaron'.
1058 The origin of the door architrave.
1059 The atrium type of house originated with the ___.
1060 Roman apartment blocks.
1061
1062 !5th to 18th century architecture.
1063 "Form follows function".
1064 The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple of the Italian renaissance
1065 A pillared hall in which the roofs rests on the column in Egyptian temples.
1066 Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at Karnak?
1067 Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria.
1068 He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for living".
1069 Tombs built for the Egyptian nobility rather than the royalty.
1070 Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines.
1071 The warm room in the Thermae.
1072 The Hot room of the Thermae.
1073 The cold or unheated pool in the Thermae.
1074 The dry or sweating room in the Thermae.
1075 The dressing room of the Thermae.
1076 The room for oils and unguents in the thermae.
1077 Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___.
1078 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___.
1079 Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___.
1080 Orientation of the Medieval Church.
A type of ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an assemblage of straight lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.Figures of which the upper parts alone are carved, the rest running into a parallelopiped or diminishing pedestal.
A building in classic architecture decorated with flowers and plants with water for the purpose of relaxation.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
57/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1081
1082 On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the epistle and the gospel are
1083
1084 In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central place at the end of the church
1085 The iconoclastic movement during the Byzantine period forbade the use of ___.
1086 Type of plan of the Byzantine churches.
1087 Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia, Constantinople)
1088 The supreme monument of Byzantine architecture.
1089 Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period)
1090 One of the few churches of its type to have survived having a square nave and without
1091 cross-arms, roofed by a dome which spans to the outer walls of the building.
1092 A tower raised above a roof pierced to admit light.
1093
1094 house, refectory and other parts of the monastery.
1095 The prominent feature of the facades in Romanesque Central Italy.
1096 The best example of a German Romanesque church with apses at both east and west
1097
1098 The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Bramante.
1099 The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo Maderna.
1100 He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica.
1101 Used as food storage in the Bahay na Bato.
1102 The granary in traditional Bontoc House.
1103 Architect of the World Trade Center.
1104 The Erechtheion of Mnesicles is from what architecture?
1105 The part of the Corinthian capital without flower.
1106 The Pantheon is from what architecture.
1107 The architect of the Pantheon.
1108 The senate house of the Greeks.
1109 Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan.
The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low screen wall from the body of the church called ___.
In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of the sanctuary which later developed into the transept, this is the ___.
the covered passage around an open space or garth, connecting the church to the chapter
The term applied to the Episcopal church of the diocese and also the important structure of the Gothic period.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
58/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1110 Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell construction.
1111 In the Doric Order, the shaft terminates in the ___.
1112 In what Order is the Parthenon.
1113 In what Order is the temple of Nike Apteros, Athens.
1114 This temple is dedicated to 'Wingless Victory'.
1115
1116 In the Cyma Reversa molding of the Romans, what ornaments are usually found?
1117 From what architecture is the Stoa?
1118 The Egyptian Ornament symbolizing fertility.
1119 Egyptian Temple for popular worship of the ancient and mysterious gods.
1120 A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces.
1121 Corresponds to the Greek naos.
1122 The large element in the frieze.
1123 "A is a machine to live in".
1124 Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower.
1125 "Architecture is Organic".
1126 Invented reinforced concrete in France.
1127 First elected U.A.P. president.
1128 Designer of the Bonifacio Monument.
1129 Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument.
1130 Designer of the Taj Mahal.
1131 Male counterpart of the Caryatids.
1132 Like Caryatids and Atlantes, this is a three-quarter length figures.
1133 This is a pedestal with human, animal, or mythological creatures at the top.
1134 A small payer house in Egyptian architecture.
1135 Where "Constructivism" originated?
1136 Expressionist Architect.
1137 Founders of the "Art Noveau".
1138 Combination of the new art and the graphing of the old art.
This structure in Greece was erected by Andronikos Cyrrhestes for measuring time by means of a clepsydra internally and sun dial externally.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
59/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1139 Return in the use of Roman Orders in modern age.
1140 Scheme or solution of a problem in architecture.
1141 Architect of the Batasang Pambansa.
1142 Architect of the Philippine Heart Center.
1143 Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium.
1144 The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.
1145
1146
1147 Architect of SM Megamall.
1148 Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila.
1149 G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard.
1150
1151
1152 The emergency hideout found directly behind the neadboard of the Sultan's bed.
1153
1154
1155 “Form follows function”
1156 “Form does not necessarily follow function”
1157 “Art and Architecture, the new unity”
1158
1159 “Cube within a cube”
1160 “A bridge is like a house”
1161 “Less is more”
1162 Ornament is a crime
1163 Less is more only when more is too much
1164 FUNCTION INFLUENCE BUT DOES NOT DICTATE FORM
1165 MODERN ARCHITECTURE NEED NOT BE WESTERN
1166 RCHITECTURE MUST MEET 3 REQUIREMENTS: STENGTH, BEAUTY, UNITY
1167 Formulated “Cubism and Futurism
Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this church in Rizal whose design depicts the heavy influence of Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel Murguia, has an unusually large bell which was made from approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.
The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her ladies in waiting hide during occasions.Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where the carriages and floats are kept.
The flat, open terrace open to the toilet, bath, and kitchen areas and also used as a laundry and drying space and service area for the servants.In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which is the river stone, shoe-shaped stove or kalan is known as ___.
“A house is a house”
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
60/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1168 Less is Bore / “Complexity and Contradiction in Architecture”
1169
1170
1171 CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY
1172 GEODESIC DOME
1173 SYDNEY OPERA HOUSE
1174 SOLOMON GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM
1175 PARLIAMENT BUILDINGS, BRAZIL
1176 BAUHAUS BLDG, GERMANY
1177 EINSTEIN TOWER
1178 CHAPEL OF NOTRE DAME
1179 CULTURAL CENTER OF THE PHILIPPINES
1180 TAHANANG FILIPINO/ COCONUT PALACE
1181 ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK OF THE PHILIPPINES
1182 SAN MIGUEL CORP. BUILDING
1183 BANK OF CHINA, HK
1184 TWA KENNEDY AIRPORT, NY
1185 AT&T BLDG, NY
1186 Casa Batllo, Barcelona Spain
1187 Crystal Palace, England
1188 Glass House, New Caanan, Connecticut
1189
1190 Sagrada Familia, Spain
1191 John Hancock Center, Chicago Illinois
1192 Woolworth Building, NY
1193 Price Tower, Oklahoma
1194 St.Basil Cathedral, Russia
1195 Notre Dame du Haut or Ronchamp, France
The reality of the building does not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space within to be lived in
LEVER HOUSE - was one of the earliest steel and glass office towers and the first such tower in New York City.
Notre Dame Cathedral, Paris France - OLDEST CATHEDRAL IN FRANCE-EARLY GOTHIC
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
61/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
Italian architectMember of BauhausPopularized the Tubular steel cantilever chair
German-American architect, the leading and most influential exponent of the glass and steel architecture of the 20th-century International Style.Skin and bone construction.
American architect, born in Cleveland, Ohio, and educated at Harvard University in the classics and later in architectureThe architect who equated with an exhibition of modern architecture (1932)Invented the ‘International Style’Father figure of ‘Post Modernism.’INTERNATIONAL STYLE Volume rather than mass.Regularity rather than axial symmetryPrescribing arbitrarily applied decorations.WORKS:Glass hose, ConnecticutSeagram Building, N.Y. (w/Mies Van Der Rohe)Theatre of the Dance, Lincoln CenterWilliams Proctor Museum, N.Y.Art Gallery for the University of NebraskaAmmon Corter Museum, TexasAT&T Building N.Y.
professional name of Charles Édouard Jeanneret (1887-1965), Swiss-French architect, painter, and writer, who had a major effect on the development of modern architecture. PHILOSOPHY:“ The house is a machine to live in.”WORKS:Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva (1927-1928)The Swiss Building at the Cité Universitaire, Paris (1931-1932);Unité d'Habitation (1946-1952)an apartment house in Marseille, France;Notre Dame du Haut (1950-1955)a pilgrimage church in Ronchamp, FranceHigh Court Buildings (1952-1956) Chandìgarh, India
Kahn, Louis I(sadore) (1901-1974),American architect and teacher, whose original, powerful designs in brick and concrete won him a prominent place in 20th-century architecture.Highly ordered sequence of space & noble structural systems.
PHILOSOPHY:
“ Searching for a materials want to be.”
WORKS:Yale Art Gallery w/ Douglas OrrAlfred Newton Richard’s Medical Center
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
62/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1201
1202
1203
1204
French architect, one of the most important pioneers of the modern French style.Advocator of reinforced concrete architecture.THEORIES:“ The truth is indispensable in architecture & every architecture lie courrupts.”“ Any project is bad if it is more difficult or more complicated to construct the necessary.”WORKS:The Temple Tower 1889, Exposition Universale in ParisThe Apartment Building Rue FranklinFrench Legation, IstanbulTheatre Des Champs, Lysees - redesigning, original by Van del VeldeNotre Dame Church, ParisPalace of the League of Nations, GenevaEiffel Monument, ParisPalace of the Soviets, Moscow
American architect, who was a pioneer of the modern style. He is considered one of the greatest figures in 20th-century architecture.
Finnish-American architect and designer, son of Eliel Saarinen and one of the leading architects of the mid-20th century.PHILOSOPHIES:“ Function influences but does not dictate form.”“Spiritual function is inseparable from practical function.”“Architecture is not just to fulfill man’s belief in the nobility of his exsistence on earth.”WORKS:Saint Louis Jefferson National Expansion MemorialThe General Motors Technical Center, Warren Michigan:1948-1956Air Force AcadaemyU.S. Embassy in LondonThe Chapel & Kresge Auditorium, Massachussetts Institute of TechnologyT.W.A. Terminal, Kennedy Terminal, N.Y. - In a for m of bird about to fly.T.J. Watson Research Center, York Town, N.Y.The Chapel of Concordia Senior College.Gateway Arch, St. Louis
Finnish-American architect, who strongly influenced modern architecture.Popular w/ railway station designs especially in Europe.2nd place in the Chicago Tribune Tower
PHILOSOPHY:“ Beauty grows from the necessity not from repetition of formulas.”
WORKS:Cranbook School, MichiganChrist Church, MinneapolisHelsinki Railroad Station, FinlandNational Museum Finland
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
63/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
Italian architect and engineer, whose technical innovations, particularly in the use of reinforced concrete, made possible aesthetically pleasing solutions to difficult structural problems.Discovered “ferro-cemento” - consist of layers of fine steel mesh sprayed w/ cement mortar & it could be used either for shell construction or for heavier units w/ reinforcing rods inserted between the layers of mortar & mesh.WORKS:Municipal Stadium FlorenceFiat Factory, TurinItalian Embassy, BraziliaPapal Audience Hall, Vatican CityAustralian Embassy, Paris
American architect and teacher, one of the most influential architectural theorists of the late 20th century.PHILOSOPHIES:“ We promote an architecture responsive to the complexities and contradictions of the modern experience. The particularities of context, the varieties of the user’s taste; Culture & the symbolic & decorative dictates of the program.”“ Less is Bore”“More is More”“ Modern movement was almost right”WORKS:Walker & Dunlop Office BuildingTransportation Square, WashingtonMaster Plan & Uraban Design of California CityConvention Center, Conversion plan CanadaWest Mount Airy Clustered Housing PlanPhiladelphia
Japanese architect, the most prominent modern architect of the country. In his designs for public buildings, has reconciled 20th-century Western styles and materials with traditional Japanese forms.Furyu Anti realist attitude, anti action element in the Japanese life.PHILOSOPHIES:“ Modern Architecture need not be Western.”“ The city must be subjected to growth, decay and renewal.”
House of Michealerplatz, Vienna
Sanatorio di Paimo, Finland
Notre Dame du Raincy, France
Sagrada de Familia
US Capitol, Washington DC
Glasgow School of Art
Petronas Towers, Kuala Lumpur
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
64/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
Flatiron Building, NY
Jewish Museum, Berlin
TWA Terminal
Helsinki Railway Station
Los Manantiales, Mexico
Jay Pritzker Pavilion, USA
Taliesin West, Arizona
Munich Olympic Stadium
Tokyo, Japan
Eiffel Tower, Paris
Bank of China, Hong Kong
Sydney Opera House
Chrystal Palace
Fuji TV Headquarters
Auditorium Building, Chicago
Salk Institute, California
Unite d’ Habitacion, France
Catedral de Brasilia
Seagram Building
Portland Building, Oregon
Habitat 67, Montreal
London City Hall
At & T Building, NY
Lippo Building , Hong Kong
Red House, England
Max Reinhardt House, Germany
Turin Exhibition Hall
Tjibao Cultural Center, New Caledonia
Jubilee Church, Rome
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
65/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248 CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY
1249 UN Building
1250
1251
1252
1253 DULLES AIRPORT VIRGINIA, USA
1254 THE ESPLANADE Singapore
1255 DUBAI BURJ-AL-ARAB
1256 HSBC Hongkong
1257
1258 WORLD TRADE CENTER New York
1259 TAIPEI 101 TAIPEI,TAIWAN
1260 GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM Bilbao,Spain
1261 GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM New York
1262 John Hancock Center Chicago
1263
1264 THE LOUVRE
1265 CITIC PLAZA Guangzhou, China
1266 EMPIRE STATE BUILDING New York
1267 CENTRAL PLAZA Hong Kong
1268 SEARS TOWER Chicago
1269 Two International Finance Centre Hong Kong
1270 Rock and Roll Hall of Fame Cleveland, Ohio
1271 SHUN HING SQUARE Shenzhen, China
1272 East Building, National Gallery of Art 1978 Washington, D.C.
CCTV China
Saginatobel Bridge
El Auditorio de Tenerife
Church of the Light, Osaka
Allianz Arena
Lloyds Building, London
Torre Agbar
JIN MAO TOWER Shanghai - Number of floors: 88Height: 420.60 meters design most refer to the number 8, an auspicious number for Chinese
PETRONAS TWIN TOWER KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA - Number of floors: 88Height: 452 meters
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
66/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1273
1274 ST. PAUL’S CATHEDRAL, LONDON (1675-1710
1275
1276
1277
1278 1st Suspension Bridge
1279 1st Multi-Structure & Concrete Building
1280 1st Mall in the Country
1281 1st Prefabricate Structure
1282 1st School in the American Period
1283 1st Skyscrapper in the Philippines
1284 1st Skyscrapper in Manila
1285 1st Hotel in Asia w/ an Elevator
1286 1st Registered Architect
1287 1st Filipino Architect of the American Period
1288 1st Building to use an Elevator
1289 Metropolitan Theatre
1290 U.S.T. Main Building
1291 F.E.U. Main Building
1292 Alejandro Legardo
1293 Antonio Toledo
1294 Carlos Barretto
1295 Juan Arellano
1296 Tomas Mapua
1297 Mapua Institute of Technology
1298 University of Santo Tomas
1299 Adamson University
1300 Adrian Wilson
1301 Andres Luna de San Pedro
EGLIS STE. GENEVIEVE (THE PANTHEON (1755-1792) PARIS FRANCE
ROYAL CRESCENT, BATH ENGLAND (1767-1775)
ROYAL CHAPEL, THE PALACE OF VERSAILLES (1707-1710) FRANCESEARS TOWER, CHICAGO (1947-1976) 110 STOREY Number of floors: 110Height: 443 meters still the tallest building if the antennas are included has the highest occupied floors
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
67/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1302 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1303 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1304 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1305 Antonio Sindiong
1306 Antonio Sindiong
1307 Antonio Toledo
1308 Antonio Toledo
1309 Antonio Toledo
1310 Antonio Toledo
1311 Antonio Toledo
1312 Carlos Arguelles
1313 Carlos Arguelles
1314 Carlos Santos-Viola
1315 Carlos Santos-Viola
1316 Carlos Santos-Viola
1317 Cesar Concio
1318 Cesar Concio
1319 Cesar Concio
1320 Cesar Concio
1321 Cesar Concio
1322 Chika Go, Desu Go
1323 Cresencio C. Castro
1324 Cresencio C. Castro
1325 Felipe Mendoza
1326 Felipe Mendoza
1327 Felipe Mendoza
1328 Felipe Mendoza
1329 Fernando Ocampo
1330 Fernando Ocampo
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
68/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1331 Fernando Ocampo
1332 Francisco Manosa
1333 Francisco Manosa
1334 Francisco Manosa
1335 Francisco Manosa
1336 Francisco Manosa
1337 Gabino de Leon
1338 Gabriel Formoso
1339 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1340 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1341 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1342 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1343 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1344 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1345 Guillermo Tolentino
1346 Jorge Ramos
1347 Jorge Ramos
1348 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1349 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1350 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1351 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1352 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1353 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1354 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1355 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1356 Juan Arellano
1357 Juan Arellano
1358 Juan Arellano
1359 Juan Arellano
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
69/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1360 Juan Arellano
1361 Juan Arellano
1362 Juan Arellano
1363 Juan Arellano
1364 Juan Arellano
1365 Juan Nakpil
1366 Juan Nakpil
1367 Juan Nakpil
1368 Juan Nakpil
1369 Juan Nakpil
1370 Juan Nakpil
1371 Juan Nakpil
1372 Juan Nakpil
1373 Juan Nakpil
1374 Juan Nakpil
1375 Juan Nakpil
1376 Juan Nakpil
1377 Juan Nakpil
1378 Juan Nakpil
1379 Juan Nakpil
1380 Leandro V. Locsin
1381 Leandro V. Locsin
1382 Leandro V. Locsin
1383 Leandro V. Locsin
1384 Leandro V. Locsin
1385 Leandro V. Locsin
1386 Leandro V. Locsin
1387 Leandro V. Locsin
1388 Leandro V. Locsin
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
70/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1389 Leandro V. Locsin
1390 Leandro V. Locsin
1391 Leandro V. Locsin
1392 Leandro V. Locsin
1393 Luis Ma. Zaragosa Araneta
1394 Mañosa Brothers
1395 Manuel Go
1396 Otilio Arellano
1397 Otilio Arellano
1398 Otilio Arellano
1399 Pablo Antonio
1400 Pablo Antonio
1401 Pablo Antonio
1402 Pablo Antonio
1403 Pablo Antonio
1404 Pablo Antonio
1405 Pablo Antonio
1406 Pablo Antonio
1407 Palafox & Associates
1408 Palafox & Associates
1409 Palafox & Associates
1410 Palafox & Associates
1411 Palafox & Associates
1412 Richard Kissling
1413 Rogelio Villarosa
1414 Tomas B. Mapua
1415 Tomas B. Mapua
1416 Tomas B. Mapua
1417 Tomas B. Mapua
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
71/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1418 Walter Gropius
1419 William Coscolluela
1420 William Coscolluela
1421 William Coscolluela
1422 William Coscolluela
1423 William Coscolluela
1424 William Coscolluela
1425 William Coscolluela
1426 William Coscolluela
1427 William Coscolluela
1428 William Coscolluela
1429 William Coscolluela
1430 William Parson
1431 William Parson
1432 William Parson
1433 William Parson
1434 William Parson
1435 William Parson
1436 Leandro Locsin
1437 Recio Casas/ KPF
1438 Gabriel Formoso
1439 Gabriel Formoso
1440 William Coscolluela/ SOM
1441 Antonio Sindiong
1442 Antonio Sindiong
1443 Adrian Wilson
1444 Juan Nakpil
1445 GF and Partners
1446 Franciso Mañosa
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
72/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1447 William Coscolluela
1448 GF and Partners
1449 Recio Casas
1450 Leandro Locsin
1451 GF and Partners / SOM
1452 William Coscolluela/ SOM
1453 Gabriel Formoso
1454 Anonio Sindiong
1455 Gabriel Formoso
1456 Vicente C. Rodriguez/ Medi A. Nasrabadi
1457 Gabriel Formoso
1458 Engracio Mariano
1459 Gabriel Formoso
1460 Rogelio Villarosa
1461 Rogelio Villarosa
1462 Angel Nakpil
1463 Recio Casas
1464 Otilio Arellano/ Felipe Mendoza
1465 Antonio Sindiong
1466 Gabriel P. Formoso
1467 RMJM
1468 Carlos Arguelles
1469 Antonio Sindiong
1470 Leandro Locsin
1471 Palafox/ SOM
1472 Gabriel Formoso
1473 Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1474 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1475 Mañosa Brothers
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
73/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1476 William Coscolluela
1477 Leandro Locsin/ Dominic Galicia
1478 GF and Partners
1479 Fernando Ocampo
1480 Leandro V. Locsin
1481 Leandro V. Locsin
1482 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1483 Antonio Toledo
1484 Cresencio De Castro
1485 Gabriel Formoso
1486 Francisco Mañosa
1487 Leandro V. Locsin
1488 Leandro V. Locsin
1489 Froilan Hong
1490 Leandro V. Locsin
1491 Jorge Ramos
1492 Leandro Locsin
1493 Leandro Locsin
1494 Carlos Arguelles/ Gabriel Formoso
1495 Gabriel Formoso (preservation)
1496 Carlos Santos-Viola
1497 Alfredo Luz
1498 Gabriel Formoso
1499 Rogelio Villarosa
1500 Carlos Arguelles
1501 Leandro V. Locsin
1502 William Parsons
1503 William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin
1504 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
74/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1505 Arcenas, Payumo & Andrews
1506 Cesar Concio
1507 Leandro Locsin
1508 Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1509 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1510 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1511 Angel Nakpil
1512 Juan Nakpil
1513 Juan Nakpil
1514 Carlos Arguelles
1515 Juan Nakpil
1516 Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1517 Galvan
1518 Fernando Ocampo
1519 Fernando Ocampo
1520 Fernando Ocampo
1521 William Parsons
1522 Juan Hervas
1523 Juan Nakpil
1524 Juan Nakpil
1525 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1526 Antonio Toleda
1527 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1528 Federico Ilustre
1529 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1530 Angel Nakpil
1531 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1532 Juan Nakpil
1533 Antonio Sindiong
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
75/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1534 Gabriel Formoso
1535 Juan Arellano
1536 Otilio Arellano
1537 William Parsons
1538 Antonio Toledo
1539 Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1540 Juan Arellano
1541 Federico Ilustre
1542 Juan Arellano/ Toledo/Duane
1543 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1544 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1545 William Parsons and Antonio Toledo
1546 Tomas B. Mapua
1547 Tomas B. Mapua
1548 William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin
1549 Otilio Arellano
1550 Cesar Canchela
1551 Antonio Toledo
1552 Luis Araneta
1553 Carlos Arguelles
1554 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1555 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1556 Felipe Mendoza
1557 Gabriel Formoso
1558 Arcadio Arellano/ Juan Arellano
1559 Alfredo Luz
1560 Fernando Ocampo
1561 Juan Hervas
1562 Otilio Arellano
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
76/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1563 Angel Nakpil
1564 Luciano Oliver/ Manuel Mañosa (restoration)
1565 Victorio C. Edades
1566 Rogelio Villarosa
1567 Juan Hervas
1568 Antonio Sindiong/ Fernando Ocampo
1569 Dominador Lugtu
1570 Felipe Mendoza
1571 Felipe Mendoza
1572 Cesar Concio
1573 Antonio Toledo
1574 Juan Nakpil
1575 Cesar Concio
1576 Guillermo Tolentino
1577 Gabriel Formoso
1578 Jorge Ramos
1579 Cesar Concio
1580 Carlos Arguelles
1581 Carlos Santos-Viola
1582 William Coscolluela
1583 Juan Nakpil
1584 Federico Ilustre
1585 William Coscolluela/ R. Villarosa
1586 Engracio Mariano / SOM
1587 Philip Recto
1588 Art Alcantara
1589 William Coscolluela
1590 Leandro V. Locsin
1591 Pedro Pimentel/ Medi Nasrabadi
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
77/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1592 Vicente Rodriguez/ Medi Nasrabadi
1593 Felipe Mendoza
1594 Philip Recto
1595 Mañosa Brothers
1596 RR Payumo
1597 Carlos Santos-Viola
1598 Rogelio Villarosa
1599 Francisco Mañosa
1600 Antonio Sindiong
1601 Rogelio Villarosa
1602 Francisco Mañosa
1603 GF and Partners/ KPF
1604 William Coscolluela
1605 Francisco Mañosa
1606 Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1607 Nick Feliciano
1608 Francisco Mañosa
1609 Felipe Mendoza
1610 Gabriel Formoso/ Nestor Mangio
1611 William V. Coscolluela
1612 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1613 Recio Casas
1614 William Coscolluela/ IM Pei
1615 GF and Partners
1616 Gabriel Formoso
1617 William Coscolluela
1618 G and W
1619 Francisco Mañosa
1620 Francisco Mañosa
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
78/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1621 Felipe Mendoza
1622 Francisco Mañosa
1623 Leandro V. Locsin
1624 Mañosa Brothers
1625 Francisco Mañosa
1626 Juan Arellano
1627 Gabriel Formoso
1628 Temple of Luxor
1629 Abu Simbel
1630 Pyramid of King Zoser
1631 The Great Pyramid
1632 Partheon
1633 Erechtheum
1634 Epidaurus Theater
1635 The Pantheon
1636 Trajan's Forum
1637 Colosseum
1638 White House
1639 Capitol of the United States
1640 National Gallery Of Art
1641 Washington Monument
1642 University of Virginia
1643 Massachusetts State House
1644 Saint Patrick's Cathedral
1645 Connecticut State Capitol
1646 Monticallo
1647 New York City Hall
1648 Fallingwater
1649 Guggenheim Museum
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
79/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1650 Coonley House
1651 Ennis House
1652 Johnson Wax Building
1653 Larkin Building
1654 Wingspread
1655 Golden Gate Bridge
1656 The Louvre
1657 Tuileries
1658 Palais Royal
1659 Sacre-coeur
1660 Hotel de Ville
1661 Arc de Triomphe
1662 Pompidou Centre
1663 Notre Dame de Paris
1664 ParisOpera House
1665 Elysee Palace
1666 Hotel de Invalides
1667 La Madelaine
1668 Sorbonne
1669 Charles Cathedral
1670 Amien's Cathedral
1671 Rheims Cathedral
1672 Eiffel Tower
1673 Notre Dame du Haut
1674 Villa Savoye
1675 Burgtheater
1676 Berlin Opera House
1677 Wurzburg Residenz
1678 Einstein Tower
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
80/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1679 British Moseum
1680 Salisbury Cathedral
1681 Queen's House
1682 Somerset House
1683 St. Paul's Cathedral
1684 Chiswick House
1685 Westminster Palace
1686 Glasgow School of Art
1687 Durham cathedral
1688 Buckingham Palace
1689 Temple of Heaven
1690 Hagia Sofia
1691 Cathedral of Siena
1692 Pisa Cathedral
1693 Florence Cathedral
1694 Krak des Chevaliers
1695 Alhambra
1696 Casa Batllo
1697 Casa Mila
1698 Sagrada Familia
1699 Taj Mahal
1700 Paoay Church
1701 Vigan Church
1702 Santa Maria Church
1703 Tumauini Church
1704 Angat Church
1705 Barasoain Church
1706 San Sebastian Church
1707 San Augustine Church
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
81/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1708 Taal Church
1709 Daraga Church
1710 Miagao Church
1711 Santo Nino de Cebu Basilica
1712 PBCom Tower
1713 Petron Mega Plaza
1714 G.T. International Tower
1715 Robinson's Equitable Tower
1716 ICEC (LKG) Tower
1717 Pacific Plaza Tower 1& 2
1718 Roxas Triangle 1 & 2
1719 Petronas Tower
1720 Sears Tower
1721 Jin Mao Building
1722 Plaza Rakyat
1723 Empire State Building
1724 Central Plaza
1725 Bank of China
1726 Emirates Tower I
1727 The Center
1728 T & C Tower
1729 AON Center
1730 John Hancock Center
1731 Shun Hing Square
1732 Citic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza)
1733 Burj Al-Arab Hotel
1734 Baiyoke Tower 2
1735 Chrysler Building
1736 Bank of American Palza
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
82/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1737 Library Tower
1738 Malaysia Telecom HQ
1739 AT & T Corporate Center
1740 Chase Tower
1741 Ryugyong Hotel
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
the first architect to be conferred the National Artist award in 1973 for “… his outstanding talents and services in creating edifices, both private and public, that are conceptually well designed and conscientiously executed ” 1. Geronimo Reyes Building2. Capitol Theatre3. Rizal theatre4. Manila Jockey Club5. Quezon Institue6. UP administration building (Quezon Hall)7. Library Building (Gonzales Hall)8. SSS (use of folded concrete plates as aesthetic features)
o 2nd National Artist of Architecture o Buildings:1. Bel-Air Alhambra Apartments2. Syquia Apartments3. Sea Tower apartments4. Far Eastern University Building5. Ideal Theatre6. Lyric Theatre7. May building (brise soleil)
o Most prolific artist-designero Buildings:1. Legislative building, major work2. Post Office building3. Metropolitan Theatre4. Rizal Memorial Stadium5. Benitez Hall (UP)6. Malcolm Hall (UP)
o Master of Neoclassicist styleo Among the first architect-educators o Assistant to William Parsonso Buildings:1. Cebu Custom House2. National Museum Building3. City Hall of Manila
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
83/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752 Implementation of D. Burnham’s plans
1753
1754
1755 1976 Most beautiful Hotel in the world
1756 1987 Likha Awardee (UAP Highest)
1757 1990 - 3rd National Artist for Architecture
1758 he produced 71 residences, 81 buildings and sultanate palace
1759
1760
o Buildings:1. Church of the Risen Lord (UP)2. Melchor Hall (UP- Eng& Arch building))3. Palma Hall (UP-CAS building))4. Insular Life Building (1st brise soleil)5. Children’s Hospital (NORTH General Hospital/Jose Reyes Hospital Pablo Cruz
Prepared development plan forManila & Baguio (summer capital) Reliance Building, Chicago Monadnock Building, Chicago Paid a 6 week visit to Philippines Prepared site for1. Manila Hotel2. Army & Navy Club3. Philippine General Hospital4. Post Office
o Appointed by C.G. Taft as consulting architect for the Americanso Insular Ice Plant & Storage, first large building erected by Americans o Pioneered the setting up of an Architectural & Surveying office in the Philippines
the son of the great Filipino painter Juan Luna o Popularized the “El Nido” styleo Buildings:1. Legarda Elemntary School2. Regina Building3. Crystal Arcade4. Natividad Building5. Perez-Samanillo Building6. Insular Life ???
the first registered architect in the Philippines and worked with the Bureau of Public Workshis most enduring contribution is the Mapua institute of Technology, which is the oldest architectural school in the country
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
84/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1761 the first and only Art Noveau high-rise in the Philippines
1762 o Public administrator; advocated “Building Code of Manila”
1763
1764
1765 Quiapo Church
1766 The Ever Theater – the first to use glass as prominent architectural material
1767 Mabini Shrine Batangas
1768 Rizal Home Restoration
1769 Bonifacio Monument
1770 SSS Bldg
1771 Sn Miguel Church
1772 UP admin Bldg & Conservatory of Music
1773 Phil. National bank
1774 Manila Railroad Company
1775 FEU
1776 Manila City Hall ( w/ Toledo)
1777
1778 Rizal Memorial
1779 Post Office Building at Liwasang Bonifacio
1780 Agriculture Bldg (w/ Antonio Toledo)
1781 Legislative Bldg (now the National Museum) on Agrifina Circle – neoclassicism
1782 Supreme Court
1783 Quezon Memorial Circle
1784 OLD MIA
1785 GSIS
1786 Veterans Memorial Bldg
1787 Asian Institute of Tech. Bangkok
1788 Manila City Hall ( w/ Arellano)
1789 Legislative Bldg ( w/ Arellano)
o First Filipino architect with academic degree abroad (Pennsylvania)o Pioneering Staff of “Division of Architecture”
Q. I. Hospital - superimposed a native touch on the art deco façade through the high-pitch roof in the central building
Metropolitan Theatre - colorist art deco, considered as the zenith of Art Deco aesthetics in the Philippines, exterior and interior exhibit locally mediated approaches such as detailing : tropical fruits and flora motifs, bamboo banister railings, carved banana and mango ceiling relief, and Batik mosaic patterns
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
85/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1790 Agriculture Bldg ( w/ Arellano)
1791 Finance Bldg
1792 Baclaran Church
1793 US Protestant Church
1794 Perpetual Help Church
1795 UP Eng'g & liberal Arts Bldg.
1796 Childrens Hospital
1797 ABS CBN QC
1798 DBP - Makati
1799 Manila Hilton
1800 UPLB Masterplan
1801 UP Social Science & Humanities Center
1802 Malacanang
1803 Manila Hotel
1804 PGH (Tomas Mapua)
1805 Phil. Normal college
1806 Manila Cathedral Rehabilitation
1807 UST Chapel
1808 Antipolo Church
1809
1810 Baguio
1811 Luneta Park
1812 Old Congress Bldg. (Legislative Bldg)
1813
1814
1815 Manila POLO Club
1816 FEU Main Bldg
1817 Lyric Ideal Theather
1818 Jai Alai
1. Manila Hotel2. Army & Navy Club3. Philippine General Hospital4. Philippine Normal School5. Women’s Dormitory of the Normal School6. University Hall of the University of the Philippipnes (Padre Faura)7. YMCA building8. Elk’s Club9. Manila Club10. “Gabaldon” schoolhouse, most visible, 5 prototypes
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
86/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1819 Central bank of the Philippines
1820 Asian Inst. Of Managemnt - Makati
1821 San Agustin Church
1822 UST Main Bldg
1823 Araneta Coliseum
1824 Sto. Domingo Church
1825 Quiapo Church (1985 Restoration)
1826 Iglesia ni Kristo
1827 New Era
1828 Rustans QC
1829 Sulo Hotel reconstruction
1830 Vista De Loro
1831 San Beda Chapel
1832 1. Legarda Elementary School – French renaissance
1833
1834 3. Perez-Samanillo Building – art deco and modern style
1835
1836
1837 Malacanang residence
1838 UP Catholic Chapel
1839 St. Andres Church - Makati
1840 Mandarin hotel
1841
1842 National Arts Center
1843 NAIA
1844 Manila Hotel , New
1845 CCP, PICC, FAT, Philcite,etc
1846 Edsa Shrine
1847
2. Rafael Fernandez House – French renaissance and official residence of Corazon Aquino during her presidency
4. Crystal Arcade – art deco and modern style, precursor of the modern-day shopping mall5. Perkin’s House – also known as “El Nido” (The Nest), awarded first prize in Manila’s 1925 House Beautiful Contest
Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious Light) – the palace of the Sultan of Brunei, which reinterprets traditional Islamic Southeast Asian motifs based on a modernist idiom
Coconut Palace a luxurious guesthouse at the CCP Complex. It showcased a double roof reminiscent of the salakot (a wide brimmed hat) and swing-out (naka-tukod) window borrowed from the bahay kubo
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
87/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1848 Las Pinas Church Restoration
1849 San Miguel Office bldg. - Ortigas
1850 Antonio Pacific
1851 Pacific Plaza
1852 Ali Mall
1853 SM
1854 China Bank - Paseo de Roxas
1855 Tektite Tower
1856 National Bookstores
1857 Shangrila Edsa Plaza
1858 Shangrila Makati
1859 Kings Court 1 & 2
1860 Silahis Hotel
1861 Stella Maris College
1862 Manila Doctors Hospital
1863 Times Theater
1864 Makati Med. Center
1865 Quezon City Hall
1866 De La salle University
1867 Nurses Home
1868 • UY-CHACO building
1869
1870
1871
1872 Robinson's Galeria
1873 Quiapo Mosque
1874 Phil. Heart center
1875 Meralco Building
1876
o Magsaysay Center o WHO building o Ermita Center
o Feati University Building o Ambassador Hotel (1st skyscraper 4flrs) o UST seminary building
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
88/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1877
1878 • AYALA TOWER 1, Ayala Avenue, Makati City (consultant: S.O.M.)
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883 • ONE SAN MIGUEL, ortigas
1884 • ESSENSA TOWERS (Pablo Antonio jr)
1885 Clasiao Church, Pangasinan
1886 Laoag Church, Ilocos Norte
1887 Las Pinas Church
1888 Loboc Church Bohol
1889 Manila Cathedral
1890 Miagao Church, iloilo
1891 Morong Church, Rizal
1892 Panay Church, Rizal
1893 Quiapo Church
1894 San Agustin Church
1895 World Trade Center –
1896 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1897 Carlos Arguelles
1898 Edmundo Lucero
1899 Francisco Fajardo
1900 Gavino de Leon
1901 Cezar de dios
1902 Antonio Turalba - Architecture
1903 Cesar Concio - Environmental Planner
1904
1905
• PLDT TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City• 6790, Ayala avenue, Makati City• CITIBANK TOWER, Paseo de Roxas, Makati City• AYALA LIFE FGU, Ayala avenue, Makati City• EQUITABLE BANK TOWERS, • RENNAISANCE 2000• RENNAISANCE TOWERS• PACIFIC PLAZA TOWERS, Fort Bonifacio (arquitectonica)• ICEC TOWER, manila (Kohn Petersen Fox Associates)• KINGSWOOD, Vito Cruz, Makati City• MANANSALA TOWER, Rockwell center, Makati City• GT INTERNATIONAL TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City• OAKWOOD PREMIER RESIDENCE• PBCOM TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City• PETRON, MEGAPLAZA• JIN MAO TOWER• ROCKWELL (S.O.M.)• FORBES TOWER, manila (RMJM London unlimited)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
89/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
90/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
91/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
92/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Rameses I
Marble
Columnar trabeated
Propylaea
Parthenon
Arch and vault
Composite
Domical roof construction
Marble
Pantheon
Pteroma
Gladiatorial Contests
Stoa
Acropolis
Antefix
Acroterion
Anthemion
Apotheca
Anthemion
Refectory
Baroque
Cortel
Tracery
Roman
176
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
93/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
a. i, ii, iii
Octagonal
13..
Square
Pediment
Pendentive
Narthex
Nave
Stylobate
Stereobate
Eustyle
Areostyle
Systyle
1.5 Diameters
3 Diameters
Circus
Colosseum
Wrestling
Stadium
Callicrates and Ictinus
Lamin
Zaguan
Bilik
Dapogan
Cha-sit-su
Masjid
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
94/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Stupa
Bale
Doric
Tumuli
Apse
Dipteral
Prytaneion
Erich Mendelsohn
Walter Gropius
Art Noveau
Van Alen
Embrasures
Amenemhat I
Senusret I
Pyramid of Zoser
Pyramid of Khufu
Canephora
Bartizan
Masu-gumi
Cavetto
Carlos Santos Viola
Caesar Homer Concio
William Cosculluela
Imhotep
Richard Josef Neutra
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
95/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Jugendstijl
Eero Saarinen
Kenzo Tange
Khufu
Console
Chartres Cathedral
Octagonal
Tokonama
Hagia Sophia
Baldachino
Tabernacle
Exedra
Niche
Mudejar
Mnesicles
Pinacotheca
Odeion
Epidauros
Opus Mixtum
Opus Incertum
Opus Recticulatum
Opus Quadratum
Opus Tesselatum
Louis Sullivan
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
96/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Buckminster Fuller
Marcel Lajos Breuer
Felix Outerino Candela
Agrippa
Minoru Yamasaki
Bernini
Anthemius and Isidorus
George Ramos
Thothmes I
Ptolemy III
Iñigo Jones
Callimachus
Theron
Libon
Cossutius
Mnesicles
Phidias
Welton Becket
Le Corbusier
Eliel Saarinen
Frank Lloyd Wright
Hennevique
Jose Herrera
Juan Nakpil
Felipe Mendoza
Juan Nakpil
Guillermo Tolentino
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
97/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Shah Jahan
Erich Mendelsohn
John Ruskin and William Moris
Felipe Mendoza
Juan Nakpil
Juan Nakpil
Juan Nakpil
Antonio Sin Diong
Gabriel Formoso
George Ramos
Morong Church
Panay Cathedral in Capiz
Bema
Naos
Amphi-Prostyle
Cella
Greek Cross
Latin Cross
Ambo
Bema
Apse
Forum
East
South
West
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
98/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Cancelli
Little Metropole Cathedral, Athens
Nea Moni
Centralized
Liceo de Manila
Worms Cathedral
Bouleuterion
Prytaneion
Circus Maximus
Forum Romanum
Tepidarium
Calidarium
Sudatorium
Apodyteria
Unctuaria
Vespasian / Domitian
Treasury of Atreus
Xerxes
Domus
Thalamus
Insulae
Villa
Atrium House
Balneum
Menhir
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
99/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Royal pyramids
Megaron
Order
Crepidoma
Naos
Thermae
Velarium
Insula
Baldachino
Narthex
Gymnaceum
Voussoirs
Cenotaph
West door
Rayonnant
Plough
Camber
Rustication
Sir Joseph Paxton
Antonio Gaudi
James Hoban
Carlos Baretto
Masjid
Muenzzin
Islamic
Kibla
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
100/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Shah-Jehan
Cluniac
sober & dignified
sixtite
pilaster strips
campanile
ambrogio
Altars
Castle
Alexander
Helm Roof
Church bldgs.
Portugal
Alocabaca, Portugal
Fortress
fortification
machicolations
battlement
merlons
bailey
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
101/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Steve church
domestic
crocket
buttress
transept
tudor
mouldings
tracery
presbytery
West minister abbey
pantry
cimborio
finial
retablo
kibla
Florence Cathedral
crypt
Renaissance
Palladian
antiquarian
mannerists
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
102/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Rustication
Reliquary
Brunelleschi
Piano Noble
Donato Bramante
Mullion
transom
wreath
scroll
nymphaneum
rocaile
cherubin
newel
strapwork
intercolumnation
fretwork
pulpitum
polychromy
expressionism
eyebrow
skylight
reja
cella
Burma
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
103/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
viharas
shwe dagon pagoda
pitakat-taik
pailou
Alexandre Gustav Eiffel
Louis Henry Sullivan
Yamasaki and Roth
Charles Mackintosh
Tomas Mapua
Frank Gehry
Erich Mendelsohn
Kahn, Louis
Antonio Gaudi
Buckminster Fuller
Francisco Manosa
Gustave Eiffel
Francisco Manosa
Lucio Costa
Buckminster Fuller
Robert Adam
Peter Behrens
Francisco Manosa
984 ft.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
104/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Buckminster Fuller
Le Corbusier
Mies van de Rohe
Richard Meier
Oscar Niemeyer
Nervi, Pier Luigi
Lucio Costa
Kenzo Tange
hierogyphics
Parthenon
Epidaurus Theater
Colosseum
Trajans forum
Agrippa
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
105/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Robert Mills
Reims Cathedral
Elysee Palace
Torogan House
Ivatan’s Rakuh
Manila Metropolitan Theatre
G.F.& Partners
Lao Tze
Plinth
Caryatid
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
106/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Finial
le Corbusier
Telamon
Crepidoma
Federico Ilustre
Archivolt
Eisodos
Obelisk
Aokum
Gargoyle
Monument
Bouleuterion
Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak
Andrea Palladio
Tomb of Agamemnon
Trajan’s Column
Queen Anne style
Ten books of Architecture by Marcus Vitruvius
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
107/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Sir Christopher Wren
Temenos
Walter Gropius
Le Corbusier
Prytaneion
Kankanay
Decorated style
Cromlech
Mannerism
Bouleuterion
Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak
Firewall; Fireblock
Andrea Palladio
10 books of architecture by Vitruvius
Engr's & Archt. Law Act 2986
Tomb of Agamemnon
Trajans Column
Medieval Organic City
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
108/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Queen anne Style
Unite d Habitation
Sir Christopher Wren
Temenos
Walter Gropius
Le Corbusier
prytaneion
Kankanay
Cavaea
Decorated Style
Chromlech
Palladianism
Egyptian Architecture
Romanesque Architecture
Gothic Architecture
Rayonant
Flamboyant
Renaissance Architecture
Palladianism
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
109/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Mannerism
Baroque
Antiquarian
Rococco
Plateresque Architecture
Elizabethan Architecture
Jacobean Architecture
Gregorian Architecture
Picturesque Architecture
Sphinx
Mastaba
Obelisk
Pyramid
Batter
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
110/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Stonehenge
Ziggurat
Hieroglyphics
Dolmen
Voussoirs
Exedra
Cella
Stupa
Eclectic
Soffit
Fortress
Pendentive
Mayan Temple Pyramid
Picturesqueness
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
111/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Fresco
Stoa
Atlantes
Abacus
Entasis
Flutes
Caryatids
Daado
Arris
Fillets
Pediment
Plinth
Agora
Triumphal Arch
Thermae
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
112/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Colosseum
Aquaducts
Forum
Pinaccle
Sarcophagus
Mausolleum
Groins
Coffers
Butress
Vault
Narthex
baptisteries
Font
Dome
Bema
Arcade
Ambo
Mosaic
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
113/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Baldachino
Aisle
Nave
Apse
Kiosk
Mosque
Corbel
Minaret
Chamfer
Atrium
Squinch
Harem
Cenotaph
Ogee
Keystone
Iconostasis
Verandah
Piazza
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
114/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Arabesque
Spandrel
Turret
Mullions
Chateau
Fleche
Niche
Boss
Pilaster Strip
Chatris
Tracery
Podium
Transept
Rib & Panel
Cimborio
Larder
Spire
Steeple
Wardrobe
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
115/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Camber
Coisters
Pantry
Stellar Vault
Monastery
Oriel Window
Refectory
Scroll
Palazzo
Baluster
Rococo
baroque
Belfry
Entablature
Doge's Hall
Pavillion
Chancel
Quoins
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
116/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Console
Crypt
Newel
Doge's Palace
Cupola
Vestibule
Lantern
Wreath
Salon
Mansard
Nymphaeum
Finial
Pedestal
Dormer
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
117/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Hermes
Mullions
Patio
Modilions
Transom
Tabernacle
Ambulatory
Finial
Dais
Bay Window
Helm Roof
Gallery
Strapwork
Intercolumnation
Cherubs
Terracotta
Heraldic
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
118/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Plateresque Architecture
Pulpit
Belvedere
Churrigueresque
Candelabra
Fretwork
Wata Dage
Tudor Revival
Torus
Pagoda
Bungallow
Faience
Stambas / Laths
Great Wall
Art Noveau
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
119/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
bauhaus
Fenestration
Architectonic
Rarhs
Space Frame
Baloon Framing
Pai Lou
Bonsai
Antillan House
Belvedere
Tea House
Ken
Ifugao/ Bontoc House
Nipa House
maranao House
Ivatan House
Loggia
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
120/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Irrimoya Gable
Torii
Trompel o Eil
Country House
Art Deco
Gazebo
Stoa
Pinacle
Boss/ Groin
Quoins / Squinch
Serdab
Glypthoteca
Pinacotheca
Themenos
Lacunaria
Peroma
Dromos
Thalamus
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
121/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
The Great Temple of Arnak
God Horus
Egyptian Architects
Propylaea
Partenon
Theatre of Dionysus
Forum Romanum
Circus Maximus
Forum of Trajan
Prehistoric Period
Egyptian Architecture
Mesopotamian Architecture
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
122/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Mesopotamian Architecture
Pre columbian Architecure
Greek Architecture
Roman Architecture
Early christian Architecture
Byzantine Architecture
Islamic Architecture
Romanesque Architecture
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
123/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Romanesque Architecture
Gothic Architecture
Renaissance Architecture
Britain Architecture
Continental Europe
American Architecture
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
124/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWERAmerican Architecture
Modern International
India / pakistan
Sri Lanka
Afghanistan, Nepal, Tibet
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
125/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Burma, Cambodia, Thailand, Indonesia
China
Japan
Philippines
Pre Historic Period - Structures
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
126/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Pre Historic Period - Structures
Egyptian Buildings
Greek Buildings
Ancient near East (mesopotamia) Buildings
Pre Columbian Bldgs (Maya, Aztec, Peru, Mexico)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
127/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Greek Buildings
Roman Buildings
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
128/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Roman Buildings
Early Christian Structures
Byzantine Structures
Islamic Buildings
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
129/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Romanesque Buildings
Gothic Buildings
Rennaissance Buildings
Britain Buildings
Continental Europe Buildings
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
130/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
American Structures
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
131/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
American Structures
French Architecture
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
132/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
French Architecture
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
133/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
French Architecture
English architecture
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
134/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
English architecture
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
135/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
English architecture
Modern International
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
136/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Modern International
Asian & Spain Architecture
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
137/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Asian & Spain Architecture
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
138/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Asian & Spain Architecture
Real Fuerza de Santiago (Fort Santiago)
Intramuros
Late Spanish Period
American Period
Post War Architecture
Futurism
Functionalism
Utilitarianism
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
139/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Constructivism
Neo-expressionism
The Great Mosque of Djenné in Mali,
Elisha Graves Otis
Ecclectism
The Arts & Crafts Movement
Pyramid
Cheops
Rameses 1
Marble
Columnar trabeated
Propylaea
Parthenon
Arch and vault
Composite
Domical roof construction
St. Sophia, Constantinople
Sober and dignified
Marble
Pantheon
Pteroma
Gladiatorial Contests
Stoa
Acropolis
Antefix (Antefixae)
Acroterion / Acroterium
Anthemion
Apotheca
Anthemion
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
140/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Marble
Pisa
Refectory
Baroque
Cortel
Tracery
Cha-sit-su
Masjid
Stupa
Bale
Ziggurat
Doric
Pyramid
Tumuli
Apse
Dipteral
Prytaneion
Erich Mendelsohn
Walter Gropius
Art Noveau
Cambodian
Van Alen
Embrasures
Agra
Amenemhat I
Senusret I
Heb-sed
Pyramid of Zoser
Pyramid of Khufu
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
141/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Groin Vault
Visayan
Greek
Canephora
Bartizan
Basilica
Greek
Helm Roof
Masu-gumi
Cavetto
Carlos Santos Viola
Caesar Homer Concio
Pinnacle
William Cosculluela
Baroque for of Ornamentation
Richard Josef Neutra
Sarcophagus
Imhotep
Bouleuterion
U.S. / English Renaissance
Tussel House
Astylar
Jugendstijl
Ludwig Mies Van Der Rohe
Liceo de Manila
Crenel
Balance
Eclecticism
Eero Saarinen
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
142/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Kaufman House
Juan Nakpil
Kenzo Tange
Felipe Mendoza
Palace of Persepolis
Saracenic Architecture
Echinus
S-tiles
Agora
Entasis
Baroque
Pagoda
Roman
Crepidoma
Amphi-Prostyle
Cenotaphs
Cheops / Chefren/ Mykerinos
Aljibe
Impluvium
Naos
Crypt
Bema
Console
Villa
Atrium House
Romanesque
Romanesque
Alvar Aalto
Tomas Mapua
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
143/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Forum
Welton Becket
Chartres Cathedral
176
Greek
Ziggurat
Acanthus
Arch
Triforium
Clerestory
Module
Tympanum
Arcade
Architrave
Entablature
Cornice, Frieze, Architrave
Octagonal
13
Tokonama
Square
Hagia Sophia
Pediment
Pendentive
Narthex
Nave
Ambulatory
Cantharus
Exedra
Baldachino
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
144/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Tabernacle
Niche
Minaret
Lacunaria
Bayon
Mudejar
Crocket
Abacus
Capital
Plinth
Chancel
Frigidarium
Barasoain Church
Seraglio
Ziggurat
Mnesicles
Harem
Great Temple, Abu Simbel
Great Temple, Abu Simbel
Palm, Lotus, and Papyrus
Mortuary and Cult Temples
Mortuary Temple
Ziggurat
Pyramid
Cult Temple
Persian
Atlantes
Exedra
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
145/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Peripteral
Stylobate
Stereobate
Gymnasium
Pronaos, Naos, and Epinaos
Pinacotheca
Prostyle
Intercolumniation
Eustyle
Areostyle
Systyle
1.5 Diameters
3 Diameters
Odeion
Circus
Colosseum
Wrestling
stadium
In Antis
Amphi-Antis
Gymnasium
Doric
Epidauros
Tuscan and Composite
Use of Concrete
Pantheon
Forum Romanum
Xerxes
Artaxerxes
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
146/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Callicrates and Ictinus
Phidias
Lacus
Salientes
Circus Maximus
Vespasian / Domitian
Mnesicles
Clepsydra
Treasury of Atreus
Theron
Libon
Cossutius
18
4-horse Chariot
Cyma Reversa
Key Pattern
Sculptured Reliefs
House #33
Bird's Beak
Peribolus
Domus
Podium
Bepidales
Opus Mixtum
Opus Incertum
Opus Recticulatum
Opus Quadratum
Basilica
Choragic Monument
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
147/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWERChoragic Monument
Fret
Termini
Opus Tesselatum
Callimachus
Thalamus
Timber-enframed Portal
Etruscans
Insula
Nymphaeum
Renaissance
Louis Sullivan
Iñigo Jones
Hypostyle Hall
Thothmes I
Ptolemy III
Buckminster Fuller
Rock-Hewn Tombs
George Ramos
Tepidarium
Calidarium
Frigidarium
Sudatorium
Apodyteria
Unctuaria
Forum
East
South
West
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
148/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Cancelli
Ambo
Bema
Apse
Statues
Centralized
Anthemius and Isidorus
St. Sophia, Constantinople
Little Metropole Cath., Athens
Nea Moni
Lantern
Cloisters
Ornamental Arcades
Worms Cathedral
Cathedral
Greek Cross
Latin Cross
Bernini
Dispensa
Falig
Minoru Yamasaki
Greek
Balteus
Roman
Agrippa
Prytaneion
Marcel Lajos Breuer
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
149/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Felix Outerino Candela
Hypotrachelion
Doric
Ionic
Temple of Nike Apteros, Athens
Tower of the Winds, Athens
Acanthus and Dolphin
Greek
Papyrus
Cult Temple
Balneum
Cella
Triglyph
Le Corbusier
Eliel Saarinen
Frank Lloyd Wright
Hennevique
Jose Herrera
Juan Nakpil
Guillermo Tolentino
Shah Jahan
Telamones or Atlantes
Herms
Terms
Madrassah
Moscow
Erich Mendelsohn
John Ruskin and William Moris
Eclecticism
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
150/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Neo-Classism
Parti
Felipe Mendoza
George Ramos
Juan Nakpil
Juan Nakpil
Morong Church
Panay Capiz
Antonio Sin Diong
Gabriel Formoso
George Ramos
Lamin
Zaguan
Bilik
Azotea
Dapogan
Louis Sullivan
Antonio Gaudi
Walter Gropius
Louis Khan
Le corbusier
Robert Mailart
Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe
Adolf Loos
Frank Loyd Wright
EERo Saarinen
Kenzo tange
Marcus Vitruvius
Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
151/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Robert Venturi
Lao Tse
SOM
Willian Van Allen
Buckminster Fuller
Jorn Utzon
Frank Loyd Wright
Lucio Costa & Oscar Niemeyer
Walter Gropius
Erich Mendelson
Le corbusuier
Leandro Locsin
Francisco Bobby Manosa
CC. de cstro
Manuel manosa
IM pei
Eero Saarinen
Philip Jhonson
Antonio Gaudi
Joseph Paxton
Philip Jhonson
Maurice de Sully
Antonio Gaudi
Bruce Graham & SOM
Cass Gilbert
Frank Loyd Wright
Barma & Posnik
Le corbusuier
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
152/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Marcel Brever
Mies van de Rohe
Philip Jhonson
Le corbusuier
Louis Khan
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
153/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Perret Auguste
Frank Loyd Wright
Eero Saarinen
Eliel Saarinen
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
154/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Pier Luigi Nervi
Robert Charles Venturi
Kenzo Tange
Adolf Loos
Alvar Aalto
Auguste Perret
Antonio Gaudi
Benjamin Latrobe
Charles Rennie Macintiosh
Cesar Pelli
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
155/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Daniel Burnham
Daniel Libeskind
Eero Saarinen
Eliel Saarinen
Felix Candela
Frank Gehry
Frank Loyd Wright
Frei Otto
Fumihiko Maki
Gustave Eiffel
Jorn Utzon
Joseph Paxton
Kenzo tange
Louis Sullivan
Louis Khan
Le corbusuier
Oscar Niemeyer
Mies van de Rohe
Michael graves
Moshe Safdie
Norman Foster
Philip Jhonson
Paul Rudolph
Philip Webb
Peter Eissenman
Pier Luigi Nervi
Renzo Piano
Richard Meier
Ieoh Ming Pei
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
156/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Reem Koolhaas
Robert Mailaart
Santiago Calatrava
Tadao Ando
Willian Van Allen
Wallace Harrison
Richard Rogers
Jean Nouvel
Eero Saarinen
DP Archts & Micheal Wilford
W.S. Atkins & partners
Lord Norman Robert Foster
SOM
Minoru Yamasaki
C.Y. lee & partners
Frank Gehry
Frank Loyd Wright
SOM
Cesar Pelli
IM pei
Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man
SHREVE, HARMON & LAMB
Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man
Bruce Graham
CESAR ANTONIO PELLI
IM pei
Shreve , Lamb & Harmon
IM pei
Jacques Herzog and Pierre de Meuron
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
157/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Jacques Germain Souflot
Sir Christopher Wren
John Wood
Robert de Cotte
Bruce Graham / SOM
Puente Colgante
Masonic Temple, Escolta
Crystal Arcade, Escolta
San Sebastian Church
Philippine Normal School
Ambassador Hotel (4-Storey)
PSB Building (Picache Building)
Manila Hotel
Tomas Mapua
Carlos Barretto
Burke Building, Escolta (1910's)
Juan Arelleno
Roque Ruano
Pablo Antonio
Daniel Doane
Daniel Burnham
S. Rowland
Harold Keys
William Birt
1925
1930
1941
Rufino Tower
Chaco Building (Philtrust)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
158/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Crystal Arcade (demolish)
Department of Health
Evangelista House
SM Megamall
VIP Building
Department of Finance
Department of Tourism
Leyte Capitol
Lyric Theatre (demolish)
Manila City Hall
Manila Hilton
Trader's Hotel (Holiday Inn)
Iglesia ni Cristo
Nuestra Señora de Guia
Our Lady of Lourdes Church
Insular Life Building
Union Church
UP Melchor Hall
UP Palama Hall
World Trade Exchange
Department of Foreign Affairs (ADB)
SM Makati
Ateneo de Manila University
Ateneo de Manila University
FEU Hospital
Mormon Temple
Ambassador Hotel
Manila Cathedral
Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual Help)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
159/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Philippine Women's University
Coconut Palace (Tahanang Pilipino)
Corregidor Island Landscaping
EDSA Shrine
Metrorail Stations (LRT)
Moonwalk Church
UE Chapel (Recto)
Metropolitan Museum
Glorietta
Greenbelt-3
Heritage Hotel
Manila Peninsula
Oakwood Towers
Prudential Bank Building
Bonifacio Monument
Manila Golden Mosque
Philippine Heart Center
Batasan Pambansa
Don Bosco Chapel
Meralco Building
Philippine Airlines Building
Sta. Catalina College
Sto. Domingo Church
Union Church (demolish)
Virra Mall
Court of Appeals
Metropolitan Theatre
National Museum / Legilative Building
Post Office Building
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
160/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Sariaya Municipal Hall
SMS Building
Supreme Court
Tayabas Capitol
UP Villamor Hall
Capitan Pepe Building
Elena Apartments
Ever Theatre
Manila Jockey Club
Philippine Trust Building
Quezon City Hall
Quezon Institute
Quiapo Church
Rizal Theatre (demolish)
Rufino Building
San Carlos Seminary
San Lazaro …..
State Theatre
UP Administration Bldg
UP Library
Ayala Triangle Tower-1
CCP Theatre
Citibank Building
Cultural Center of the Philippines
Folk Art's Theatre
Hyatt Regency Hotel
Makati Stock Exhchange
Malacañang Palace
Mandarin Oriental Manila
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
161/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Manila International Airport
Philippine Stock Exchange
UP Chapel
Valle Verde Country Club
Makati Medical Center
San Miguel Corporation Center
La Fayette 1 & 2
Mehan Garden
National Bureau of Investigation
San Juan Municipal Hall
Bel-Air Apartment
Conception Theatre (demolish)
FEU Main Building
Forum Theatre
Galaxy Theatre
Ideal Theatre (demolish)
Manila Bulletin Building
Manila Polo Club
Forbes Tower
Rockwell Center
SM Centerpoint
SM Fairview
SM Southmall
Rizal Monument
College of St. Benilde
CEU Main Building
De La Salle University
Mapua Residence
PGH Nurse's Home
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
162/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
JAKA Tower
Robinson Tower /Building
Robinson's Galleria
Robinson's PCI Tower
Robinson's Place
SM Cebu
SM City EDSA
Tutuban Mall
Twin Towers
The World Center
World Trade Center
Army Navy Club
Manila Hotel
Normal School
PGH (Philippine General Hospital)
UP Manila
YMCA Arroceros
(PLDT) Ramon Cojuangco Building
LKG Tower
Manila Peninsula
Prudential Bank Ayala
RCBC Plaza (Yuchengco)
Ritz Towers
Pacific Plaza
Rufino Tower
Rufino Building
Shangrila Hotel Ayala
Ateneo Professional Schools Building
U.S.T. Engineering Building (Sun Breaker)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
163/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Atrium
Greenbelt
Greenbelt 2
Greenbelt Chapel
Oakwood Hotel (now Ascott)
Philamlife Tower
BA Lepanto
China Bank Building
Asian Institute of Management
Citibank Tower
Doña Narcisa De Leon Building
New World Hotel (Renaissance)
Hotel Nikko Manila Garden (Dusit Hotel)
King's Court II
Makati Sports Club
PLDT Dela Rosa
Shangrila Grand Tower
RCBC Buendia
Metrobank Buendia
Pacific Star
The Columns Buendia
Development Bank of the Philippines
Le Metropole
St. Andrews Church
Amorsolo Square (Amorsolo East West)
Coco Bank Makati
Don Bosco Chapel
Manila Polo Club
Colegio de San Agustin
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
164/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Galleria De Magallanes
Magallanes Church
1322 Roxas
Admiral Apartments
Cultural Center of the Philippines
CCP Theater
Department of Finance
Department of Foreign Affairs ADB
Metropolitan Museum
Coconut Palace
PICC
Philippine Plaza (Sofitel)
GSIS Building CCP
National Arts Center
PHILCITE
Manila Hilton
Fort San Antonio De Abad
Nuestra Señora de Guia
Magsaysay Center
Central Bank of the Philippines
Grand Boulevard Hotel (Silahis Int'l)
Holiday Inn (Trader's Hotel)
Hyatt Regency Hotel
Museo Pambata (Elks Club Building)
Manila Hotel
Monterey Apartment
Boulevard-Alhambra Building now Bel-Air Apartments
Manila Film Center/ Film Center of the Philippines
Folk Arts Theater / Tanghalang Francisco Balagtas
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
165/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Manila Midtown Hotel
Manila International Airport (NAIA 1)
Philippine Airlines Bldg
Galaxy Theater
Ideal Theater
Picache Building
Philippine Trust Building (Plaza Goiti)
Quiapo Church
PNB Escolta
Avenue Theater
Casino Español
Instituto Cervantes
Ambassador Hotel
Arguelles Building
Paterno Building Sta. Cruz
Army Navy Club
Assumption Convent
Capitol Theater
Ever Theater
Galaxy Theater
Lyric Theater
Ideal Theater
GSIS Building
Perez- Samanillo Building
Petrona Apartments
Captain Luis Gonzaga Building
Captain Pepe Building
Cebe Plaza Building
Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual Help Church)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
166/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Metropolitan Museum
Metropolitan Theater
Mehan Garden
Museo ng Maynila
Manila City Hall
National Library
Post Office Building
Planetarium
Crystal Arcade
Regina Building
De La Salle University
Nurses Home (PGH)
PGH
National Burieau of Investigation
Manila Astral Tower
Manila Doctors Hospital
Philam Life UN Ave.
Ramon Roces Publications Building
FEU Building
FEU Hospital
PLDT España
Gota De Leche
Far East Bank Intramuros
Manila Cathedral
Manila Highschool
Palacio del Gobernador
National Museum (Old Legislative Building)
Philippine Normal School/ Philippine Normal University
Department of Tourism (agriculture and commerce)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
167/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
National Press Club
San Agustin Church
Phoenix Building
Philippine Columbian Clubhouse
Manila Railroad Station Tutuban
Ali Mall
Araneta Coliseum
Ateneo De Manila University
Batasan Pambansa
Benitez Hall ( College of Education)
Quezon Hall (UP Admin)
Palma Hall (UP Arts and Science)
Bonifacio Monument
Central Bank of the Philippines
Philippine Heart Center
Philam Homes QC
Iglesia ni Kristo Commonwealth
Quezon City Sports Club
Quezon Institute
Quezon Memorial
Alexandra Condominium
Asian Development Bank
One Corporate Center
Tiendesita's
Robinson's Galleria
Benguet Center
Renaissance 1000
Melchor Hall (College of Engineering and Architecture)
Children's Memorial Hospital / Lungsod ng Kabataan Hospital
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
168/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Renaissance 2000
One San Miguel
San Miguel Building
Discovery Suites
Our Lady of Lourdes Church
Tektite Towers
JMT Tower
SM Megamall
EDSA Plaza Hotel
EDSA Shrine
GT Tower
Wack-Wack Twin Towers
Medical City Hospital
Meralco Building
Loyola Memorial Chapel
Metro Rail Transit Stations (MRT)
Mormon Temple
Club Filipino
One Beverly Place
Bellagio 1 and 2
Essensa Tower
Serendra
Alabang Golf and Country Club
Alabang 400
Insular Life Alabang
Las Piñas Church Restoration
Mary Immculate Parish Church
Development Academy of the Philippnes
White Cross Orphanage also White Cross Preventarium
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
169/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Assumption College Antipolo
Corregidor Island
Maya-Maya Resort
Pearl Farm
Negros Occidental Provincial Capitol
Valley Golf Club
Imhotep
Itchinus, Callicarates , with Phidias
Mnesicles
Polykleitos
Acrippa
Apollodorus of Damascus
Vespacian and Domitian
James Hoban
Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch
John Russel Pope
Robert Mills
Thomas Jefferson
Charles Bulfinch
James Renwick
Richard Upjohn
Thomas Jefferson
Pierre L'enfant
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious Light)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
170/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Joseph Strauss
Peirre Lescot
Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne
Domencio de Cortona
Richrad Rogers, Renzo Piano
Maurice de Sully
Charles Garnier
Claude Mollet
Napoleon I
Gustave Eiffel
Le Corbusier
Le Corbusier
Georg Wenzeslaus Von Knobelsdorf
Balthazar Neumann
Erich Mendelsohn
Gottfried Semper with Karl Von Hasenaver
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
171/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Sir Robert Smirke
Inigo Jones
William Chambers
Sir Christopher Wren
Lord Burlington
Sir Charles Barry
Charles Rennie Mackintosh
Sir George Goring
Isidoros and Anthemios
Arnolfo di Cambio
Antonio Gaudi
Antonio Gaudi
Antonio Gaudi
Emperor Shah Jahan
Antonio Estavillo
Benigno Fernandez
Genaro Palacios
Juan Macias
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
172/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Fray Marcos Anton
Fray Juan de Albarran
Skidmore, Owings, Merill
Skidmore, Owings, Merill
Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas
HOK
Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas
Arquitectonica
Skidmore, Owings, Merill
Cesar Pelli & Associates
Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Shreve Lamb & Harmon
I.M. Pei & Partners
NORR Group Consultants
Hellmuth, Obata & Kassabuam/Cy Lee
Edward D. Stone &
Skidmore, Owings and Merill
K.Y. Cheung Design
Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man
Tom Wright of WS Atkins
Plan Architect Co.
William Van Allen
Johnson/Burgee Architects
Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man and Associates
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
173/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Pei Cobb Freed and Partners
Hijjas Kasturi Associates
Peter Ellis, SOM
Pei Cobb Freed and Partners
Baikdoosan Architects &Engineers
Juan Nakpil
Pablo Antonio
Juan Arellano
Federico Ilustre
Antonio Toledo
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
174/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Cesar Concio
Carlos Arguelles
William Parson
Fernando Ocampo
Daniel Burnham
William Parson
Arcadio Arellano
Andres Luna de san Pedro
Leandro Locsin
Tomas Mapua
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
175/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Tomas Arguelles
Carlos Baretto
Juan Nakpil
Pablo Antonio
Juan Arellano
Federico Ilustre
Antonio Toledo
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
176/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWERAntonio Toledo
Cesar Concio
Carlos Arguelles
William Parson
Fernando Ocampo
Daniel Burnham
William Parson
Arcadio Arellano
Pablo Antonio
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
177/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Gabriel Formoso (GF)
Antonio Herrera
Fr. Roque Roano
Rufino Antonio
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
Carlos Santos Viola
Andres Luna de san Pedro
Leandro Locsin
Francisco Manosa
Renato Punzalan ( 1995 UAP design Awardee for Architecture)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
178/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWERFrancisco Manosa
Antonio Sidiong
Rogelio Villarosa
Luis Araneta
Ruperto Gaite
Tomas Mapua
Tomas Arguelles
Carlos Baretto
Alfredo Luz
William Coscolluela
Jorge Ramos
Jose Zaragosa
Fernando Ocampo
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
179/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
LOCSIN & PARTNERS
RECIO + CASAS
GABRIEL FORMOSO & PARTNERS
SOM
Palafox
Recto
PEI COBB FREED & PARTNERS
ROMAN Dalinao
Joseph Ruiz
Fr. Diego cera
Salazar
Comporedando & Gonzales
dela Madre
restored by Nakpil & zaragosa
Macias
Minoro Yamasaki
Hezagon Architects
PRC Awardee 1996
(PRS) PIMENTEL, RODRIGUEZ, SIMBULAN & PATNERS
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
180/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
181/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
182/469
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
183/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
1 Bearing wall system
2 Rigid component
3 Flexible component
4 200 mm
5
2 years
6 6 db
7 8 db
8 25mm
91.50 db
10450 mm
114
12 36 mm
1340 db
14 75 mm
15 20 mm
16 0.90'
17 0.85'
18 L / 20
19 L / 24
20 L / 28
21 The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2) L / 10
22 0.40'
23 0.75'
24 d/2
It is a structural system without complete vertical local carryingspace frame. (NSCP 208.20)Is a component including its attachments having fundamentalperiod less than or equal to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20)Is a component including its attachments having fundamentalperiod greater than 0.60 sec. (NSCP 208.20)Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominaloutside diameter of not less than (NSCP 307.7.3)
A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall beavailable for inspection during the progress of work and _______years after completion of the project and shall be preserved by theinspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP 403.20)
The minimum bend diameter for 10mm Ø through 25mm Ø bars(NSCP 407.30)The minimum bend diameter for 28mm Ø through 36mm Ø bars(NSCP 407.30)The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in a layer mustbe db but not less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)
In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members,clear distance between longitudinal bars shall not be less than?(NSCP 407.7.3)
In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primaryflexural reinforcement shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 timeswall or slab thickness nor farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)
Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act asone unit shall be united to ___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP407.7.6.1)
Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams:(NSCP 407.7.6.3)
Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span offlexural members shall terminate at different points with at least____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)
Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposedto earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab:(NSCP 407.8.1)In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø forflexure without axial loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø forshear and torsion: (NSCP 409.4.2.3)The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supportedat the ends only is: (NSCP 409.6.2)The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuousslab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuousslab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clearspan ratio greater than: (NSCP 410.8.10)Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clearspan ratio greater than: (NSCP 307.4.2)Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis ofnon-prestressed member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
184/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
25 300 mm
26 Braced Frame
27 Diaphragm
28 Moment resisting frame
29 25%
30 50%
31
10 days
32 50%
33 0.60m
34 6.00 m
35
200 mm
3615 mpa
37150 mm
3850 kpa
3912 mm
4016 mm
41
10%
42 1.50m
43 3,0 m
44 30 times
45 17.50 mpa
Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be lessthan: (NSCP 412.3.1)Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric oreccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmitlateral forces to the vertical resisting elements:Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by flexure:In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of________% of floor live load shall be applicable for storage andwarehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______%slope. (NSCP 302.2.2)
Before commencing the excavation work, the person making theexcavation shall notify in writing the owner of the adjoining buildingnot less than _____days before such excavation is to be made. (NSCP302.2.4)
Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than____% slope (NSCP 302.3.1)The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the siteboundary line: (NSCP 302.4.3)The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the siteboundary: (NSCP 302.4.3)
In using sand backfill in the annular space around column notembedded in poured footings, the sand shall be thoroughlycompacted by tamping in layers not more than _____mm in depth?(NSCP 305.7.3)
In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around columnnot embedded in poured footings, the concrete shall have ultimatestrength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used onsoils, they shall be completely embedded in concrete. Concrete covershall be at least _____mm on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)
Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported uponwood sills or steel plates placed directly upon the ground surface,provided soil pressure does not exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)
The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood platesor sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in thePhilippines. (NSCP 305.60)
The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood platesor sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in thePhilippines. (NSCP 305.60)
Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected toseismic forces shall be interconnected by ties. Such ties shall becapable of resisting in tension or compression a minimum horizontalforce equal to _____% of the largest column vertical load. (NSCP306.20)
Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterallysupported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterallysupported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be_____times the average diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1)Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressivestrength Fc of not less than ______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
185/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
46 20 mpa
47 75 mm
48 35 mpa
49 250 mm
50 Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy? Essential facilities
51
52 Special occupancy
53 Hazardous facility
54 L / 360
55 L / 240
56 2 times
57 1. 5 times
58
25%
59
20%
6010%
61P-delta effect
62 Weak Storey
63Essential Facilities
64Diaphragm
65 Braced Frame
66
Plasticizer
67 2 years
Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strengthFc of not less than _____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-castconcrete pile center to center. (NSCP 307.5.1)Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specifiedcompressive strength Fc of not less than ____Mpa.The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be?(NSCP 307.6.3)
Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall towhat type of occupancy?
Miscellaneous occupancy
Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students fall to what type of occupancy?Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic orexplosive chemicals or substances fall to what type of category?The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded withlive load only. (NSCP 107.2.2)The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded withdead load and live load only.Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least_______times the lateral force. (NSCP 206.6)Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least______times the overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)
As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for craneload, if powered monorail cranes are considered, the max. wheelload of the crane shall be increased by what percent to determinethe induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)
The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electricallypowered trolleys shall be calculated as ______% of the sum of therated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley.(NSCP 206.9.4)
The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridgecranes with hand geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of themax. wheel load of the crane. (NSCP 206.9.5)
This is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments offrame members induced by vertical loads acting on laterallydisplaced building frame.A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of thestorey above is considered as __________.
Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which arenecessary for emergency post-earthquake operations, are classifiedas ___________.
A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateralforces to the vertical resisting system including the horizontal bracingsystem.
This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateralforces of a building.
Constructing a high- rise building requires concrete that can easilybe pumped. What type of admixture in concrete the contractor willprovide which can reduce the requirement of mixing water andproduce a flowing concrete that does not segregate and needs verylittle vibration
The records of test material and of concrete must be preservedafter the completion of the project for at least _________.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
186/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
68 What is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel? 7850 Kg
69Shotcrete
70Limit state
71Metal Fatigue
72 Buckling load
73Hinge
74 Semi-continuous beam
751000 pa
76 Uplift pressure
77
Eyebar
78Riprap
79Thin shell
80Overturning moment
81 Sway brace
82Grillage foundation
83Soil Stabilization
84Sump pit
85 Gerber beam
86 Seismometer
87Liquefaction
88 Lintel beam
A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture withaggregate larger than 10mm originally sprayed under high airpressure of lining tunnels.If a structure is judged under the condition either to be nolonger useful for its intended function or to unsafe, it has reached its__________.A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in suddenand brittle fracture of a ductile material due to reversals of stressesapplied to a body repeatedly or a great number of times.The load at which a perfectly straight member under compressionassumes a deflected position.It is a point within the structure at which a member(beam/column) can rotate slightly to eliminate all bending momentin the member at that point.
It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and theother end is projecting beyond a fixed support.
15. Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partitionlocations are subject to change shall be designed to support inaddition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed load equal to
The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor ofa structure or road slab caused by the presence of water.The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniformthickness with forged loop or head of greater width than the body,with is proportioned to provide approximately equal strength both inthe head and the body.
A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placedcompactly to protect the banks or bed of a river from the erodingeffects of the flowing water.
A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded plateshose thicknesses are small compared totheir other dimensions.
It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind orother horizontal forces on a building.
It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind orother horizontal forces on a building.
This is designed as special foundation for intense column loadson a platform consisting usually of two layers of rolled steel joists,one on top of other, at right angles.
Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil toreduce its shrinkage and ensure that it will not move. Commonmethods are mixing the soil with cement or compactionA pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made tocollect water into which a pump is placed the liquid to the sewerpipe.It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hingesin alternate spans, functions essentially as a cantilever beam.An instrument which measures the actual displacement of theground with respect to a stationary point during an earthquake.The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carryimposed loads when subjected to vibration such as earthquakeparticularly when water table saturates this layer.It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door orwindow to carry the wall over opening.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
187/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
89Angle of repose
90 80%
91 18 m
92 1.15
93 1,15
94 1
95 0.87
96Exposure A
97 Exposure C
98Exposure D
99Exposure B
100 Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 250
101 Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 200
102 Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 125
1033.50 mpa
10450 times
105
0.30
106200
107 300
108 0.45 fy
109 0.60 fy
1102/3.
For any given granular material, the steepest angle withhorizontal, a heaped soil surface will make in normal condition thatwill not slide.
An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____%open. (NSCP 207)Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with meanroof height less than or equal to? (NSCP 207.20)The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities isequal to? (NSCP 207.50)The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equalto?The wind load importance factor for standard occupancystructures is equal to?The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures isequal to?
Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M. falls on what exposure category for windloading? (NSCP 207.5.3)
Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than9M. Falls on what exposure category for wind loading?Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open waterfor a distance of at least 2 km falls on what exposure category forwind loading?
Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain withnumerous closely spaced obstructions having the size of single familydwelling or larger falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individualstrength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below fc’ by more than_______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)
Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed_______times the least width b of compression flange or face.(NSCP 410.5.10)
For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, itshall be permitted to take the radius of gyration equal to_______times the overall dimension of the direction of stability isbeing considered. (NSCP 410.12.20)
For members whose design is based on compressive force, theslenderness ratio kL/r preferably should not exceed ________?(NSCP 502.8.1)
For members whose design is based on tensile force, theslenderness ratio L/r preferably should not exceed _________.For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net areaof the pinhole for pin connected members is _________.Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stressshall not exceed _______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1)For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond thepinhole parallel to the axis of the member shall not be less than_______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP 504.4.2.1)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
188/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
111
0.80mm
112600 mm.
113 140 mm
114 200 mm
115.66 fy
116.60 fy
117 300 mm
118
75%
119 25 mm
1206 d of connector
1218 d of connector
12226.70 kn
123
50%
124900 mm
1258mm
126 3mm
127 6mm
For pin connected members in which the pin is expected toprovide for relative movement between connected parts while underfull load, the diameter of the pinhole shall not be more than______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP 504.4.2.3)
The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittentwelds correctly two rolled shapes in contact for a built up sectionshall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)
The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall notexceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.80)The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall notexceed ________.
For members bent about their strong or weak axes, memberswith compact sections where the flanges continuously connected toweb the allowable bending stress is _________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
For box type and tabular textural members that meet the noncompact section requirements of section 502.6, the allowablebending stress is ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall bespaced not more than ______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)
Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of thetransformed composite section shall be used in calculating theconcrete flexural compressed stress and for construction withouttemporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading appliedafter the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength.
Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateralconcrete covering. (NSCP 509.5.8)
The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors alongthe longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.
The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors alongthe longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.
Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sagbars and girts, shall be designed to support not less than ________Knof force. (NSCP 510.10.61)
The connections at ends of tension or compression members intrusses shall develop the force due to the design load, but no lessthan _______% at the effective strength of the member unless asmaller percentage is justified by engineering analysis that considersother factors including handling, shipping and erection.(NSCP 510.2.5.1)
When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, thespacing of stud shear connector along the length of the supportingbeam or girder shall not exceed _______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greaterthan 20mm is ________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over12mm to 20mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
189/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
128
ductility
129
one way slab
130
transverse shear
131
bifurcation
132
20mm
133stain gauge
134 24 ksi
135
haunch
136
What is the meaning of PERT-CPM?
137structure
138rainwater leader
139
coffer dam
140 net structure
A property of a material that enables it to undergoplastic deformation after being stressed beyond theelastic limit and before rupturing._____________is adesirable property of structural material since plasticmaterial since plastic behavior is an indicator ofreserve strength and can serve as a visual warning ofimpending failure.
In structural design ________________is consideredas wide shallow rectangular beam. The reinforcingsteel is usually spaced uniformly over its width. Theflexural reinforcement of a one way slab extends inone direction only.
It is an external shear force at a cross section of abeam or other member subject to bending. Equal tothe algebraic sum of transverse forces on one side ofthe section.
The structural term which critical point at which acolumn carrying its critical buckling load, may eitherbuckle or remain undeflected. The column istherefore in the state of neutral equilibrium.
In concrete protection for reinforcement___________mm is the standard minimum thicknessfor concrete covering not exposed to weather or incontact with ground, such as slabs walls and joists.
An instrument for measuring minute deformation ina test specimen caused by tension, compression,bending or twisting. It is also called EXTENSOMETER.
For structural properties of A36 steel the maximumallowable stress (Fb) for bending is.
It is a part of a beam that is thickened or deepenedto develop greater moment resistance.The efficiency of a beam can be increased by shapingits length in response to the moment and shearvalues which typically vary along its longitudinal axis.
Program Evaluation Review Technique-
CriticalPath Method
They maybe categorized as building or non building.It is an assembleage designed to support gravityloads and resist lateral forces.
It is a vertical pipe, often sheet metal, used toconduct water from a roof drain or gutter to theground. It is another term for down spout,
The area where water is pumped from within topermit free access to the area. A temporarywatertight enclosure around an area of water orwater bearing soil, in which construction is to takeplace, bearing on a stable statum at or above thefoundation level of new construction.
A membrane structure that is placed in tension andstabilized by the pressure of compresses air.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
190/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
141
castellated beam
142suspension structure
143 stiffener
144web
145 tension control bolt
146Vibration
147 Girt
148 A brace fitted into a frame work to resist force in the direction of its length. Struts
149
Mullion
150Area
151Yield strength
152Bending
153Monument
154Dead Load
155
156 75mm
157 Braced frame
A steel beam fabricated by the dividing the web of awide flange section with a lengthwise section zigzagcut, then welding both halves together at the peaks,thus increasing its depth without increasing itsweight.
A structure of cables suspended and pre-stressedbetween compression members to directly supportapplied loads.
One pair of vertical angles fastened to each side ofweb plate to solidify it against buckling.
Integral part of a beam that forms a flat, rigidconnection between two broader, parallel parts, asthe flanges of the structural shape.
A high tension bolt having splined and twists offwhen required torque has been reached.
The oscillating, reciprocating or other periodicmotion of an elastic body or medium when forcedfrom a position or state of equilibrium.Is a horizontal structural member in a timber-framed wall. resist lateral loads from wind and support wall claddingmaterials.
Is a structural element which divides adjacent window units, may also vertically divide double doors, acts as astructural member, and it carries the dead load of the weight above the opening and the wind load acting on thewindow unit back to the building structure. The term is also properly applied to very large and deep structuralmembers in many curtain wall systems.
Is a quantity expressing the two-dimensional size of a defined part of a surface, typically a region bounded by aclosed curve.
The stress at which material strain changes from elastic deformation to plastic deformation, causing it to deformpermanently.
In engineering mechanics, (also known as flexure) characterizes the behavior of a structural element subjected to anexternal load applied perpendicular to the axis of the element.
Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important event. They are frequently usedto improve the appearance of a city or location.
A loads are weights of material, equipment or components that are relatively constant throughout the structure'slife.
Are analytical tools used in conjunction with structural analysis to help perform structural design by determining the value of shear force and bending moment at a given point of an element.
Shear and bending moment diagram
Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
191/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
158 A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall Shear
15915 mpa
160 Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns is ( Class "A"
161
Buckling
162 Shear
163 periodic reversal of stresses fatigue
164 elongation of material subject to axial force strain
165 deformation that accompanies bending of a beam deflection
166 A column that is subjected to both direct axial stress and bending stress is known as? eccentrically loaded
167 long column
168 projected beyond it supports cantilevered169 state of a body in which the forces acting on it are equally balanced equillibrium
170neutral axis
171 Unit stress in a bar just before it breaks is called? ultimate strength172 bending magnitude wherever the shear passes through zero maximum moment
173 the product of the force and lever arms which tends to twist the body Torque
174 yield point
175 vertical shear
176 working stress
177 It is the tendency of a force to cause rotation about a given point or axis. moment
178 state of rest or motion inertia –
179 stiffness
180lift slab
181 – concrete floor system which has no beam flatslab
1 Bearing wall system
In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the concrete shallhave ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
In engineering, buckling -is a failure mode characterized by a sudden failure of a structural member subjected to highcompressive stresses, where the actual compressive stress at the point of failure is less than the ultimatecompressive stresses that the material is capable of withstanding. This mode of failure is also described as failure dueto elastic instability.
What is known as the deformation in which parallel planes slide relative to each other so as to remain parallel?
concrete column whose load capacity must be reduced, accordingto code requirements, because of its slenderness
What is known as an imaginary line in a beam, shaft, or other bending, where there is no tension nor compression and where no deformation takes place?
– unit stress at which deformation increases without any increase inthe loadtendency of one part of a beam to move vertically with respect toan adjacent partin the design of structures, the maximum unit stress permittedunder working loads by codes and specifications
ratio of the force applied to a structure to the correspondingdisplacement
It is a method of concrete building construction in which floor (and roof) slabs are cast usually at ground level and then raised into position by jacking.
It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying space frame. (NSCP 208.20)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
192/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
2 Rigid component
3 Flexible Component
4 200 mm
5 2 years
6 The minimum bend diameter for 10mm Ø through 25mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30) 6 db
7 The minimum bend diameter for 28mm Ø through 36mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30) 8 db
8 1.50 db
9 450 mm
10 4 pcs
11 Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams: (NSCP 407.7.6.3) 36mm
12 40 db
13 75 mm
14 The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab: (NSCP 407.8.1) 20 mm
15 0.9
16 0.85
17 L / 20
18 L / 24
19 L / 28
20 The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2) L / 10
21 0.4
Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period less than or equal to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period greater than 0.60 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal outside diameter of not less than (NSCP 307.7.3)
A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be available for inspection during the progress of work and _______ years after completion of the project and shall be preserved by the inspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP 403.20)
In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between longitudinal bars shall not be less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)
In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary flexural reinforcement shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times wall or slab thickness nor farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)
Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as one unit shall be united to ___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP 407.7.6.1)
Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall terminate at different points with at least ____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)
Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)
In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for flexure without axial loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)
In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for shear and torsion: (NSCP 409.4.2.3)The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported at the ends only is: (NSCP 409.6.2)The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than: (NSCP 410.8.10)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
193/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
22 0.75
23 d/2
24 300 mm
25 Braced Frame
26 Diaphragm
27
28 25%
29 The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______% slope. (NSCP 302.2.2) 50%
30 10 days
31 50%
32 .60 m
33 The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3) 6 m.
34 200 mm
35 15 mpa
36 150 mm
37 50 kpa
38 12 mm
39 16 mm
40 10%
41 1.50 m.
Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than: (NSCP 307.4.2)
Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of non-prestressed member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)
Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less than: (NSCP 412.3.1)
Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)
Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements:
Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by flexure:
Moment Resisting Frame
In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of ________% of floor live load shall be applicable for storage and warehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)
Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the excavation shall notify in writing the owner of the adjoining building not less than _____days before such excavation is to be made. (NSCP 302.2.4)
Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than ____% slope (NSCP 302.3.1)The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary line: (NSCP 302.4.3)
In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the sand shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping in layers not more than _____mm in depth? (NSCP 305.7.3)In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the concrete shall have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on soils, they shall be completely embedded in concrete. Concrete cover shall be at least _____mm on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)
Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon wood sills or steel plates placed directly upon the ground surface, provided soil pressure does not exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)
The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to seismic forces shall be interconnected by ties. Such ties shall be capable of resisting in tension or compression a minimum horizontal force equal to _____% of the largest column vertical load. (NSCP 306.20)
Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
194/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
42 3.0 m
43 30 times
44 17.50 mpa
45 20 mpa
46 75 mm
47 35 mpa
48 The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be? (NSCP 307.6.3) 250 mm
49 Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy? Essential facilities
50 Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to what type of occupancy? Misc. Occupancy
51 Special Occupancy
52 Hazardous Facility
53 L / 360
54 L / 240
55 2 times
56 1.5 times
57 25%
58 20%
59 10%
60 An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____% open. (NSCP 207) 80%
61 18 m
62 The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is equal to? (NSCP 207.50) 1.15
63 The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal to? 1.15
64 The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy structures is equal to? 1
65 The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is equal to? 0.87
Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be _____times the average diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1
Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than ______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)
Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than _____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)
The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast concrete pile center to center. (NSCP 307.5.1)
Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified compressive strength Fc of not less than ____Mpa. (NSCP 307.5.1)
Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students fall to what type of occupancy?Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or explosive chemicals or substances fall to what type of category?The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with live load only. (NSCP 107.2.2)The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with dead load and live load only. (NSCP 104.2.2)Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least _______times the lateral force. (NSCP 206.6)Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least ______times the overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)
As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane load, if powered monorail cranes are considered, the max. wheel load of the crane shall be increased by what percent to determine the induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)
The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically powered trolleys shall be calculated as ______% of the sum of the rated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley. (NSCP 206.9.4)
The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge cranes with hand geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of the max. wheel load of the crane. (NSCP 206.9.5
Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean roof height less than or equal to? (NSCP 207.20)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
195/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
66 Exposure A
67 Exposure C
68 Exposure D
69 Exposure B
70 Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 250 kph
71 Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 200 kph
72 Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 125 kph
73 3.50 mpa
74 50 times
75 0.3
76 200
77 300
78 .45 fy
79 0.60 fy
80 2/3
81 0.80mm
82 600 mm
83 140 mm
84 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not exceed ________. 200 mm
Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M. falls on what exposure category for wind loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)
Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than 9M. Falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water for a distance of at least 2 km falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with numerous closely spaced obstructions having the size of single family dwelling or larger falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual strength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below fc’ by more than _______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)
Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed _______times the least width b of compression flange or face. (NSCP 410.5.10)
For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it shall be permitted to take the radius of gyration equal to _______times the overall dimension of the direction of stability is being considered. (NSCP 410.12.20
For members whose design is based on compressive force, the slenderness ratio kL/r preferably should not exceed ________?
For members whose design is based on tensile force, the slenderness ratio L/r preferably should not exceed _________.
For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area of the pinhole for pin connected members is _________. (NSCP 504.4.1.1)
Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress shall not exceed _______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1)
For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the pinhole parallel to the axis of the member shall not be less than _______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP 504.4.2.1)
For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to provide for relative movement between connected parts while under full load, the diameter of the pinhole shall not be more than ______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP 504.4.2.3)
The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent welds correctly two rolled shapes in contact for a built up section shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)
The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.80)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
196/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
85 .66 fy
86 .60 fy
87 300 mm
88 75%
89 25 mm
90 6 dia. Of connector
91 8 dia. Of connector
92 26.7
93 50
94 900
95 8 mm
96 3 mm
97 6 mm
98 P- Delta Effect
99 Weak Storey
100 Essential facilities
For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members with compact sections where the flanges continuously connected to web the allowable bending stress is _________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non compact section requirements of section 502.6, the allowable bending stress is ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be spaced not more than ______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)
Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the transformed composite section shall be used in calculating the concrete flexural compressed stress and for construction without temporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading applied after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength
Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral concrete covering. (NSCP 509.5.8)
The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.
The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________. (NSCP 509.5.8)
Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag bars and girts, shall be designed to support not less than ________Kn of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)
The connections at ends of tension or compression members in trusses shall develop the force due to the design load, but no less than _______% at the effective strength of the member unless a smaller percentage is justified by engineering analysis that considers other factors including handling, shipping and erection. (NSCP 510.2.5.1)
When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the spacing of stud shear connector along the length of the supporting beam or girder shall not exceed _______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater than 20mm is ________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over 12mm to 20mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
This is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of frame members �induced by vertical loads acting on laterally displaced building frame.
A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the storey above is considered as __________.
Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are necessary for emergency �post-earthquake operations, are classified as ___________.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
197/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
101 Diaphragm
102 This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral forces of a building. Braced Frame
103 Plasticizer
104 2 years
105 What is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel?� 7850 kg.
106 Shotcrete
107 Limit State
108 Metal Fatigue
109 Couple
110 Buckling Load
111 Hinge
112 Semi-Continous Beam
113 1000 pa
114 Uplift Pressure
115 Eyebar
116 Riparap
117 Thin Shell
118 Overturning Moment
A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical �resisting system including the horizontal bracing system.
Constructing a high- rise building requires concrete that can easily be pumped. What �type of admixture in concrete the contractor will provide which can reduce the requirement of mixing water and produce a flowing concrete that does not segregate and needs very little vibration
The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved after the completion of the project for at least
A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with aggregate larger than 10mm originally sprayed under high air pressure of lining tunnels
If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no longer useful for its intended function or to unsafe, it has reached its __________.
A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden and brittle fracture of a ductile material due to reversals of stresses applied to a body repeatedly or a great number of times.
??? act parallel to each other (offset to each other, a distance “d” apart), of the same magnitude but ???
The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression assumes a deflected position.
It is a point within the structure at which a member (beam/column) can rotate slightly to eliminate all bending moment in the member at that point.
It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the other end is projecting beyond a fixed support.
Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition locations are subject to change shall be designed to support in addition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed load equal to The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of a structure or road slab caused by the presence of water.
The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform thickness with forged loop or head of greater width than the body, with is proportioned to provide approximately equal strength both in the head and the body.
A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed compactly to protect the banks or bed of a river from the eroding effects of the flowing water.
A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded plateshose thicknesses are small compared to their other dimensions.
It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on a building.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
198/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
119 Sway Brace
120 Grillage Foundation
121 Soil Stabilization
122 Sump Pit
123 Seismometer
124 Liquefaction
125 Lintel Beam
126 Angle of Repose
127 Gerber Beam
128 Structural member
129 Bay
130 One way
131 Structural failure
132 Bearing
133 A structural member essential to the stability of a structural whole. Primary Member
134 The load on a structural element or member collected from its tributary area. Tributary Load
135 Anchorage
136 Pin
137 Roller Support
138 A wall of treated timber, masonry or concrete for holding in place a mass of earth. Retaining Wall
139 A wall supporting no load other than its own weight. Non bearing Wall
140 Coping
141 A foundation wall that encloses a usable area under the building. Basement Wall
It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on a buildingThis is designed as special foundation for intense column loads on a platform consisting usually of two layers of rolled steel joists, one on top of other, at right angles.
Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to reduce its shrinkage and ensure that it will not move. Common methods are mixing the soil with cement or compaction
A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to collect water into which a pump is placed the liquid to the sewer pipe.
An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the ground with respect to a stationary point during an earthquake
The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry imposed loads when subjected to vibration such as earthquake particularly when water table saturates this layer.
It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or window to carry the wall over opening.
For any given granular material, the steepest angle with horizontal, a heaped soil surface will make in normal condition that will not slideIt is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges in alternate spans, functions essentially as a cantilever beam.
1. One of the constituent parts into which a structure may be resolved by analysis, having a unitary character and exhibiting a unique behavior under an applied load.
A major spatial division, usually one of a series, marked or partitioned off by the principal vertical supports of a structure. Of a pertaining to a structure or structural member having a load-carrying mechanism that acts in one direction only.
Any condition, as fracturing, buckling, or plastic deformation, that renders a structural assembly, element, or joint incapable of sustaining the load-carrying function for which it was designed.
A point, surface, or mass that supports weight, esp. the area of contact between a bearing member, as a beam or truss, and a column, wall, or other underlying support.
A means for binding a structural member to another or to its foundation, often to resist uplifting and horizontal forces.A slender rod driven through holes in adjacent parts to keep the parts together or to permit them to move in one plane relative to each other.
A structural support that allows rotation but resist translation in a direction perpendicular into or away from its face.
A finish or protective cap or course to an exterior wall, usually sloped or curved to shed water.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
199/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
142 Any wall within a building, entirely surrounded by exterior wall. Interior Wall
143 A beam supporting the weight above a door or window opening. Lintel
144 Cantilever wall
145 Gabion
146 Yard lumber 5” or more in the least dimension. Timbers
147 Yard Lumber
148 A check that extends completely through a board or wood veneer. Split
149 The presence of bark or absence of wood at a corner or along an edge of a piece. Wane
150 Built up Beam
151 Fiber board
152 Scissors Truss
153 Yard lumber less than 2” thick and 2” or more wide. Boards
154 A plate for uniting structural members meeting in a single plane. Gusset
155 Truss
156 Seismic Joint
157 Stability
158 Cable Support
159 Yard lumber from 2” – 4” thick and 2” or more wide. Dimension Lumber
160 Punching Shear
161 A butt splice made by arc-welding the butted ends of two reinforcing bars. Welded Splice
162 Stirrup
163 The integral system of members connecting the upper and lower chords of a truss. Web
A retaining wall of reinforce concrete or reinforce concrete masonry, cantilevered from and securely tied to a spread footing that is shaped to resist overturning and sliding.
A galvanize wire basket filled with stones and used in constructing an abutment or retaining structure.
Softwood lumber intended for general building purpose, including boards, dimension lumber, and timber.
A vertical laminated wood beam made by fastening together 2 or more smaller members with bolts, lag screws, or spikes, equal in strength to the sum of the strengths of the individual pieces if none of the laminations are spliced.
A building material made of wood or other plant fibers compressed with a binder into rigid sheets.
A pitched truss having tension members extending from the foot of each top chord to an intermediate point of the opposite top chord.
A structural frame based on the geometric rigidity of the triangle and composed of linear members subject only to axial tension or compression.
A joint that physically separates two adjacent building masses so that free vibratory movement in each can occur independently of the other.
The ability of a structure, when disturbed from a condition of equilibrium by an applied load, to developed internal forces or moments that restore the original condition.
A cable anchorage that allows rotation but resists translation only in the direction of the cable.
The potential high-shearing stress developed by the reactive force of a column on a reinforce slab.
Any of the U-shaped or closed-loop bars placed perpendicular to the longitudinal reinforcement of a concrete beam to resist the vertical component of diagonal tension.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
200/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
164 Neutral axis
165 Deflection
166 The extent of space between two supports of a structure. Span
167 A projecting beam supported at only one fixed end. Cantilever Beam
168 Lateral Buckling
169 Moment Diagram
170 Simple Beam
171 Inflection Point
172 Camber
173 The center-to-center distance between the supports of a span. Effective Span
174 Beam
175 Pillar
176 Foundation
177 Pile
178 Footing
179 Stepped Footing
180 Shear Diagram
181 Mat
182 Soil Pressure
183 Consolidation
An imaginary line passing through the centroid of the cross section of a beam or other member subject to bending, along which no bending stress occur.
The perpendicular distance a spanning member deviated from true course under transverse loading, increasing with load and span, and decreasing with an increasing in the moment of inertia of the section or the modulus of elasticity of the material.
The buckling of a structural member induced by compressive stresses acting on a slender portion insufficiently rigid in the lateral direction.
A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the bending moments present in a structure for given set of transverse loads and support conditions.
A beam resting on a simple supports at both ends, which are free to rotate and have no moment resistance.
A point at which a structure changes curvature from convex to concave or vice versa as it deflects under a transverse load: theoretically an internal hinge and therefore a point of zero moment.
A slight convex curvature intentionally built into a beam, girder, or truss to compensate for an anticipated deflection.
A rigid structural member designed to carry and transfer transverse loads across space supporting elements.An upright, relatively slender shaft or structure, usually of brick or stone, used as a building support or standing alone as a monument.
The lowest division of a building or other construction, partly or wholly below the surface of the ground, designed to support and anchor the superstructure and transmit its load directly to the earth.
A long slender column of wood, steel, or reinforced concrete, driven or hammered vertically into the earth to form part of a foundation system.
The part of foundation bearing directly upon the supporting soil, set below the frostline and enlarged to distribute its load over a greater area.
A continuous or strip footing that changes levels in stages to accommodate a sloping site or bearing stratum.
A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the external shears present in a structure for a given set of transverse load and support conditions
A thick, slablike footing or reinforced concrete supporting a number of columns or an entire building.
The actual pressure developed between a footing and the supporting soil mass, equal to the quotient of the magnitude of the forces transmitted and the area of contact.
The gradual reduction in the volume of a soil mass resulting from the application of a sustained load and an increase in compressive stress.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
201/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
184 Tie Beam
185 Deep Foundation
186 Stilt
187 A load extending over the length or area of the supporting structural element. Distributed Load
188 The forces exerted on a structure by an earthquake. Earthquake Load
189 Concentrated Load
190 Pile Cap
191 The moment of a force system that causes or tends to cause rotation. Torque
192 Static Load
193 Foundation Wall
194 An applied force producing or tending to produce shear in a body. Shear Force
195 Torsion
196 Ultimate Strength
197 Length required for 180 deg Hook. 4d
198 Curing temperature for concrete. 22.8 deg. C
199 Who decides if Footing on Piles is needed for a building? Soil Mechanics
200 Minimum effective depth of pile cap? 300 mm
201 Minimum controudment of pile on pile cap? 100 mm
202 The following are how to determine the spacing of a tie bar of a column?
203 Minimum concrete cover of a column exposed in air / atmosphere. 40 mm
204 Minimum concrete cover of column pedestal exposed in underground soil. 70 mm
205 Length required for 90 deg hook. 12 d
206 ACI code: Minimum column dimension. 200 mm
207 Induce cracking at preselected location. Control Joints
208 Yield Point
209 Expansion Joint
A reinforced concrete beam distributing the horizontal forces from an eccentrically load pile cap or spread footing to other pile caps or footings.
A foundation system that extends down through unsuitable soil to transfer building loads to a more appropriate bearing stratum well below the superstructure.
One of several piles or post for supporting a structure above the surface of land and water.
A load acting on a very small area or particular point of a supporting structural element.
A reinforced concrete slab or mat joining the heads of a cluster of piles to distribute the load from a column or grade beam equally among piles.
A load applied slowly to a structure until it reaches its peak value without fluctuating rapidly in magnitude or position.
A wall occurring below the floor nearest grade designed to support and anchors the superstructure.
The twisting of an elastic body about its longitudinal axis caused by two equal and opposite torques, producing shearing stresses in the body.
The maximum tensile, compressive, or shearing stress a material can be expected to bear without rupturing or fracturing.
16d (rebar) , 48d (tiebar), least dim. Of a column
The stress beyond which a marked increase in strain occurs in a material without a concurrent increase in stress.A joint between 2 parts of a building or structure permitting thermal or moisture expansion to occur without damage to either part.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
202/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
210 Fracture
211 Compression
212 Length required for 135 deg hook 6 d
213 The deformation of a body under the action of an applied force. Strain
214 Isolation Joints
215 Tensile Strength
216 Compressive Stress
217 Weatherability
218 Construction Joint
219 The elongation of a unit length of material produced by a tensile stress. Tensile Strain
220 Shearing Force
221 A high-strength steel strand or bar for prestressing concrete. Tendons
222 Composite Column
223 Top Bar
224 Effective Depth
225
226 14
227 Maintenance and service of accelorographs shall be provided by the Owner
228
229 Load Duration
230 14 sq.m.
231 1.50m
232 1/240 wall span
233 1/120 wall span
The breaking of a material resulting from the rupturing of its atomic bonds when stressed beyond its ultimate strength.The act of shortening or state of being pushed together, resulting in a reduction in size or volume of an elastic body.
Allow movement between slab and fixed parts of the building such as columns, walls, and machinery bases.
The resistance of a material to longitudinal stress, measure by the minimum amount of longitudinal stress required to rupture the material.
The axial stress that develops at the cross section of an elastic body to resist the collinear compressive forces tending to shorten it.
The property of a material that enables it to retain its appearance and integrity when exposed to the effects of sun, wind, moisture, and changes in temperature.
A joint between two successive placement of concrete, often keyed or doweled to provide lateral stability across the joint.
An internal force tangential to the surface on which it acts, developed by a body in response to a shear force.
A structural steel column thoroughly encased in concrete reinforced with both vertical and spiral reinforcement.
Any of the longitudinal bars serving as tension reinforcement in the section of a concrete beam or slab subjected to a negative movement.
The depth of a concrete section measured from the compression face to the centroid of the tension reinforcement.
A concrete section in which the tension reinforcement reaches its specified yield strength before the concrete in compression reaches its assumed ultimate strain.
Under reinforced Section
Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved recording accelerographs
Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and shall be liable for any failure on the structure due to overloading
Occupant of the Building
The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of intermittent application of the same load
Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be reduced
Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they are subjected
Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied. Perpendicular to said wall
Maximum deflection of flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said wall
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
203/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
234 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit 60 m2
235 Base
236 Collector
237 Diaphragm
238 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure Base Shear
239 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm Boundary Element
240 Brace Frame
241 A essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads Building Frame System
242 Dual System
243 Eccentric Brace Frame
244 The entire assemblage at the Intersection of the members Joints
245 Girder
246 Diaphragm Strut
247 Diaphragm Chord
248 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post earthquake operations Essential facilities
249 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces
250
251 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below Story Drift
252 Strength
253 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system Platform
254 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm
255 Structure
256 Bearing wall system
The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the structure of the level at which the structure as a dynamic vibrator is supported
A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure to vertical elements of the lateral force resisting system
A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements it includes horizontal bracing system
An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or accentric type which is provided to resist lateral forces
A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear Walls or Braced Frame
The form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a point away from the column girder joint
The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam-the major horizontal supporting member of the floor system
An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load, which collects and transfers diaphragm shear to vertical resisting elements of distributes loads within the diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or compression
The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial stresses analogous to the flanges of a beam
Lateral Force Resisting system
Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile behavior
Ord. Moment Resisting Space Frame
The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation limits prescribed in this document
Horizontal Bracing System
An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral forces
A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system provides support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
204/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
257 Building Frame System
258
259 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that the story above Weak Storey
260 Time History analysis
261 Orthogonal Effect
262 p-Delta effect
263 Admixture
264 Concrete that doesn’t not conform to definition of reinforced concrete plain concrete
265 Pedestal
266 Modulus of Elasticity
267 Jacking Force
268 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section Embedment Length
269 Effective Prestress
270 Development Length
271 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile Curvature Friction
272 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate
273 Prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting Bonded Tendon
274 ASTM A36 Structural Steel
275 True or False, bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams 1
A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames
A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Moments resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load primarily by flexural action of members.
Moment resisting Frame system
An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure is subjected to a ground motion time history. The structures time dependant dynamic response to these motion is obtained through numerical integration of its equations of motions.
The effect on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than parallel to the direction of resistance under consideration
The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the vertical loads acting on the laterally displaced building frame
Material other than water aggregate or hydraulic cement used as an ingredient of concrete and added to concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties
Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least lateral dimension of less than three (3 m)
Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses below proportional limit of material-in the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for ___
In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into prestressing tendons
Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding effects of dead load and superimposed loads
Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of reinforcement at a critical section
Structural Lightweight concrete
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
205/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
276 40 mm
277 Poisson Ratio
278 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration Slenderness Ratio
279 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line Torsion
280 A type of concrete floor which has no beam Flat Slab
281 Shear
282 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force Deformation
283 Yielding Stress
284 Stress
285 Allowable Stress
286 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement Stirrup / Tie
287 The measure of stiffness of a material Stiffness Ratio
288 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes hole through it Punching Shear
289 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it Deflection
290 Nominal thickness of a timber 6 inches
291 Equillibrium
292 2 years
293 Wood board should have a thickness specification not less than 1"x4"
294 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight Run
295 Portable Hand Router
296 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake and ___ Knots
297 Dressed lumber is referred to ___
298 Live Load
299 The other kind of handsaw other than rip cut saw Cross cut Saw
300 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks Effective Length
Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for primary reinforcement
In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio transverse strain to the corresponding longitudinal strain
The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part
The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material sustain without failureIt means that by which a body develops internal resistance to stress-Intensity of force per unit area
The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent deformation remaining upon the complete release of stress
The sum of forces in the orthogonal directions and the sum of all moments about any points are zero
The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of the project for a period of not less than ___
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood
Smooth & Planed Lumber
It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
206/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
301 Contraction Joint
302 The total of all tread widths in a stair Total Run
303 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces Bond Stress
304 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter Purlin
305 Shear Connector
306 The force per unit area of cross section which tend to produce shear Shear Stress
307 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strain Hooks Law
308 4 x dia. Of bolt
309 4 x dia. Of bolt
310 2.5 times
311 12 mm
312 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___ 50
313 11 dia.
314 1/6 depth of member
315 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the middle third span
316 Notches in the top and bottom of joist shall not exceed 1/4 depth
317 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area
318 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area
319 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area 0.45 fy
320 0.40 fy
321 100%
322 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___ 200
323 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___ 240
324 40 mm
325 20 mm
An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements between them
A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists horizontal shear between elements
Minimum spacing of bolts in timber connection measured from center of bolts parallel for parallel to grain loading is equal to ___
According to the provision of the NSCP on timber connection and fastening the loaded edge distance for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least
NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___ times bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2
Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in accordance with NSCP specifications
Nails and spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP specifications shall have a required penetration of not less than __
Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications shall not exceed
.60 of specified yield strength
.50 of specified min. tensile strength
Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in resisting shearFor structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be increased sufficiently to provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall be
Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete exposed to earth or weather
Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete not exposed to earth or weather
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
207/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
326 7 days
327 7 dyas
328 3 days
329 25mm
330 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean
331 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller
332 Standard hooks for stirrups and thie hooks 20-25 mm bar
333 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depth greater than 200 mm .-12mm
334 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement .+/- 50mm
335 40db
336 3db
337 4db
338 75 mm
339 Grade Beam
340 Abrasion
341 Batten
342 Blistering
343 Block out
344 Cast iron
345 Kerf
346 Pantile
347 Marble
348 Extrusion
349 Static Equilibrium
Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and in moist condition for at least the first ___ days after placement
If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___ days before test and shall be tested dry.
Cutting for high early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10 C and in moist condition for at least the ___days after placement
The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar) but not less than ___
180 deg. Bend +4db extension but not less than 65 mm at the
end of bar90 deg. Bend + 6db
extension at free end90 deg. Bend + 12db extension
at free end
Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall terminate at different points with a stagger of at least
Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for strands
Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each of member shall to be less than ___ for wire
Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against permanently exposed earth or weather using bars larger than 36 mm
Commonly designed as a beam which bears directly on the column footing
a surface discontinuity caused by roughening or scratching
a narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the same planebulges in plaster finish coat resulting from applying finish coat over to damp a base coat
concrete structures under construction, a space where concrete is not to be placed.
an iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but low tensile strength.
in a suspended acoustical ceiling, a groove cut into the edges of an acoustical tile to receive splines or supporting members of the ceiling suspension system
a roofing tile which is the shape of an s when laid on its side
a metaphoric rock made up of mostly calcite or dolomite
the process of producing metal shapes of a constant cross section by forcing the hot metal through an orifice in a die by means of a pressure ram
a body acted upon by a balanced force system is in equilibrium
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
208/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
350 Force
351 Resultant
352
353 Force System
354 Free body diagram
355 Load
356 Stress
357 Stress due to tension
358
359 Truss
360 Beam & Girders
361 Detrminate structure
362 Western Framing
363 Hydrostatic Pressure
364 Anchor Bolt
365 Ledger Strip
366 Batt insulation
367 Balloon Framing
368 Beam Blocking
369 100 mm
370 Foundation Wall
371 Control Joints
372 Forging
is the action of one body upon another
is a single force, a couple, or a force and a couple which acting alone produces the same effect as the force system
states that the external effect of a force on a body acted upon is independent of the point of application of the force but the same for all points along its line of action Priniples of
Transmissibility
is an arrangement of any two or more forces that act on a body or on a group of related bodiesa sketch of a body showing the forces exerted by other bodies on the one being considered
is acting parallel to member axis
in uniform for homogenous sections
tends to elongate the body
tends to shorten the body Stress due to compression
is an articulated structure composed of lines or bars assumed to be connected by frictionless pin at the joints and arranged so that an area enclosed within the boundaries of the structure is subdivided by the bars into geometric figures which are usually triangles.
are usually horizontal or nearly horizontal elements carrying a stress primarily due to shear and flexure, they usually carry load directly from the floor.
is a structure in which the reaction components and internal stress cannot be solved completely using the equation of static equilibrium
a system of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each step
a pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the presence of water in the soil.
a steel bolt usually fixed in building structures with its thread portion projecting
a narrow piece of lumber nailed to the side of a beam along its bottom edge which carries joist flush with the upper edge of the beam
a flexible blanket type thermal insulation commonly used between studs or joists in frame construction
a system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to the roof supporting the second floor joists
the boxing in or covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam
allowable sag (NSCP)
that part of a building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade
joints employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls
a process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or dimension
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
209/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
373 Wrought Iron
374 Purlin
375 Rafter
376 Lintel
377 Joist
378 similar to a joist, it carries the flooring of a bridge Stringer
379 Girder
380 Spandrel
381 Shaft
382 Adobe
383 Concrete
384 Reinforced Concrete
385
386 long or slender column
387 Short column
388 Bearing wall system
389 Building Frame System
390 Bridging
391 Checking
392 Post tensioning
393 Slump Test
394 Creep
395 Chord
396 alloy
397 Backset
398 Lap seam
399 Shear
400 Deformation
a commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility
carries the roof load between trusses or rafters
usually a sloping beam carrying the reactions of purlins
carries the masonry across the opening made by a door or window
a closely spaced beam supporting the floor of a building
large sized beams usually carrying the floor beams
spans between columns and supports the floor and curtain walls
circular beam that transmits power to the machineryit also carries torsion in addition to shear and flexure
large roughly molded sun-dried bricks of varying sizes
is a mixture of sand and gravel held together in a rock-like mass with a paste of cement and water.
is a combination of concrete and steel wherein the steel reinforcement provides the tensile strength lacking in concrete
height is less than three times the least dimension Pedestal or short compression blocks
strength of column is significantly reduced due to slenderness
failure is initiated by material failure
a structural system without a complete vertical load-carrying space frame
a structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing supports for gravity loads
the method of stiffening floor construction by fitting solid blocks between joists
a shallow crack at closely spaced by irregular intervals on the surface of mortar or concrete
the stressing of un-bonded tendons after the concrete has cured
a ready means of determining the consistency of freshly mixed concrete
the permanent reformation of a material under a sustained load
a principal member of a truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bendinga composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired propertythe horizontal distance from the face of a lock latch to the center of the knob or lock cylindera joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by riveting, soldering and brizing.the tendency for one part of the beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part
any material change in shape when subjected to the action of a force
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
210/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
401 Working Stress
402 Marquee
403 Addition
404
405 Alteration
406 Building
407 Existing Building
408
409
410 Structure
411 Structural Engineer
412
413 Bedrock
414 Bench
415 Borrow
416 Compaction
417 Earth Material
418 Erosion
419 Excavation
420 Fill
421 is the vertical location of the ground surface Grade
422 Existing grade
the maximum value of tension, compression or shear respectively which the material can sustain without failurea permanent roofed structure attached to and supported by the building and projecting over public property
is an extension or increase on floor area or height of a building structureis a method of proportioning structural elements such that computed stresses produced in the elements by the allowable stress load combinations do not exceed specified allowable stress (also called working stress design)
Allowable Stress Design
is any change, addition to or modification in construction or occupancy
is any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy
a building erected prior to the adoption of NSCP, or one for which a legal building permit has been issued
is a method of proportioning structural elements using load and resistance factors such that no applicable limit state is reached when the structure is subjected to all appropriate load combinationsthe term used in the design of steel and wood structures
LFRD (Load & Resistance Factor
Design)
is a method of proportioning structural elements such that the computed forces produced in the elements by the factored load combinations do not exceed the factored element strengththe term is used in the design of concrete and masonry structures
Ultimate Strength Design
is that which is built or constructed, an edifice or a building of any kind, or any piece of work, artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner
is a resigned civil engineer with a special qualification in the practice of structural engineering as recognized by the board of civil engineering of the professional regulation commission
is a structural unit, the integral parts of which have been built up or assembled prior to incorporating in the building Prefab / precast
assembly
in-place solid rock
is a relatively level step excavated into earth material on which fill is to be placed
is earth material acquired from an off-site location for use in grading on-site
is the densification of fill by mechanical means
is any rock, natural soil or fill or any combination thereof
is the wearing away of the ground surface as a result of the movement of wind, water or ice
is the mechanical removal of earth material
is a deposit of earth material placed by artificial means
is the grade prior to gradingthe elevation of the original ground surface before excavation or grading beginsalso called natural grade
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
211/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
423 Finish Grade
424 Rough Grade
425 Grading
426 Slope
427 Key
428 Soil
429 Terrace
430 Access floor system
431 Assembly Building
432 Awning
433 Exterior Balcony
434 Dead Loads
435 Deck
436 Essential facilities
437 Garage
438 Private Garage
439 Limit state
440 Serviceaility Limit State
441 Strength Limit State
442 Live Load
final grade of the site that conforms to the approved planthe elevation of drives, walks, lawns, or other improved surfaces after completion of construction or grading operations
the stage at which the grade approximately conforms to the approved plan
is any excavating or filling or combination thereof
is an inclined ground surface the inclination of which is expressed as a ration of vertical distance to horizontal distance
is a designed compacted fill placed in a trench excavated in earth material beneath the toes of a proposed fill slope
is naturally occurring deposits overlying bedrock
is a relatively level step constructed in the face of a graded slope for drainage and maintenance purposes
is an assembly consisting of panels mounted on pedestals to provide an under-floor space for the installation of mechanical, electrical, communications or similar systems or to serve as an air supply or return air plenum
is a building or portion of a building for the gathering together of fifty or more persons for such purposes as deliberation, education, instruction, worship, entertainment, amusement, drinking or dining or awaiting transportation
is a shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of the building
is an exterior floor system projecting from a structure and supported by that structure with no additional independent supports
consist of the weight of all materials and fixed equipment incorporated into the building or other structure
is an exterior floor system supported on at least two opposing sides by an adjoining structure and/or posts, piers, or other independent supports
are buildings and other structures that are intended to remain operational in the event of extreme environmental loading from wind or earthquakes
is a building or portion thereof in which motor vehicle containing flammable or combustible liquids or gas in its tank is stored, repaired or kept
is a building or portion of a building, not more than 90sq.m in area, in which only motor vehicles used by the tenants of the building or building on the premises are kept and storedis a condition in which a structure or component is judged either to be no longer useful for its intended function or to be unsafea condition in which a structure or component is judged to be no longer useful for its intended function
is a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be unsafe
loads produced by the use and occupancy of the building or other structure and do not include dead load, construction load, or environmental load such as wind load, snow load, rain load, earthquake load or flood load
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
212/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
443 Loads
444 Bridge Cap
445 Joist
446 Liveloads
447 Girder
448 Bending moment
449 Aggregates
450 Admixture
451 Accelerator
452 Retarder
forces or other actions that result from the weight of all building materials, occupants and their possessions, environmental effects, differential movements, and restrained dimensional changes
is the highest part of a bridge pier, on which the bridge bearings or rollers are seated. It may be ofstone, brick or plain or reinforced concrete, usually the last for heavy loads.
a wood, steel, or pre-cast concrete beam directly supporting a floor. Usually wooden joist.
load which may be removed or replaced on a structure, not necessarily a dynamic load excludingwind and earthquake loads. Live loads are moving loads or movable loads.
a large beam, originally of wood or iron, now usually of steel or concrete, though light alloys haveoccasionally been used. Apart from the bowstring girder its chords are parallel.
total bending effect at any section of a beam is called the bending moment. It is equal to thealgebraic sum of all the moments to the right of the section (or to the left of the section, whichamounts to the same thing) and is called M for short. Every bending moment can be expressed as aforce times a distance called the arm. units are pound-inches, ton-inches, kg-m, N-m, tonne-m, etc.
gravel, sand, slag, crushed rock or similar inert materials which form a large part of concretes,asphalts or roads including macadam.
in concrete or mortar, a substance other than aggregate, cement or water added in small quantity,normally less than 5% of the weight of the cement, to alter the properties of the mix or the hardenedsolid. Some 80% of the concrete made in North America, Australia, Japan and most of Europecontains an admixture, and more than half contains air-entraining agent. Other admixtures areaccelerators, bonding admixtures, super plasticizers, water reducers, retarders, anti-freeze,corrosion inhibitors, pore fillers and thickening agents. Shrinkage preventers, coloring (pigments),damp-proofing, expanding, fungicidal, gas-forming, grouting and flocculating agents also exist. Forconcretes with high cement needed to such an extent that the admixture pays for itself without harmto the physical properties. But this saving probably never occurs with very lean concretes.
an admixture which hastens the hardening rate and/or initial setting time of concrete. Calciumchloride (CaCI2) was widely used, but because it can corrode embedded steel it is now banned inthe UK except in unreinforced concrete. Chloride-free accelerators that are safe with steel are based on inorganic chemicals including formats, nitrates and thiocyanates. Sodium carbonate (washing soda) can be used to make a flash set for quick repairs but It weakens the concrete.
an admixture which slows up the setting rate of concrete, sometimes applied to formwork so thatwhen it is stripped the cement paste which has been in contact with it can be removed by light brushing.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
213/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
453 making a hole in rock blasting, using a rotative or percussive drill. Boring
454 Gusset Plate
455 Punching Shear
456 Modulus of Elasticity
457 Yield Point
458 Elastic Limit
459 Plastic Limit
460 Deflection
461 Shear
462 Stress
463 Strain
464 a core wall. Shear Wall
465 Slump Test
466 Beam
467 a post carrying compressive force. Column
piece of steel plate, usually roughly rectangular or triangular, w/c connects the members of a truss.
When a heavily loaded column punches a hole through a base, the base is said to fail by punching shear. Punching shear is prevented by thickening the base or enlarging the foot of the column so that the shear stress (assumed uniform) round the perimeter of the column does not exceed twice the allowable shear stress in concrete.
for any material the ratio of the stress (force per unit area) to the strain (deformation per unit length).
the stress at which noticeable, suddenly increased deformation occurs under slowly increasing load
the stress beyond which further load causes permanent set. In most materials the elastic limit is alsothe limit of proportionality.
the water content at the lower limit of the plastic state of a clay. It is the minimum water content at which a soil can be rolled into a thread of 3 mm diameter without crumbling.
the elastic movement of loaded parts of a structure. The word often refers to the sinking of the midspan of a beam which in British housing generally is not allowed to exceed 1/325 of the span.
the load acting across a bean near its support. For a uniformly distributed load or for any other symmetrical load, the maximum shear is equal to half the total load on a simply supported beam, or to the total load on a cantilever beam.
the force on a member divided by the area which carries the force, formerly expressed in psi, now in N/mm2, MPa, etc.
a change in length caused usually by a force applied to a piece, the change being expressed as a ratio, the increase or decrease divided by the original length.
test for the stiffness of wet concrete. A conical mold is filled with concrete, well rammed, and then carefully inverted and emptied over a flat plate. The amount by which the concrete cone drops below the top of the mold is measured and is called the slump. This test is valuable only when the aggregates are used all the time and in the same proportions. It then gives a rough idea if the water content of the mix. This otherwise most useful test cannot be applied to stiff concretes with slump of less than about 20 mm.
a structural member designed to resist loads which bend it. The bending effect at any point in a beam is found by calculating the bending moment. Beams are usually of wood, steel, light alloy, or reinforced or pre-stressed concrete.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
214/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
468 Fixed End Moment
469 Contraction Joint
470 a pre-stressing bar, cable, rope, strand or wire. Tendon
471 the US term for ground beam Grade Beam
472 Pre-tensioning
473 Pre cast Concrete
474 Seismometer
475 Slag
476 ACI term for grip length. Embedment Length
477 the weight of a structure and any permanent loads fixed on it. Dead Loads
478 Creep
479 the effective height of a column divided by its radius of gyration, Slenderness Ratio
480 Resillience
481 Ductility
482 the ratio of the shear stress to the shear strain in a material. Modulus of Rigidity
the bending moment at the support of a beam required to fix it in such a way that it cannot rotate, so that it has a fixed end.
in concrete work, a break in a structure made to allow for the drying and temperature shrinkages (of concrete or masonry) thus to prevent cracks forming at undesirable places. Since all materials containing cement' shrink appreciably on drying, contraction joints are needed in every long structure.
concrete members are pre-cast, in a works, with the tensioned wires embedded in them. The wires are anchored either against the molds or against permanent abutments in the ground. After hardening, the concrete is released from the mold and the wires are cut at the anchorage. This method may give a larger loss of pre-stress than with post-tensioning but is usually economical for small members and may produce better concrete since it is always factory controlled. In long-line pre-stressing, used for the pre-casting of pre-tensioned floor slabs or beams, the casting bed may be as much as 180 m long; enabling units may be 1.2 m, and their thickness 15, 20 or 25 em. They usually have tubular voids running down the length and occupying about 30% of the cross-section.
concrete beams, columns, lintels, piles, and parts of walls and floors which are cast and partlymatured on the site or in a factory before being lifted into their position in a structure. Where many of the same unit are required, pre-casting may be more economical than casting in place, may give a better surface finish, reduce shrinkage of the concrete on the site, and make stronger concrete.
either a geophone, used in seismic prospecting, or a device for detecting earthquake shocks. An early seismometer made in Japan about AD 136 consisted of balls dropping from a dragon's mouth into a frog's to show the direction of the shock.
the waste glass-like product from a metallurgical furnace. which flows off above the metal.
gradually increasing permanent deformation of a material under stress, well known in metals as hightemperature creep.
the strain energy stored in an elastic material per unit of volume.Steel can store 0.027 kg-m/cm3, rubber about 0.54 kg-m/cm3.
the ability of a metal to undergo cold plastic deformation without breaking, particularly by pulling in cold drawing.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
215/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
483 Modulus of rupture
484 A link around the main steel in a concrete column, beam or pile. Tie
485 a pile (usually driven not bored) at an angle to the vertical. Batter Pile
486 Footing
487 the vertical plate joining the flanges of any beam or rail, of whatever material. Web
488 a weld of roughly triangular cross-section between two pieces at right angles. Fillet Weld
489 a relatively fixed point whose level is known and used as a datum for leveling. Bench Mark
490 a flat roof or a quay, jetty or bridge floor, generally a floor with no roof over. Deck
491 a long column, usually of wood or metal, not necessarily vertical. Strut
492 Poisson Ratio
493
494 14
495 Maintenance and service of accelerographs shall be provided by the___. Owner
496
497 Load duration
498 14 sqm.
499 1.50 mts.
500 1/240 of wall span
501 1/120 of wall span
502 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit. 60 sqm.
503 Base
the breaking stress of a cast-iron, wooden or mass concrete rectangular beam, calculated onthe assumptions that the tensile strains in the beam are equal distances from the neutral axis.
a widening of any structure at the foot to improve its stability, in breakwaters, earth or other dams, orsimple walls.
for elastic materials strained by a force in one direction, there will be a corresponding strain in alldirections perpendicular to this, equal to p times the strain in the direction of the force.
The procedures and limitations for the design of structures shall be determined by the following factors.
Zoning, site characteristics Occupancy,
configuringstructural system, and height
Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved recording accelerographs.
Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and shall be liable for any failure on the structure due to overloading.
Occupant of the building
The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of intermittent application of the same load.
Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be reduced.
Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they are subjected.
Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said wall.
Maximum deflection of a flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said wall.
The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the structure or the level at which the structure, as a dynamic vibrator, is supported.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
216/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
504 Collector
505 Diaphragm
506 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure.
507 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm. Boundary Element
508 Braced Frame
509 An essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads. Building Frame System
510 Dual System
511
512 The entire assemblage at the intersection of the members. Joint
513 The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam. Girder
514 Diaphragm Strut
515 Diaphragm Chord
516 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations. Essential facilities
517 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces.
518 Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile
519 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below. Story Drift
520 Strength
521 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system. Platform
A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure to vertical elements of the lateral force resisting system.
A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements, it includes horizontal bracing system.
Base Shear, V
An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type which is provided to resist lateral forces.
A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear Walls or Braced Frames.
That form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a point away from the column girder joint.
Eccentric Braced Frame (EBF)
An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load which collects and transfers diaphragm shear to vertical resisting elements or distributes loads within the diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or compression.
The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial stresses analogous to the flanges of a beam
Lateral Force Resisting System
Ordinary Moment Resisting
The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation limits prescribed in this document.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
217/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
522 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm.
523 Structure
524 Bearing Wall System
525 Building Frame System
526
527 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that of the story above. Weak Story
528 Time History Analysis
529 Orthogonal Effect
530 P-delta Effect
531 Admixture
532 Concrete that does not conform to definition of reinforced concrete. Plain Concrete
533 Pedestal
534 Modulus of Elasticity
535 Jacking Force
536 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section. Embedment Length
537 Effective Prestress
538 Development Length
539 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile. Curvature Friction
Horizontal Bracing System
An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral forces.
A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system provide support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames.
A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames.
A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Moment resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load primarily by flexural action of members.
Moment Resisting Frame System
An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure is subjected to a ground motion time history. The structure's time-dependant dynamic response to these motion is obtained through numerical integration of its equations of motions.
The effects on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than parallel to the direction of resistance under consideration.
The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the vertical loads acting on the laterally displaced building frame.
Material other than water, aggregate, or hydraulic cement, used as an ingredient of concrete and added to concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties.
Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least lateral dimension of less than three.
Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses below proportional limit of material.
In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into prestressing tendons.
Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding effects of dead load and superimposed loads.
Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of reinforcement at a critical section.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
218/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
540 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate.
541 prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting. Bonded Tendon
542 ASTM A36 Structural Steel
543 High-Yield Strength Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding. ASTM A514
544 True or False, Bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams. 1
545 40 mm
546 Poisson's Ratio
547 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration. Slenderness Ratio
548 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line. Torsion
549 A type of concrete floor which has no beam. Flat Slab
550 Shear
551 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force. Deformation
552 Yielding Stress
553 It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to 'stress'. Stress
554 Allowable Stress
555 Intensity of force per unit area. Stress
556 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement. Tie / Stirrup
557 The measure of stiffness of a material. Stiffness Ratio
Structural Lightweight Concrete
Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for primary reinforcements.
In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio of transverse strain to the corresponding longitudinal strain.
The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part.
The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material sustain without failure.
The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent deformation remaining upon the complete release of stress.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
219/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
558 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes a hole through it. Punching Shear
559 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it. Deflection
560 Nominal thickness of of a timber. 6 inches
561 Equilibrium
562 2 years
563 Wood board should have a thickness specification of. not less than 1"X4"
564 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight. Run
565 Portable Hand router
566 The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system. Girder
567 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake, and___. Knots
568 Dressed lumber is referred to ___.
569 The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw. Cross-cut saw
570 Live load
571 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks. Effective length
572 The amount of space measured in cubic units. Volume
573 In the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for___. Modulus of Elasticity
574 Contraction joint
575 the total of all tread widths in a stair. Total run
The sum of forces in the othorgonal directions and the sum of all moments about any points are zero.
The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of completion of the project for a period of not less than. construction and after
A high-speed rotary shaping had power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood.
Smoothed or planed lumber
It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all.
An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements between them.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
220/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
576 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces. Bond Stress
577 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter. Purlin
578 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.
579 Shear Connector
580 The force per unit area of cross section which tends to produce shear.
581 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.
582 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strains Hook's Law
583 4 X diameter of bolt
584 4 X diameter of bolt
585 2.5
586 12 mm
587 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___. 50
588 11 diameters
589 1/6 depth of member
590 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the ___. Middle Third Span
591 Notches in the top and bottom of joists shall not exceed ___. 1/4 the depth
592 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area.
593 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area.
Size of Dead Load Defelection
A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists horizontal shear between elements.
Shear Stress / Shearing Stress
Size of Dead Load Defelection
Minimum spacing of Bolts in timber connectionn measured from center of bolts parallel for parallel to grain loading is equal to ___.
According to the provisions of the NSCP on timber connections and fastenings, the lodaed edge distance for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___.
NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___ times bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2.
Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in accordance with NSCP specifications.
Nails or spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP specifications shall have a required penetration of not less than ___.
Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications shall not exceed.
0.60 of specified min. yield stress
0.50 of specified minimum tensile
strength
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
221/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
594 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area. 0.45 Fy
595 0.40 Fy
596 100%
597 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___. 200
598 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___. 240
599 40 mm
600 20 mm
601 7
602 7
603 3
604 25 mm
605 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean.
606 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller.
607 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 20-25mmbar.
608 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depths greater than 200mm –12 mm
609 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement. ± 50 mm
610 40db
611 3db
Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in resisting shear.
For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be increased sufficiently to provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall be.
Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete exposed to earth or weather.
Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete not exposed to earth or weather.
Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10°C and in moist condition for at least the first ___ days after placement.
If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___ days before test and shall be tested dry.
Curing for high-early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10°C and in moist condition for at least the ___ days after palcement.
The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar) but not less than ___.
180° bend + 4db extension but not less than 65mm at free end
of bar90° bend + 6db
extension at free end
90° bend + 12db extension at free end
Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall teminate at different points with a stagger of at least ___.
Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for strands.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
222/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
612 4db
613 75 mm
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for wire.
Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against permanently exposed to earth or weather using bars larger than 36mm.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES
223/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
224/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1 Cross Tee
2 Roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side Pantile
3 Mission Tile
4 Groove cut into a board or panel intended to receive the edge of a connecting board Dado
5 Foundation Wall
6 Grade Beam
7 Black, tar like waterproofing material applied to the exterior of a foundation wall Dampproofing8 System of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to Balloon Framing
roof supporting second floor joints Balloon Framing
9 Western Framing
10 Dead Bolt
11 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine Tryolean Finish
12 Chord
13 Composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property Alloy
14 Horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder Backset
15 Vertical members in a railing used between a top rail and bottom rail or the stair treads Baluster
16 Cast Iron
17 Nickel Steel
18 Commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility Wrought Iron19 Window or door in which two panes of glass are used with a sealed air space between Double Glass20 The wall of Intramuros Fortification21 Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance 15mm22 Special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and multiple web Hybrid Girder23 Beam that projects beyond one or both its support Cantilever Beam24 Wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall Shear Wall25 Modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring Gluing/ Pasting26 Standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors 0.90 m
27 24" x 48" x 1/2"
28 Horizontal exterior roof overhang Eaves29 Structural method used for longer span/ interval of columns Post-tensioning
30 Humidification and condensation in exterior walls are minimized by providing:
31 Area Wells
32 Type of slab when the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less than 0.50 One-Way Slab33 Tar paper. Installed under the roof shingles Felt34 Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably at the joints of the truss Purlins35 The section of which the moment changes from positive to negative Inflection Point
36 Batten
37 A wood or plywood piece used to fasten the ends of two members together at a
38 butt joint with nails or bolts39 The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured Post-tensioning
40 The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam Beam Blocking
Short metal "T" beam used in suspended ceiling systems to bridge the spaces between the main beams
Clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shape laid in courses with units having their convex side alternately up and down
Part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade Part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column footing
System of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey
An exterior security lock installed on exterior entry doors that can be activated only with a key or thumb-turn
Principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending
An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but low tensile strength Ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and finds important use in the cutting edges of heavy digging tools
Dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-ceiling in offices
Building paper sheathing and space filled
Corrugated metal or concrete barrier walls installed around a basement window to hold back the earth
Narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the same plane
Fish Plate or Gusset Plate
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
225/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
41 Atmospheric Pressure
42 Bay Window
43 Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls Control Joints44 Joint used for adjoining existing building to new building Expansion Joint
45 Cold Joint
46 Construction Joint
47 Control Joint
48 Lap Seam
49 Interior paint that contains a high proportion of pigment and dries to a flat/ lusterless finish Flat Paint
50 Filipino term for horizontal stud Trabe-Anzo51 Filipino term for floor joist Soleras52 Filipino term for rabbet Vaciada53 Filipino term for plastered course Kusturada54 Filipino term for bottom chord Tirante55 Filipino term for purlin Reostra56 Filipino term for eave Alero57 Filipino term for top chord Tahilan58 Filipino term for temper (metal work) Poleva59 Filipino term for plumb line Hulog60 Filipino term for projection Bolada61 Filipino term for rafter Kilo62 Filipino term for baseboard Rodapis63 Filipino term for alignment Asintada64 Filipino term for bath tub Baniera65 Filipino term for brace Pie De Gallo
66 Filipino term for cast iron Pundido (parang manny)
67 Filipino term for contractor Kontratista (yeah!)68 Filipino term for downspout Tubo de Banada69 Filipino term for pattern Plantilya70 Filipino term for mortar Paupo71 A steel plate attached to both sides at each joint of a truss Gang Nail Plate
72 Climatic factor that is considered in the structural and architectural design of tall buildings Lightning
73 Dry walls are customarily finished Lath and Plaster
74 One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is the use of
75 Manual method of squaring the corners of a building lines in building layout
76 The direction, size, arrangement, appearance, or quality of the fibers in wood Grain77 The most common materials used for roofing of urban residential houses G.I. Sheets
78 Block or panel type insulating material used in flat roof of commercial or industrial building Corkboard
79 Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing 1 1/2 corr80 A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts, etc. Chase81 Building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz, hornblende and mica Serpentine82 Form of brick bond which is composed of alternating courses of headers and stretchers English Bond83 Form of brick bond which is composed entirely of stretchers Running Bond
84
85 Flemish Bond
Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the presence of water in the soil Window which projects outside the main line of a building and the compartment in which it is located extends to the floor
Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed against it Joint used when vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where concreting was stopped and continued later Joint that is a straight groove which is used on concrete floors to "control" where the concrete should crackJoint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing
1/4 Ø plastic hose filled w/ water
3-4-5 multiples with the use of steel tape measure
Form of brick bond which is a variation of a running bond with a full course of headers at regular intervals
Common Bond / American Bond
Form of brick bond in which each course is alternately composed of entirely of headers or of stretchers
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
226/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
87 Heel Cut
88 Soil Bearing Pressure
89 Materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofing system of residential buildings Aluminum Foil Sheets
90 The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings
91
92 The finished frame surrounding a door Door Jamb
93 Knob Bolt
94 Dutch Door
95 A twisting force Torsion
95 Honey Combs
97 A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil to stabilize foundation Sheet Piling98 Refers to the term stone-cut Wood Siding99 Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns AA100 Chord splice connectors for trusses Split-Ring101 A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints together Clamp Nail102 Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall Weathered103 Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the ridge Hip Rafter
104 Batter Boards
105 Composite Column
106 Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check Spirit Level
107 Space Frame
108 The metal latch plate in a door frame into which a doorknob plunger latches Keeper109 The appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces Zinc Chromate
110 Coating of commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, ga. 26, having standard corrugation Aluminum Coating
111 Wood flooring finishing material 7 & 6 Wood Planks
112 A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surface inward occurs Chalking
113 Time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete footing 24 hours114 Wall partition wooden framing Studs115 The appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing Acrylic Latex Paint116 The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing sheet Acrylic Paint117 Hardware used to fasten corrugated asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin L Hook Bolt118 Hardware used to fasten an asphalt strip roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks Staple Wire119 A type of concrete floor which has no beam Flat Slab120 Tool used for guiding and testing the work to a vertical and horizontal position Level Tool121 Tool for testing and for framing work Steel Square121 Vertical surface on face of a stair step Riser
123 2 years
124 Nominal 1" - 2" thk members connecting opposite roof rafters to stiffen the roof structure Collar Beam125 Thickness of a wood plank 2" to 5"126 Distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight Run
127 Portable Hand Router
128 A mixture of sand and stone and a major component of concrete Aggregate129 The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system Girder
A notch cut in the end of a rafter to permit it to fit flat on a wall and on the top, doubled, exterior wall plateA geological or ground condition considered in determining the size and type of foundation of the building
Reinforced Concrete and High Grade Steel
Material that holds less moisture, is very light, less water absorptive capacity and is very good in sidings of dwelling units
Asbestos-Cement Shingles
A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both knobs and dead bolt controlled by a key Door consisting of two separate leaves, one above the other, this leaves may operate independently or together
The appearance concrete makes when rocks in the concrete are visible and where there are void areas in the foundation wall, especially around concrete foundation windows
The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and excavation lines Columns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel or cast-iron core designed to support a part of load
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function as a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal diaphragms or floor-bracing system
The complete records of test conduction (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of the projects for a period of not less than
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
227/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
130 A wall supporting no load other than its own weight Nonbearing Wall131 A wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight Load Bearing Wall132 A wall that holds back on earth embankment Retaining Wall
133 Bearing Wall
134 A non-bearing wall built on a concrete floor Floating Wall135 It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the wall Shear Wall136 The occupancy load which either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all Live Load137 Distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks Effective Length138 The most important component to determine the strength of a concrete mix Cement139 The total of all the tread widths in a stair Total Run
140 Sump Pit
141 The pre-construction of components as a part of a whole Prefabrication142 An opening in the roof for admitting light Skylight143 Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves Softwood144 A kind of brick used for high temperature Firebrick
145 Plaster Ground
146 Distance between two structural supports Span147 Scientific name for wood Xylem148 A small member which divides the glass or openings of sash or doors Muntin149 Roof that has four sloping sides Hip Roof150 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion Rip-rap151 A tough used for carrying off water Moat152 The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete Stripping153 A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting rafters Purlin
154 Anchor Bolt
155 Lintel
156 The placing of glass in windows or doors Glazing157 Another word for handmill on a stair construction Banister158 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials Lap Joint
159 Butt Hinge
160 Lumber that still contains moisture or sap Green Lumber161 The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof Valley162 A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters Facia163 A large heavy nail Spike164 Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to be done Caisson165 Lumber specification S4S Smooth on four sides167 The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss Chord168 Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2” laid over a concrete slab floor Wood Saddle169 Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent blade set 45170 A beveled metal tongue operated by a spring-loaded knob or lever Latch171 A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party wall Common Wall172 The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset keyhole Escutcheon
173 Flashing
174 A short wood bracket or cantilever that supports an overhang portion of a roof Lookout175 The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the building Formworks176 Wedge-shaped stone of an arch Keystone177 Fireproof door with metal covering Kalomein Door178 The triangular, decorative and supporting member that holds a mantel or horizontal shelf Corbel179 Lumber that is not squared or finished Milled Lumber
180 Foundation Bolt
A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight without the benefit of a complete vertical load carrying space frame
A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a pump is placed to pump the liquid to the sewer pipe
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around openings and near the base of the wall
A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for securing wood or metal plates to concrete construction A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls above the opening
The most common type of hinge where one leaf attaches to the door's edge, the other to its jamb
The material used for the process of making watertight the roof intersection and other exposed areas on the exterior of a building
A round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry use to hold down machinery, steel columns or beams, casting, shoes, beams plates and engine heads
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
228/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
181 Velvet
182 Scratch Coat
183
184 A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally Scarf
185 Standard Terazzo
186 An extension of a rafter beyond the wall line Outrigger
187 Pivoted Window
188 Used to fill a joint with mastic or asphalt plastic cement to prevent leaks Caulking189 Type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of a French window Rabbet190 Water-mixed productwith a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry surface Masonry Neutralizer191 A crosswise groove at the end of a board Notch
192 Shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light only Figured Wired Glass
193 Grading
194 Adjustable metal column used to support a beam or bearing point Monopost
195
196 Vigan Tiles
197 Tendon
198 The upper member of a column, pilaster, door cornice, molding, or fireplace Cap199 A trim board that is installed beneath a window sill Apron200 A unit of measure for lumber equal to 1 inch thick by 12 inches wide by 12 inches long Boardfoot201 Frames of wood or metal enclosing part (or all) of a window sash Casement
202 Backfill
203 Backing
204 Window with hinges on one of the vertical sides and swings open like a normal door Casement Window205 Horizontal beam rafter that supports shorter rafters Barge206 Window space projecting outward from the walls of a building Bay Window207 Bonding together two or more layers of materials Laminating
208 Mudsill
209 Small-diameter, pre-drilled hole that guides a nail or screw Pilot Hole210 A joist that runs around the perimeter of the floor joists and home Rim Joist
211 Cripple stud
212 Carpentry joint by 2 uneven timbers,each of which is notched at the place where they cross Cogged joint
213 Bull-nosed step
214 A massive concrete wall that resists overturning by virtue of its own weight Gravity wall215 n masonry, a hard stone or brick used to reinforce an external corner of a wall Quoin216 A type of half lapped joint used to resist tension Scarf joint
217 One of a number of short vertical member often circular in section to support a stair handrail Baluster
218 The arrangement and design of window in a building Fenestration219 What concrete block that is used in making a corner of an anchor wall Fig. A-1220 Lateral ties used for 36mm main bars for column is 12mm221 Portion of a beam where bending moment changes from positive to negative Inflection point
Simplest type of fiber carpet weaving where pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over removable “wires” inserted consecutively across the loomA pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams and columns where a thin layer of lean cement grout mixed with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon to the surface to give a “tooth” for excellent plaster adhesion A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used to finish and topcoat wood flooring
Polyurethane Floor Coating
A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressed
A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header and sill or about the side jamb
The act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound material or combination thereof, in preparation for a finishing surface such as paving
One of a series of parallel framing members used to support ceiling loads and supported in turn by larger beams, girders or bearing walls
Ceiling Joist or Roof Joist
A floor finish commercially size 1” x 12” x 12” utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive rustic clay shade patternsSteel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand, or a bundle of such elements, used to impart prestress to concrete
The replacement of excavated earth into a trench around or against a basement or crawl space foundationwallFrame lumber installed between the wall studs to give additional support for drywall or an interior trim related item, such as handrail brackets, cabinets, and towel bars
Bottom horizontal member of an exterior wall frame which rests on top a foundation, sometimes called sill plate
In a building frame, a structural element that is shorter than usual, as a stud above a door opening or below a window sill
A step usually lowest in a flight, having one or both ends rounded to a semi-cricle and projecting beyond the face of the stair string/s
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
229/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
222 A brick laid on its edge so that its end is visible Rowlock
223 Scab
224 Diagonal bracing in pairs between adjacent floor joist to prevent the joist fro twisting Cross bridging225 A bar used to hold the reinforcement on a beam Web226 A small finishing nail is called Brad227 A roof wherein the four sides are sloping towards the center terminating at a point Pyramid roof228 A metal sheet used to connect girder and floor joist at the same level Stirrup
229 A slender structural unit introduced onto the ground to transmit load to underground strata Pile
230 Brick set on end with the narrow side showing is called Soldier
231 Finely divided solid particles added to the vehicle to contribute color and durability to paint Pigment
232 End lapping of corrugated G.I. roofing sheets 30cm233 Inclined structural member that supports the steps of a stair Carriage234 Structural steel shape having unsymmetrical balance Channel235 Hooked end of a 12mm stirrups 6cm236 Which among the concrete block is the header block Fig B-2237 A device used as a guide of the hand saw in cutting object to form a milter joint Miter box238 The best and accurate tool for guiding the work in establishing a horizontal level Plastic hose w/ water239 Minimum thickness of suspended R.C. slab 100mm240 Total board foot of 10 pcs. 2"x2"x12' 40 bd.ft.241 Which among the brick work is a common flemish bond Fig. C-3242 Xyladecor is a product of Boysen243 Wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight Load bearing wall244 The distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks Effective length245 The amount of space measured in cubic units. Volume246 A bended rod to resist shear and diagonal stresses in a concrete Stirrups247 The most important component to determine the strength of concrete Cement248 Another term for plaster board Gypsum board249 The face or front of a building Façade250 An opening in the roof for admitting light Skylight251 Wood coming from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves Soft wood252 A kind of brick used for high temperature Fire brick
253 Plaster ground
254 The distance between two structural supports Span255 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion Rip-rap256 Hammer is a Striking tool257 Which among the finger joint is the hidden dove tail Fig. D-2258 The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete Stripping259 A structural member spanning fron truss to truss or supporting rafters Purlins
260 Steel bent inserted in masonry construction for scouring wood or plates to concrete const Anchor bolts
261 Lintel
262 The placing of glass in windows and doors Glazing263 A rejected building material because of its below standard grade Cull264 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials Lap joint265 Lumber that still contains moisture or sap Green lumber266 The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof Valley267 A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is part of the cornice Fascia268 A large heavy nail is referred to as Spike269 What is the scientific name of wood Xylem270 A wall that holds back on earth embankment Retaining wall270 The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss Chord272 Strips of hardwood usually 2"x2" laid over a concrete slab floor Sleeper273 A vertical structural member which acts as a supporting element in a wall or partition Stud274 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine Tyrolean finish275 Curing of concrete or mortar without the gain or loss of heat during the curing period Adiabatic curing
A short flat piece of lumber which is bolted, nailed or screwed to butting pieces in order splice them together
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around opening and near the base of the wall
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls above the opening
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
230/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
276 A floor tile composed principally of polyvinyl chloride Vinyl tile277 The permanent deformation of a materials under a sustained load Creep278 The vertical face of a stair Riser279 Groove extended along the edge or face of the wood member being cut parallel to grain Plough280 The stressing of unbonded tendons after concrete has cured Post-tensioning281 A brick whose face has been hacked to resemble roughly hacked stone Ashlar brick282 A type of tape used in finishing joints between gypsum board Perforated tape283 Employed to reduce restraint by accomodating movement of masonry walls Control joint284 A window sash which opens inward and is hinged at the bottom Hopper285 Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric pattern Parquet286 Anchor bolts and strap are molded out of Wrought iron287 Common hardware fastener for truss braces Lag screw288 Sealer type of washer for G.I. roofing sheets Lead289 Trade name for anti-termite surface application on wood Solignum290 Retarders or accelerators concrete setting Admixture291 Coated with zinc Galvanized292 Technical term for earthquake Seismic293 Vertical frame of paneled door Stile294 Fascia between floor and wall Baseboard295 Cement, sand, and water Mortar296 Filipino term for framework Balangkas297 Filipino term for bottom chord Barakilan298 Filipino term for collar Sinturon299 Filipino term for plastered course Kusturada300 Filipino term for purlins Reostra301 Filipino term for wainscoating tiles Asolehos302 Filipino term for wrought iron strap Platsuela303 Filipino term for ceiling joist Kostilyahe304 Filipino term for door fillet Batidora305 Filipino term for girder Guililan306 Filipino term for masonry fill Lastilyas307 Filipino term for downspout Tubo de banada308 Filipino term for cabinet hinge Espolon309 Filipino term for brace Pie de gallo310 Filipino term for bathtub Baniera311 Filipino term for temper (metal work) SUBAN
312 Horizonatal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder BACKSET
313 A principal member of a truss CHORD
314 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operatingn machine TYROLEAN FINISH
315 A roofing tile which has the shape of "S" laid on its side PANTILE316 A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility WROUGHT IRON317 Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed COLD JOINT318 Has high compressive strength but low tensile strength CAST IRON319 Horizontal surfaces on which the stone units lie on course BED
320 FOUNDATION WALL
321 The boxing in or covering a joist beam or girder to give appearance of a larger beam BEAM BLOCKING
322 WESTERN FRAMING
323 Pressure equivalent to that exerted on a surface by a column of a water at a given height
324 Fashion tone ceiling tiles manufacturer ACI INSULATION325 Pre painted longspan roofing manufacturer JACINTO COLOR STEEL326 Combination of aluminum foil, installed beneath the ceiling under G.I. Roofing THERMAL INSULATION327 Anodizing gives aluminum oxide coating by means of this ELECTROLYTIC ACTION
328 Use of aluminum sheets is not allow in this material
That part of the foundation for a building which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade
A system of framing building in which floor joist of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey
HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE
HIGH TENSILE STRENGTH
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
231/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
329 A brand name of asbestos roofing PLACA ROMANA330 Anchor bolts and column straps are made of this STEEL331 Tradename for plastic materials FORMICA332 First group of wood used as shoring TANGUILE333 Minimum thickness of footing according to NBC 250mm334 A passageway of a chimney FLUE335 A defects in softwood consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resin PITCH POCKET336 Lumber defects caused by broken twigs KNOTS
337 PRIMER SEALER
338 Concrete mixed ideal for road pavement and waterproof structure AA339 Lumber defects due to the effects of fungi MOLDS AND STAINS340 To coat steel or iron by immersing in a bath of zinc GALVANIZING341 A boring bit having a conical shaped cutter to accommodate the head of the screw COUNTERSINK342 A metal plate attached to the face of a door, around the shaft for the door knob ROSE343 The process of marking wood, metal bricks using pointed material SCRIBE344 A brand of liquid solution of pigment in suitable vehicle of oil, organic solvent or water DAVIES
345 GLASS
346 A low wall around a chalet type house ZOCALO347 Common hardware fastener for truss braces LAG SCREW348 A material which provides a seal as a result of pressure between he faces of a joint COMPRESSION SEAL349 The cross bar of a panic exit device; serves as a push bar to actuate the panic hardware CRASH BAR350 Rock volume to collect water in retaining wall BLEEDER MASS351 A horizontal timber which serves as a base for the stud in a stud partition SOLEPLATE
352 STILE
353 A tradename for for anti-termite surface application on wood SOLIGNUM354 A roofing material having a galvanized steel as base with acrylic overglazedd COLOROOF355 Concrete with low cement content LEAN
356 Pre-casted custom designed architectural panel with specially designed waterproof joints FLOOR PANEL
357 SHEET PILE
358 A fireproof door with metal covering KALAMEIN
359 HARDWOOD
360 The evergreens and are used for general construction relatively soft and easy to cut and work SOFTWOOD
361 Used for posts, girder, jambs attached to concrete and also for wooden decks YACAL362 Finest wood for furniture TINDALO363 Used for paneling and plywood veneer DAO364 Tanguile like for framing chests, jewel boxes, stair frames KAMAGONG365 Philippine mahogany for framing chests, stair, frame WHITE LAUAN366 Used for framing joist, truss APITONG367 Most expensive used for furniture and paneling, flooring, door pnels, stairs NARRA368 The most common lumber in the market; used generally for framing, joists, nailer, studs TANGUILE369 Used for paneling ALMACIGA370 The hard cross grained mass of wood formed in a trunk at the place where a branch KNOTS
371 SHAKES
372 A defects in softwoods; consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resins PITCHPOCKETS373 A cracks that extends completely throug a piece of wood or veneer SPLIT
374 CHECK
375 Distortion in shape of parallel plane surface WARP
376 WANE
They are used for unpainted surfaces or those to be repainted after most of the original paint has been removed
A building material made of fused silica with alkaline bases, drawn up with a metal bar from a tank
One of the outer structural member of a frame; as at the outer edge of a door or a window sash
A barrier or diaphragms formed to prevent the movement of the soil, to stabilize the foundations
Comes from decidous or broadleaf trees and are typically used for flooring, stairs, paneling, furniture and interior form
A crack due to natural causes occuring in timber; includes ring shakes, cup shakes heart shakes, star shakes and wind shakes
A small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings, usually caused by shinkage during drying
A round edge or bark along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber; usually caused by sawing too near the surface of the lag
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
232/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
377 DRY ROT
378 1 inch x 12 inches x 1 foot of length 1 BOARD FOOT379 Thickness x Width x Length / 12 BOARD FOOT FORMULA380 1" TO 1 1/2" thk and wider BOARDS381 2" to 4" thk DIMENSION LUMBER382 5" x 5" and larger TIMBERS
383 PLYBOARD
384 Hip roof support JACK RAFTER385 Another term for plaster board GYPSUM BOARD
386 TRIMMING GUARD
387 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion RIPRAP388 Strips or hardwods usually 2" x 2" laid over a concrete slab floor SLEEPERS389 Steel window section for muntins Z BAR
390 POLYMER
391 A type of handless lockset key operatd to give double security DEAD BOLT LOCK392 Admixture that impart color on concrete TRUSCON
393 Tension is placed on the reinforcing prior to the placing of the concrete
394 Subjecting reinforcement bars, tendons to tension on a stress bed prior to concrete pouring PRE STRESSING
395 The soil or rock directly beneath the footing FOUNDATION BED396 Minimum time required for removing the form for sides of beams and girders 3 DAYS397 To improve the water repellant qualities of cement in concrete mixing SAHARA398 A paint defects causes by applying a finish coat over too damp a base coat BLISTERING398 A type of concrete floor which has no beam FLAT SLAB399 A 2" to 5" thick piece of lumber WOOD PLANK400 A flat glass sheet possesing high quality polished, smooth surface FLOAT GLASS401 A protein; the chief nitrogenous ingredient of milk CASEIN
402 ASPHALTIC
403 TEFLON
403 The chemical reaction between cement and water which produces hardened cement HYDRATION405 The process of striking the concrete in order to bring the surface to the required grade SCREEDING
406 FALSEWORK
408 An excavation whose length greatly exceeds its width TRENCH
409 WEATHERING STEEL
410 FLEMISH BOND
411 HEAVYWEIGHT
412 PUTLOG SCAFFOLD
413 A portland cement specification ASTM C 150
414 ALCLAD
415 A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surfaces inward occurs CHALKING
416 Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric patterns PARQUET
417
The decay of seasoned wood caused by fungi of a type capable of carrying water into the wood they infest
A bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finishes on both sides with a thin layer of wood, glued together with industrial glues
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as a guide and support for finish trims around openings and near the base of the wall
A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill-up the gap of marble slabs during installatiuon of floor or wall finishes
PRE-TENSIONED CONCRETE
A type of roofing materials made from semi solid mixture of complex hydrocarbons derived from coal of petroleum and before installation dissolved in solvent, emulsified, heated to liquid
The tradename for flouroplastic which is transparent to opaque in character and is used primarily for electrical fixture and pipe sealing
Temporary structure used to support a permanent structure during its erection and until its become self supporting
A type of steel that develops a protective oxide coat on its surface upon exposure to the elements so that the painting is not required for protectionA pattern bond with alternate strechers and headers in each with headers centered over stretchers in the course belowSuch as barite, magnitite and steel punching and is used primarily for nuclear radiation shieldingA type of scaffold which has one line of standard to support the outside of the scaffold deck, while the inside edge is supported from the wall being built
A clad aluminium sheet used for standrad corrugated, ribbed or V-beam section and various embossed pattrens for industrial roofing and curtain wall sheets
A special coating system with high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used to finish topcoat and wood flooring
POLYURETHANE FLOOR COATING
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
233/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
418 PVC
419 The paint materials used for sealing, filling, correcting surface defects on wood surfaces GLAZING PUTTY
420
421 BATCHING
422 Minimum slump recommended for mass concrete 2 to 5 INCHES423 The placing of concrete using pneumatic pressure of dry mix concrete or mortars SHOTCRETE
424 A standing position of brick construction having length and height as the exposed surface SOLDIERS
425 VACUUM DEWATERING
426 ANODIZING
427 VEHICLES
428 A more substantial framework progressively built up as tall building rises up STAGING429 No. 5 designation of a bar 16mm
430 CAISSON
431 CHECKS
432 Bolts w/c incorporate torque control groove so that the stem breaks under a specified torque TENSION SET BOLTS
433 A soil condition where the soil material is in the natural state before the disturbamnce BANK
434 COMPACTION
435 BULB PILE
436 A beam usually distributed horizontal forces to footings TIE BEAM
437 TEMPERED GLASS
438 DUCO
439 A horizontal layer of mortar on which bricks are laid BED JOINT
440 CAVITY WALL
441 FLYING FORM
442 Class AA concrete mixture ratio 1: 1 1/2 : 3443 A column usually reinforced concrete, constructed below the ground surface PIER
444 WANE
445 SOLVENTS
446 A plate usually wood used to anchor a stair to concrete KICKER PLATE447 A type of settlement that cause the grade slab to bend upward due to wet soil expansion448 A special type of paint made with varnish as the vehicle, applied in wood and metal ENAMEL
449 EFFLORESCENCE
450 The most widely used type of building brick which is made of natural sand and clay or shale KILN BURNED BRICKS
451 A vertical joints between brick wythes COLLAR JOINT
452 CHECKING
453 It is not a vehicle of paint EMULSIFIERS
A type of plastic rigid to flexible, translucent to opaque and is used in insulation, siding, wood imitation, flooring and piping
A type of cement that provides 190% of type I strength after one day curing and also produces about 150% of the heat of hydration of normal cement during first seven days
TYPE III HIGH EARLY STRENGTH
The process of proportioning cement, water, aggregates and additives prior to concrete mixing
A process employed to reduce the amount of free water present in plastic concrete after the concrete has been placed and screenAn electrolytic process in which the aluminum is emmersed in a specific acid solution through which a direct current is passed between the aluminum and the solutionThe substance in the paint which gives continuity and provides adhesion to the surface or subtrite
A water tight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundation or structures below water levelA wood defect that is a small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings, usually caused by shrinkage during drying
The process of increasing the density of a soil by mechanically forcing the soil particles closer together, thereby expelling the air from the void spacesA special form of cast in place concrete pile in which an enlarged based is formed during driving
A type of glass produced by heating annealed glass almost to the melting point and then chilling it rapidly which is 3 to 5 times stronger than ordinary glassA type of paint that produces a very smooth and glossy surface and sometimes referred to as pigmented lacquer
Walls made up of two masonry wythes separated by an air space 2" (50mm) or more in width and tied together by metal tiesA type of soft formwork with no shoring along its span and is supported instead of trusses frames along its span and shoring on both ends
A defect in lumber which is round edge or bank along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber, usually caused by sawing too near the surfaceA liquid component of a paint to increase its fluidity, they volatize or evaporated during drying and not became part of the film
EXPANSIVE SOIL HEAVING
Whitish powder that forms on the surface of bricks or stone walls due to evaporation of moisture or containing salts
A paint defect coat by soft undercoat, forming shallow cracks at closely spaced but irregular interval
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
234/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
454 A double unit glass INSULATING GLASS
455 COMMON BOND
456 DISPERSAL AGENT
457 LAMINATED COATING
458 ANODIZING
459 WEATHERING STEEL
460 TWO HINGED FRAME
461 BEARING PLATE
462 TARRED FELTS
463 GRAVEL SURFACING
464 Unitary roofing materials which are similar to shingles except that they are split out SHAKESPAINT DEFECTS
465 ALLIGATORING
466 BLEEDING
467 BLISTERING
468 Progressive powdering from the surface inward CHALKING469 Loss of luster, due to insufficient or defective undercoat, improper filling of wood DEADENING470 Clouding of the laquer film through precipitation of moisture in the film MOISTURE BLUSH471 Constant temperature and constant low humidity in the finishing will help
472 Rough appearance resembles very closely the peel of the orange, improper surface cleaning ORANGE PEEL
473 Indicate imperfect attachment to the surface; due to dampness, greasy surface and moisture PEELING
474 PINHOLING
475 Irregularities of surface due to uneven flow of varnish or paint, too much varnish, inc brushing RUNS AND SAGS
476 TACKINESS
477 Due to applications of few heavy coats for more thin ones, due to cold weather WRINKLING478 The loss of color of a paint film through exposure to sunlight and weather FADING
STANDARD WEIGHT OF PLAIN OR DEFORMED ROUND STEEL BARS 479 What is the standard weight of 8mm hot weld deformed bar 0.396 KILO480 What is the standard weight of 10mm hot weld deformed bar 0.616 KILO481 What is the standard weight of 12mm hot weld deformed bar 0.888 KILO482 What is the standard weight of 16mm hot weld deformed bar 1.580 KILOS483 What is the standard weight of 20mm hot weld deformed bar 2.466 KILOS484 What is the standard weight of 25mm hot weld deformed bar 3.854 KILOS485 What is the standard weight of 28mm hot weld deformed bar 4.834 KILOS486 What is the standard weight of 32mm hot weld deformed bar 6.314 KILOS487 What is the standard weight of 36mm hot weld deformed bar 7.992 KIOS488 What is the standard weight of 40mm hot weld deformed bar 9.866 KILOS
5 TYPES OF PORTLAND CEMENT 489 Is used for general concrete construction where the special properties are specified TYPE I
A pattern consisting of stretcher or running bond six or seven courses with a course of headers laid perpendicular to the stretcher courseAdditive used to ensure that all particles of cement and water are mixed thoroughly in a concrete settingFlouropolymers, powder coatings, siliconized acrylics and polyesters are these types of coatings for aluminiumA process of coating steel products by immersing them in a bath of motten zinc after cleaning themAnother term used for ASTM A572 high strength low alloy. It is a structural steel which uses a natural form of oxidation for protective coatingA rigid frame which is done by welding together its two spanning members, both are connected homogenously to the vertical column members fastened conventionally to the concrete pedestalSteel plate under the end of a beam used to distribute the end reaction where the beam rests on a masonry or concrete supportUsed as a dry sheet to protect wood sheating from dripping asphalt, usually composed of combination of felted papers, shredded wood fibers and asphalt saturatedA type of surfacing in built-up roof where a flood coat of bitumens is applied over the top ply and a layer of aggregate is applied while the flood coat is hot
An incomplete form of peeling where the paint cracks into the large segments, the edges of which breakaway from the surface while the center remains attached.Usually due to repeated application of new coats over old coatsDiscoloration of coating caused by solube color in the underlying surface,may be prevented by applying an impermeable undercoatingFormation of blisters or pustules in coating, may be due to underlying spots of grease,the sun during the process of drying
As it called, changes in atmospheric conditions during application over sweating or incompletely dried undercoats, spots of grease or soap
Adhesive property of incompletely dried coating, it is caused especially in the refinishing of old work, over unclean or greasy surface
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
235/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
490 TYPE II
491 is used where high early strength is required TYPE III492 is used where low heat of hydration is required TYPE IV493 is for use when high sulfate resistance is required TYPE V
TYPES OF DOORS
494 PROJECTED
495 SECURITY
496 Operating sash for ease of operation DOUBLE HUNG
497 SLIDING
498 A larger amount of light than ventilation is desired COMBINATION499 Vertically proportioned sash that swing outward, somewhat like a door CASEMENT
500 AWNING
501 JALOUSIE
502 Popular in multi-storey, AC commercial building. They usually rotate90deg up to 180deg PIVOTEDTYPES OF HINGES
503 A movable joint used to attached, support and turn a door about a pivot HINGE504 Two rectangular metal plate which are joined with a pin BUTT HINGE
505 SPRING HINGE
506 The axle or pin about which a window or door rotates PIVOT HINGETYPES OF HINGES ACCORDING TO APPLICATIONS
507 A hinge designed for attachment on the surface of the door and jamb without mortising FULL SURFACE
508 FULL MORTISE
509 HALF MORTISE
510 A hinge which is applied to the surface of a door leaf and to a mortise jamb leaf HALF SURFACETYPES OF FOUNDATIONS
511 Structural elements that carry or support the superstructure of the building FOUNDATIONS512 Foundaion w/c transfers load to the earth at the base of column or wall of substructure SHALLOW FOUNDATION513 Transfer the load at a point far below the substructure DEEP FOUNDATIONS
TYPES OF COLUMN FOOTING 514 A combined footing of prismatic shape, which supports two or more columns in a row CONTINUOUS515 Large footing extending a wide area MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION
516 PILE FOUNDATION
517 GRILLAGE FOOTING
518 A footing which supports more than one column load COMBINED FOOTINGTYPES OF FOUNDATIONS
519 A footing which is especially wide, usually of reinforced concrete SPREAD FOOTING
520 BENCH FOUNDATION
521 INVERTED ARCH
522
523 A continuous foundation under a full extent of the structure MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION
524 CANTILIVER FOOTING
525 A series of steel beam bolted together and placed over a footing used to distribute GRILLAGE FOOTING
Is for use in general concrete construction exposed to moderate surlfate action or where moderate heat of hydration is required
This is workhose of metal windows available in many combination of fixed and operating sash. Usually, the lowest light will project in and the upper ends projects out for maximum comfortAnother version of the projected sash, this window provides an integral grill permitting ventilations but restricting the size of an object that can pass through the window
It provide flush interior and exterior wall surfaces without the need for counter- balancing hardware intrinsic in the double hung window
It offers 100% ventilation combined with a degree of rain protection not attainable with casement sashAn awning window which is reduced in to an operating louver, with a profound effect on appearance and ability to provide weatherstripping
A hinge containing one or more spring, when the door is open the hinge returns it to the open position automatically
Having one leaf mortised into the dge of the door and the other surface mounted on the door frameA hinge, one plate of which is mortised in the door leaf, the other being surface mounted on the jamb leaf
Intended to transmit structural loads through the upper zone of poor soil to a depth where the earth is capable of providing the desired supportUses wide flange or I beam; A series of steel beams, bolted together and placed over a footing used to distribute a concentrated column over the top of footing
A foundation cut in series of steps in a sloping bearing stratum to prevent sliding when subject to the bearing loadAn arch in which intrados below the springing line use to distribute concentrated loads in foundationsA watertight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundations or structures below water level
CAISSON'S FOUNDATION
A footing having a tie beam to another footing to balance a structural load not symmetrically located with respect to the footing
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
236/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
526 PILE FOUNDATION
MIXING OF CONCRETE 527 About 10% of the mixing water is placed in the drum before drying materials are added DRUM MIXING
READY MIXED CONCRETE528 Concrete is mixed completely in the truck mixer 1 1/2-3 minutes mixing TRANSIT MIXED529 Concrete is mixed in a stationary mixer and delivered in the truck agitator CENTRAL MIXED
530 Concrete is mixed partially in a stationary mixer and mixing is completely in the truck mixer SHRINK MIXED
PLACING OF CONCRETE
531 30 to 60 MINUTES
MIXING OF CONCRETE 532 It shall be continued for at least WHAT minutes, after all the materials are in the drum 1 1/2 MINUTES
CURING OF CONCRETE
533 FIRST 7
534 least the WHAT days FIRST 3HANDLING OF CONCRETE
535 General purpose concrete 16 to 20 L of water536 Load bearing 4" CHB 28 to 32 L of water537 Non load bearing 4" CHB 36 to 40 L of water538 Cement mortar 16 to 20L of water
539 4 FEET
REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS 540 Minimum bar size of footing NO. 5 or 16mm
541 Spacing of rebars is WHAT of times the size of aggregate or 25mm
REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS 542 Minimum size of column rebar NO. 5 or 16mm543 Minimum number of column rebar for square/rectangular coulumns 4 PIECES544 Sizes of column ties NO. 2 or NO. 4
BENDING AND BENDING POINTS OF REBAR 545 Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for END span L/7546 Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for INTERIOR span L/5547 Angle of inclination of bent bars from the horizontal 45degrees
548 Column rebars to be embedded to footing should have an anchorage is
549 Distance of column rebars should be continued uninterrupted above the floor line L/4
550 102mm,152mm,254mm
SPLICING OF REBARS
551 IT SHOULD BE AVOIDED
SIZES OF LAP SPLICES 552 24 times bar diameter 276MPa553 30 times bar diameter 345MPa554 36 times bar diameter BUT NOT LESS THAN 305mm 414MPa555 Both ENDS of BOTTOM bars should be BENT UPWARDS at this ANGLE 15 degrees556 Aluminum-Concrete reactions
557 STRAIGHT EDGE
558 HAND TAMPER
A system of piles, pile caps and straps that transfers the structural load to the bearing stratum into which the piles are driven
Concrete must be placed in position properly compacted within WHAT minutes after adding water, then cement setting will start
Concrete (other than high early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and in a moist condition for at least the WHAT days after placement High early strength shall be maintained above 10 C and in a moist condition for at
Stacking of cement bags Maintain a clearance of WHAT feet (minimum) beteween G.I. Roofing and cement bag stack
1 1/3 times the size of aggreagates or 25mm
12TIMES BAR DIAMETER or 305mm
If rebars are to be spliced by welding, it should be cut at these distances from each point of cut
Splices at point of maximum tensile stress (bottom, center bars, at midspan) Or it should be lapped or welded
ELECTROLYTIC REACTION
THEY SHALL NOT BE LARGER in outside diameter than 1/3 THE OVERALL THICKNESS OF SLAB, WALL OR BEAM which they are EMBEDDED TOOLS FOR PLACING CONCRETE Or "STRIKE OFF" It is the first finishing tool after the concrete is placed and is used to strike off the concrete surface to proper gradeJITTER BUG after the concrete has been struck off, it can be used to compact concrete in flatwork construction
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
237/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
559 DARBY
560 A tool or machine used to smooth uniformed surfaces of freshly placed concrete BULL FLOAT
561 A finishing tool used on the edges of fresh concrete or plaster to provide a rounded corner EDGER
562 A metal tool used to cut a joint partly through fresh concrete JOINTER OR GROOVERTHREE COAT PLASTER
563 First coat SCRATCH COAT564 Second coat BROWN COAT565 Third coat FINISH COAT
566 MORTAR
567 POST
568 COLUMN
COLUMN CLASSIFICATION TO TYPES OF REINFORCEMENT
569 Minimum of 6pcs. of 16mm diam. Reinforcing bar
570 Spiral column combined with WF steel column
571 A steel column used as a support for girders and beams LALLY COLUMNTYPES OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
572 Such an expansion joint, between two adjacent structures which are not in physical contact ISOLATION JOINT
573
574 T&G CONTROL JOINT
575 Used for floor of 5" thick and greater
576 Used of heat to prevent contractions THERMAL EXPANSIONPRE STRESSING OF CONCRETE
577 Process using hydraulic jacks on fixed abutments
578 Done by tying jacks based together with wires located at end of a beam
579 Strands are stretch between massive elements BOND FRICTION580 Steel is heated by means of electric power; cooling THERMAL PRESSING
581 Used of expanding cement restrained by steel strands
SITE CASTS
582
583 FLYING FORMWORK
584 SLIP FORMING
585 TILT-UP CONSTRUCTION
586 SHOTCRETE
587 The concrete is formed in thin sections as thin as 2 1/2" or a large shell THIN SHELLS
588 Concrete or mortar which is pumped through a hose and projected at high velocity on surface SHOTCRETE
589 PRE-FABRICATED
A long flat rectangular piece of wood or aluminum from 3" to 4" wide with handle on top, used to float the surface of concrete slab immediately
A proportioned mixture of silaceous material and cement which after being prepared in plastic state with water hardens into a stone-like massRefers to a piece of timber of either cylindrical or either geometrical cross section vertically placed to support a buildingA vertical structure used to support a building made of stone, concrete, steel or combination of the above materials
SQUARED TIED SPIRAL COLUMN
COMPOSITE COLUMN COMBINED COLUMN
A grooved which is formed in a masonry structure to regulate the location and amount of cracking
CONTROL JOINT W/ DOWEL
A joint formed by the insertion of the tounge of one member into the corresponding groove of another
BUTT-TYPE CONSTRUCTION
PRE-COMPRESSING METHOD
SELF CONTAINED METHOD
VOLUMETRIC EXPANSION
Is used chiefly with two way flat plate structures, almost eliminates formwork by casting the slabs of the building in a stack on the ground, then using hydraulic jacks to lift the slabs up the columns to their finl position
LIFT SLAB CONSTRUCTION
Is fabricated in large sections supported on deep metal trusses; the sections are moved from one floor to the next by crane, eliminating much of the laborUseful for tall wall structures such as elevator shafts; stairwells and storage soils. A ring of formwork is oulled steadly upward by jacks supported on a vertical reinforcing bars, while workers add concrete and reinforcing in a continuous processIs a floor slab cast on the ground and reinforced concrete wall panels are poured over it in a horizontal position, then tilted into positions and grouted together(Pneumatically placed concrete) is sprayed into placed from a hose by a stream of compressed air and can be deposited without formwork ven on vertical surfaces
A construction method relying primarily on the used of standardized manufactured components
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
238/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
590 LIFT SLAB
CLASIFICATION OF PILES 591 A pile which carries a vertical load BEARING PILE592 A pile that transfer its loads to the soil through friction with the earth surrounding it FRICTION PILE593 A pile driven at an inclination to the vertical to provide resistance to horizontal forces BATTER PILE
594 SHEET PILE
595 GUIDE PILE
FLOOR SYSTEMS 596 A horizontal beam supporting a floor joist GIRDER597 A wood member placed on top of the foundation wall in wood frame construction SILL598 Any joist which carries a floor FLOOR JOIST
599 A short beam, joist or rafter supported by a wall at one end and by the header at the other TAILPIECE
600 A wood strip nailed to the lower side of a girder to provide a bearing surface for joist LEDGER STRIP
601 DRAFTSTOP/ FIRESTOP
602 A short transverse joist that supports the end of the cut-off joist at stairwell holes HEDGER
603 TRIMMER
STANDARD HOOKS 604 180-deg bend plus WHAT db extension but not less than 65mm at free end of bar 4db605 90-deg bend plus WHAT db extension, at free end of bar 12db
FOR STIRRUPS AND TIE HOOKS 606 16mm bar and smaller, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar 6db607 20mm and 25mm bar, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar 12db608 25mm bar and smaller, 135-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar 6db
MINIMUM BEND DIAMETERS
609 4db
For bar larger than 16mm are the following: 610 10mm to 25mm 6db611 28mm to 32mm 8db612 36mm 10db
SPACING LIMITS FOR REINFORCEMENT 613 Between parallel bars in a layer shall be WHAT db but not less than WHAT distance db; 25mm614 Parallel layers two or more reinforcement, distance is not less than WHAT distance 25mm
615 1.5db nor 40mm
616 3x or 450mm
MINIMUM SIZE OF FILLET AND PARTIAL PENETRATION WELDS 617 To 6 inclusive 3618 Over 6 to 12 4.5619 Over 12 to 20 6620 Over 20 7.5621 Over 40 to 60 9622 Over 60 to 150 12623 Over 150 16
624 MINUS 1.5mm
625 Minimum effective length of a fillet weld; not less than WHAT times the nominal size, 4x626 or not exceed WHAT of its effective length ONE FOURTH or 1/4
627 200mm
628 The minimum amount of lap joint shall be WHAT times the thickness of the thinner 5x;25mm
A method of concrete building construction in which floor and roof slabs are cast at ground level and then raised into sa position by jacking
One of a number of piles, interlocked with similar units, to form a barrier to retain soil or to keep water out of foundationA heavy square timber which is driven vertically downward to guide steel sheet piling; used for the construction of coffer dams, caissons
In concealed construction, a material or member which fills or seals the open construction to prevent or retard the spread of fire
A beam joist or rafter supporting one end of a header at the edge of the opening in the floor or roof frame
Inside diameter of bend for stirrups and ties shall be less than WHAT for 16mm bar and smaller
In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between longitudinal bars shall be not less than WHAT db nor WHAT SIZEIn walls and slabs other than joist, primary flexural reinforcement shall space not more than WHAT TIMES the wall or slab thickness OF WHAT distance
Along edges of the material 6mm thick, not greater than the thickness of the material 6mm thick or more; not greater than the thickness of the material minus WHAT LENGTH OF FILLET WELDS
The transverse spacing of longitudinal fillet welds used in end connections shallnot exceed WHAT
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
239/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
629 part, but not less than WHAT 25mm630 The effective length shall not be less than WHAT the weld size, with minimum of WHAT 4x;40mm
631 2x
632 Roof insulation under purlins
633 Roof insulation over purlins
634 Damp Proofing / Moisture Barrier ASPHALT
635 Acoustical Installation
1999 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
636
637
638 WRINKLING
639 3.853 KILOS
640 A recommended method of joint by steel deck manufacturers SEAM LOCK641 It does not comprise in the tie rod system of a steel deck scaffold SWIVEL PIPE CLAMP642 A paint defect by discoloration of coat caused by soluble color in the underlying surface BLEEDING
643 Glass block reinforcement in a spaced of 7/16" gap to accept it and the binder
644 System of measurement when utilising modular systems of construction and technology
645 A wood ceiling joist substitute for drop ceiling usually made of aluminium or pre-
646 painted GI used to hang lightweight boards such as fiber glass boards
647
648 1.578 KILOS
649 What is not a brand of ceramic tiles PIEDRA TILES
650 A ceramic tile is installed into a masonry wall over rough plaster by a uniform
651 Floor system by Jackbuilt
652 In lockset, this is the safest door lock recommended for main entry doors MORTISE LOCKSET653 Wood end joint requiring tensile strength SCARF654 Natural coating which brings the natural beauty of wood OIL WOOD STAIN
655 Coarse aggregates standard sizes
656 BLIND AND STUB
657 An accessory of tie rod scaffold system FORM CLAMP
658 Installation of Piedra tiles over mortar bed
659 A door type used between a dining and kitchen to allow a server to see through VISION DOOR
660 BENCHMARK
661 Method of fastening jamb to concrete or masonry
662 Not a wood parquet geometric design HEPTAGON
Size of fillet welds terminating at ends or sides; be returned continuously around the corners for a distance of not less than WHAT times the nominal size of the weld
ALUMINIZED BACKING & TAPE G.I. STRAP LINER
G.I. TIE WARALUMINIZED
BACKINGRUBBER CEMENT (RUGBY)
NON FLAMMABLE ALUMINUM
An alternative fastening material that can be used for metal on ceiling joist other than metal screws
3/16' x 1/2" ALUMINUM BLIND RIVETS
A masonry finish using pure cement mixed wit flexible synthetic latex based additive like Plexibond to a tacky consistency then applied by an applicator roller to give a remarkable finish
CEMENT TEXTURED FINISH
A paint defect that occurs on inferior brands where the paints contains soluble pigments thus softens and dissolves by water or by chemical after sufficient dryingWhat is the standard weight of a 25mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel bar per meter length
#16 EXPANDED METAL LATH
MODULAR COORDINATION
MAIN/CROSS TEE AND WALL
ANGLE SUSPENSION SYSTEM
Used to install brick plaqueta on to a scratch coat of a masonry wall in an evenly distributed manner
3/4" THK CEMENT GROUT
What is the standard weight of a 16mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel bar per meter length
3/4" LAYER OF CEMENT MORTAR
PRESTRESS CONCRETE T-BEAM FLOOR SYSTEM
1/5 SIDE FORMS, 1/3 DEPTH SLABS, 3/4 CLEAR SPACING
Mortise and tenon wood construction joint where tounge and grooves meet halfway making the connection clean of joint traces
UNIFORM 10mm THKCEMENT PLASTER
Vertical location of a ground surface often used as a reference point with respect to the vertical height
SCREW WITH EXPANSION PLUG
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
240/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
663 FINISHING MASON
664
665 A system of mass production and industrilisation by prefabrication of furniture and cabinets MODULAR SYSTEM
666 A type of glass use in constructing vision door which must be shutter proof to be accident free LAMINATED
667 HUE SCALE
668 A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally PLAIN MITER669 Steel window section for muntins Z-BAR
670 Basic parts of stressing anchor
671 POLYMER
672 PLYBOARD
673 What is wrong with the installation of steel scaffold
674 In air condittioning duct, what type of strap is used to insure that there is no air gap is left
675 Woodwork equipment to form the different wood mouldings for balusters and newel posts
676 CONDECK
677 It precludes good construction practice for pipes and conduits embedded in concrete
678 CHROMA SCALE
679 A type of handless lockset key operated to give double security DEAD BOLT LOCK
680 A type of insulation recommended in air conditioning duct warp
681
682 20 mm
683 The purpose of inverted channel shape at bottom edge of metal door
684 Structural member in steel truss framing to counter act compression in roof PURLIN SAG RODS1998 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
685
686 Concrete hollow block laying ASINTADA
A highly trained labor used to prepare rough to finish plastering, lay concrete hollow blocks, install tiles and pebble washout
A kind of masonry finish which utilise a chamfer wood block out, usually 1"x1" distance at 2" o.c. which serves a s form when removes gives design line texture is added by chisel
CURDOROY or TOOL FINISH
A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-SECONDARY COLOR LIKE ORANGE TURN TO BE YELLOW
SHIMS, BEARING PLATE, STRESSING WASHER,
BOTTOM PLATEA hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill up the gap of marble slabs during installation of floor or wall finishesA bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finish on both sides with a thin layer of wood, glued together
CROSS BRACE MUST BE INSTALL IN OPPOSITE
DIRECTION
75mm WIDE PRESSURE SENSITIVE ALUMINIZED DUCT TAPE STRAP AT
600mm O.C.
WOOD LATHE MACHINE or TORNO
Method recommended by manufacturers to join the steel deck and the rebars Steel deck that can be used for two slab
ALUMINUM PIPES & CONDUITS AT R.C.
SHALL BE SECURED NOT BY TIE WIRES BUT
MUST BE EFFECTIVELLY COVERED
A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-HAS A DEGREE OF ITS COLORFULNESS or INTENSITY
INSTALL POLYETHELYNE FOAM
W/ ALUM. FOIL BARRIER. ADHERE BY INDUSTRIAL ADHESIVE
TO GALVANIZED AIR DUCT
To secure the steel purlins properly to the steel cleat considering the axial, torsion and shear stresses present at the joint
REVERSE THE LOCATION OF THE "Z"
PURLINSMinimum concrete cover for 20mm and larger for shell and folded plate members for cast in place
SPACE TO INSTALL CONCEAL DOOR
CLOSER
A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant decorative surface
STUCCO FLOORING FINISH
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
241/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
687 TUFTED
688 VELVET
689 AXMINSTER
690 WILTON
691 FUSHION
692 KNITTED
693 SCRATCH COAT
694 Local species of wood used for studding, cabinet and flush door framing TANGUILE
695
696 SANDBLASTING
697 RUSTIC TERRAZO
698 PIVOTED
699 A door hinge at the left and the door leaf swings inside the room to the left LEFT HAND
700
701 PEELING
702 A threaded rod instead of masonry construction for anchoring the sill plate to the foundation ANCHOR BOLT
703 APRON
704 A series of arches supported by a row of columns ARCADE
705 ARCH
706 AREAWAY
707 A facing of squared stones ASHLAR
708 IMPRESSO CRETE
709 INSET or INTERIOR
710 A type of wood end joint where both woods are cut at equal angles diagonally SCARF
711 RUSTIC TERRAZO
712 The most common type; relatively small chip sizes STANDARD TERRAZO713 Larger chips with smaller chip filling the spaces between VENETIAN TERRAZO
714 PALLADIANA TERRAZO
715 PIVOTED
716 To prevent plaster from improper adhesion, the substrate must be rough end
717 and the cement plaster should be.. AS THIN AS POSSIBLE718 It is not a brand of house paint ICI DULUX
CARPETS Is made of inserting face yarns or tufts through premanufactured backing by used of needlesSimplest type of all carpet weaves. Pile is form as loom loops over wires inserted across loom. Pile height is determined by height of wire insertedThe loom is highly specialized and nearly as versatile as hand weaving. Color combinations and designs are limited only by the number of tufts in the carpetThe loom operates like a velvet loom, except that it has a Jacquard mechanism with up to six color framesThis process produces complete carpet by imbedding pile yarns and adhering backing to a viscous vinyl face that hardens after the curing
The process resembles weaving in that the face and back are made simultaneously. Backing and pile yarns are looped togeher with a stitching yarns with three sets of needles
A pretreatment of poured concrete such as wall, beams and column where a thin layer of cement grout mixed with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon on to the surface to give a tooth for excellent plaster adhesion
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free to finish and topcoat wood flooring
POLYURETHANE FLOOR COATING
A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistency of mortar mix is spray by mechanical or pneumatic means. It is left to dry to give rustic finishTerrazo floor described by its physical appearance, the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressedA type of window where the sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header or the sill or sides of the jamb
A water mixed product, mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry surface. Without this mixture will cause the subsequent painting to be defective
MASONRY NEUTRALIZER
Indicates imperfect adhesion of the film to the surface, with the film getting strip off in relatively large pieces due to application on damp or greasy surface
The finish board immediately below a window sill. Also the part of the driveway that leads directly into the garage
A curved structure that will support itself by mutual pressure and the weight above its curved openingA recessed area below grade around foundation to allow light and ventilation into a basement window or doorway
A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant and decorative trextured surface. This is by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give a fast color and imprinted with a patented pattern and texture while the concrete is still plastic to create the look and finish of stone, slate or brickAn installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and flushed with the cabinet sidings
A type of terrazo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is intenionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressed
Random fractured slab of marble up to approximately 15" greatest dimension 3/8 to 1" thk with smaller chips filling the spaceA type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90deg to 180deg about the header and sill or about the side jambs
KEEP THE CEMENT PLASTER
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
242/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
719 Type of joint used to install in the glass of a French window RABBET
720 EDGE STRIP TROWEL
721 SMOKED GLASS
722 GRADING
723 VIGAN TILES
724 Standard distance measure from the center of the drain hole of a water closet to a finish wall 305 mm
725 A beam that supports smaller beams in floor system GIRDER BEAM
726 LINTEL BEAM
727 Pre-construction of components as part of the whole PRE FABRICATION728 Wood defects are heart shakes, cup shakes, star shakes KNOTS729 Lumber that is not squared or finished UNDRESSED LUMBER730 hinges on left; open inward LEFT HAND731 hinges on right; open inward RIGHT HAND732 hinges on left; open outward LEFT HAND REVERSE733 hinges on right; open outward RIGHT HAND REVERSE734 A wall jointly used by two parties under easement agreement Party Wall
735 Spring hinge
736 Varnishes
737 Gypsum
738 Basic ingredient in clay Brick
739 Sandstone
740 Dry Vent
741 Relief Vent
742 Specification
743 Additional information contract documents Bid Bulletin
744 16 inches or .46 m
745 9 inches o .23 m
746 Crawl Space
747 Adhesiveness
748 Cohesiveness
749 Which of the following is not a nonferrous metal? Steel
750 Glass
751 Damproofers
An equipment uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the underside of the ceramic tile during installationA type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow the natural light onlyis the act of excavating or filling an earth or any sound material or combination thereof in preparation for a finishing surface such as pavingsA floor finish commercially size 1"x1"x12" utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive rustic clay shade patterns
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls above the opening
Type hinge containing one or more springs, when a door is opened,the hinge returns it to the open position automatically, may act inone direction only, or in both directions.A group of more-or-less transparent liquids which are used toprovide a protective surface coating at the same time they allow theoriginal surface to show but add a lustrous and glossy finish to itA soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from whichgypsum plaster is made (by heating); colorless when pure used as aretarder in Portland cement.
A class of rock composed silica grains. Colors include gray, buff,light brown and redA vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is notexposed to back up waste from drainage pipeA vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of airbetween the drainage and vent system where the drainage systemmight otherwise be air bound.Written or printed description of work to be done describing thequalities of materials and mode of construction.
Given the span of the slab as 5.40 m of 18 ft. The depth of thegirder shall be __________.Given the depth of the girder mentioned above, what shall bethe size of its breadth?Space in a building without a basement, an unfinished accessiblespace below the first floor which is usually less than a full storyheight.The ability of a material to fix itself and cling to an entirelydifferent material.The ability of particles of a material to cling tightly to oneanother.
A hard, brittle inorganic substance, ordinarily transparent ortranslucent; produced by melting a mixture of silica, a flux andstabilizer.Materials used to reduce or stop the penetration of moisturethrough the concrete. Reduces permeability.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
243/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
752 Accelerators
753 Wood
754 Paint
755 Cribbling
756 Bigger than ceiling joist usually placed every 1.20m o.c. Ceiling rafters
757 Load bearing wall tile
758 8 inches
759 Fire Block
760
761 Concrete Additives
762 Insulating Glass
763 Roll-up door
764 The minimum length of splice needed for column. 60 cm765 Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator 35 degree
766 Sheet piles
767 Distribution Line
768 Brace or the Diagonal
769 Identify the miter joint770 Identify which figure is a dado wood joint771 Identify which figure is flemish (double stretcher) brickwork772 Identify which figure is a dado wood joint773 Identify which figure is a blind and sub-mortise and tenon joint774 Identify which letter in the target is a valley jack rafter?775 A roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side is a pantile
776 foundation wall
777 control joints
778 balloon framing
779 tryolean finish
An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set ofconcrete. Such a material maybe added to the mix to increase therate of early-strength development for several reasons
A traditional building material, it is easily worked, has durabilityand beauty. It has great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load. Inaddition, has freedom from rust and corrosion, is comparatively light in weight, and is adaptable to countless variety of purpose.
A mixture consisting of vehicles or binders, with or withoutcoloring pigments, adjusted and diluted with correct amounts andtypes of additives and thinners, which when applied on a surface,forms as adherent continuous film which provides protection,decoration, sanitation, identification and other functional properties.
Is a cellular framework of squared steel, concrete, or timbermembers, assembled in layers at right angles, and filled with earthor stones.
Used for bearing walls of light buildings, the height usuallyrestricted to four stories. Structural load bearing wall tile are madein 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 in thickness.What should be the maximum spacing of stirrups applied if thedepth of the girder is 0.40 m?A wall which separates two abutting living units as to resist thespread of fire.Measures the density of granular soils and the consistency ofsome clay.
SPT – Standard Penetration Test
Materials often added to the concrete or applied to the surfaceof freshly placed concrete to produce some special result
Which of the following is not a Sheet Glass?a. Picture Glassb. Window Glassc. Heavy Sheet Glassd. Insulating Glass
A door made up of small horizontal interlocking metal slats whichare guided in a track; the configuration coils about an overhead drumwhich is housed at the head of the opening, either manual or motordriven.
Which are timber, steel, or pre-cast planks driven side by side toretain earth and prevent water from seeping into the exaction?The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branchcircuits are connected.Are wooden sticks used as posts sharpened at once end driveninto the ground to serve as boundaries?
That part of the building foundation which forms the permanentretaining wall of the structure below grade is aJoint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movementof masonry walls are known asA system of framing a building in which the studs are continuousto roof supporting second floor joints is known asRough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with ahand operated machine is
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
244/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
780 chord
781 A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is Casein
782 alloy
783 Backset
784 wrought iron
785 The Filipino term for horizontal stud is Pabalagbag786 The Filipino term for riser takip silipan787 The Filipino term for collar plate is sinturon788 The Filipino term for temper (metal work) poleva789 The Filipino term for plumb line is hulog790 A beam that projects beyond one or both its support cantiliver791 A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral parallel to the wallforces shear wall
792 15..
793 gluing/pasting
794 0.90 meters
795 24” x 48” x ½”
796 1,098 bf
797 post-tensioning
798 post-tensioning
799
800 wood
801 A material used to remedy vapor flow
802 lath and plaster
803 furring
804 flashing material
805 grade beam
806 batten
807 The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured is post-tensioning
808 beam blocking
809 western framing
A principal member of the truss which extends from one end tothe other primarily to resist bending is a
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually toobtain a desired propertyThe horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to thecenter of the knob or lock cylinderA commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for itscorrosion resistance and ductility is
Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riserequals 6 ¼ “ how many risers will there be between two floorshaving floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet?A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on woodenboards sub-flooring is byThe standard height of window sills for office rooms in upperfloors isThe dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum Trunnersused for dropped-ceiling in offices isThe total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch(1”) x 4”(commercial size) T & G flooring. Assuming that theavailable T & G is 1” x 4” x 16” and the effective width is 3.5” , thetotal board feet needed is
In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required,intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting astructural method of construction calledIn the design of a large shopping centers where space is required,intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting astructural method of construction called
Humidification and condensation in exterior walls can beminimized by
providing building paper sheathing and space
filled
Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur intropical region at walls and roofs by conduction. This can beminimized by the use of
glossy surfaced asphalt saturated paper, 50 lbs or
moreDry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture andthey are customarily finished withWallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can alsobe applied over CHB masonry wall by usingTo turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilarmaterials come together, it is necessary to provideThe part of a foundation system which supports the exteriorwalls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column footing isA narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edgesof two parallel boards in the same plane is a
The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give theappearance of a larger beam is known asA system of framing a building on which floor joists of eachstorey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearingwalls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey is known as
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
245/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
810 atmospheric pressure
811 bay window
812 flemish bond
813 cold joint
814 cast iron
815 The Filipino term for plastered course is kusturada816 The Filipino term for bottom chord is estunyo817 The Filipino term for purlin is reostra818 M sopo819 The Filipino term for top chord is tahilan
820
821 adequate insulation
822
823
824 3.69 meters
825 Dry walls are customarily finished with lath and plaster
826 12.2247 inches
827
828
829
830 expansion joints
831 corkboard
832 4.16 meters
833
834
835 ceiling only
Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a buildingcreated by the presence of water in the soil is known asA window which projects outside the main line of a building andthe compartment in which it is located extends to the floor is knownasA form of brick bond in which each course is alternatelycomposed of entirely of headers or of stretchers is known asA joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the nextbatch of concrete is placed against it isAn iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has highcompressive strength but low tensile strength is
The capacity of a wall to hold moisture is important in thedesign of dwelling units. Select the best material which willreduce moisture in a wall when used
1” thick V-cut wood boards
Plaster or plywood ceiling on nailers or joists below aventilated roof space may show “pattern staining” on theceiling. This can be prevented byHeat gain through the walls in buildings exposed toafternoon sun intensifies discomfort of inhabitants because ofconductivity. However, this can be minimized by the use of
combination of wood boards and plywood with
cavity between
Sound or noise between bedrooms may be reduced by usingless expensive materials with the application of constructiontechniques
double wall plywood on horizontal and vertical
studs withabsorbents
The staircase of a house has a total run of 3 meters and atotal rise of 2.16 meters, the tread width is 11 inches and riseris 7 7/8”, therefore, the stringer length is
The riser of a stair is 6 ½ inches. What is the run usingformula R/T = tan (R-3) x 8 degreesOne method of leveling batterboards without the transit isthe use of
¼ Ø plastic hose filled with water
A manual method of squaring the corners of a buildinglines in building layout, is the use of
3-4-5 multiples with the use of steel tape measure
When dry conditions are demanded of asphalt tile floorfinishes on concrete over earth, apply the waterproofing (WP)steps
felt paper below sub-slab then WP on top of the
sub-slab
Due to temperature effects in materials, concrete walls,slabs of long buildings, new buildings adjoining existingbuildings should be provided withA typical block or panel type insulating material used inflat roof of commercial or industrial building
What is the height of the RC curtain wall surrounding awater tank located at the penthouse whose capacity is 5000U.S. gallons. The diameter of the tank is 2.5 meters (I.D.) andfreeboard of 0.30 meters. The wall shall be as high as the watertank.
Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion usedby architects in planning and design of buildings
columns, splices, materials, lot
Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion usedby architects in planning and design of buildings
columns, splices, materials, lot
Narrow, high ceiling spaces where ceiling area is smallcompared to wall area, will normally require acousticaltreatment of the
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
246/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
836 nickel steel
837 serpentine
838 flemish bond
839 western framing
840 The Filipino term for rabbet vaciada841 The Filipino term for projection is bolada
842 18 risers
843 soil bearing pressure
844 aluminum foil sheets
845 The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings are
846
847
848 6 ¼ inches
849 7.906 meters
850 The finished frame surrounding a door is a door jamb
851 knob bolt
852 dutch door
853 lap seam
854 lap seam
855 mission tile
856 grade beam
857 The wall of Intramuros is fortification858 The Filipino term for rafter is kilo859 The Filipino term for baseboard is rodapis
860 lightning
A ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion andfinds important use in the cutting edges of heavy digging toolsis aA building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz,hornblende and mica is aA form of brick bond in which the course consists ofalternate stretchers and headers in known asA system of framing a building on which floor joist of eachstorey rests on the top plates of the storey below and thebearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storeyis known as
Given a riser equals six inches and using the stair treadriserproportion formula 2R + T = 25, how many risers willthere be between two levels having a vertical distance of 9’-0”A geological or ground condition considered in determiningthe size and type of foundation of the buildingThese are materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofingsystem of residential buildings
reinforced concrete and high grade steel
These are classified as good and less expensive insulatingmaterials used in buildings
porous concrete, glass fibers, guilt materials
This is a material that holds less moisture, is very light, lesswater absorptive capacity and is very good in sidings ofdwelling units
asbestos-cement shingles
The toilet bathroom floor finish is designed to be at leastone inch below the bedroom floor finish. What should be thevertical distance between the bedroom floor finish and the topline of the 2” x 6” yacal floor joists which carry the toilet bathfloor system assuming that ¼” thick mosaic vitrified tiles will be used in the toilet bathroom on 4” RC slab with membranewaterproofing, using standard acceptable measurement ofmaterials for residential houses
A Howe Truss is being considered to support the roofingsystem of a residential building. The pitch of the truss is 1vertical 3 horizontal. What is the total length of the top chord, ifthe span of truss is 12 meters and the eave is 1.5 metershorizontally?
A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or bothknobs and dead bolt controlled by a key is aA door consisting of two separate leaves, one above theother, this leaves may operate independently or together is aA joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet orplated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is aA joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet orplated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is aA clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shapelaid in courses with units having their convex side alternatelyup and down is aThe part of a foundation system which supports the exteriorwall of the super structure and bears directly on the column footing is a
A climatic factor that is considered in the structural andarchitectural design of tall buildings
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
247/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
861 soil bearing pressure
862 3.513 meters
863
864 G.I. sheets
865
866 going
867
868 pitch or bituminous felt
869
870 Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing is 2 ½ corr.
871 chase
872 A twisting force is torsion
873 sheet piling
874 The term stone-cut refers to a wood siding875 Wood with metal cladding is called kalamein876 The Filipino term for floor joist is soleras877 The Filipino term for bottom chord is tirante
878 “AA”
879 Chord splice connectors for trusses is split-ring880 A vertical line check uses a plumb bob
881 clamp nail
882 Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall is weathered
883 hip rafter
884 batter boards
885 composite
886 The Filipino term for ceiling joist is kostilyahe887 The Filipino term for concrete beam is biga
888 spirit level
889 construction joint
890 A twisting force is torsion
891 chase
This is a ground condition that determines the size, typeand shape of the building footing/foundationWhat is the height of a curtain wall for a downfeed watertank at the deck roof with 60,000 gallons capacity and diameterof 3 meters, freeboard of 0.30 meters, shall be as high as thewater tank
Select the grouping one subject of which is a generalcriterion used by architects in planning and design of buildings
concrete, steel and wood, type of floor finish
The most common materials used for roofing of urbanresidential houses
For very large roof spans (for auditoria, transport buildings,exhibition halls) of over 150 ft these structures are suggested economical solutions
space frames, light steel skeleton structures
Rise is the vertical distance between the upper surface oftwo consecutive steps. The horizontal distance between thenosing of two consecutive steps is the
Noise inside the building is o two kinds, namely, airbornenoise and impact noise . Insulation must be provided againstboth of these by internal walls and floors. Examples of bettersound insulation are
¼” double wall on 2” x 4” studs
When the soil beneath the building is not exceptionallywell drained and it is necessary to exclude dampness, the bestmaterial to be used which is installed beneath the concrete slabis
This material holds less moisture, is very light with lessabsorptive capacity and is very good in exterior sidings of residentialhouses in tropical regions
asbestos cement shingles
A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,etc. is called
A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soilto stabilize foundation, etc. is
Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs andcolumns is
A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered jointstogether is
Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to theridgeThe horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and excavation lines are calledColumns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel orcast-iron core designed to support a part of load is
Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line checkis calledThe vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete whereconcreting was stopped and continued later is called
A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,etc. is called
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
248/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
892 hybrid girder
893 one-way slab
894 purlins
895 space frame
896 space frame
897 Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance of 15 mm
898 shear wall
899 inflection point
900 What is the appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces? zinc chromate
901 aluminum coating
902 Wood flooring finishing material 7 & 6 wood planks
903 staple wire
904 24 hours
905 Wall partition wooden framing is called studs
906 1 ½
907 What is the appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing? acrylic latex type
908 acrylic paint
909 L hook bolt
910 chalking
911 construction joint
912 bearing wall
913 A type of concrete floor which has no beam is called flat slab
914 A one-way concrete slab are used when
915 Level tool is a
916 Steel square is a
917 The vertical surface on face of a stair step is called riser918 Tin shear is a masonry tool919 Auger bit is part of bearing tool
920 2 years
It is a special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles andmultiple webWhen the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is lessthan 0.50, slab is aLongitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferablyat the joints of the trussA three-dimensional structural system without bearing wallscomposed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function asa complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontaldiaphragms or floor-bracing system
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing wallscomposed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function asa complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontaldiaphragms or floor-bracing system
It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of thewallThe section of which the moment changes from positive tonegative is called
Commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, of gauge 26, havingstandard corrugation are coated both sides with
What hardware/material is needed to fasten an asphalt striproof shingle on wooden sheets/planks?The time required for the removal of a form works of a concretefooting
How many corrugation is required as the minimum side lap of anordinary standard G.I. sheet roofing?
The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofingsheet isWhat hardware/material is needed to fasten corrugatedasbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlinA common paint film defect where progressive powdering fromthe surface inward occurs. It is calledA joint where two successive placement of concrete meet iscalledA wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weightwithout the benefit of a complete vertical load carrying space frameis called
the slab is being supported by two parallel
beams
tool used for guiding and testing the work to a
vertical andhorizontal position
tool for testing and for framing work
The complete records of test conduction (slump, compressiontest, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for inspectionduring the progress of construction and after completion of theprojects for a period of not less than
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
249/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
921 Wood board should have a thickness specification of
922 Wood plank is a piece of lumber that is 2” to 5” thick
923 run
924 portable hand router
925 girder
926 Wood defects are heart shake, cup shake, star shake and knots
927 Dressed lumber is referred to
928 The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw is cross-cut
929 load bearing walls
930 live load
931 effective length
932 The amount of space measured in cubic units volume
933 contraction joint
934 height
935 cement
936 A beam that projects beyond one or both its support is called cantilever beam937 Jack rafter is used for hip roof support938 The total of all the tread widths in a stair is called total run939 The face or front elevation of a building façade
940 sump
941 pre-construction of components as a part of a whole refers to Pre fabrication942 An opening in the roof for admitting light is called skylight
943 softwood
944 firebrick
945 balloon framing
946 plaster ground
947 The distance between two structural supports span948 The scientific name for wood is XYLEM
949 risers
950 A kind of roof that has four sloping sides hip roof951 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion rip-rap952 A tough used for carrying off water moat
953 stripping
954 purlin
955 anchor bolt
956 lintel
957 The placing of glass in windows or doors glazing
not less than 1” thick x 4” and up wide
The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight iscalledA high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to makesmooth cutting and curving on solid wood is calledThe major horizontal supporting member of the floor system iscalled
smoothed or planed lumber
Walls that support weight from above as well as their own deadweightIt refers to the occupancy load which either partially or fully inplace or may not be present at all is calledThe distance between inflection point in the column when itbreaks is called
An expansion joints adjacent parts of a structure to permitexpected movements between them is calledTo find the volume of water in a cylindrical tank, multiply thearea of its base by itsThe most important component to determine the strength of aconcrete mix is
A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which apump is placed to pump the liquid to the sewer pipe
Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather thanbroad leaves are called
The building frame construction system that uses one piecestructural stud from the foundation to the roofA nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to beplastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around openingsand near the base of the wall
In designing a stair, to find the height of the riser, divide theheight of the stair by the number of
The process of removing concrete forms from the curedconcreteA structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supportingraftersA threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction forsecuring wood or metal plates to concrete constructionA horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across thetop of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls abovethe opening
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
250/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
958 cult
959 Another word for handmill on a stair construction banister960 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials lap joint
961 Green lumber is
962 valley
963 facia
964 A large heavy nail is referred to as spike
965 risers
966 caisson
967
968 Lumber specification S4S means smooth on four sides
969 chord
970 Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2” laid over a concrete slab floor wood saddle
971 45
972 A wall that holds back on earth embankment retaining wall973 In structural steel section joints, it is recommended NOT to use oxy/acetyline welding
974 common wall
975 Pertaining to a material description that resembles glass alabaster
976 stabilize
977 escutcheon
978 flashing
979 chase
980 formworks
981 The zig-zag rule is a carpenter measuring tool
982 Keystone is
983 Kalomein door is
984 Lumber that is not squared or finished milled lumber
985
986
A rejected building material because of its below standardgrade is called
lumber that still contains moisture or sap
The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof iscalledA vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is a partof the cornice
In designing a stair, to find the number of riser divide theheight of the stair by the height of eachUnderwater watertight chamber to allow construction work tobe done
Stakes and batter board in a construction layouting procedurerefers to
vertical and horizontal wood sticks and lumber
used todetermine the elevation
and ditances of the reference points of the
proposed building
The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of aroof or bridge truss
Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanentblade set at
A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as partywall
To allow concrete to dry by keeping it moist to attain maximumstrengthThe hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and locksetkeyholeThe material used for the process of making watertight the roofintersection and other exposed areas on the exterior of a buildingvertical space in a building intended for ducts, pipes, wire andcablesThe term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of thebuilding
wedge-shaped stone of an arch
a fireproof door with metal covering
How is a 90 degree bend standard hook for concretereinforcement constructed
90 degree bend plus 12 db extension, at free end
of bar
Good high-strength-bolted connection for steel should have thefollowing physical characteristic for good workmanship. Which of the following listed is NOT ideal?
Surface in contact with the bolt head and nut
shall have aslope of not more than 1:10 with respect to a plane normal to the
bolt axis
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
251/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
987 batter piles
988 Which of the following criteria for bundle bars, do NOT apply?
989 grade beam
990 foundation bolts
991 stucco floor finish
992 Vernacular term for Concrete Hollow Block (CHB) laying asintada
993 inset or interior
994 velvet
995 scratch coat
996 mahogany
997
998 sandblast
999
1000 scarf
1001
1002 standard terazzo
1003
What are piles at an inclination to resist forces that are notcritical?
group of parallel reinforcing bars bundled
in contact to act asa unit shall be limited to three in any one bundle
What is a concrete beam placed directly on the ground toprovide foundation for the superstructure?What is a round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonryuse to hold down machinery, steel columns or beams, casting, shoes,beams plates and engine heads?
A concrete flooring and finish which transforms ordinary plainconcrete into an elegant and decorative textured surface. This isdone by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give a fastcolor and imprinted with a patented pattern and texture while theconcrete is still plastic to create the look and finish of stone, slateor brick
An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed andflushed with the cabinet sidings
Type of carpet weave important for an architect/designer toknow to guide him as to what type of construction and specificationshould he recommend. What simplest type of fiber carpet weavingwhere pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over removable “wires”inserted consecutively across the loom?
A pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams andcolumns where a thin layer of lean cement grout mixed with flexiblebase additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon tothe surface to give a “tooth” for excellent plaster adhesion
Local species of wood commonly used for wall studding, cabinetframing, and flush door framing, though scarcely available in themarket now due to forestry ban. This type of species is due tocheaper cost than the other listed below
A special coating system with a high gloss shine whilemaintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used tofinish and topcoat wood flooring
polyurethane floor coating
A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistencymortar mix is sprayed by mechanical or pneumatic means. Thesprayed cement is left to dry and give a rustic finish. Optional paint coat maybe required
What criterion conforms to good construction practice for theearliest time to remove scaffolding for concrete flooring other thanearly-strength concrete if no anticipated load is expected overpoured floor?
25% of scaffoldings can be removed at slab area
after 14 daysand 100% of scaffolds
after 21 days after pouring
A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equalangles diagonallyWhen utilizing “knock-down” modular system of cabinets andfurniture, an end user is constrain of using:
standard sizes, shapes and forms
A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearancewhereby the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while thecement matrix is depressed
Which of the following concrete handling criterion impairs thequality of concrete?
concrete shall be carried on at such a rate that
concrete is atall times plastic and
flows readily into space between reinforcement
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
252/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1004 pivoted
1005
1006 left hand
1007 rabbet
1008 notch trowel
1009 masonry neutralizer
1010 peeling
1011 figured wired glass
1012 Vernacular term for rough plastering rebokada
1013
1014
1015 grading
1016 vigan tiles
1017 tendon
1018 An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of concrete Accelerators
1019 Igneous
1020 Gypsum
1021 Wood
1022 Air Drying
1023 Glue Laminated Timber
1024 Plywood
A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degreesto 180 degrees about the header and sill or about the side jamb
To prevent cement plaster from improper adhesion, thesubstrate must be roughened while observing the following:
keep the cement plaster as thin as possible
A type of “hands of door” where the hinge is at the left and thedoor leaf swings inside the room to the leftWhat type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of aFrench window?An equipment to uniformly distribute tile adhesive at theunderside of a ________ tile during installationA water-mixed product mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize limeactivity in new masonry surface. Without preparing the surface withthis mixture will cause the subsequent painting to be defectiveA paint defect which indicates imperfect adhesion of paint tothe surface, with the film getting stripped off in a relatively largepieces due to application on damp or greasy surfaceA type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a doorwith glass to allow natural light only
Aggregates should conform to PNS or ASTM standards and mustbe well graded, easy workability and method of consolidated aresuch that the concrete can be poured without honeycomb or voids.What is the nominal maximum size of a course aggregate whenworking spaces between reinforcements for proper bonding>
Course aggregates shall be no larger than ¾ the
minimumclear spacing between individual reinforcing
bars or wires, bundles ofbars, or prestressing
tendons or ducts
What is the minimum concrete cover for primary reinforcementof beams and columns not exposed to earth or weather for precastmanufactured under plant control conditions?
db but not less than 30 mm
What is the act of excavating or filling of earth or any soundmaterial or combination thereof, in preparation for a finishingsurface such as paving?
A floor finish commercially size 1” x 12” x 12” utilizing clay andfired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive rusticclay shade patterns. Because of the rustic effect the floor is finishedrough and simply adhere by cement with some irregularitiesWhat is a steel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand,or a bundle of such elements, used to impart prestress to concrete?
Class of rock changed from their original structure by the action of extreme pressure,heat, or combination of these forces.
A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which gypsum plaster is made; colorless when pure used as a retarder in Portland cement Is a traditional building material, easily worked, has durability and beauty has great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load. It is rust and corrosion proof.
A method of drying lumber where it is strip-piled at a slope on a solid foundation. This allows air to circulate around every place while the sloping allows water to run off quickly.
Term used to describe a wooden member built up of several layers of wood whose grain directions are all substantially parallel
It is made by bonding together thin layers of wood in a way that the grain of each layer is at right angles to the grain of each adjacent layer.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
253/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1025 In masonry, a joint or interstice between stones, to be filled with mortar or cement Joint Filler
1026 Cold joint
1027 A three-pieced rigid structural frame in the shape of the upright capital letter `A’ A-Frame
1028 Galvanize
1029 Squared building stone Ashlar1030 Usually the lowest storey of a building, either partly or entirely below grade. Cellar
1031 Camber
1032 Cement Paste
1033 A brace or any piece of a frame which resists thrusts in the direction of its own length Brace, Diagonal1034 A process for preserving wood by impregnating the cell with creosote under pressure Boliden salt process
1035 Cellar
1036 escutcheon
1037 A type of bolt used to fasten upper and lower door cremone bolt
1038 bullet catch
1039 grab bar
1040 spring door closer
1041 perforated tape
1042 machine bolt
1043 blanket insulation
1044 test boring
1045 Cobble
1046 For Construction tagalong term for Fascia board is senepa
1047 English Bond
1048 Slump test
1049 retaining wall
A joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed against it.
To provide a hard, non-corrosive, electrolytic, oxide film on the surface of a metal, particularly aluminum, by electrolytic action.
A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated deflection so that it will have no sag when under load
A mixture of water and any finely divided insoluble material such as clay or Portland cement and water
That part of the building, the ceiling of which is entirely below or less than 4 ½ feet above grade
What is the protective plate surrounding the keyholeof a door
A type of catches for closing of cabinet doors inplace. A fastener which holds a door in place bymeans of a projecting spring actuated steel hallwhich is depressed when the door is closed
For finishing accessories, what is the term for a handgrip installed in a shower, which may be used insteadying or support one’s self.For finishing accessories, a device attached abovescreen door as automatic door closer.A type of tape used in finishing joints betweengypsum board.A threaded bolt having a straight shank and aconventional head such as square, hexagonal,button or countersank.It is a type of thermal insulation and it is made fromfibrous materials such as mineral wool, wood fiber,cotton fiber, or animal hair.
For the soil method of testing, it is a boring withstandard penetration tests can give indication of thebearing capacity of the soil by the number of blowsof a standard driving hammer required to advance asampling tube into the soil by a fixed amount.
For the soil type classification, if the particle of soiltakes the whole hand to lift it is called.
For brick work construction.what brick work withalternate courses of headers and stretchers.For control of concrete mix. It is prepared whenfreshly mixed concrete and filled in the cone withthree equal layers. Being tamped and rodded 25times with a standard 5/8” bullet nosed rod.
A type of wall in construction that laterally bracedthat bears against an earth or other fill surface andresists lateral and other forces.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
254/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1050 Wood
1051 mortar
1052 bricks
1053 Corporation stop
1054 Aerator
1055 nylon
1056 These lower the freezing point of paint to avoid the posibility of the paint freezing in storage. Stabilizers
1057 Coalesting agents
1058 Anti-flooding Agents
1059 Tagalog term for "Corrugated G.I. sheet"
1060 English term for " Sinturon" Collar plate1061 A roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side is a French Tile
1062 Chord
1063 A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is Wrough Iron
1064 Bansalagin
1065 Aerocrete
1066 Granolithic finish
1067 Magnetic Gauge
1068 Figured wired glass
1069 Which caps the end of rafters outside a building, which can be used to hold the rain gutter. Fascia board
1070 Manhole
1071 Masonry
It has been proven in construction that_____________has durability and beauty. It has agreat ability to absorb shocks from sudden load andlight in weight which adaptable in a countless varietyof purposes.
In construction, it is a mixture of cement, sand andwater, used for laying brick or masonry. It is tooweak to be used by itself as a material for building.
In history of masonry,____________were apparentlyfirst used around 3500 B.C. by the people who livedin the flat, low laying plain between Tigris andEupharates rivers in what called now Iraq.A valve controlling the flow of water or gas frommain to a service pipe. Also called corporation cock.A shieve like device for mixing air with the waterflowing from the end of the spigot.Any of a class of thermoplastics characterized byextreme toughness, strength and elasticity andcapable of being extruded into filaments, fibers, andsheets.
These are chemicals which cause the latex particles in water-thinned paints to pack together to form a uniform filmduring the time that the water is evaporating away from the surface.These are silicon oils or fatty acid esters which help to keep the white hiding pigments and color particles from separating from each others.
Liso galvanisado Kanallado
A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending is a
It is a timber that most widely used for wharf and bridge construction, ships, posts, foundation sills, railroad tiles andother construction where strength and durability is required.A Portland cement concrete to which chemical foam is added to generate gases in the process of deposition,resulting in lightweight pre-cast or shop-made unit in both hallow and solid forms.It is consist of a topping with a mixture of 1 part cement, 1 part sand and 1 part finely crushed stone. (Equipment for Measure and Control Instrument for measuring the thickness of paint films and that is calibrated with a nonferrous metal reference gauge, of a thickness close to the film to be measured.A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light only
An opening carried out or fitted in a work allowing the passage of a person in order to be able to reach at some parts of this work. This opening is generally closed by an inspection cover.
A construction carried out by juxtaposition of elementary solid materials such as bricks, quarry stones, ashlars, concrete blocks, etc., constituting a set of given shapes and sizes and mostlybonded between them by a binder,By extension, this word also points to the works made of not reinforced concrete.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
255/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1072 Structural tile
1073 Particle board
1074 Filipino Term for "Ridge Roll" Palupo
1075 Joinery
1076 Filipino Term for "Terrace" Asotea
1077 Vapor barrier
1078 gassing
1079 beetling
1080 is a finish applied to wool fabrics, it is a pre-shrinking process fulling
1081 slip-resistant finish
1082 napping –
1083 antiseptic finish
1084 drip-dry finish
1085 block printing
1086 stencil painting
1087 roller printing
1088 discharge printing
1089 Austrian shades
1090 honeycombed shades
1091 pleated fabric shades
1092 roman shades
1093 What do you call the horizontal bars separating the glass pane? mullions1094 is the wide molding covering the casing and the framing frame1095 are the vertical bars separating the glass pane muntins
1096 Rigid Board Insulation
1097 Outside Door Latch
1098 Panic Bar
1099 Hardwood panel
These are hollow units as opposed to bricks which is solid. They are made from the same Materials as brick, but allare formed by extrusion in the stiff-mud process.
A hard Board made from relatively small materials. The materials are graduated from coarse at the center of theboard to fine at the surface to help produce a product with smooth dense surface. Both faces are sanded. Uses arefloor underlay and selvings common as a base for wood veneers, plastic laminates.
is that part of woodworking that involves joining together pieces of wood, to create furniture, structures, toys, andother items. Some wood joints employ fasteners, bindings, or adhesives, while others use only wood elements.
Two thicknesses of paper laminated together with a film of asphalt. Two kinds of paper is used-one is a kraft paper.The other, a mixture of ground wood pulps. Treated by the sulfate and the kraft methods.
In general finishes, what do you call the finishing process applied to fabrics for the purpose of removing fuzz of protruding fibers?is the process of closing the weave and creating a heavy and compactappearance
In special finishes, what do you call the finish that is given to loosely constructed fabric or fabric with low thread count?is a mechanical finish of subjecting the surface of a fabric to a brushingprocess to raise the fiber endsis a chemical treatment designed to make a fabric bacteriaresistantalso known as wash and wear, it dries smoothly and need a littleor no ironing after washingIn fabric design, it is a kind of applied design in which the block is pressed down firmly by hand on the fabric until the color and design are transferred.is method of fabric painting in which the design is cut on acardboard wood or metal then color is applied, penetrating only the cut portionsis a machine counterpart of block printing, designs are engravedon rollersis another method of fabric design wherein the color isremoved from the fabric using chemicals, thus, creating designIt is a kind of shade that consist of two rows of lightweight fabric seamed to fall into deep scallops.– have smaller pleats and are usually made of a heavypolyester fabricare factory manufactured and can be insulated, also calledaccordion shades– have a flat surface when extended down, drawn upward by a cordand the surface overlaps in horizontal folds
Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat indrywall constructionDuring elevator emergency, to rescue passengers,this part of the elevator is used to open the doors from theoutside.A device which extends across at least 1/2 the widthof each door leaf which will open if subjected to pressure.The following are examples of pre-fabricated acoustical unitsexcept ______.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
256/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1100
1101 Acoustical tile
1102 Bonded acoustical panel
1103 Type x
1104 Carpet
1105
1106 Tetrahedral in shape
1107 carpet
1108 Loose fill insulations
1109 A and b
1110 All of the above
1111 Pantile
1112 Foundation Wall
1113 Control Joints
1114 Baloon Framing
1115 Tyrolean Finish
Which material would effectively reduce reflected noise andreverberation time to produce safe and enjoyable surrounding?
Melamine foam linear wedges
This acoustical material is manufactured from rock wool, glassfibers, wood fibers, hair felt, etc. generally installed on wood ormetal framing system.Acoustical cotton fiber composite board is manufactured usingBAP. What does BAP stand for?A type of gypsum board available in 1 1/2 inches or 5/8 inchthickness and has improved fire resistance through the use of fibersmixed with gypsum core.
Any of a variety of soft floor finishes made of synthetic materialssuch as nylon or natural material such as wool. It is either glueddirectly to the floor or installed over an underlayment of hair felt orfoam rubber. What is it?
Which of the following is a violation of all the provisionsWhich of the following is a violation of all the provisions in themechanical code on elevator design and installation?a. 30mm is the diameter of hoisting and counterweight cablesb. 600mm is the depth of elevator pit measured from the bottom ofpit to the underside of the car platformc. 3 ropes are required for traction type elevatord. 4 ropes are required for drum type elevator
3 ropes are required for traction type elevator
Pyramid is a type of commercially produced acoustical tile.Which of the following is not a characteristic of this material?a. Made of open celled polyurethane acoustical foamb. Available in 2,3, & 4inch thicknessc. Tetrahedral in shaped. Ideal for audio room application
Which material would exhibit the highest sound absorptioncoefficient (SAC) value?These consist of loose fibers or granules and is made fromcellulose, fiberglass, rock wool, cotton or other materials. Thesematerials come in bags and are usually blown into cavities usingspecial equipment. What are these?
Copper as a conductor has the property/properties of being ____.a. Ductileb. Malleable
What are the property(ies) of concrete as an acoustical materialare/is important?a. Aerated concrete is fairly absorptiveb. Concrete provides virtually no absorptionc. Concrete accepts and transmits impact soundd. All of the above
A roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side is a
That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade is a
Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls are known as
A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second floor joints is known as
A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second floor joints is known as
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
257/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1116 Chord
1117 Casein
1118 Alloy
1119 Backset
1120 Wrought Iron
1121 Pabalagbag
1122 Takip silipan
1123 Sinturon
1124 Poleva
1125 Hulog
1126 Cantilever
1127 Shear
1128 15
1129 gluing/ pasting
1130 0.90 m.
1131 24"x48"x1/2"
1132 1098 bf
1133 Post tensioning
1134 Wood
1135 lath & plaster
1136 furrings
1137 Flashing material
A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending is a
A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property
The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder
A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is
The Filipino term for horizontal stud is
The Filipino term for riser
The Filipino term for collar plate is
The Filipino term for temper (metal work)
The Filipino term for plumb line is
A beam that projects beyond one or both its support
A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall
Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser equals 6 ¼ “ how many risers will there be between two floors having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet?
A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring is by
The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors is
The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-ceiling in offices is
The total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch (1”) x 4”(commercial size) T & G flooring. Assuming that the available T & G is 1” x 4” x 16” and the effective width is 3.5” , the total board feet needed is
In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required, intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting a structural method of construction called
Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in tropical region at walls and roofs by conduction. This can be minimized by the use of
Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and they are customarily finished with
Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also be applied over CHB masonry wall by using
To turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilar materials come together, it is necessary to provide
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
258/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1138 Grade Beam
1139 notes
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column footing is a
** 6” to 8” - distances of nails** Every 4” - distances of rivet at ridge roll for roofing
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
259/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
260/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
261/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
262/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
263/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
264/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
265/469
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1347
1348
1349
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
266/469
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
1Geography
2 Visible architecture is composed of: Volume & Depth
3Volume
4Platonic Solids
5
Face to face contact
6 Golden section
7 Juxtaposition
8Form
9 Is the attribute that most clearly distinguishes a form from its environment. Color
10 It is a comparison showing differences, the opposite of similarity. Contrast
11personal character
12 Most elementary means of organizing forms and spaces in architecture. Balance
13Centralized
14 It means equality Balance
15 It gives a feeling of grandeur, dignity and monumentality. Scale
16 When lines, planes, and surface treatments are repeated in a regular sequence. Rhythm
17Assoc. Character
18proportion
19 balance
20 It bears a certain relation to the same attribute to the life of an individual.personal char.
21 These systems are based on the dimension and proportion of the human body.
22visual scale
23unaccented rhythm
These constituted the barriers to migration since the earliest periods of civilization (mountains; deserts; seas…)
A plane extended in a direction other than its intrinsic direction. Conceptually it has three dimensions: length, width and depth.
Primary shapes that can be extended or rotated to generate volume whose forms are distinct, regular and easily recognizable
One of four basic possibilities for two forms to group together. This requires that the two
forms be relatively close to each other or share a common visual trait.
Defined geometrically as a line that is divided such that the lesser portion is to the greater as the greater is to be the whole.One type of cues used in depth perception where in one object appears to cut off the view of another
Is the primary identifying characteristic of a volume. It is determined by the shapes and interrelationships of the planes that describe the boundaries of volume
The most important kind of character in architecture is that which result from the purpose of the building or reason of erection.
Characterized by an arrangement where all the part radiate from a center like the spikes in a wheel.
A kind of character that came from the influence of ideas and impressions related to or growing out of past experience.
It is evident by a comparison which the eye makes between the size, shape and tone of a various object or part of a competition.
Deals with the relationship between the different parts of the whole to the various parts.
anthropomorphic proportion
The size and proportion of an element appear to have relative to other elements of known or assumed size.
Kind of rhythm where equally spaced windows are introduced on the broken wall, then regular repetition is presented.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
267/469
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
24human scale
25 The art and science of building design and construction. architecture
26 Who said that “The magnificent display of volume put together in the light” Le Corbusier
27 That which the eye identifies, the mind perceives and interprets. form
28 With respect to an observer. visual inertia
29 A series of form arranged in sequence in a row. linear form
30 A set of modular forms related and regulated by 3D grid. grid form
31 Subtracting a portion of a forms volume to create another.
32 articulation of form
33 Who said “The will of the epoch translated into space’ Adolf Hitler
34 A composition of linear forms extending outward from a central form in a radial manner. Radial Form
35 Architecture is generally conceived, designed and realized. design process
36 A number of secondary forms clustered about a dominant, centra-perceive form. . clustered
37 One or more dimension are altered but will retain its identity. dimensional trans.
38 grid form
39 Can be regular or irregular, primary characteristic that identifies. color
40Floor Plan
41 Describes the relationships between elements of a design. Balance
42
Tiangge
43 What do you call the study that deals with human measurements? anthropometrics
44 deals with space planning in relationship with man’s activities ergonometrics
45 human factor engineering ergonomics
46Medieval Organic City
47Unite d’ Habitation
48Letchworth
The size of a building element or space relative to the dimensions and proportion of human body.
subtracting transformation
This refer to the manner in which the surface of a form come together to define its shape and volume.
A collection of forms grouped together by proximity or the sharing of a common visual trait.
is a diagram, usually to scale, of the relationships between rooms, spaces and other physical features at one level of astructure.
Is a commercial building with several small scale entrepreneurs who sell their commodities in a limited space ormodules that provide them low rentals for the buyers to avail cheaper merchandize, both to retail and wholesale.
Early type of settlement in America taken after the “baug”(military town) and “fauborg” (citizen’s town) of the medieval ages.
Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a “superbuilding” that contained 337 dwellings in only acres of land. What isthe structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles?
It is the first Development Garden City where it is a combinationof landscaping, informal street layouts, and main axis focusing ontown center.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
268/469
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
49
50Leon Battista Alberti
51
Homer Hoyt
52 Peter Kropotkin
53
Garden Oasis
54A wide area of parks of undeveloped land surrounding a community. Greenbelt
55Platting
56Azimuths
57Usually the last stage of the final site development process prior to issuance of building permit. Final Plat
58Urban Sprawl
59Advocacy Planning
60
61This code mandates that all Local Government Units shall prepare their comprehensive
62land use plans and enact them through zoning ordinances. R.A. 7160
63Reason for planning. Promote Human Growth
64Sustainable Development
65First Planner and developed the Gridiron. Hippodamus of miletus
66A locale with a sizeable agglomeration of people having characteristics of an urban being. City
67Agricultural Surplus
A British pioneered in regional Planning for the Doncaster area(1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved in greater London Plan; Use ofopen space as structuring element.
Leslie Patrick Abercrombie
He is remembered for his “Ideal Cities” – star shaped plans withstreet radiating from central point, usually proposed for a church,palace or castle
Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in termsof wedge-shaped sectors radial to the city center along establishedlines of transportation.
Published the book called “Fields, Factories and Workshops; orIndustry Combined with Agriculture with manual work”.Often enclosed and secluded the street, whose high density andvariety of planning conveys a garden image. It sometimes includesflower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a variety ofseating possibilities.
The process in which a piece of land, referred to as the parent tract, is subdivided into two or more parcels.
Angles measured clockwise from any meridian, usually north; however, the National Geodetic Survey uses south.
A 20th century problem emanating from rapid urbanization of areas surrounding a city which eats up the remaining adjacent rural open spaces.
A type of planning which emphasizes that the proper role of the planner is not to serve the general public interest but rather to serve the interests of the least fortunate or least well represented groups in society.
In the Philippines, this type of land use planning emphasizes the proper management of land resources to ensure that the present generation can benefit from its continued use without compromising future generations.
Sustainable Land Use Planning
Local Government Code, 1991
Phrase used to characterize development that meets the needs of the present generation without compromising the needs of the future generations.
The main reason why the nomadic existence of early man metamorphosed to village settlement and later to the birth of cities.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
269/469
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
68Insula
69Truebounded City
70A Land Development Decision is also what kind of decision. Traffic.
71The orderly arrangement of urban streets and public spaces. City Planning
72He conceptualized the 'City Beautiful Movement'. Daniel Burnham
73Subdivision Regulations
74Urban Design
75The science of human settlement. Ekistics
76By definition, settlement inhabited by man. Human Settlement
77Capital Facilities Planning
78The container of man, which consists of both the natural and man-made or artificial element. Physical Settlement
79
Concentric Zone Concept
80The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open spaces. Buildable Area
81A habitable room for 1 family only with facilities for living, sleeping, cooking, and eating. Dwelling Unit
82Gabion Wall
83A very steep slope of rock or clay. Cliff
84Meadow
85A long, narrow chain of hills or mountains. Ridge
86A long, deep, narrow valley eroded by running water. Ravine
87On land, an encumbrance limiting its use, usually imposed for community or mutual protection. Restriction
The rough equivalent of the present tenement cities that existed in ancient Rome, which resulted from the population growth of the city and the congestion that existed in streets.
In urban geography, a concept where urban settlement is confined to the area within the legal limits of the city and the congestion and virtually all of this area is occupied by urban residents.
A tool used to control the manner in which raw kind is subdivided and placed on the marker for residential development.
A profession which falls between planning and architecture. It deals with the large-scale organization and design of the city, with the massing and organization and the space between them, but not with the design of the individual buildings.
Planning for roads, bridges, schools, parking structures, pubic buildings, water supply, and waste disposal facilities.
A spatial organization concept a general view of the pattern of land use in a city developed by Ernest W. Burgess. The city is conceived as a series of five concentric zones with the cores as the central business district and fanning out from which are the residential and commuter zones.
This is a type of a retaining wall made of rectangular baskets made of galvanized steel wire or pvc coated wire hexagonal mesh which are filled with stones to form a wall.
A piece of grassy land, especially one used for growing hay or as pasture for grazing animals; low grassy land near a river or stream.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
270/469
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
88Parcel
89A wall that serves 2 dwelling units, known also as party wall. Common Wall
90Niemeyer believed that relating large areas to each other is freedom as in the planned city of___. Brasilia
91Density
92National Shelter Program
93Social Housing
94"Option to Buy"
95Earnest Money
96Amortization
97Written document to transfer the property to one person to another. Deed
98They develop or improve the land as well as construct houses. Developers
99Appraiser
100Helps people find a place to live, specializing and matching wants of buyers with the local supply. Real Estate Broker
101Total System
102Codes that deal with the use, occupancy, and maintenance of existing buildings. Housing Codes
103Zoning
104Construct three-dimensional volumetric units in a plant on a production line then hauled to the site.
105System building is the complete integration of all ___. Subsystems
106The improvement of slum, deteriorated, and underutilized areas of a city. Urban Renewal
107Urban Area
108Two major hindrances to the prefabrication industry.
Of land, a contiguous land area which is considered as a unit, which is subject to a single ownership, and which is legally recorded as a single piece.
In architectural terms, it is the relationship of the number of residential structures and people to a given amount of space.
The government arm responsible for the development and implementation of low cost housing in the Philippines.
Housing provided for low-income groups generally through government intervention and characterized by substantial subsidies and direct assistance.
A written agreement between parties, but it allows a specific period during which the buyer can investigate the property and make a decision.
Sometimes called "subscription money", this is a deposit given to the seller to show that the potential buyer has serious intentions.
A provision made in advance for the gradual liquidation of a future obligation by periodic charges against the capital account.
Determines the value of the house and also is familiar with trends in the local market and in the industry.
Are usually large concrete slabs or otherwise panelized units fabricated in a shop and assembled at the site.
Designed to regulate land use, to ban industry and commerce from residential areas and to separate different types of living units.
Prefabrication Manufacturer
An area which is within the city limits, or closely linked to it by common use of public utilities and services.
Code of Multiplicities and Tradition
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
271/469
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
109Three general types of structures.
110A piece of land with an economic use for farming. Productive Use
111Lands for well-being like parks, plazas, and of similar nature. Health and General Use
112Similarly as the cost of the land, neighborhood character have this effect. Social Implications
113Minimum road width in a neighborhood development to ease traffic flow. 6.00 mts.
114Which building component receives priority over the location to have the morning sun. Bedrooms
115Urban Planning is defined briefly as the guidance of ___. Growth and Change
116A lattice structure that serves as a summer house. Gazebo
117In landscaping, ground cover is represented by ___. Grass and Plants
118The art of arranging buildings and other structures in harmony with the landscape. Site Planning
119The study of the dynamic relationship between a community of organisms and its habitat. Ecology
120Preparations of an accurate base map for urban planning starts with ___. Accurate Aerial Mosaic
121Comprehensive Plan
122Also called the blood-stream of a city. Transportation System
123A form of absence of all the principles and organized development of a community. Urban Blight
124The city of Washington conforms to the plan type of ___. Star
125An efficient and rapid transport system for automobiles to circulate across urban to urban areas. Freeways
126Landmark
127A narrow passageway bordered by trees, fences, or other lateral barrier Lane
128The projection of a future pattern of use within an area, as determined by development goals. Land-use Plan
129The part of the surface of the earth not permanently covered by water. Land
Primitive / Vernacular / Grand
Appraisal of adequacy of a city's water and sewer systems needs of future land uses are embodied in the ___.
A monument, fixed object, or marker used to designate the location of a land boundary on the ground.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
272/469
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
130A line of demarcation between adjoining parcels of land. Land Boundary
131A survey of landed property establishing or reestablishing lengths and directions of boundary line. Land Survey
132Land-use Analysis
133A study and recording of the way in which land is being used in an area. Land-use Survey
134In surveying, the North-South component of a traverse course. Latitude
135An open space of ground of some size, covered with grass and kept smoothly mown. Lawn
136Lease
137A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease. Leasehold
138Medieval Organic City
139
140Unite d’ Habitation
141Among the cities in Manila , what is the smallest in terms of land area? Pateros
142Specialists
143Permeability
14410-15 %
145What is the optimum slope requirement for factories? (CDEP IX-4) 2%
146
4
147Landmarks
148Clarence Perry
The study of an existing pattern of use, within an area, to determine the nature and magnitude of deficiencies which might exist and to assess the potential of the pattern relative to development goals.
A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of time, usually for periodical compensation called 'rent'.
Early type of settlement in America taken after the “baug” (military town) and “fauborg” (citizen’s town) of the medieval ages. (CDEP IX-15)
Under PD 1308, which of the following activities is not a part of the practice of environmental planning? (CDEP IX-45)
d. National Development Planning
Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a “super building” that contained 337 dwellings in only ten acres of land. What is this structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles? (CDEP IX-18)
It is one of the school of thought who believed that the problems of the cities should be tackled one item at a time, beginning with the improvement of health and sanitary system. (CDEP IX-15)
It is the rate at which water within the soil moves through a given volume of material (also measured in cm or inches per hour). (CDEP IX-2)
It is a slope pattern for Elementary and High school campus where slopes are gentle to mild and have moderately difficult terrain. (CDEP IX-3)
The multiple nuclei hypothesis is built around the observation that frequently there are a series of nuclei in the patterning of urban land uses rather than the central single core used in other two theories. Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, which among the zones is the medium class residential? (PTIT 132)
It is a type of point of reference where the observer does not enter within them, they are external. They are usually a rather simply defined physical object, buildings, sign, store or mountain. (PTIT 133)
In the book called “The Neighborhood Unit” he discussed the idea of organized towns into cohesive neighborhoods which was applicable not only to new towns but to large city areas. (PTIT 113)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
273/469
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
149
150Letchworth
151Ebenezer Howard
152Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 7. (PTIT 132)
153Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 6. (PTIT 132) Heavy Manufacturing
154Nodes
155
Garden Oasis
1561916
157Leon Battista Alberti
158Sir Christopher Wren
159b. Jane Jacobs
160ZIP
161Homer Hoyt
162Peter Kropotkin
163c. ekistics
129
95
61
27
A British pioneered in regional planning for the Doncaster area (1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved in greater London Plan; Use of open space as structuring element. (PTIT 109)
Leslie Patrick Abercrombie
t is the first developed Garden City where it is a combination of landscaping, informal street layouts, and main axis focusing on town center. (CDEP IX-16)
first conceptualized the “Garden Cities”; and author of “Tomorrow: A Peaceful Path To Social Reform”. (CDEP IX-16)
Outlying Business Districts
These are points, the strategic spots in a city into which an observer can enter, and which are the intensive foci to and from which he is traveling. (PTIT 133)
Often enclosed and secluded from the street, whose high density and variety of planting conveys a garden image. It sometimes included flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a variety of seating possibilities. (PTIT 137)
When was the first Land Use zoning in New York initiated particularly the Incentive zoning? (CDEP IX-31)
He is remembered for his “Ideal Cities” – star shaped plans with street radiating from central point, usually proposed for a church, palace or castle. (PTIT 102)
An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., Ct. Peter’s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of avenues connecting the main features of London. (PTIT 103)
The author of “The Death and Life of Great American Cities” – one of the most influential book in the history of planning. (PTIT 116)
Refers to the program of the NHA of upgrading and improving blighted squatter areas within the cities and municipalities of Metro Manila pursuant to existing statutes and issuances. (R.A. 7279)
Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms of wedge-shaped sectors radial to the city center along established lines of transportation? (PTIT 131)
Published the book called “Fields, Factories and Workshops: or Industry Combined with Agriculture with manual work. (PTIT 128)
Approaches town planning as a science which include planning and design with the contribution of other disciplines, all of those are focused into one science known as____________. (PTIT 130)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
274/469
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
-7
-41
-75
-109
-143
-177
-211
-245
-279
-313
-347
-381
-415
-449
-483
-517
-551
-585
-619
-653
-687
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
275/469
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
-721
-755
-789
-823
-857
-891
-925
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
276/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
1 Minimum exit door width. 0.71 mtr.
2 Minimum floor to ceiling height. 2.30 mts.
3 Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair. 0.19 mtr.
4 Maximum height between landings for class A stair. 2.75 mts.
5 Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs. 2.00 mts.
6 Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms. 0.28 sqm.
7 Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants 4
8 Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system. 46.00 mts.
9 Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system. 61.00 mts.
10 Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building. 0.83 mtr.
11 Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles. 14
12 Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side. 7
13 Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly. 60 cms.
14 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60. 91 cms.
15 Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling. 2.00 mts.
16 Minimum clear width of turnstiles. 56 cms.
17 Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs. 112 cms.
18 Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs. 3
19 Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread. 76 cms.
20 Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall. 38 mm.
21 Minimum height of a guard rail. 91 cms.
22 Maximum height of a guard rail. 106 cms.
23 Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair. 7.50 mts.
24 Minimum width of any balcony or bridge. 112 cms.
25 Minimum width of a class A ramp. 112 cms.
26 Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads. 20.3 cms
27 Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator. 1floor
28 Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
29 Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
277/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
30 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 15.25 cms.
31 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building. 30.5 cms.
32 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.
33 Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.
34 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 2.13 mts.
35 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 1.98 mts.
36 Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants. 3
37 Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly. 50-300
38 Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure. 2
39 30 mts.
40 Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler. 30 mts.
41 31 mts.
42 Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter. 2.5 cms.
43 91 cms.
44 1.00 mtr.
45 76 cms.
46 Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building. 1.80 mts.
47 Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes. 2.44 mts.
48 Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions. 1.83 mts.
49 Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure. 112 cms.
50 Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building. 112 cms.
51 Occupant load per person for laboratories. 4.60 sqm.
52 Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy. Institutional
53 Assembly
54 Assembly
55 Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy. Business
56 Picking rooms.
57 Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height. High rise building
58 Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc. Explosive magazine
Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with sprinkler system for institutional use.
Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with sprinkler.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public assembly building.Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a public assembly building.Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building.
Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy.Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy
Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
278/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
59 Plenum
60 A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion. Fulminate
61 Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air. Phyrophoric
62 Oxidizing material
63 A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension. Forging
64 Distillation
65 Dust
66 Temperature rating at flash point. 37.8 oC (100 oF)
67 A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses. Class B
68 The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor. Boiling Point
69 Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall. 4 hrs.
70 A continuous passageway for the transmission of air. Duct System
71 Flash Point
72 Fumigant
73 Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles. 4.50 mts.
74 Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers. 1.80 mts.
75 Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products. 3.70 mts.
76 For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence. 1.50 mts.
77 15.00 mts.
78 Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit. 23.00 mts.
79 3.00 mts.
80 Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail. 9 cms.
81 Minimum door width of a single door in a door way. 71 cms.
82 20.5 cms.
83 Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware. 7 kgs.
84 Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation. 112 cms.
85 Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation. 76 cms.
86 Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition. 20
87 Minimum width of a door for family day care homes. 61 cms.
An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form part of an air distribution system.
A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion.
The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will cause an explosion.
The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air.A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rodents or other pests.
Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6 persons.
Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family dwelling.
Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than a balcony.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
279/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
88 Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50. 91 cms.
89 25 mm
90 Maximum height of a handrail. 86.5 cms.
91 A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above. 37.8 oC (100 oF)
92 Fire resistance rating
93 Cryogenic
94 Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be. 30.50 mts.
95 Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall. Assembly
96 Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall. Institutional
97 Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall. Business
98 Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall. Industrial
99 Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall. Mercantile
100 Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies. 71 cms.
101 Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores. 1
102 Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store. 1.50 mts.
103 Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall. 3.66 mts.
104 Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection. 15 mts.
105 Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies. 763 cms.
106 Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs. 19 cms.
107 Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs. 20 cms.
108 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons. 112 cms.
109 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below. 91 cms.
110 Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair. 38 mm.
111 Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs. 25 mm.
112 Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs. 3.70 mts.
113 Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs. 112 cms.
114 Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp. 112 cms.
115 Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp. 76 cms.
116 Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage. 10-17%
Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread below 25 cms in dimension.
The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire test is known as.Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate surrounding.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
280/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
117 Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp. No limit
118 Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp. 3.66 mts.
119 Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height. 1.20 mts.
120 Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
121 55.9 cms.
122 Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings. 30.5 cms.
123 Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.
124 Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities. 23 mts.
125 Class D
126 Class A
127 Dip Tank
128
129 A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way. Means of Egress
130 Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires. 5.00 mts.
131 Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall? Assembly
132 Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall? Business
133 Maximum width of a single door in a doorway. 1.22 mts.
134 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.
135 Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 30.5 cms.
136 Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 25 cms.
137 60 oC
138 In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back. 0.83 mtr.
139 Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind. 30 cms.
140 Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures. (1:8) 12.5%
141 Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building. 63.5 mm.
142 Occupant load per person for classrooms. 1.8 sqm.
14376.25 mts.
Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape.
Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other similar materials.
Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber, and plastics.
A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.
An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source of extinguishing agents or medium and designed in accordance with fire protection engineering standards which when actuated by its automatic detecting device, suppresses fire within the area protected.
Automatic Fire Suppression System
Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many degrees Celsius?
Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
281/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
144 outside and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)76.25 mts.
145 Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies. 55 cms.
146 Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies. 82 cms.
147 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes. 2.44 mts.
148 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care. 1.83 mts.
149 465 sqm.
150 Hotel
151 Apartment Buildings
152 Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system. 3
153 Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system. 12
154 Fuel + Oxidizer used to set off explosives
155 Highly combustible/explosive cmpd. (nitric aid + cellulose)
156 Any plastic substance with cellulose nitate PYROXYLIN
157 Materials easily set on fire
158 Free burning fiber (cotton, oakum, hay, straw, etc.)
159 Liquid w/ flash pt. ^37.8 deg.C (100deg.F)
160 Liquid w/c causes fire when in contact w/ organic matter/chemicals
161
162 Any material w/c produces rapid drop of temperature to its immediate surroundings.
163 Device installed inside an airduct w/c automatically closes to restrict smoke or fire.
164 Raising temperature, cooling & condensing to produce a nearly purified substance
165 Continuous passageway for transmission of air
166 Finely powdered substance when mixed w/ air and ignited will cause explosion.
167 Electrical Arc
168 Hot piece or lump partially burned, still oxidizing w/o the manifestation of flames Ember
169 Active principle of burning Fire
Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum area of how many square meters?Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are more than 15 sleeping accommodations for hire.
Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom facilities, whether designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, garden apartment, or by any other name.
BLASTING AGENT
CELLULOSE NITRATE/NITRO
CELLULOSE
COMBUSTIBLE, FLAMMABLE OR INFLAMMABLECOMBUSTIBLE
FIBERCOMBUSTIBLE
LIQUID
CORROSIVE LIQUID
Vertical panel of non-combustible/fire-resistive materials attached and extending below the bottom chord of roof trusses; divide the underside of the roof to several compartments so that heat and smoke will be directed upwards to a roof vent.
CURTAIN BOARD
CRYOGENIC
DAMPER
DISTILLATION
DUCT SYSTEM
DUST
Extremely hot, luminous bridge formed by the passage of electric current across a space between 2 conductors due to the incandescence of the conducting vapor
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
282/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
170 Building unsafe in case of fire Fire Trap
171 Fire alarm
172 Fire resistive door Fire Door
173
174 Portion of road/publicway kept opened/unobstructed for fire fighting units. Fire Lane
175
176
177 Minimum temperature a material gives off vapor to form ignition Flashpoint
178 Metal is heated prior to changing shape/dimension Forging
179 Stable explosive compund; explodes by percussion Fulminate
180
181
182 Box/cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment ware stored. Hose BOX
183 Cylindrical device where fire hose is wound and connected Hose Reel
184 Rocket or liquid propellant
185
186 Piece of metal or conductor used to bypass a safety in an electrical system JUMPER187 Intended use/purpose of a building
188 OCCUPANT
189 Organic Peroxide
190 Overloading
191 Person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building/property Owner192 Yields oxygen; stimulates/supports combustion
193
194 building/structure; 50 or more people congregate/gather/assemble
195 street, alley, strip of land unobstructed from ground to sky intended for public use Public Way
196 Ignites spontaneously when exposed to air
197 partial distillation & electrolysis; removing impurities/deleterious materials from mixture Refining
Visual/audible signal, device or system; warn the occupants or fire fighting elements of presence/danger of fire
condition/act which increase probability of fire; delay/hinder/interfere fire fighting, safeguarding of life & property.
FIRE HAZARD
Built-in protection system (sprinklers, automatic extinguishing system, heat/smoke detectors, warning system)- Personal protective equipment (fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves)
FIRE PROTECTIVE & FIRE SAFETY
DEVICE
Design & installation of walls, barriers, windows, vents, means of egress; treatment of building components with flame retardant chemicals; to minimize danger of fire and safe evacuation of people.
FIRE SAFETY CONSTRUCTIONS
manufacturing, fabrication, conversion w/c uses/produces materials that cause fires or explosions.
HAZARDOUS OPERATIONS/PROC
ESS
Passageway from one building to another or through or around the wall in approximately same floor level.
HORIZONTAL EXIT
HYPERGOLIC FUEL
Industrial process of heating materials to remove solvents/moisture, and fuse certain salts to form uniform glazing on the surface of treated materials
INDUSTRIAL BAKING & DRYING
OCCUPANCY
Any person occupying/using a building (or portions) by virtue of lease contract/permission with the owner/administrator
Strong oxidizing organic compound w/c causes fire when in contact w/ combustible material under condition of high temperature.
Use of electrical appliances/devices beyond the designed capacity of existing electrical system.
OXIDIZING MATERIAL
Type of burner where pressurized fuel is discharged to combustion chamber which includes fans for introduction of air.
PRESSURIZED/FORCED DRAFT
BURNING EQUIPMENT
PUBLIC ASSEMBLY BUILDING
PYROPHORIC
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
283/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
198 Automatic closing doors; confines smoke & heat; delays spread of fire.199 Melting/fusing metal ores; separate impurities from pure metals. Smelting
200 Sprinkler system
201
202 Passage hall/antechamber between outlet doors and interior parts of building
203 Vertical space/passage extending from floor to floor, base to top of the building
204
205 Temperature at which liquid is transformed to vapor Boiling Point206 Combustible materials (wood, cloth, paper, rubber & plastics) Class A Fire207 Flammable liquids and gases Class B Fire208 Electrical Class C Fire209 Combustible metals (magnesium, sodium, potassium, etc.) Class D Fire
210
211 Isolated structure where loose fibers are stored.
212 Dip Tank
213 pipes not filled with water; water is introduced thru Fire Service connections Dry Standpipe
214
215
216
217 Time duration a material can withstand the effect of hundred fire test
218 FireWall
219 Time w/c flame will spread over the surface of a burning material. Flame Spread Rating
220 Compound/mixture w/c improves fire resistant quality of fabrics and other materials FLAME RETARDANT
221
222 Buildings, structures, facilities 15 meters or more in height.
223
224 OccupantLoad
225
SELF-CLOSING DOORS
Integrated network of hydraulically designed piping with outlets w/c automatically discharges water when activated by heat.
Vertical pipes to which firehoses can be attached on each floor; includes system where water is made available to outlets as needed.
STANDPIPE SYSTEM
VESTIBULE
VERTICAL SHAFT
Integrated system of underground or overhead piping connected to extinguishing agent actuated by automatic detecting device to suppress fire.
AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM
Pipeline system filled with water and connected to a constant water supply for the use of Fire Service and occupants of the building solely for suppression purposes.
COMBINATION STANDPIPE
COMBUSTIBLE FIBER LOOSE
HOUSE
Tank, vat, container of flammable/combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating, or similr processes.
Building, structure or facilities used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile and ammunition
EXPLOSIVE MAGAZINE
Fire alarm system transmitted to designated locations instead of sounding a general alarm to prevent panic
FIRE ALERTING SYSTEM
An assembly incorporated in a structure designed to prevent the spread of fire (dampers, curtain board, fire stoppers)
FIRE PROTECTIVE ASSEMBLY
FIRE RESISTANCE RATING
A wall designed to prevent the spread of fire w/ fire resistance rating of not less than 4 hours and structurally stable.
Land covered with dry grass, cogon, reeds, brush and other highly combustible growth that fires are likely to occur and hard to suppress.
HAZARDOUS FIRE AREA
HIGHRISE BUILDING
Continuous unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building, structure or facility to a public way.
MEANS OF EGRESS
Maximum number of persons that may occupy a building, structure or facility or portions thereof.Liquid mixture of binders (alkyd, acrylic…) w/c when spread on surface becomes protective and decorative finish.
ORGANIC COATING
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
284/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
226
227
228 plenum
229 density and volume of smoke developed within a certain period of time.
230 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 3 STORIES OR LESS
231 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 4 STORIES OR more
232 15 m
233
234
235 Ceiling Heights
236
237
238
239 at least 10% of floor area (not provided w/ artificial ventilation system) Window Openings
Mechanical device consisting of linkages and a horizontal bar across a door, which when pushed from the inside will cause the door to open and facilitate exit from a building, structure or facility.
PANIC HARDWARE
Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials are segregated into desired sizes or groups.
PICKING ROOMS
Air compartment or chamber w/ one or more ducts are connected to form part of an air distribution system.
SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING
1 HOUR FIRE RESISTANCE
RATING2 HOUR FIRE RESISTANCE
RATINGTRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXITS INDIVIDUAL ROOM (Not more than 6 Occupants) – MAX. ______ from any point of the room to exit door.
Lot Occupancy Corner Lot – 90%Inside Lot – 80%*at least 2m from property lineSanitation At least one (1) sanitary toilet & adequate washing & drainageFoundation Footings – 250mm thick & 600mm below groundFloor Live Load1st Floor – 200 kilograms per sq.m2nd Floor – 150 kilograms per sq.m*minimumRoof Wind Load – 120 min. kilograms per sq.m for vertical projectionsStairs Clear width – 750mmRise – 200mmRun – 200mmEntrance & Exit At least 1 entrance & 1 exit
Minimum Requirements for
Group A Dwellings
min. horizontal dimension – not less than 2.00m / - inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard, or by a passageway – 1.20m min.
Size & Dimensions of Courts
a. Natural Ventilation – min of 2.70mArtificial Ventilation (min.)1st storey 2.70m2nd storey 2.40m3rd storey 2.10mb. Mezzanine – min. of 1.80m
1. Rooms for Human Habitations – 6 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 2m (2x3m)2. Kitchens – 3 sq.m w/ a least dimension of 1.5 (1.5x2m)3. Bath & Toilet – 1.20 sq.m w/ at least of 0.90m (0.90x1.3m)
Size and Dimension of Rooms
1. School Rooms – 3.00 cu.m w/ 1.00 sq.m of floor area per person2. Workshops, Factories, Offices – 12.00 cu.m of air space per person;3. Habitable rooms – 14.00 cu.m of air space per person.
Air Space Requirements in
Determining the Size of Rooms
– eaves over required windows not less than 750mm. minimum over from the side & rear property lines / – sum of areas of openings must not exceed 50 % of sum of areas of walls
Location on Property
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
285/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
240 Vent Shafts
241
242
243 Min. of 3.00m above the established sidewalk grade Arcades
244 Canopies (Marquees)
245
246 Doors & windows
247
248 Temporary Walkway
249
250 3o days
251 48 hrs.
252
253
a. Ventilation or vent shafts – horizontal cross-sectional area not < 0.10 sq.m per meter height of shaft b. Air Ducts – 0.30 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 300mm
1. Office, Administrative purposes – not < 3 changes of air per hour2. Bakeries, Hotel, Restaurants, Kitchens – not < 10 changes of air per hour3. Auditoriums, Assembly purposes – not < 0.30 cu.m of air per minute4. Wards, Dormitories of Institutional Bldgs. – not < 0.45 cu.m of air per minute, supplied each person
Minimum Reqt’s in Air Changes
a. Footings – at least 2.40m below grade along national roads, may project not > 300mm beyond Property line.b. Foundations – not < 600mm below the grade, may encroach 500mm into public sidewalk areas
Projection into Alleys or Streets
a. Definition – a permanent roofed structure above a door attached to and supported by the building and projecting over a wall or sidewalkb. Projection & Clearance – outermost edge of the marquee and the curb line shall be not < 300mm, vertical clearance bet pavement or GL & undersurface of marquee shall not < 3.00mc. Construction – incombustible materials not < 2 hrs fire-resistive
a. Definition – a movable shelter supported from an exterior wall of a bldg. w/c can be retracted, folded, collapsed against the face of a supporting bldg.b. ClearanceAwning to curb line – not < 300mmVertical Clearance (undermost surface of the awning or GL) – not < 2.40m
Movable Awnings or Hoods
– not less than 2.40m above pavement or GL shall not, when fully opened, project beyond PL except fire exit doors
a. Public Street or alley less than 3.60m in width shall be truncated at the corner “Chaflan”b. If arcaded bldg, no chaflan reqtd notwithstanding the width of public street, 12.00m
Corner Bldgs. with Chaflans
a. Temporary walkway – 1.20m wide (during constructionb. Capable of supporting a uniform live load of 650 kg per sq.m
a. Railings – street side of the sidewalk – at least 1m in heightb. Fences – not < 2.40m above gradec. Canopies – 2.40m above the railway, live load 600 kg per sq.m.
Pedestrian Protection
a. Removal – protective fence or canopy shall be removed _______ after protection no longer required.
1. Excavation made on public property - restored immediately to its former conditions w/in ______
Escalator – draft curtain – at least 200mm on all sidesAutomatic Sprinklers – provided around perimeter of the opening w/in 600mm of draft curtain. Distance bet sprinklers - max of 1.80 center to center
Enclosure of Vertical Openings
1. Access – not < 600mm sq. or in diameter, min clear headroom of 800mm2. Area Separation – enclosed attic space of combustible construction shall be divided into horizontal area max of 250 sq.m. area, 750 sq.m. in area for attic with Fire-extinguishing system.
Roof Construction and Covering
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
286/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
254
255 Skylights
256
1. Number of ExitsAbove 1st storey – 10 occupant – 2 exitsMezzanine – 185 sq.m area or more than 18m in dimension – 2 exits500-999 – 3 exits2. Exits – if only 2 exits required, shall be placed distance apart not < 1/5 of the perimeter area.3. Distance of Exits – w/o sprinkler – 45m from exterior exit door, w/ sprinkler 60m4. Doorsa. Swing – exit door shall swing to exit travel in hazardous areas w/ 50 or more occupant loadb. Double acting doors – view panel of not < 1,300 sq. cm.c. Width and Height – not < 900mm in width, not < 2.00m in height, opening – 90 degrees and exit way clear width not < 700mm5. Door Leaf Width – max of 1.206. Corridors and Exterior Exit Balconiesa. Width – not < 1.10mb. Dead Ends – max 6.00m in length7. Stairwaysa. Width – serving an occupant load of more than 50 shall not be < 1.10m, occupant load of 50 or less may be 90m (900mm) wide, private stairways serving an occupant load of < 10 may be .75m (750mm)b. Rise and Run. Rise – max 0.20m (200mm), Run - 0.25m (250mm)c. Winding Stairways – narrower side of the thread 150mm – 300mm d. Circular Stairways – used as exit w/ min width of run not < 250mme. Landings – straight run – max of 1.20m, verticalf. Distance bet landings – max of 3.60m vertical distance landings.g. Handrails – not < 800mm nor more than 900mm.h. Stairway to Roof – if 4 or more storeys in heighti. Headroom – clearance 2.00m 8. Ramps – width – 1.10m min9. Exit Outlets, Courts, Passagewaysa. Slope – exit courts max of 1:10, exit passageway max of 1:8b. Openings – on exit court not < 3.00m protected by fire assemblies not < ¾ hour fire resistive. Except openings > 3.00m may be unprotectedc. Exit signs illumination – not < 10.7 lux at the floor level10. Aislesa. Width – not < 800mm if serving one side, not < 1m if serving both sides, side aisles shall not < 1.10mb. Exit Distance1. Groups H, I occupancies w/o seats, line of travel to exit door by an aisle is not > 45.00m2. Exit doors clear width 1.70m if 30 seats bet aisles and 1m distance of seat back to backc. Slope – max of 1:8
a. Shall be constructed w/ metal frames Except Group A and J. Glass is set an angle of < 45 degrees, if located above 1st storey, set at least 100mm (0.10m) above the roof.b. Space bet supports- flat wire glass – not exceed 625mm- corrugated wire glass - 1.5m - glass no wired – 2.5m in diameter w/ mesh not larger than 25mmc. Ordinary Glass – if ridge doesn’t exceed 6.00m above the graded. Glass for Transmission of Light – not < 12.5mm thick, glass over 100 sq.cm. area have wire mesh
1. Every storey, basement or cellar w/ 200sq.m or more w/c is used for habitation, etc. w/c has an occupant load of more than 20.2. Dressing, rehearsal rms., workshops or factories w/ occupant load of more than 10 or assembly halls w/ occupant load of more than 500, if the next doors of rooms are more than 30.00m from safe dispersal area.3. Photographic x-ray, nitrocellulose films and inflammable articles
Fire-Extinguishing Systems
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
287/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
257
258 c. Wet Standpipes
259
260
261 Signs
1. Construction and Test – shall be wrought iron of GS w/ fittings, connections to withstand 20 kg per sq.cm of water pressure2. Size – 900 liters water per minute3. Number Required – every bldg 4 or more storeys where any floor above 3rd floor is 950m or less, equipped w/ 1 dry standpipe.4. Siamese Connections:2 way 100mm dry standpipe3 way 125mm 4 way 150mmSiamese inlet (located on street front) Not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above grade 5. Outlets – standpipe 63mm outlet not more than 1.20m above each floor level, with 2 way standpipes 63mm outlet above the roof (all with gate valves)
b. Dry Standpipes – for bldgs. w/ 4 or
more storeys
1. Size – Interior wet standpipes deliver 190 liters/water per minute under 2.0 kg per sq.cm water pressure2. Outlets – 38mm valve each storey located not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above the floor.3. Water Supply – street main not < 100mm in diameter4. Pressure and Gravity Tanks – 1500 liters/water per minute for not < 10 minutes5. Fire pumps – capacity not < 1000 liters per minute w/ pressure not < 2 kg per sq.cm connected to street main w/ not < 100mm diameter
1. Sheds, greenhouses, and the like not exceeding 6sq.m. in floor area2. Addition of open terrace/patios not exceeding 20sq.m3. Window Grilles4. Garden pools for water plants/aquarium not exceeding 500mm in depth.5. Erection of garden walls other than walls not exceeding 1.80m
2. Building Permits (Exceptions)
a. Minor Constructions:
1. Structural member, such as replacement of roofing sheets, etc.2. Non load-bearing partition walls.3. Interior portion of a house4. Replacement of windows5. Replacement of flooring6. Perimeter fence & walls7. Replacement of sanitary & plumbing fixtures8. Replacement of faulty & deteriorated wiring devices, fixtures, safety devices
2. Building Permits (Exceptions)
b. Repair
any letter, word, numeral, illustration use to announce or advertiseSpecific Provisions:1. Business Signs – max width 1.20m & length not exceeding the frontage of the bldg.2. Ground Signs – shall not exceed 6.00m in height from the street crown, self supporting outdoor signs 10.00m away from PL3. Projecting Signs - Sign Boards 1m to electric & telephone wires4. Wall Signs – not extend more than 300mm & not < 3m above the sidewalk. W/ combustible materials shall not exceed 4.00sq.m. area5. Temporary Signsa. Steamers – lowest pt. of bottom edge have min clearance 4.30m above the pavement6. Administrative Provisionsa. Exemptions – sign not exceeding 0.20sq.m. of display surface.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
288/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
262 Arcades & Sidewalks
263
264
265
266
267
268 Capacitors
269 Elevators
1. Width1.1 Sidewalks of 2m w/ planting strip of 800mm in width separating curb & sidewalk1.2 Arcades shall be cantilevered from bldg. line, horizontal distance bet the curb line & the outermost face of bldg not < 500mm1.3 Combined open & arcaded sidewalks w/ planting strip not < 800mm in width separating bet arcaded portion and open portion of sidewalk2. Driveways, Entrances and Exits2.1 Entrances and Exits of Building abutting sidewalks shall be made of either ramps or steps2.1.1 Steps shall have treads not < 300mm. Min no. of steps shall be (2), w/ risers not exceeding 100mm
1.1. Primary Lines – min vertical clearance of 10m from the crown of road pavement, 7.5m from the top of the shoulder/sidewalk1.2. Secondary Lines – min vertical clearance of 7.5m from the crown of road pavement
1. Location of Poles and Clearances of Power Lines along
Public Roads.
a. Fire Hydrants – not < 5mb. Curbs – not < 150mm from curb away from the roadway
2. Clearance of Supporting
Structures such as Poles, Towers and
othersa. Clearances Over Roof – Conductors have clearance not< 2.5m from highest pt. of roofs
3. Clearance of Service Drops
4.1 New Building – load demand 200KVA or above provided w/transformer vault4.2 Location – ventilated to outside air4.3 Walls, Roof and Floor. Reinforced concrete not < 150mm, masonry/brick not less than 200mm, 300mm load bearing hollow concrete blocks. Inside wall and roof surface constructed of HCB shall have a coating of cement/gypsum plaster not < 20mm. Concrete floor not < 100mm thick.
Provisions for Transformer Vaults
5.1 Ventilation Openings5.1.1. Size – not < .006sq.mm per KVA of transformer capacity in service, except the net are shall not be < 0.1sqm for any capacity under 50KVA5.1.2. Drainage – vaults w/ more than 100KVA transformer capacity shall be provided w/ drain
Ventilation Openings
6.1 Transformers Used w/ Capacitors – KVA rating shall not be < 135% of capacitor rating
1.1 Hoistway pits clearance of not < 600mm remains bet the underside of car & bottom of pit.1.2 Min number of hoisting ropes shall be 3 for traction elevators and 2 for drumtype elevators.1.3 Min diameter of hoisting & counterweight ropes shall be 30mm1.4 Elevators w/ over-load relay and reverse polarity relay.1.5 In high rise apts. or residential condos of more than 5 stories, at least 1 passenger elevator shall be kept on 24 hour constant service.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
289/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
270 Escalators
271
272
273
274 Pipings
275 erected @ sidewalks/walkways not < 2.40m in height above curb line. Fence
2.1 Angle of inclination shall not exceed 35 degrees from the horizontal2.2 Width bet balustrades shall not be < 558 mm nor more than 1.20m. The width shall not exceed the width of the steps by more than 330mm. 2.3 Rated speed, not more than 38mpm.
3.1 Location3.1.1 Main Bldg. is not made up of fire resistive materials, boilers shall be located outside w/ distance not < 3.00m outside the wall of main bldg. & bldg. housing the boiler3.1.2 No part of the boiler shall be closer than 1m from any wall3.2 Smokestacks - shall able to withstand a wind load of 175km per hour & shall rise at least 5m above the eaves of any bldg. w/in a radius of 50m.3.3 Boilers more than 46sq.m. heating surface shall be provided w/ 2 means of feeding water, 1 steam driven and 1 electrically driven, 1 pump and 1 injector.3.4 2 check valves shall be provided bet any feed pump and boiler3.5 Boilers rms. shall have at least 2 separate exits.3.6 Each boiler shall at least 1 safety valve. Having more than 46.sq.m pressure of water heating surface/generating capacity exceeding 97kg. per hour, 2 or more safety valves are required.
Boilers & pressure Vessels
4.1 68-74 degrees F temperature and humidity for comfortable cooling, 4.57 to 7.60 MPM temperature at an air movement.4.2 Not more than 136kgs of refrigerant shall be stored in a machine rm.4.3 Where ammonia is used into a tank of water at least 1 gallon of water shall be provided for every .04536kg of ammonia in the system.4.4 Refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any bldg. shall not < 2.3m above the floor.4.5 Window type AC (Air Con) shall not be < 2.13m from the ground
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
5.1 To maintain water pressure in all floors of a bldg./structure, the ff. systems may be used:5.1.1 Overhead tank supply – may be installed above the roof w/ a vent and an overflow pipe leading to a storm drain and be fully covered.5.1.2 Pneumatic Tank – unfired pressure vessel
5. Water pumping for Bldg./Structures
6.1 Piping 100mm in diameter and above shall be flanged. Small diameter pipes – may be screwed6.2 Color coding of Piping:Steam Division High Pressure – White Exhaust System – BuffWater Division Fresh Water, low pressure - Blue Fresh Water, high pressure - Blue Salt water piping – GreenOil Division Delivery – Brass or Bronze Discharge – YellowPneumatic Division All piping GrayGas Division All piping – BlackFuel Oil Division All piping – BlackRefrigerating Division Pipes – Black Fittings - Black
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
290/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
276 Canopy
277 G.I wire gauge 16,38mm mesh nylon net; canvas
278
279
280
281 9. Fire Protection
282
283
284 shall be screened/protected on all sides not < 1.80m height 12. Hoist Towers
285
286
4.1 Protective canopy - 2.40m above the walkway4.2 Railings – not < 1m high and solid toe boards not < 300mm placed along the street and ends of the canopy. Canopy safely sustaining a load of 800kg per sq.m.4.3 Underside of canopy properly lighted not < one (1) 100 watt bulb every 6m of its length
5. Protective Nets/Screen
6.1 Temporary walkway adjacent to the street line not more than 1.20m wide (for the use of pedestrians). Where the road right of way is 5m or less, no temporary walkway shall be allowed6.2 Width of walkway shall not < 1.20m but more than 1/3 the width of the sidewalk.6.3 Walkways capable of supporting uniform live load of 650kg per sq.m.6.4 Railings – not < 1m in height
6. Walkways & Railings
7.1 Every Trench, 1.50m or more in depth, provided w/ means of exit at least 7.50 of its length
7. Precautionary Measures
8.1 No materials piled/stacked higher than 1.8m except in yards/sheds. When Piles exceed 1.2m height, material be arranged that the sides & ends of the piles taper back.
8. Storage of Materials
9.1 All buildings – 1 standpipes outlet @ each floor.9.2 In every construction – at least 1 approved handpump, tank or portable chemical or dry fire extinguisher.9.3 No material/construction equipment shall be placed w/in 3m of such hydrant/connection bet it and the center of the street.
10.1 Where more than 200 workers are employed, a properly first-aid room shall be provided w/ a physician/nurse.
10. Sanitation & First Aid
11.1 Passageways, stairways and corridors – average light intensity not < 2 foot candles.11.2 Locations where tools & or machinery are used – 5 foot candles.
11. Temporary Light & Power
13.1 Stairways shall be erected as the bldg. exceeds 18.00m in height13.2 No single ladder shall exceed 6.00m in length. Ladder landings at least 1.20m w/ handrails & toe boards. Ladder rungs shall be spaced uniformly as near to 30mm.13.3 Ladders leading to floors, stagings/platforms shall be at least 900mm above level of such floors13.4 Ladders serving traffic in both directions simultaneously at least 1m wide.13.5 Ladders shall not be painted, inspected at least once every 30 days.13.6 Stairs and Stairways shall be support a load at least 490kq./sq.m13.7 Temporary stairs – (the sum of the 2 risers and width of 1 tread shall not < 160mm nor more than 660mm) 2R+T=160mm-660mm. Not < 915mm wide. Landings not < 762mm long
13. Ladders & Temporary Stairways
14.1 At least (3) three 250mm planks14.2 Slope not steeper than 1:314.3 When riser is steeper than 1:6, or more than 1.8m and steeper than 1:8, runways/ramps shall be provided w/ cleats spaced not more than 200mm apart14.4 Total rise of more than 1.80m passing over/near floor openings
14. Runways & Ramps
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
291/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
287 Scaffolds
288 Floor Openings
289
290 18. Chutes
291
292 Courts
15.1 Support at least 4 times the max load.15.2 Planks used in construction shall be not < 50mm nominal thickness, overlap at the end shall not < 150mm15.3 Ropes, cables and blocks used in support shall be sufficient size & strength to sustain @ least 6 times the max load15.4 Platform level of w/c is more than 1.80m above the ground15.5 Substantial overhead protection not more than 3m above the scaffold platform
16.1 Used as hoistways/elevator shaftways be protected all sides, expect the side used for loading & unloading. Protection shall be in barricades not < 1.20m high near the edges of openings, guard rails not < 910mm high placed not < 600mm.16.2 Solid barriers not < 910mm high
17.1 Guard Rails - Top rail not < 910mm high above the platform level. An intermediate rail shall be provided bet the top rail & the platform. Guard rails shall have supports not more than 2.40m apart, shall be constructed to withstand a horizontal force of 30kgs. per meter17.2 Toe Boards – shall extend not < 150mm above the platform level. Toe Boards of Wood shall not < 25mm nominal thickness w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart, Metal shall not < 3.175mm thick w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart.
17. Guard Rails & Toe Boards
18.1 Chutes for removal of materials & debris shall be provided in demolition operations w/ are more than 6m above pt. of material to be removed18.2 Intervals of 7.60m or less w/ substantial stops to prevent descending matl’s18.3 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal be enclosed on all 4 sides18.4 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal may be left open on the upper side18.5 Openings into matl’s/debris are dumped are dumped at the top of a chute shall be protect by a substantial guardrail extending @ least 1.90m above the level of the floor
Private Open Space Requirements % OF OPEN SPACETYPE OF LOT A & B (Residential) All Othera. Interior Lot (accessible from a public street/alley by means of a private access road) 50% 25%b. Inside Lot (non-corner/single frontage lot) 20% 15%c. Corner and/or Through Lot 10% 5%d. Lots bounded on 3 or more sides by public open space (streets, alleys, easement of seashores, etc) 5% 5%
Private Open Space Requirements
unoccupied space bet bldg. lines & lot lines other than yard: free, open and unobstructed from the ground upward.a. Inner court – bounded on all sides/around its periphery by bldg. lines.b. Open court – bounded by 3 sides by bldg. lines w/ 1 side bounded by another open spacec. Through court – bounded on 2 opposite sides by bldg. lines w/ the other opposite sides bounded by other open space.• Every court shall have a width not < 2.00m for 1 and 2 storey bldgs. This may reduced to not < 1.50m in cluster living units (quadruplexes, rowhouses) for 1 or 2 storeys in height w/ adjacent courts w/ area not < 3.00m. Irregularly shaped lots like triangular shall be < 3.00m• Bldgs more than 2 storeys in height, min width of the court shall be increased at the rate of 300mm
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
292/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
293
294
295 Average automobile parking size
296 Truck or bus
297
298
299
Yards for Commercial, Industrial, Institutional & Recreational BuildingsROAD RIGHT OF WAY FRONT SIDE REAR30M & above 10m 3m25-29m 8m 3m20-24m 6m 10-19m 4m 2mBelow 10m 2m
2.1 Mixed occupancies, parking requirements shall be the sum of 100% dominant use & 50% of each of the non-dominant2.2 20% of parking requirements may be provided w/in premises
2. Parking Requirement Computation:
2.40x5.00m perpendicular or
diagonal, 2.00x6.00m for
parallel Min of 3.60m by
12.00m
1.2 Low Income Single Detached living units in housing project areas w/ individual lots not more than 100sq.m Pooled parking at 1 slot/10 living units1.3 Multi family units w/ unit floor of: a. Up to 50sq.m 1 slot/8 living units b. Above 50sq.m to 100sq.m 1 slot/4 living units c. More than 100sq.m 1 slot/living unit1.4 Hotels 1 slot/10 rooms1.5 Residential Hotels & Apartels 1 slot/5 rooms1.6 Motels 1 slot/unit1.7 Neighborhood shopping center 1 slot/100 sq.m of shopping floor area1.8 Markets 1 slot/150 sq.m of shopping floor area1.9 Restaurants, fast-food centers, bars and beerhouses 1 slot/30 sq.m of customer area1.10 Nightclubs, supperclubs and theater-restaurants 1 slot/20 sq.m of customer area1.11 Office Bldgs 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area1.12 Pension/Boarding/Lodging houses 1 slot/20 beds1.13 Other Bldgs in Business/Commercial Zones 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area 1.14 Public assembly bldgs such as theaters, cinemas, etc. 1 slot/50 sq.m spectator area1.15 Places of Worship & Funeral Parlors 1 slot/50 sq.m of congregation area1.16 Schools Elementary, Secondary, Vocational & Trade schools 1 slot/10 classrooms College & Univ. 1 slot/5 classrooms1.17 Hospitals 1 slot/25 beds1.18 Recreational Facilities Bowling Alleys 1 slot/4 alleys Amusement Centers 1 slot/50 sq.m of gross floor area Clubhouses, beach houses and the like 1 slot/100 sq.m of gross floor area1.19 Factories, manufacturing establishments, mercantile bldgs, warehouses and storage bins 1 car slot/1,000 sq.m of gloss floor area1.20 Tourist bus parking areas 2 bus slots/hotel or theater restaurant
Parking & Loading Space Requirements
1. A Filipino citizen and Good Moral Character2. Duly registered Architect or Civil Engineer3. Member of Accredited organization of not less than 2 years4. At least 5 years diversified experience in building design and construction
QUALIFICATIONS OF BUILDING OFFICIAL
1. Public Buildings2. Traditional Indigenous FamilyDwellings – native materialsCost doesn’t exceed P15,000
Exemptions of Bldg. Permit
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
293/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
300
301 P.D.. 1096
302 Maximum height of a combustible stand. 2.70 mts.
303 Minimum spacing for seats in a chair type measurement from back to back. 0.85 mtr.
304 Maximum line of travel to an exit of an aisle. 45.00 mts.
305 Maximum slope of an aisle. One is to Eight (1:8)
306 In standard seating, the minimum spacing of rows measured from back to back. 0.84 mtr.
307 Minimum width of any seat. 0.45 mtr.
308 Minimum area of a double acting door view panel.
309 Minimum clear width of an exit doorway. 0.70 mtr.
310 Maximum width of an exit door leaf. 1.20 mts.
311 Minimum width of an exit corridor. 1.10 mts.
312 2
313 Number of exit for occupant load of 599-999. 3
314 Minimum downward projection of a draft curtain 0.30 mtr.
315 Maximum floor area for an attic made of combustible materials. 250.00 sqm
316 Maximum center to center spacing of a draft curtain sprinkler. 1.80 mts.
317 Maximum floor area for an attic made of incombustible materials. 750.00 sqm.
318 Standard gauge for metal hoods in barbeques. Ga. 18
319 Minimum height of a Siamese connection above grade. 300 mm
Null & Void – not commenced in a period of 1 year Abandoned work for 120 days Validity of Building
Permits
National Building Code
1,300 sqmm / 1.30 sqm.
Minimum number of exit for floors above the first storey having an occupant load of more than 10
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
294/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
320 Standard maximum distance of a standpipe from an opening in a stairway. 300 mm
321 Minimum wall thickness of a fireplace. 200 mm
322 Minimum number of exit for a projection room. 2
323 Minimum extended portion of a chimney above the roof. 600 mm
324 Minimum air space between walls of a masonry chimney above the roof. 2" / 50 mm
325 Minimum thickness of glass used for floors. 12.5 mm
326 Maximum rise of one row of seat to the next. 400 mm / 0.40 mtr.
327 Minimum number of exit for stands within a building serving an occupant load of 300. 3
328 Minimum height of a guard rail located in front of the grandstand. 0.90 mtr
329 Minimum width of a run in a stand stair. 0.28 mtr.
330 Minimum spacing for seats with backrests measured from back to back. 0.75 mtr.
331 Minimum spacing for seats without backrests measured from back to back. 0.60 mtr.
332 Minimum width of an exit door in an aisle. 1.70 mts.
333 Minimum intensity of lights for exits. 10.70 lux
334 Minimum width of side aisles. 1.10 mts.
335 Minimum increase in width of aisles for every linear meter. 30 mm
336 Minimum width of an aisle serving only one side. 800 mm / 0.80 mtr.
337 Open space requirement for an interior lot. 50% of lot area
338 Open space requirement for a corner lot or a through lot. 10% of lot area
339 Bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines. Inner court
340 Minimum stair width for a residence. 750 mm / 0.75 mtr.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
295/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
341 Standard minimum area of a toilet. 1.20 sqm.
342 Minimum dimension of a kitchen. 1.50 mts.
343 Minimum area for vent shafts. 1.00 sqm.
344 Air space requirement for a school room per person. 3.00 cum.
345 Air space requirement for a habitable room per person. 14.00 cum.
346 Minimum area of opening of an air duct. 300 sqmm / 0.30 sqm
347 300 mm
348 Minimum clearance of a canopy or a marquee from the sidewalk. 3.00 mts.
349 Minimum stair width for occupant load of less than 50. 0.90 mtr.
350 Minimum width of a temporary walkway. 1.20 mts.
351 Minimum clearance of an arcade above sidewalk. 3.00 mts.
352 Vacant space left between the building and lot lines less than 2.00 mts in width. Setback
353 Minimum horizontal dimension of a court. 2.00 mts.
354 Minimum width of a passageway connecting a street and a court. 1.20 mts.
355 Standard air space requirement per person for factories. 12.00 cum.
356 Minimum headroom clearance for a mezzanine. 1.80 mts.
357 Air supply per person per minute for auditoriums. 0.30 cum
358 Minimum total area of a window or an opening for a room without artificial ventilation. 10% of flr. Area
359 Minimum dimension for a vent shaft. 0.60 mtr.
360 Minimum horizontal clearance of the curb line to the outermost edge of the marquee. 300 mm
361 Minimum clearance of the lowest portion of an awning to the ground. 2.40 mts.
Maximum projection beyond the property line of a footing along the national road and at least 2.40 mts. In depth.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
296/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
362 Minimum height of a construction fence. 2.40 mts.
363 Minimum live load bearing capacity of a construction canopy. 600 kgs./sqm.
364 Minimum height of a protective railing in a construction. 1.00 mtr.
365 Minimum wind load capacity for roofs for vertical projection. 120 kgs./sqm.
366 Maximum height of a handrail above the stair thread. 0.90 mtr.
367 Minimum ceiling height for naturally ventilated rooms. 2.70 mts.
368 Minimum height of a handrail above the stair thread. 0.80 mtr.
369 Maximum dimension of a stair landing. 1.20 mts.
370 Maximum slope of an exit court. One is to ten (1:10)
371 Minimum width of run for circular stair. 250 mm
372 Minimum headroom clearance for any stair. 2.00 mts.
373 Maximum slope for an exit passageway. One is to Eight (1:8)
374 Maximum height of a Siamese connection above the ground. 1.20 m
375 Maximum distance of any portion of a building from the nozzle of a 23 mts fire hose. 6.00 mts.
376 Minimum number of exit for any stage. 2
377 Minimum extension of a proscenium wall above the roof. 1.20 mts.
378 Minimum width of a stair in a stage egress. 750 mm
379 Minimum thickness of glass for jalousies. 5.60 mm
380 Maximum length of glass for jalousies. 1.20 mts.
381 Minimum width of exit in a stage. 900 mm
382 Minimum lateral spacing for plastic skylights. 2.50 mts.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
297/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
383 A store window in which goods are displayed. Show window
384 Maximum width of a business sign. 1.20 mts.
385 Minimum distance of a sign from any electrical post or telephone wires. 1.00 mtr.
386 Minimum open space requirement for a corner lot. 10% of lot area
387 Minimum size of thread for an entrance or exit step. 300 mm
388 Maximum slope for an entrance or exit ramp. One is to ten (1:10)
389 Minimum number of steps for an entrance or exit stair. 2
390 Standard turn circle of a wheelchair. 1.50 mts.
391 Office building parking ratio.
392 Standard size of a perpendicular parking slot. 2.40 X 5.00 mts.
393 Hotel building parking ratio. 1:10 bedrooms
394 Hospital building parking ratio. 1:25 beds
395 Maximum distance of a handicapped parking from the facility being served. 60.00 mts.
396 Colleges and university parking ratio. 1:5 classrooms
397 Theaters, cinemas, auditoria, and stadia parking ratio.
398 4
399 Minimum width of a dropped curb. 0.90 mtr.
400 Minimum Dimensions of an accessible elevator. 1.10 X 1.40 mts.
401 Maximum distance of an accessible elevator from the entrance of a building. 30.00 mts.
402 Minimum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortable. 1.40 mts.
403 Minimum door width for an accessible elevator. 0.80 mtr.
1:125 sqm. Of gross floor area
1:50 sqm. Of spectators' area
Minimum number of wheelchair seating space for 51-300 seating capacity for auditoriums.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
298/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
404 Minimum dimensions for an accessible water closet stall. 1.70 X 1.80 mts.
405 Maximum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortably. 1.60 mts.
406 Minimum width of a parking slot for the disabled. 3.70 mts.
407 Minimum run of a stair for Group A dwellings (residential) 200 mm
408 Minimum ceiling height from 3rd floor to succeeding floors with artificial ventilation. 2.10 mts.
409 Minimum area of rooms for human habitation. 6.00 sqm.
410 Least dimension of rooms for human habitation. 2.00 mts.
411 Least dimension of an air duct. 300 mm
412 500 mm
413 Minimum width of an exit door. 0.90 mts.
414 Maximum width reduced by handrails and doors fully opened to balconies and corridors 200 mm
415 Minimum width of stairs serving more than 50 occupants. 1.10 mts.
416 Minimum width of stairs serving less than 10 occupants. 750 mm
417 Maximum reduction in width of a stair due to trims and handrails. 100 mm
418 Minimum run of a winding stair. 150 mm
419 Maximum run of a winding stair. 300 mm
420 Allowable tolerance in the rise and run of every step. 5 mm
421 Width of stair requiring an intermediate handrail. 3.00 mts.
422 Minimum width of an aisle serving both sides. 1.00 mts.
423 Maximum number of seats between the wall and the aisle. 7
424 Maximum distance between the back of each seat to the front of the seat behind it. 300 mm
Maximum encroachment into a public sidewalk of a foundation at least 600 mm below the grade line.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
299/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
425 Maximum width of seat in a stand. 480 mm
426 Maximum projection of a penthouse or other projections above the roof. 8.40 mts
427 Maximum ratio of a penthouse area to that of the supporting roof. one third (1/3)
428 Minimum thickness of masonry chimney for residentials. 100 mm
429 Minimum thickness of rubble stone masonry chimney for residentials. 300 mm
430 Minimum firebox wall thickness. 250 mm
431 Minimum thickness of smoke chamber back walls. 150 mm
432 minimum thickness of front and side smoke chamber walls. 200 mm
433 Minimum number of storeys requiring one (1) or more dry standpipes. 4
434 Minimum volume of water a dry standpipe should provide. 900 liters/minute
435 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a two-way Siamese connection. 4" (100mm)
436 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a three-way Siamese connection. 5" (125mm)
437 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a four-way Siamese connection. 6" (150mm)
438 Minimum volume of water an interior wet standpipe should provide. 190 liters/minute
439 Minimum diameter of a wet standpipe. 2" (50mm)
440 Standard diameter of a dry standpipe opening. 2 1/2" (63mm)
441 Standard length of a fire hose. 23.00 mts
442 Maximum distance of a hose nozzle to any portion of a building. 6.00 mts.
443 Standard diameter of a wet standpipe valve. 38 mm (11/2")
444 Maximum projection into a sidewalk of a sign 4.50 mts. above grade. 1.00 mtr.
445 Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to an arcaded sidewalk. 5.00 mts.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
300/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
446 Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to non-arcaded sidewalk. 3.00 mts.
447 Number of days of work abandonment of stoppage for a building permit to expire. 120 days
448 Width of planting strip for sidewalks 2.00 mts in width. 0.80 mtr.
449 Minimum horizontal distance of the curb line to the outermost face of an arcade. 500 mm
450 Maximum vertical clearance of an arcade above grade. 6.00 mts.
451 Slope of ramp of road-way to sidewalk. 1/3 - 1/4
452 Slope of driveway to sidewalk where the height of curb is 200 mm and above. One is to Eight (1:8)
453 10.00 mts.
454 7.5 mts.
455 Vertical clearance of secondary lines from sidewalks along or crossing the street. 7.5 mts.
456 Minimum clearance of conductors from the highest point of a roof. 2.50 mts.
457 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter. 1.20 mts.
458 Maximum area of a dumbwaiter. 3,861 sqcms.
459 3.00 mts.
460 3.00 mts.
461 Vertical clearance of a service drop communication line when crossing a street. 5.50 mts.
462 Maximum capacity of a dumbwaiter. 277 kgs.
463 Minimum width of an access road to a cul-de-sac. 3.00 mts.
464 Unit area per occupant for dwellings. 28.00 sqm.
465 Unit area per occupant for Hotels. 18.6 sqm.
466 Unit area per occupant for offices and garages. 9.30 sqm.
Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from the crown of the pavement when crossing the highway.
Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from top of sidewalk when installed along the side of the highway.
Minimum clearance of conductors from any platform or ground or projection from which they might be reached.
Minimum vertical clearance of service drop of communication lines above ground at its point of attachment to than building or pedestal.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
301/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
467 Unit area per occupant for class rooms. 1.80 sqm.
468 Unit area per occupant for stores - retail sales rooms upper floors. 5.60 sqm.
469 Unit area per occupant for nurseries for children. 3.25 sqm.
470 Unit area for stores -retail sales room for basement and ground floor. 2.80 sqm.
471 Unit area for hospitals and sanitaria. 8.40 sqm.
472 Unit area per occupant for aircraft hangars without repairs. 46.50 sqm.
473 Unit area per occupant for warehouses and mechanical equipment room. 28.00 sqm.
474 Unit area per occupant for theaters and the like. 0.65 sqm.
475 Parking requirement for Hotels. 1 slot/5 rooms
476
477 Parking requirement for multi family living unit of 50 sqm floor area. 1slot/8 units
478 Parking requirement for multi family living unit above 100 sqm floor area. 1 slot/unit
479 Parking requirement for multi family living unit for 50-100 sqm floor area. 1 slot/4 units
480 Parking requirement for clubhouses, beach houses, and the like.
481 Parking requirement for motels. 1 slot/unit
482 Minimum parking requirement for the handicapped.
483 Parking requirement for colleges and universities. 1 slot/5 classrooms
484 Parking requirement for elementary, secondary, and vocational schools. 1 slot/10 classrooms
485 In BP344, the required width of a corridor. 1.20 mts.
486 Maximum slope of a drop curb towards the street. 1:20
487 Maximum slope of a drop curb towards adjoining curb. 1:12
Parking requirement for public assembly buildings such as cinemas, auditoria, theaters, and the like.
1 slot/50 sqm. Of spectators' area
1 slot/100 sqm of gross flr.area
1 slot/50 parking slots
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
302/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
488 Maximum spacing for wheelchair turnabouts. 12.00 mts.
489 Maximum slope of a ramp. 1:12
490 Maximum distance of handicapped parking from the structure served. 60.00 mts.
491 Preferred width of corridor for the disabled. 1.50 mts.
492 Maximum height of a water closet from the floor. 0.50 mts.
493 Preferred height of switches from the floor. 1.10 mts.
494 Minimum height of a switch from the floor. 0.90 mts.
495 Maximum height of a switch from the floor. 1.20 mts.
496 Least dimension for a parking slot for the disabled. 3.70 mts.
497 In BP344, the minimum height of a handrail. 0.70 mtr.
498 Maximum length of a ramp for wheelchair. 6.00 mts.
499 Minimum length of a ramp landing for wheelchairs. 1.50 mts.
500 Dwelling unit
501 Footing
502 A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units. Course
503 Apartment
504 Barbecue
505 Balcony
506 The pipe which connects a flue-burning appliance to a chimney. Chimney connector
507 Fireplace
508 Girder
One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are intended or designated to be occupied by one family with facilities for cooking , sleeping, living, and eating.
That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to the ground or soil.
A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for , or occupied by one family for living, sleeping, eating, and cooking purposes.
A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for food preparation.
A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raised 1.20 mts or more above the level of the main floor.
A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may be made and which is built in conjunction with a chimney.
A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joists or walls over opening.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
303/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
509 Helistop
510 Suportales
511 Vault
512 A term which may be used synonymously with a partition. Cross wall
513 The unit area per occupant for hotels. 18.60 sqm.
514 The unit area per occupant for dining establishments. 1.40 sqm.
515 The unit area per occupant for theaters. 0.65 sqm.
516 120 days / 4 mos.
517 8.00 mts.
518 Offices shall be provided how many cubic meters of air per person? 12.00 cum.
519 3.00 mts.
520 800 mm / 0.80 mtr.
521 500 mm
522 Printing plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy.
523 Power plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy. Industrial
524 Convents shall be classified under what type of occupancy.
525 Repair garages shall be classified under what type of occupancy.
526 Reformatories shall be classified under what type of occupancy. Institutional
527 Turnabout should also be provided at or whithin how many meters of dead end. 3.50 mts.
528 In B.P. 344, the maximum slope a ramp is. 1:12
529 Under B.P. 344, a level area of not less than how many meters shall be provided at the
1.80 mts.
Same as heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs, or storage of helicopters is permitted.
The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous or traditional type of construction.
Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or any fire-proof construction intended for the storage of valuables.
A building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or suspended at any time after commencement for a period of.
Front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road-right-of-way of 25-29 meters shall have a minimum width of
Multiple living units of up to 6 units built on the same lot shall have an access road directly connecting said building to a public street a width of.
Sidewalks of 2 mts or more in width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not less than how many millimeters in width?
Arcades shall be cantilevered from the building line over the sidewalk and the horizontal clearance between the curb line and the outermost face of any part of the arcade shall not be less than.
Business and mercantile
Residentials, hotels and apartments.
Storage and hazardous
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
304/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
530 top and bottom of any ramp.
1.80 mts.
531 Under what classification of occupancy does Mental Hospitals fall? Institutional
532 Under what classification of occupancy does Monasteries fall?
533 Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft hagars fall?
534 Under what classification of occupancy does cold storage and creameris fall? Industrial
535 Under what classification of occupancy does private garage fall? Accessory
536 Minimum loading slot requirement for Hospitals and hotels. 1 truck loading slot
537 Minimum travel distance from handicapped parking to facility being served. 60 mts.
538 20%
539 Parking requirement for amusement centers.
540 Parking requirement for markets.
541 Parking requirement for neigborhood shopping centers.
542 Parking requirement for multi-family living units of more than 100 sqm of living unit area. 1/living unit
543 Parking requirement for multi-family living units of up to 50 sqm of living unit area. 1/8 living units
544 Parking requirement for places of worhip.
545 0.60 mtr.
546 Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of 10 mts to less than 11 mts in width. 1.00 mtr.
547 Maximum height of 1st the floor for a 2-story wood structure with a height of 7 mts. 4.50 mts.
548 Maximum spacing of posts for 2-story wooden structure with a height of 8 mts. 4.50 mts.
549 Under what classification of occupancy does fences of over 1.80 mts in height fall? Accessory
550 Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft repair hangars fall?
Residentials, hotels and apartments.
Business and mercantile
Percentage required for number of parking if parking garages are available within 200 meters of structure.
1/50 sqm of gross floor area
1/150 sqm of shopping flr area
1/100 sqm of shopping flr area
1/50 sqm of congregation are
Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of over 3 meters but not more than 6 mts.
Storage and hazardous
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
305/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
551 Industrial
552 Under what classification of occupancy does wood working establishements fall?
553 Under what classification of occupancy does police and fire stations fall?
554 Standard length of a Wheelchair. 1.10 - 1.30 mts.
555 Standard width of a wheelchair. 0.60 - 0.75 mts.
556 0.70 - 1.20 mts.
557 0.74 mts.
558 Safety
559 Number of wheelchair seating for an assembly seating capacity of 51-300. 4
560 R.A. 7277
561 A long interior passageway providing access to several rooms. Corridor
562 A raised rim of concrete, stone or metal which forms the edge of street, sidewalk, etc. Curb
563 minimum
564 Under the NBC abutment on lot lines are allowed only in . Fire zones
565 1.20 mts
566 Under the NBC, the vertical distance between landings shall not be more than 3.60 mts
567 Under the NBC, open spaces for corners and through lots is a. 10%
568 Under the NBC, open spaces inside lots is 20%
569 Under the NBC, space required for interior lots is 50%
570 2.00 mts
571 5.00 mts
Under what classification of occupancy does factories and workshops using incombustible and non-explosive materials.
Storage and hazardous
Business and mercantile
How many meters above the floor is the comfortable reach of persons confined to a wheelchair.
How many meterd is the comfortable clearance for knee and leg space under tables for wheelchair users.
Accessibility, reachability, usability, orientation, workability and efficiency, and ___ are the basic planning requirements of BP344.
Magna Carta for Disabled Persons
The purpose of the NBC is to provide for all buildings and structures, a framework of standards and requirements which is the
Under the NBC, every corridor and exterior exit balcony servings as a required exit for an occupant load of more than ten width shall not be less than
Under the NBC, the minimum dimension for court or near yard from the property line to the face of the building is
Under the NBC, a building in R-1 zone shall comply with the open space requirement in the form of
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
306/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
572 3.00 mts
573 Under the NBC, the interior lots shall have an access road with a minimum width of 3.00 mts
574
575 3.00 mts
576 20%
577 System International
578 Under the NBC, the minimum requirements for a parking space is 750 mm
579 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a clear width of at least 2.50x5.00
580 1.80 mts
581 Under the NBC, hospitals shall have one parking slot for every how many beds? 25
582 2.00 mts
583 80%
584 Under the NBC, prisons shall be classified under what occupancy classification institutional
585 Under the NBC, cold storage shall be classified under what occupancy classification? storage& mercantile
586 industrial
587 10%
588 6.00 mts.
589 1/5.
590 14 cu. mts.
591 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of offices is 9.3 m2
Under the NBC, clearance between established grade of the street and/ or sidewalk and the lowest under surface of any part of the balcony shall not less than
Under the NBC, gasoline filling and service stations shall classified under what occupancy classification? business &
mercantile
Under the NBC, display windows or wall signs within how many meters above the sidewalk
Under the NBC, areas where adequate parking lots/ multi-floor parking garages are available within 200 mts. of the proposed building / structures only what percent of the parking requirements maybe provided within the premises?
Under the NBC, general units of measurement on consonance with the current worldwide practice follow the
Under the NBC, mezzanine floors shall have a clear ceiling height not less than how many?
Under the NBC, all inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard either by a pass with a minimum width of
Under the NBC, a dwelling shall occupy not more than how many percent of an inside non-corner single frontage lot?
Under the NBC, factories using not highly combustible materials shall be classified under occupancy classification?
Under the NBC, window openings shall equal to at least of what percent of the floor area of room?
Under the NBC, parking areas for the physically handicapped shall be within how many meters in length?
Under the NBC, of only two exits are required, they shall be placed a distance apart of not less than what fraction of?
Under the NBC, habitable rooms with natural ventilation shall have a minimum air space per person of
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
307/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
592 185 sm.
593 5 units
594 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have 750 mm
595 Under the NBC, rooms for human habitation shall have a minimum size of 6 m2
596 Under the NBC, reformatories shall be classified under what occupancy classification
597 storage & hazardous
598 Under the NBC, convents shall be classified under what occupancy classification?
599 Under the NBC, power plants shall be classified under what occupancy classification? storage & hazardous
600
601 3.00 mts.
602 Under the NBC, offices shall provide how many cubic meters of air space per person? 12 cu. mts.
603 8 mts.
604 120 days
605 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupants of theaters is 65 m2
606 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of dining establishments is 1.4 m2
607 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of hotels is 18.6 m2
608
609 Under the NBC, monasteries shall be classified under what occupancy classification?
610 storage & hazardous
611 50%
612 2.40 mts.
Under the NBC, a mezzanine floor use other than for storage purposes shall have at least two stairways to an adjacent floor is the area greater than?
Under the NBC, residential hotels and apartels shall be provided with one parking slot for every how many units?
business & mercantile
Under the NBC, repair garages shall be classified under what occupancy classification?
residential, hotels and apartments
Under the NBC, printing plants shall be classified under what occupancy classification?
Under the NBC, multiple living units of up to six units built on the same lot shall have an access road directly connecting said building to a public street a width of
Under the NBC, front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road right-of-width of 25-29 m shall be
Under the NBC, a building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or suspended at any time after commencement or a period of
Under the NBC, the fire station shall be classified under what occupancy classification? business &
mercantile
residential, hotels & apartments
Under the NBC, air craft repair hangers shall be classified under what occupancy classification?
Under the NBC, in mixed occupancies the parking requirements shall be the sum of 100% of the dominant use and what percent of the dominant uses?
Under the NBC, habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation for buildings of more than one-storey shall have a minimum ceiling height of the first storey at
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
308/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
613 3.00 mts.
614 1/3 to ¼
615 10%
616 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a minimum run of 200 mm.
617 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of laboratories is 4.6 m2
618 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of apartment is 28 sm.
619 occupant load
620 Accessible parking should have a minimum width of _________ 3.70 mts.
621 2.50m x 5.00m
622 Parallel parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum __________ 2.15m x 6.00m
623 Jeepney / shuttle parking slot should have a minimum __________ 3.00m x 9.00m
624 Standard truck / bus parking slot must have a minimum __________ 3.60m x 12.00m
625 An articulated truck slot must be computed at a minimum of __________ 3.60m x 18.00m
626 Parking slot ratio of Bowling Alley 1 car : 4 alley
627 Parking ratio of Private Hospital 1 car : 12 beds
628 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Through Lot? 10% open space
629 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Corner Lot? 10% open space
630 1.80m
631 What is the minimum Kitchen size? 3.00m2
632 What is the least dimension for Room (Human Habitations)? 2.00m
Under the NBC, multiple living units of 16 to 25 units built on the same lot shall have an access road directly connecting said buildings to a public street a width of
Under the NBC, the entry ramp of the driveway connecting the roadway surface to the sidewalk shall have a slope ranging from
Under the NBC, every room intended for any use and not provided with artificial ventilation system shall be provided with a window with a total free area of opening equal to at least how many percent of the floor area of the room?
Under the NBC, the term that shall mean the total number of persons that may occupy a building or a portion thereof at any one time is
Perpendicular and diagonal parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum _________
Mezzanine floor shall have a clear ceiling height not less than ________ above and below it.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
309/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
633 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Inside Lot? 20% open space
634 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for End Lot? 50% open space
635 Least dimension for Toilet and Bath? 0.90m
636 2.40m
637 What is the minimum dimension for Accessible Elevator? 1.10m x 1.40m
638 30 m.
639 Accessible water closet stalls shall have a minimum dimension of __________. 1.70m x 1.80m
640 Passenger train shall have at least __________ designated seats for disabled person. 6
641 How many risers shall be constituted as a stairway? 2 or more
642 Panic hardware
643 Any change, addition, or modification in construction of occupancy. Alter / Alteration
644 Contractor’s License law RA 4566
645 Building Officials
646 A court bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines. Inner court
647 Redevelopment
648 Podium
649 The stone or marker at the head of a grave. Headstone
650 How many storey is considered as High-Rise Building? 16 – up storey
651 How many storey is consider as Low-Rise building? 1 – 5 Storey
652 Courtyard
Habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation shall have ceiling height not less than __________ measured from the floor to ceiling.
Accessible elevator should be located not more than __________ from the entrance and should be easy to locate with the aid of signs.
A bar which extends across at least ½ the width of each door leaf, which will open the door if subjected to pressure.
Who shall be the responsible for carrying out the provision of the Building Code as well as the enforcement of orders?
The physical development within a lot or property that is under-utilized, unfit / unsafe for habitation / use or within other lots / properties that are similarly situated.
The fully enclosed component of the building / structure situated between the establishment grade and the first of a typical floor of the building / structure’s tower component.
A portion of a yard for which the permitted limit of paving / hardscaping shall not exceed 50% of the area of the yard.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
310/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
653 What pipe color is for Hot Water? Yellow
654 What pipe color is for Cold Water? Green
655 30 degree
656 38 m./min.
657 Comfortable cooling shall be maintained at __________ 20 deg C – 24 deg C
658 600 mm.
659 How many storey shall a dry stand pipe be equipped with it? 4 Storey
660 1.50m
661 Water Code of the Philippines PD 1067
662 What is the minimum road right-of-way width to be able to construct a basement? 10.00m
663 Escalators width shall not be less than __________ 560mm
664 200mm
665 800mm
666 What is the minimum radius for Cul-de-sac? 9.15 m.
667 Escalators width shall not exceed the width of the steps by more than __________ 330 mm
668 820mm x 1000mm
669 400mm
670 What is the minimum setback for residential-1? 4.50 x 2.00 x 2.00
671 8.00 x 5.00 x 5.00m
672 What is the minimum width of planting strip (for trees) for each side of the RROW? 300mm
The angle of inclination of an escalator shall not exceed __________ form the horizontal.
The rate and speed, measured along the angle of inclination, shall be not more than __________ meters per minute.
Hoistway pit for elevators shall be of such depth that when the car rest on the fully compressed buffers, a clearance of not less than __________ remains between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit.
. What is the maximum total projection of balcony if the width of the streets are over 14.00 meters
What is the minimum width of planting strip (for glass and shrubs) for each side of the RROW?
Sidewalks of 2.00 meters or more width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not less than _________ in width.
What is the minimum clear opening of a window to be able to consider as a mean of egress?
Firewall with a minimum 2 hour fire-resistive rating constructed with a minimum height clearance of __________ above the roof.
What is the minimum setback for Commercial buildings if the RROW is 30.00m and above?
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
311/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
673 What is the minimum Total Open Space for Corner-through lot? . 5% open space
674 What is the minimum Total Open Space for Interior Lot? 50% open space
675 Roof – The wind load for roof shall be atleast __________ kg/m2 for vertical projection. 120
676 250mm & 600mm
677 50.00m
678 A store window in which goods are displayed. Show Window
679 12 months
680 30 days
681 What is the Air Space requirement for a Habitable Rooms? 14.00m3
682 Arcade
683 Footing
684 Foundation
685 Girder
686 Helistop
687 A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within a building. Common Hall
688 Lintel
689 5
690 The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground. Masonry Socalo
691 The underside of a beam, lintel or reveal. Soffit
692 . A wall which supports any load other than its own weight. Bearing Wall
Footing shall be of sufficient size and strength to support the load of the dwelling and shall be at least __________ thick and __________ below the surface of the ground.
What is the required distance of ingress / egress of vehicles for commercial lot near major intersections?
A building permit issued under the provision of the Building Code shall expire and become null and void if the building or work authorized therein is not commenced within a period of _________
A certificate of Occupancy shall be issued by the Building Official within __________ if after final inspection and submittal of a Certificate of Completion.
Any portion of building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk beyond the first-storey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.
That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to the soil or the pile.
All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth upon which the structure rests.
A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joist or walls over opening.
The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of helicopters is permitted.
The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall construction above.
A Lodging House is any building or portion thereof, containing not more than __________ guest rooms where rent is paid in money, goods, labor, or otherwise.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
312/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
693 Curtain Wall
694 4
695 Pertaining to the measurement of the human body. Anthropometrics
696 An exit, or a means of going out. Egress
697 Ramps should have a minimum clear width of __________ 1.20m
698 All doors should have a minimum clear width of __________ 0.80 m.
699 Corridors should have a minimum clear width of __________ 1.20m
700 The Fire Code of the Philippines PD 1185
701 1:20
702 The minimum width of a curb cut-out should be __________ 0.90m
703 Curb cut-outs should not have a gradient not more than __________ 1:12
704 What is the minimum dimension for Rest Stops on busy or lengthy walkways? 12.00m
705 Minimum walkway headroom should be __________ 2.00 mts
706 0.10 m
707 0.35 m
708 Slum
709 What is the minimum length of a chaflans? 4.00m
710 1.80m
711 6.00m
712 What is the incremental setback per storey above the second floor level? 0.30m
The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing portion of an enclosing wall between piers.
What is the Wheelchair Seating Capacity for an Auditoriums that has 51 -300 seating capacity?
Dropped curbs shall be sloped toward the road with a maximum gradient of __________ to prevent water from collecting at the walkway.
Ramps shall be equipped with curbs on both side with a minimum height of __________
The railing should incorporate a tapping rail to assist the blind; this should not be greater than __________ above the adjacent surface.
Blighted Area; Eyesore; An area where the value of real estate tend to deteriorate because of the dilapidated, obsolescent, and insanitary condition of the building within the area.
Entrance with vestibules shall be provided a level area with at least a __________ depth and a 1.50m width.
The length of ramp should not exceed __________ if the gradient is 1:12, and shall provided with landing not less than 1.50m
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
313/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
713 Arcade pedestrian walkways shall have a clear height of __________ 3.00m
714
715 The live load at first floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2 200 kg/m2
716 The live load for the second floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2 150 kg/m2
717 200
718 1 car : 2 units
719 30 cm.
720 25 mm.
721 Which does the building code regulate and control? Construction
722
723 Who is responsible in carrying out the provisions of the National Building Code? Building Officials
724 I & IV
725
726 What document is necessary in order to legally occupy a building?
727 Where is the measurement of site occupancy taken? gross floor area
728 Which is not a determinant in the limitation of maximum site occupancy? Use
729 What is the minimum height of ceilings for spaces that are naturally ventilated 2.7 m.
All pipe materials to be used in buildings/ structures shall conform to the standard specification of the __________ of the Department of Trade and Industry.
Bureau of Product Standards
Multi-floor parking garages may serve the 20% parking requirements of the building / structure within __________ meter radius.
What is the minimum required parking slot for offices, commercial or mixed-use condominium buildings / structures if the unit gross area is 18 – 40 m2?
In BP 344, Handrails that required full grip should have a minimum dimension of __________cm – 50 cm
In BP 344, The lowest point of a dropped curb should not exceed _________ height above the road or gutter.
Which is not part of the general powers and functions of the secretary of the Public Works, Transportation and Communication pertinent to the National Building Code?
formulate guidelines on land-use planning
and zoning
What are the two cases which invalidates the building permit. I - when construction does not commence with in one year from the date of its issue; II - when construction is suspended for more than one year; III - when construction is suspended for six months; IV - when construction is suspended or abandoned for a period of 120 days :::
Which is a reason or ground for non-issuance, suspension or revocation of a building permit?
errors found in plans and specifications
certificate of occupancy
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
314/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
730 2.10 m.
731 The minimum window area for a 12 square meter naturally ventilated room. 1.2 m2
732 An off premise sign. advertising sign
733 In order to positively drain a sidewalk, its slope shall be about ___. 1:50
734 When means of exit is insufficient. Fire Hazard
735 Addition
736 Change from residential to commercial use of a building. Concersion
737 Construction of partitions and roofing on the roof deck in order to make it habitable. Addition
738 Comfortable cool temperature is _____ 20-23 centigrade
739 What is the minimum access road that is provided by the National building code? 3 m.
740 Air Trans. Office
741 Which is not required in applying for a building permit? Bussiness Permit
742 Which is the most important basic need of human settlement? Water
743 What is the minimum slope for accessible ramps for disabled? 1:12
744 Building Codes
745 Building official
746 Party Walls
747 Local Ordinances
748 GA 26
What is the minimum head room clearance for the third floor that is artificially ventilated?
Any new construction which increases the height or area of an existing building or structure.
Which office issue certificate of height clearance for buildings located within approach and departure zones of airports?
Is a set of rules that specify the minimum acceptable level of safety for constructed objects such as buildings andnonbuilding structures.
Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the sectary to enforce the provision of the code in the fieldas well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.
This wall is sometimes constructed over the center of the property line dividing two terraced flats or row houses sothat one half of the wall is on each property. They are sometimes two abutting walls built at different times.
Usually gives us architect problems, we have to verify with the barangay or homeowner association for preliminaryapproval to avoid conflict with our design and to avoid delay in our application of permits.
Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used fordownspouts.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
315/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
749 Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof. 15 cms.
750 0.90 mtr.
751 Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35. 3
752 2
753 1
754 4
755 1:30
756 1:25
757 Ratio of urinals for elementary school. 1:75
758 1:75
759 4
760 1:5
761 600 mm
762 30 mm
763 558 mm
764 38 Meters/Min
765 Defining open space in residential subdivision PD 1296
766
Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openablewindow, door opening, air intake, or vent shaft.
Required number of water closets for males for anauditorium serving 16-35.
Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving10-50.
Required number of water closets for females for atheater serving 51-100.
Ratio of water closets for male population for elementaryand secondary school.
Ratio of water closets for female population forelementary and secondary school.
Ratio of water closets for female population for PrincipalWorship Places.
Minimum required number of water closets for female foroffice and public buildings serving 55 occupants for employees.
Where there is exposure to skin contamination due topoisonous materials, what is the ratio of lavatory to number ofoccupants
Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of thecar and the bottom of the pit shall not be less than ___.
Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting andcounterweight rope.
Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in anescalator.
Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalatoralong the angle of travel.
A key house agency that assist private developers to undertakelow and middle income mass housing production
Home Insurance & Guarantee
Corporation (HIGC)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
316/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
767 Firewall; fireblock
768 Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law. PD 957
769 CPD Provider
770 BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is 1 slot/family dwelling
771 100 meters
772 Class B Fire
773 Minimum exit door width. 0.71 mtr.
774 Minimum floor to ceiling height. 2.30 mts.
775 Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair. 0.19 mtr.
776 Maximum height between landings for class A stair. 2.75 mts.
777 Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs. 2.00 mts.
778 Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms. 0.28 sqm.
779 Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants 4
780 Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system. 46.00 mts.
781 Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system. 61.00 mts.
782 Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building. 0.83 mtr.
783 Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles. 14
784 Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side. 7
785 Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly. 60 cms.
786 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60. 91 cms.
A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically fromlowest portion of the wall which adjoins two living units up to aminimum height of 0.30 meters above the highest portion of the roofand extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost edge ofthe abutting living units?
This means, an entities, agencies, organization & the like thathave been accredited/registered with the Board of Architecture ofthe Professional Regulation Commission to deliver seminars, lectures,& other continuing Professional Education Modules for Architects,other than the IAPOA which is automatically accredited by the Boardof Architecture?
PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential CondominiumProjects, offsite parking is allowed but must NOT be more how maymeters away from the building it serves?
PD 1185: Which of the following denotes a fire involvingflammable liquids and gasses?
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
317/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
787 Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling. 2.00 mts.
788 Minimum clear width of turnstiles. 56 cms.
789 Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs. 112 cms.
790 Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs. 3
791 Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread. 76 cms.
792 Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall. 38 mm.
793 Minimum height of a guard rail. 91 cms.
794 Maximum height of a guard rail. 106 cms.
795 Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair. 7.50 mts.
796 Minimum width of any balcony or bridge. 112 cms.
797 Minimum width of a class A ramp. 112 cms.
798 Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads. 20.3 cms
799 Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator. 1floor
800 Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
801 Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
802 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 15.25 cms.
803 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building. 30.5 cms.
804 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.
805 Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.
806 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 2.13 mts.
807 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 1.98 mts.
808 Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants. 3
809 Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly. 50-300
810 Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure. 2
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
318/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
811 30 mts.
812 Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler. 30 mts.
813 Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with sprinkler. 31 mts.
814 Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter. 2.5 cms.
815 91 cms.
816 1.00 mtr.
817 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building. 76 cms.
818 Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building. 1.80 mts.
819 Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes. 2.44 mts.
820 Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions. 1.83 mts.
821 Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure. 112 cms.
822 Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building. 112 cms.
823 Occupant load per person for laboratories. 4.60 sqm.
824 Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy. Institutional
825 Assembly
826 Assembly
827 Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy. Business
828 Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups. Picking rooms.
829 Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height. High rise building
830 Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc. Explosive magazine
831 Plenum
832 A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion. Fulminate
833 Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air. Phyrophoric
834 A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion. Oxidizing material
Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with sprinkler system for institutional use.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public assembly building.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a public assembly building.
Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy.
Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy
An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form part of an air distribution system.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
319/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
835 A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension. Forging
836 Distillation
837 Dust
838 Temperature rating at flash point. 37.8 oC (100 oF)
839 A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses. Class B
840 The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor. Boiling Point
841 Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall. 4 hrs.
842 A continuous passageway for the transmission of air. Duct System
843 Flash Point
844 Fumigant
845 Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles. 4.50 mts.
846 Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers. 1.80 mts.
847 Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products. 3.70 mts.
848 For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence. 1.50 mts.
849 Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6 persons. 15.00 mts.
850 Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit. 23.00 mts.
851 Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family dwelling. 3.00 mts.
852 Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail. 9 cms.
853 Minimum door width of a single door in a door way. 71 cms.
854 20.5 cms.
855 Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware. 7 kgs.
856 Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation. 112 cms.
857 Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation. 76 cms.
858 Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition. 20
The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.
A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will cause an explosion.
The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air.
A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rodents or other pests.
Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than a balcony.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
320/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
859 Minimum width of a door for family day care homes. 61 cms.
860 Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50. 91 cms.
861 25 mm
862 Maximum height of a handrail. 86.5 cms.
863 A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above. 37.8 oC (100 oF)
864 Fire resistance rating
865 Cryogenic
866 Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be. 30.50 mts.
867 Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall. Assembly
868 Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall. Institutional
869 Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall. Business
870 Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall. Industrial
871 Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall. Mercantile
872 Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies. 71 cms.
873 Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores. 1
874 Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store. 1.50 mts.
875 Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall. 3.66 mts.
876 Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection. 15 mts.
877 Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies. 763 cms.
878 Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs. 19 cms.
879 Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs. 20 cms.
880 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons. 112 cms.
881 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below. 91 cms.
882 Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair. 38 mm.
Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread below 25 cms in dimension.
The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire test is known as.
Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate surrounding.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
321/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
883 Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs. 25 mm.
884 Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs. 3.70 mts.
885 Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs. 112 cms.
886 Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp. 112 cms.
887 Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp. 76 cms.
888 Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage. 10-17%
889 Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp. No limit
890 Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp. 3.66 mts.
891 Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height. 1.20 mts.
892 Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
893 Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape. 55.9 cms.
894 Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings. 30.5 cms.
895 Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.
896 Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities. 23 mts.
897 Class D
898 Class A
899 Dip Tank
900
901 A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way. Means of Egress
902 Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires. 5.00 mts.
903 Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall? Assembly
904 Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall? Business
905 Maximum width of a single door in a doorway. 1.22 mts.
Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other similar materials.
Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber, and plastics.
A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.
An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source of extinguishing agents or medium and designed in accordance with fire protection engineering standards which when actuated by its automatic detecting device, suppresses fire within the area protected.
Automatic Fire Suppression System
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
322/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
906 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.
907 Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 30.5 cms.
908 Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 25 cms.
909 60 oC
910 In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back. 0.83 mtr.
911 Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind. 30 cms.
912 Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures. (1:8) 12.5%
913 Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building. 63.5 mm.
914 Occupant load per person for classrooms. 1.8 sqm.
915 76.25 mts.
916 Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies. 55 cms.
917 Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies. 82 cms.
918 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes. 2.44 mts.
919 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care. 1.83 mts.
920 465 sqm.
921 Hotel
922 Apartment Buildings
923 Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system. 3
924 Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system. 12
925 An Act to Ordain and Institute the Civil Code of the Philippines RA 0386
926 An Act to Regulate the Practice of Civil Engineering in the Phils. RA 0544
927 An Act to Regulate the Practice of Architecture in RP RA 0545
928 Sanitary Engineering Law RA 1364
929 An Act To Regulate the Trade Of Master Plumber RA 1378
Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many degrees Celsius?
Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the outside and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)
Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum area of how many square meters?
Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are more than 15 sleeping accommodations for hire.
Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom facilities, whether or by any other name.designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, garden apartment,
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
323/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
930 Ammended Civil Engineering Law RA 1582
931 Contractor's License Law RA 4566
932 Condominium Act RA 4726
933 Predecessor of PD 1096 (NBC) RA 6541
934 Magna Carta for Disabled Persons RA 7277
935 Urban Development Housing Act of 1992 RA 7279
936 Intellectural Property Code of the Philippines RA 8293
937 Interior Design Law RA 8534
938 PRC Modernization Act of 2000 RA 8981
939 Philippines Landscape Architecture Act of 2000 RA 9053
940 The Architecture Act of 2004 (January 2004) RA 9266
941 Professional Regulation Commission (June 1973) PD 0223
942 Regulating the sale of Subdivision Lots and Condominiums PD 0957
943 National Building Code PD 1096
944 Philippine Environmental Policy (June 1977) PD 1151
945 Fire Code of the Philippines PD 1185
946 Defining Open Spaces in Residential Subdivisions PD 1216
947 Regulating the Practice of Environmental Planning PD 1308
948 Government Infrastructure Contracts PD 1594
949 Architectural Guidelines for Intramuros PD 1616
950 Economic and Socialized Housing BP 220
951 Accessibility Law BP 344
952 set offs explosives BLASTING AGENT
953 explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid w/ cellulose material CELLULOSE NITRATE
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
324/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
954 plastic substance having cellulose nitrate as base PYROXYLIN
955 flash point above 37.8 C or 100 F
956 liquid causes fire when contact with organic matter CORROSIVE LIQUID
957 produces a rapid drop of temperature in immediate surroundings CRYOGENIC
958 in air duct system; device to restrict the passage of smoke or fire DAMPER
959 first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less DISTILLATION
960 extremely hot luminous bridge of an electric current ELECTRIC ARC
961 a hot piece or lump after a material is burned EMBER
962 active principle of burning FIRE
963 minimum temperature at which materials give off vapor to form ignitable mixture with air FLASH POINT
964 a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shapes or dimensions FORGING
965 stable explosive compounds which explodes by percussion FULMINATE
966 a rocket or liquid propellant when fuels and oxiders combined HYPERGOLIC FUEL
967 materials that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to support combustion
968 descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air PYROPHORIC
969 impurities or deleterious material remove from a mixture to produce pure element REFINING
970 melting or fusing of metallic ores to separate impurities from pure metals SMELTING
971 interior lot 50%
972 inside lot 20%
973 corner/through lots 10%
974 3 sides public open space 5%
975 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 150 HECTARES BELOW 3.50%
976 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 151 - 225 HECTARES BELOW 7%
977 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 225 HECTARES ABOVE 9%
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID
OXIDIZING MATERIAL
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
325/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
978 minimum open space requirement from density 60-100 30%
979 minimum size of pocket parks 100 sqm
980 potable water supply per capita per day 43 li.
981 if independent from the developer 75 li
982 far away from pollution or source of contamination 25 mts.
983 difference between developed and undeveloped area on circulation TYPE OF PAVEMENT
984 not necessary in suitability of site of economic socialized housing SLOPE
985 minimum lot area- single detached 72 sqm
986 minimum lot area- semi detached corner lot 54 sqm
987 minimum lot area- semi detached rowhouse 36 sqm
988 minimum lot frontage- single detached 8 m
989 minimum lot frontage- semi detached corner lot 6 m
990 minimum lot frontage- semi detached rowhouse 3.5 m
991 maximum block length 250 m
992 provide an alley 250 up to 400 m
993 maximum block length provided by an alley 150 m
994 maximum block length provided by pathwalk 100 m
995 height limitation 2 STOREY
996 minimum horiizontal dimension of courts 2.00 m
997 minimum size of passageway or street 1.20 m
998 floor area requirement for single family dwelling unit 20 sqm
999 minimum ceiling heights 2.00 m
1000 minimum ceiling heights of mezzanine 1.80 m
1001 mezzanine shall not cover the floor area in % 50%
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
326/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
1002 minimum door clear height 2.00 m
1003 minimum door clear height for mezzanine and bathroom 1.80 m
1004 opening of main door .80 m
1005 service door/bedroom .70 m
1006 bathroom .60 m
1007 window opening and floor area 10 % opening
1008 window opening and floor area of bathroom 1 over 20
1009 stairway clear width .60 m
1010 maximum riser height .25 m
1011 minimum tread width .20 m
1012 headroom clearances 2.00 m
1013 maximum height between landings 3.60 m
1014 maximum number of risers w/o handrail 4 steps
1015 handrail measurement .80 m - 1.20 m
1016 minimum clearance of handrail to wall 38 mm
1017 minimum tread of winding stair from 300 mm side 150 mm
1018 maximim variation in tread and risers 5 mm
1019 maximim distance between landings required of ladder 1.80 m
1020 electrical requirements
1021 2 units abut each other is re required of 4" thk fireblock
1022 non residential shall not exceed from residential 25%
1023 minimum distance between two dwelling units 4.00 m
1024 minimum distance of roof eaves between two dwelling units 1.5
1025 minimum distance between two dwelling units (3-4 storeys) 6.00 m
1 light and 1 conv. outlet
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
327/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
1026 minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (3-4 storeys) 2.00 m
1027 minimum distance between two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 10.00 m
1028 minimum horizontal distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 6.00 m
1029 minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 1.00 m
1030 minimum parking requirement 1 for every 20 units
1031 minimum floor area for multi family dwellin units 36.00 sqm
1032 exit width w/ occupant load of 50 or less .80 m
1033 for every additional occupant load of 25 plus .15 m
1034 maximum exit of travel 45.00 m
1035 maximum exit of travel if there is fire extinguisher 60.00 m
1036 maximum dead end corridors 12 m
1037 maximum corridor of an interior corridor 25%
1038 maximum allowable slope ramps with 300mm changes in elevation 15%
1039 clear width of stair w/ 2 or more living units .90 m
1040 maximum landing width; equal to run 1.20 m
1041 with 3.00 m width of stair one handrail
1042 with 3.00 m-3.50 m stair width two handrails
1043 above the nosing or tread .80 m - 1.00 m
1044 maximum distance of travel when above one storey 24.00 m
1045 for 4 or more building storey in height w/ roof slope not greater than 1:3 one stairwell
1046 headroom clearances 2.00 m
1047 lifespan of indigeneous materials 25 years
1048 a public way intended to serve for pedestrians and emergency vehicles ALLEY
1049 a parcel of land bounded on the sides by the streets or alleys o pathways BLOCK
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
328/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
1050 a single family attached dwelling containing 3 or more separate living units CLUSTER HOUSING
1051 a wall w/c seperates two abutting living units as to resist the spread of fire FIREBLOCK
1052 a fireblock which extends vertically from the lowest portion of the wall FIREWALL
1053 a wall jointly used by two parties under easements agreement PARTYWALL
1054 shall cover of each phase 10 hectares
1055 min. lot sizes rowhouse 50 sqm
1056 min. lot sizes duplex 150 sqm
1057 min. lot sizes single detached 100 sqm
1058 Frontage Model A and B 10 m
1059 Frontage Model C 8 m
1060 Frontage irregular lot 6 m
1061 Frontage rowhouse 4 m
1062 Frontage minimum width of alley after 250m block 4.00 m
1063 Frontage maximim length of blocklength 400 m
1064 DESIGN STANDARDS FOR CONDOMINIUM PROJECTS
1065 dwelling unit (household) 40 sqm
1066 occupancy unit (single) 31 sqm
1067 parking slot 1 slot / unit
1068 not more than the building it serves 100 m
1069 parks and playground
1070 4 floors optional
1071 5-6 floors 1 elevator
1072 7 floors and up 2 elevators
1073 required area of playgrounds/parks for every 1,000 sqm 100 sqm
50 sqm/10 units 3 sqm/additional unit
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
329/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
1074 features that enable the disable person to make use of the primary function ACCESSIBLE
1075 a small recess space in a room or a wall ALCOVE
1076 CURB CUT OUT
1077 the degree of inclination of the sloped surface expressed in ratio GRADIENT OF RAMP
1078 a sloped surface connecting two or more surface at different levels RAMP
1079 a paved footwalk at the side of the street SIDEWALK
1080 THRESHOLD
1081 an exterior passage for walking along WALKWAY
1082 width of walkway to permit a person in wheelchair to traverse it w/ safety 1.20 m
1083 maximum dimension of turn about spaces 1.50 m
1084 maximum distance between restop 3.00 m
1085 width of corridor for person to traverse w/ wheelchair 1.20 m
1086 entrance depth w/ vestibule 3.00 m
1087 structural opening of door entrances 1.00 m
1088 clear opening of door entrances .80 m
1089 minimum dimension of floor area of toilet 1.70 m x 1.80 m
1090 minimum dimension of floor area of elevator 1.10 m x 1.40 m
1091 minimum width of door elevator .80 m
1092 centerline height of topmost buttons of elevator and floor switches .90 m - 1.20 m
1093 maximum gradient of ramp 1:12
1094 maximum length for 1:12 ramp 6.00 m
1095 minimum length of landing for the 1:12 ramp 1.50 m
1096 level area at the top and bottom of any ramp 1.80 m
1097 handrail level on both edges .70 and .90
a break in the sidewalk or traffic island provided w/ an inclined surface to facilitate mobility of wheelchair
a strip fastened to the floor usually required to cover the joint where two types of floor materials meet
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
330/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
1098 length of extension in a handrail from ramp .30 m
1099 height of curbs in a ramp 50 mm
1100 parking slot width 3.70 m
1101 maximum height of tresholds 2.5 mm
1102 provision of one fountain 1 for 2,000 sqm
1103 height of the rim of the fountain from the floor 0.85 m
1104 unobstructed clear space for public telephones 1.50 m x 1.50 m
1105 height of dialling from floor of a telephone booth 1.10 m
1106 clear opening of telephone booths .80 m
1107 regular buses 5 seats
1108 air conditioned bus 4 seats
1109 passenger trains 6 seats
1110 passenger airplanes 2 seats
1111 4-50 seating capacity 2 seats
1112 51-300 seating capacity 4 seats
1113 301-500 seating capacity 6 seats
1114 BUILDING PERMIT
1115 CONSTRUCTION
1116 any new construction which increases the height or the area of an existing bulding ADDITON
1117 installation of all components of a building or structure ERECTION
1118 ALTERATION
1119 RENOVATION
1120 CONVERSION
1121 REPAIR
a written authorizaton granted by the building official to an applican allowing him to him proceed with the construction
all on site work done from site preparation, excavation, foundation, installation in place of components of a building or structure
construction in a buiding/structure involving, changing in the materials used partitioning, location, size of openings, structural parts, existing utilities and equipment but does not increase its overall area thereofany physical change made on a building to increase its value, utility or to improve its aesthetic quality
a change in the use or occupancy of the building or any portion thereof which has different requirement
remedial work on any damaged or deterirated portion of a building to restore its original condition
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
331/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
1122 MOVING
1123 sytematic dismantling or destruction of a building in whole or part DEMOLITION
1124
the transfer of any building structure portion thereof from its original location or position to another, either on the same lot or to either one
a secondary building located within the same premises the use of which is incidental to that of the main building
ANCILLARY BUILDING
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
332/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
333/469
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
334/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
1 PD 1296
2
3 The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the owner
4 Affordable Cost
5 Architectural programming is one of the architect’s services that falls under Pre design
6 Burst node
7 Project Management
8 Cost Records
9 Consulting Architect
10 BA full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the supervision of the work Project representative
11 98%
12 UAP doc. 202
13 3 months
14 PD 957
15
16 Performance Bond
17 1 slot/ family dwelling
18 100 meters
Defining open space in residential subdivision
A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake low and middle income mass housing production Home Ins. & Guarantee
Corp. (HIGC)
Actual Cost + 10%(profit,overhead & tax)
Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on the needs and financial capability of “program beneficiaries and appropriate financial schemes” (RA 7279).
In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more activities
When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the whole range of Comprehensive Architectural Services, it shall constitute?
Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?
He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and professionally qualified, & with exceptional or recognized expertise or specialization in any branch of architecture;
After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completion after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during period of making good of all known defect of 60 daysIn methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager performs regular architectural services for the same project, he is compensated separately for these services as stipulated in what UAP Documents?
Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from date of Final Payment?
Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law.
This services giver full meaning to what the professional calls comprehensive Architectural Service. It wraps-up the whole range of architectural services. Post Construction
Services
The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a guarantee of good faith on the part of the contractor to execute the work in accordance with terms of the Contract
BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is
PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium Projects, offsite parking is allowed but must NOT be more how may meters away from the building it serves?
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
335/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
19 City Engineer
20 Architect
21 Special Provisions
22 Contractor / 2
23 Specifications
24 Open Specifications
25 Closed Specifications
26
27 Combines two or more techniques.
28
29
30
Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the secretary to enforce the provision of the code in the field as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto
Contract Documents shall be the property of the
It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, & general conditions of the contract.
The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for the architect’s approval
are set of requirements for an itemized or generalized construction work, materials, methods, or systems.
shows the general requirements without consideration of a specific type or brand for materials. Open specs may be subject to reasonable changes and equivalencies.
– establishes the exact and specific quantity, types, color, texture, and other properties. Such can not be changed or subjected to equivalencies without prior concent from the specs writter or the architect
specifies the manufacturers and producers or the brands of materials and products be used for each specific work.
Brand Name Specifications
Combination Specifications
Division 01 — General Requirements Division 02 — Site Construction Division 03 — Concrete Division 04 — Masonry Division 05 — Metals Division 06 — Wood and Plastics Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection Division 08 — Doors and Windows Division 09 — Finishes Division 10 — Specialties Division11 — Equipment Division 12 — Furnishings Division 13 — Special Construction Division 14 — Conveying Systems Division 15 — Mechanical Division 16 — Electrical
Division of Master Format Specifications
(1995 - Nov 2004)
an organization that maintains and advances the standardization of construction language as pertains to building specifications.provides structured guidelines for specification writing in their Project Resource Manual, formerly called the Manual of Practice (MOP).
CSI - Construction Specification Institute
The most widely used standard for organising specifications and other written information for commercial and institutional building projects. It provides a master list of divisions, and section numbers and titles within each division, to be followed in organizing information about a facility’s construction requirements and associated activities
Master Format Specifications
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
336/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
31 Classes of Fire
32 not normally filled with water (water is introduced by fire service connection when needed) Dry Standpipe
33 air compartment or chamber to which ducts are connected Plenum
34 – neutralize or remove a fire hazard Abatement
35 it is normally open, closes automatically to prevent passage of fire or smoke Damper
36 Flash Point
37 an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device Jumper
38 stairway enclosure so designed that products of combustion is prevented from moving in Smokeproof Tower
39 not allowed as a form of escape Fire escape ladders
40
41 BP 220
42 Sale of Subd Lots / Condo buyers protection PD 957
43 defining open space PD 1216
44 Condominium act RA 4726
ClassesA – wood, cloth, paper, rubber and plasticsB – flammable liquid and gasesC – fire involving energized electrical equipmentD – involving combustible metals (such as magnesium, sodium, potassium)
the lowest temperature at which the material will give sufficient vapor to ignite when exposed to flame
signed on docs. that one has not prepared or supervisedpaid illegal amount in the applicationimpersonationaided an illegal practice
Grounds for suspension and
revocation of license
develop levels of standards and technical requirements for economic and socialized housing projectsfor socialized and economic housinghousing units that are affordable to average and low-income earner (30% of the gross family income)it is a law that relaxes the provisions of the NBC for the purpose of making the dwelling units more affordable without compromising health, safety and enviromental protection
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
337/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
45
46
47 Philippine Environmental Code PD 1152
48 Project Manual
49
50
51
52
53
54
comprehensive and continuing urban development and housing program, establish the mechanism for its implementation, and for other purposesa. Uplift the conditions of the underprivileged and homeless citizens in urban areas and in resettlement areas by making available to them decent housing at affordable cost, basic services, and employment opportunities;b. Provide for the rational use and development of urban land in order to bring about the following:
R.A. 7279 - Urban Development and
Housing Act
Environmental Impact Statementprepare, file and include in every action, project or undertaking which significantly affects the quality of the environment a detailed statement on: the environmental impact of the proposed action, any adverse environmental effect which cannot be avoided should the proposal be implemented; alternative to the proposed action; a determination that the short-term uses of the resources of the environment are consistent with the maintenance and enhancement of the long-term productivity of the samewhenever a proposal involves the use of depletable or nonrenewable resources, a finding must be made that such use and commitment are warranted.
P.D. 1151 - Philippine Environmental Policy
a book containing all contract and non-contract documents for a construction project except the drawingsOrganization of the Project Manualbidding requirementsparts of the contract (agreement and bond forms)general and supplementary conditions of the contracttechnical specifications
invitation, prequalification forms, instruction to bidders, information to bidders, bid forms Bidding Requirements
bid security, subcontractor list, substitutions supplements to bid forms
agreement (owner-contractor), performance bond, labor and materials payment bond, certificates of insurance contract forms
general conditionsgeneral and
supplementary conditions
(also called “closed”), specifies brand names, product, proprietary specification – the most restrictive“approved equal” language,
Prescriptive Specification
(also called “open”), specifies results that are to be achieved but gives the contractor the choice on how it will be achieved; used in public projects in order to promote competitiondescriptive – like a “recipe” to be followed, quantities and qualities of ingredientsreference standard – reference to ASTM, AISC, NBC
Performance Secification
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
338/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
55 Writing Specifications
56 one general contractor single prime contract
57 multiple prime contract
58 many prime contracts
59 Drawings
60 Specifications
61
62 Agreement
63
64 Modifications
65
66 shop drawings
67 Sample
68 brochure, charts, instructions Product data
69 Change Orders
70 Project Closeout
complete, accurate and unambiguousup to date references (standards)do not specify the results and at the same time the method (this may conflict)use standards than can be measuredavoid exculpatory clauses (broad way of shifting responsibility)avoid “and/or”, etc.,keep it short
major portions are contracted separately (e.g. mechanical, electrical), specialty contractors favor this but make coordination difficult
used for fast track construction, some work can proceed as soon as its drawings and specs are available, other will have to wait, this overlaps the design process
graphic presentation of work to be done
written and verbal description of work
changes in the work, time, protection of persons and property, insurance and bonds, correction of work, termination or suspension of the contract General Conditions
compensation, description of work, date of commencement, completion, liquidated damages, payment
changes before contract execution addenda
changes after contract execution
Architect reviews processes, shop drawings, submittals, observes construction making sure it is consistent with the contract, evaluates contractor accomplishment and request for payments and administers the project closeout procedure
Construction Administration
illustrations showing how the contractor proposes to supply and install the required work, very detailed
physical example of the portion of work, they become standards of appearances and workmanship
authorizing the variation from the original that involves changes in cost and/or time. Architect prepares it, the owner issues it to the contractor. All must approve this.
when the building is made ready for occupancy
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
339/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
71 when the building can be used, it is also the termination of the contractors schedule Substantial Completion
72 – a result of architect’s inspection, identifies the work to be completed or corrected punchlist
73 formulates policies and objectives as well as over-all strategies for housinc
74
75 provident savings fund for housing
76
77 undertake housing development and resettlement
78 develop, standardize, and mass produce housing materials
79
Housing and Urban Development
Coordinating Council (HUDCC)
formerly Human Settlements Regulatory Commission; to foster growth and renewal of urban and rural communities, optimum land-use, adequate shelter and environmental protection
Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board
(HLURB)
Home Development Mutual Fund (Pag-ibig
Fund)
generate continuous source of funds for housing through secondary mortgage market system
National Home Mortgage and Finance Corporation (NHMFC)
National Housing Authority (NHA)
National Housing Corporation (NHC)
1902 - Academia de Arquitectura y Agrimensura de Filipinas; 1st President Guillermo Gardiner National Assembly 1921 - 1st Engineers and Architects Law Act No. 2985 (master buildings were registered as architects)1933 - Philippine Architects Society (adopted a code of ethics and standardized fees)1945 Sept. 2 - PAS became PIAP the became Philippine Institute of Architects (PIA)1950 - League of Philippine Architects, AR 545 was enacted1958 - Association of Philippine Government Architects1973 - creation of PRC; APGA, LPA and PIA negotiated1974 - approval of the constitution and by-laws by the 3 organizations1975 - United Architects of the Philippines
History of Archl. Organization in Phils.
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
340/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
80
81
82
83
84
85 Pre-Design
86 Design
87
88
responsibilities toward the publicconstructive civic servicepreservation of heritageuphold interest of its professional organizationabide by the code of ethical conductrefrain from paid advertisements of self-laudatory, misleading publicityrefrain from taking part in paid advertisement
architects responsibilities in
relation topeople
introduce oneself by sample (no free design)ascertain nature and scope of project, define chargeshonest advocate (even that would mean loss of project)explain character of estimateconsider needs and stipulation of the clientcharge the clientnot undertake fixed contract sumnot accept payment from other sourcerefrain from business that would discredit oneself
architects responsibilities in
relation toClient
make contractor understand the contract (avoid mistakes)architect’s error should not be absorbed by the contractorpromptly act on non-conformance of the contractornot accept free engineering services or other “freebies” that would make him obligatedpromptly act on request for payments
architects responsibilities in
relation toContractor
no “freebies”avoid commissions, discounts, gifts that places one under reciprocal frame
architects responsibilities in
relation toagents, dealers
no free architect’s services except small civic and charitable projectsnot knowingly compete with other architects on basis of feenot seek commission on a project when another architect is currently negotiatingnot be part of a competition where there is conflict of interestnot invade or conquer another architect’s projectnotify original designers when undertaking renovation worksnot maliciously talk about another architectprotect ones name from being used maliciouslysign only on plans one has preparedtreat well employees and subordinatesshare technical information and experienceserve ones professional association
architects responsibilities in
relation tocolleagues & subordinates
feasibility studies (viability), financing, programming (problem seeking), site selection or analysis, site studies, space studies, promotional services (marketing)
schematic design, design development, contract document, construction
interior design, landscape, physical planning (site planning), comprehensive planning (starts with data base gathering end culminates with master development plan) Specialized Allied
implements constructionhires workers, negotiate with contractors, authorize payment of accounts
Design-Buildby administration
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
341/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
89
90 Construction Services
91
92
93 Compensation Method
94 revised RA 6541 PD 1096
95 15 days
96
97 one year / 120 days
98
99 Types of Construction
100
involves the use of a revolving fundsavings and excesses are shared with conditions50/50 split on savings50/50 split on excess up to 110% of the guaranteed costarchitect pays for the excess beyond 110% of the guaranteed cost.
Design Build by guaranteed maximum
cost
full-time supervision (quality control, evaluation of contractor’s work, record keeping)construction management (coordination and supervision, cost and time control, quality control and record keeping)
building and equipment maintenance (trouble free use)building and grounds administration (billing, security, operations)post construction evaluation (have the goals been achieved)
Post Construction Services
all in one Comprehensive Architectural Services
Stipulated sum (fixed fee, lump sum))cost plus fee = actual expense plus reasonable fee for profitmultiple of direct personnel expense = salaries are determined then multiplied by a factor, this is increased by a multiplier for overhead and profitpercentage of construction costunit cost method = based on definable unit (housing unit, square meter, room)per diem plus reimbursable expense
BO issue permit within ______ from the date of payment
fill-up a formlot ownership / possessory right (TCT, sale, lease, contract)drawings, specifications and estimateslot plan
Bldg. permit Requirements
permit becomes null and void if:construction does not commence within _______suspended/ abandoned for ________
no building can be occupied without such certificateno change in occupancy allowedissued within 30 days after final inspection
Certificate of Occupancy
Type I - wood constructionType II - wood with protective fire-resistance and one-hour fire resistive throughoutType III - masonry and wood construction, and one-hour fire resistive throughoutType IV - steel, iron, concrete, masonryType V - fire resistive
time in hours a material or assembly can be expected to withstand exposure to fire without collapsing, develop any openings which permit the passage of flame or hot gases, or exceeding specified temperature on the side away from the fire
fire resistance rating
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
342/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
101
102 mixed occupancy
103 10% & 5 %
104 (artificially ventilated)
1052.7m ceiling height
if naturally ventilated
1061.8m Ceiling height
mezzanine
107 6 m2 (least side 2m)
108 Kitchen 3m2 (least side 1.5m)
109 bath/ toilet 1.2 m2 (least side 0.9m)
110 installation in place erection
111 increasing height or area addition
112 alteration
113 physical change to increase value, utility, aesthetics renovation
114 Change in use Conversion
115 remedial work on damaged portion, restore repair
116 transfer of building or part moving
117 systematic dismantling demolition
Category I - residentialCategory II - commercial and industrialCategory III - educational, social and institutionalCategory IV - agriculturalCategory V - ancillary
Classification of Buildings by Use
classified to belong to the most restrictive requirement
size of room relative to window size (____ of floor area and not less than 1 m2; ___ for toilets but not less than 0.24 m2)
ceiling heights (min):2.7m, 2.4m and 2.1m
min. sizes and dimension of roomshuman habitation
changes in materials, partitioning, size of openings, structural parts, utilities without increasing area
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
343/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
118 secondary building ancillary
119 permit not required (shed, outhouse, detached from building) minor const.
120 bay or panel
121 the remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open space buildable area
122 area which is equal to the total capacity of the building it serves (0.28sm per person) dispersal area
123 area between bottom of window sill and the ground socalo
124 underside of a beam, lintel soffit
125 an opening through two or more floors that is closed on the top Atrium
126 automatic closing
127 egress system
128 no part of may ignite or burn when subjected to fire non combustible
129 panic hardware
130 Estimates
131 sum of all cost, inherent in converting a design plan into a project ready for operation Construction Cost
132 Direct Cost
of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided by columns, buttresses or division walls
refers to fire assembly, sucha as door, that normally remains in the open position but that closes when subjected to increase in temperature of 165 deg F. or on actuation of a smoke detector.
three parts: exit access (leads to the exit), the exit (between exit access to the discharge, must be fully enclosed and protected, 1 – 2 hour rating) and the exit discharge (outside the building). These must lead to public way.
door latching assembly using an unlatching device that has an activating portion t hat extends across at least ½ of the the width of the door
an evaluation of all the costs of the elements of a specific projectcan be prepared in various phases of the architect’s regular design servicesarea methoddetailedarchitects cannot give guarantee since they are not the ones who will execute the work, they do not have control over the prices
the cost of installed equipment, materials and labor directly involved in the physical construction of the permanent facilitydirectly based on building plans and specificationselevator belongs to the direct costcrane does not
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
344/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
133 InDirect Cost
134 under the general contractor, to provide a portion of the work Subcontract
135 Overhead
136 Contingencies
137 Escalation
138 Gross Profit
139 earnings after all operating expenses have been deducted from net operating revenues Net Profit
140 Materials
141 Labor
142 Equipment
143 10 to 20% of the sum of the cost of labor, materials and equipment Overhead
144 usually 5 - 20% of the cost of the job (takes about 15 - 40 percent of the construction cost) Profit
145 bar chart
146
all cost which do not become a final part of the installation, but which is required for the orderly completion of the installation (field administration, direct insurance, taxes)
inherent in the performing on operation which cannot be charged to or identified with a part of the work
specific provision for unforeseeable elements of cost within the defined project scope; events that will increase the cost and will likely occur; expected to be spentmisinterpretationserrors (oversights, take-off, pricing)insufficient information (site, weather, access, peace and order)labor and material (productivity and availability)not RISKs related factors (uncertainties: excessive escalation, excessive changes in conditions, abnormal weather)
the provision in actual or estimated cost for an increase in the cost of equipment, material, labor, etc. over those specified in the contract due to continuing price level changes over time.
earnings from an on-going business after direct cost of goods sold have been deducted from sales of revenues
estimated by quantities and pricing
by labor productivity charts (8man-hours/1 cu.m)as a percentage of the cost of materials
acquisition, depreciation, rental,
indicates the start and end point of activities but does not show sequence and dependencies
graphically depicts all the tasks required to finish the project, the sequence in which they must occur, duration, earliest or latest possible starting time, and the earliest and latest possible finishing time
critical path method (cpm)
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
345/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
147 Notes
148 15 % of contract amount Performance Bond
149 Payment Bond
150 Guarantee Bond
151 completion of work, the contractor should present certificate of non financial obligation After 65%
152 After 98%
153
** 5 days – means immediately** 7 days – NTP ‘ notice to proceed’** 10 days – request for materials and drawings – notice (stop, begin or resume)** 15 days – money matters (request for inspection, payments, salary and wages)** 30 days – arbitration** 90 days – government stoppage** 120 days – Building Permit (stoppage)** 365 days – Building Permit (without construction) – 3 consecutive board examination failures – guaranteed bond – reinstatement** 3 years – renewal of license** 15 years – liability of architect to his project
15% of Contract amount- valid until replacement of Guarantee Bond
30% of contract amount- valid up to 1 yr from date of acceptance
substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completion after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during period of making good of all known defects of 60 days.
Doc 201 Pre- design Services
Doc 202 Design services
Doc 203 Specialized Allied Services
Doc 204 Construction Services
Doc 205 Post- Construction Services
Doc 206 Comprehensive Architectural Services Doc 207 Design- Build Services
Doc 208 Selection of Architects & Methods of Compensation
Doc 209 Competition CodeDoc. 210 - Logbook of Diversified Experioence
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
346/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
154 Architects Fee
155 Laws in Architecture
156 Types of Specification
157 5 M’s of Construction
158
Simple 6%Moderate 7%Exceptional 8%Residential 10%Monumental MBF + 50%Repetitive 80%, 60%, 40%Housing 60%, 30%Extensive Detailing 15%Alteration and Renovation 150%Consultation P200
PD 1185 Fire CodePD 1096 Building CodePD 957 Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective LawPD 23 Law that Created the PRCPD 49 Intellectual Property Law
RA 545 The Architects Law
BP 344 The Law Enhancing the Mobility of DisabledBP 220 The Socialized Housing Law
1. Performance Specifications - the result of the product, rather than the product itself are specified2. Descriptive Specifications - gives a description of the product3. Brand Name Specification- the desired product is specified by the name given and model number “or an equal approved by the architect”4. Closed Specification-there are two types of closed specifications, the single product and the multi product. Closed specifications are usually brand name specifications. The multi product is the same as a single product except that more than one product is used. “no other brand will be accepted”5. Open Specifications- open because all manufacturers whose product meet performance or description specified may bid. All performance and descriptive specifications are open. Brand name specifications are open if the phrase “or equal”6. Reference Specification- the item desired is referred to by a number corresponding to a number published in a specification.7. Combination Specification-it is possible to have combinations of performance, description and reference specification.
1. M-achines2. M-oney3. M-anpower4. M-aterial5. M-inutes
1. R-eference – Horizontal, Vertical2. E-xcavation – min. depth .60m until stable – w/ signature of the Architect, must have a permit3. R-ebars4. C-oncreting5. F-inishes – Mock up (samples)
Important Milestones of Construction
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
347/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
159 Architects Fee for RDS
160 Architects Fee for SAS
161
162
163
164 pays for the Building Permit (cannot be reimbursed, not included in Estimates) Contractor
165 Building Permit
166 affectivity of a Construction contract from receipt of Notice of Final Payment 7 Days
167 Contract
168 limits what things can be taken into account when trying to interpret a contract. parol evidence rule
169 Adjudication
1. Proposal Fee – 5%2. Schematic Design – 15%3. Design Dev’t - 15%4. Contract Docs - 50%5. Retention - 15% = Liability 10%, Supervision 5%
1. Proposal Fee – 5%2. Prelim Drawings - 25%3. Final Drawings - 50%4. Retention - 20% = 3 months after the acceptance of the Architect
1. G-eneral Conditions – Execution, Intent – satisfaction to finish the proj., Correlation 2. A-greement3. S-pecifications4. S-pecial Provisions5. D-rawings
Architectural Contract Documents
UAP – degree of difficulty/complexity of designFCP – risk of occurrence of FireNCP – use and occupancy
PROJECT CLASSIFICATION
1. DBA Design-Build Services by Administration - 7% of Proj. Const. Cost Proj. Const. Cost. in addition to Architects fee for Regular Design Services (UAP 202) 10% (if residential proj.) + 7% = 17% 2. DBGMC Design Build by Guaranteed Maximum Cost a. Lump Sumb. If the cost is exceeded by not more than 10% it is divided = bet. Architect and Client. However if the excess is more than 10% the Architect pays for all extra cost of the 10%
Design Build Services Fee
validity 120 days, valid 12 months if constructed has not commenced; exception government structure; excepted if P15,000 proj. cost
is a "promise" or an "agreement" made of a set of promises. Breach of this contract is recognized by the law and legal remedies can be provided.
is the legal process by which an arbiter or judge reviews evidence and argumentation including legal reasoning set forth by opposing parties or litigants to come to a decision which determines rights and obligations between the parties involved.
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
348/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
170 Mutual agreement
171 Bilateral Contract,
172 only one party to the contract makes a promise. Unilateral Contract
173 is one in which the terms are expressed verbally, either orally or in writing Expressed Contract
174 is one in which some of the terms are not expressed in words. Implied Contract
175
176 Quasi-Contract
177
178
179 Term Statement
180 is concerned with knowing the probable total cost of a project. Cost Estimate
181 Quantity Survey
182 Productivity Estimates
183 Bill of Materials
184 Value Engineering
185 Detailed Estimate
There must be an express or implied agreement. The essential requirement is that there be evidence that the parties had each from an objective perspective engaged in conduct manifesting their assent, and a contract will be formed when the parties have met such a requirement.
is an agreement in which each of the parties to the contract makes a promise or promises to the other party.
is one in which the circumstances imply that parties have reached an agreement even though they have not done so expressly.
Implied in fact or implied in law
A contract which is implied in law because it is not in fact a contract; rather, it is a means for the courts to remedy situations in which one party would be unjustly enriched were he or she is not required to compensate the other.
If no reasonable person hearing this statement would take it seriously, it is a puff, and no action in contract is available if the statement proves to be wrong
Puff statement (sales talk):
A representation is a statement of fact made to induce another person to enter into a contract and which does induce them to enter into a contract, but it is one that the maker of the statement does not guarantee its truth. If the statement proves to be incorrect, it cannot be enforced, as it is not a term of the contract, but it may prove to be a misrepresentation, whereupon other remedies are available.
Representation statement
A ___ is similar to a representation, but the truth of the statement is guaranteed by the person who made the statement. The test is an objective test.
is a preliminary estimation technique that aims to establish the quantity of each material for a project, not yet considering their cost.
is concerned with the determination of probable cost of labor by logical assumptions of the productivity of the workers
is a list of materials needed for a project. It usually presents the probable cost for each item.
is a review of the plan and design of a project so as to coordinate with the sizes and specifications of construction materials. It’s aim is to avoid wastage and maximize the use of each material
is an estimate that breaks the subject down into as many items or components possible. Each component are often described with specifications
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
349/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
186 Rough Estimate
187 is an assumption of the totality of an item without consideration of its specific components . Lumpsum
188 The amount to be paid for every delay in the contract time Liquidated Damages
189 The ____ ethically can order a “change” during construction anytime Owner
190 ____ is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation Liens
191 An architect is a person who is ____ & technically qualified to practice architecture Legally
192 The General Conditions
193 The ____ contains additional information on Contract Documents: Bid Bulletin
194 Instructions to Bidders
195 There are two ways of undertaking a Design-Build service, one of which is:
196 Salary
197 Building Administrators are compensated on a monthly salary basis or:
198 For non-creative architectural services, compensation is by:
199 Private
200 PD ____ institutionalized the profession of Environmental Planning PD 1308
201 UAP
202 PRC
203 Owner
is an estimate that is computed in general and vague. It is often an assumption by area, volume, or bulk.
The ____ are printed documents stipulating the procedural & administrative aspects of the contract
The ____ is a list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be prepared
By Guaranteed Maximum Cost
Normally, an architect is paid on Percentage of Construction cost method, another method of compensation is:
Percentage of Gross monthly Rentals
Multiple of Direct Personnel Expense
Architects, employed by the government, are not allowed to engage in the ____ practice architecture
____ Mandates government support only to PRC accredited bonafide professional organization.
The ____ shall have the power, upon notice of hearing, to suspend & revoke any certificate of registrations
The _____ pays for the structural, utilities & other tests as may be required for the project.
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
350/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
204 Force Majeure
205 If not clearly specified, a material could be installed:
206 UAP Doc. 200
207 one
208 As Project Manager, the architect is compensated on a percentage basis of: 2%-5% of Project cost
209 The entity who can order changes at any time during construction is the: Architect
210 ____ includes labor, materials, & other equipment necessary to construction Work
211 ____ shall mean furnish and install Provide
212 The contract time is computed based from the receipt date of the ____ Notice to Proceed
213 PD 223 specifies the function of the Board of Architecture to Supervise & ____. Regulate
214 The retention is released how many months after the date of final payment: 3 months
215 Close Specifications
216 Charitable
217 Architect
218 Surety
219 The contractor is responsible for the ____ of building permit fees. Payment
220 10 days
221
An act of God such as earthquakes, typhoons, etc. which human prudence cannot foresee or prevent
only after the approval by the architect
The duties & responsibilities of the architect with the regards to his motives, conduct & sense of moral values are formulated under the:
Re-examination (for the Board exam) can be allowed ____ times & shall not be allowed to take another exam after one year has elapsed after the last exam:
A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for substitution is:
The architect shall not render free professional services except for Small Civic & ____ projects
The ____ shall issue certificates of payment after inspection & acceptance of the project
The ____ is the person, firm or corporation who provides the guarantee for the contractor’s bonds.
Within what Period may the Contarctor after giving written notice to owner/architect suspend work/terminatedcontract?
The value of extra work or change in construction plans by theowner.
b. Actual direct cost plus 10 percent for
profit, overhead and tax
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
351/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
222 Affordable cost
223 Pre Design
224 Burst node
225 Technical Transfer
226
227 Project Management
228 Cost Records
229 Consulting Architect
230 98%
231
232 UAP Doc 202
233
234 3 months
235
236 Performance Bond
Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based onthe needs and financial capability of “program beneficiaries andappropriate financial schemes” (RA 7279).
Architectural programming is one of the architect’s services thatfalls under:
In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or moreactivities
It refers to contracts or arrangements involving the transfer ofsystematic knowledge for the manufacture if a product
It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921where the maestros de obra or the master builders are required toregister as architects?
Engineers and Architect’s Law Act no.
2986
When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate thewhole range of Comprehensive Architectural Services, it shallconstitute?
Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?a. Time of Completion and Liquidated Damagesb. Performance & Payment Bondsc. Cost Recordsd. Payments
He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically andprofessionally qualified, & with exceptional or recognized expertiseor specialization in any branch of architecture;
After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, thearchitect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completionafter certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work duringperiod of making good of all known defect of 60 days.
Which of the following is NOT the architect’s responsibility inrelation to the contractor?
The Architect shall consider the needs and stipulation of
theContractor and the effect of his work upon the life and
well-being ofthe public and community as
a whole
25. In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Managerperforms regular architectural services for the same project, he iscompensated separately for these services as stipulated in what UAPDocuments?
The Contractor shall submit the following before Final Payment isto be released except for:
Guarantee Bond equivalent to 40% of the Contract Price
coveringa period of one year after the
Final Acceptance of the Work.
Within how many months shall be the release of Retention fromdate of Final Payment?
This services give full meaning to what the professional callscomprehensive Architectural Service. It wraps-up the whole range ofarchitectural services.
Post-Construction Services
The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as aguarantee of good faith on the part of the contractor to execute thework in accordance with terms of the Contract.
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
352/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
237 Php 480,000.00
238 City Engineer
239 All of the above
240 Contract Documents shall be the property of the Architect
241 Special Provisions
242 Building Permit
243 Contractor/2
244 Project Representative
245 The third phase of an architect's regular services.
246 Project financing falls under what kind of service of the architect. Pre-design services
247 Comprehensive planning falls under what service of the architect.
248 10%
249 What percentage of an architect's work is liability under the civil code. 10%
250 50%
251 85%
252 PHP 500.00
The architect of a housing project was give Php 300,000.00 forthe first unit he designed. How much will he receive for the tenthhousing unit?
Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by thesecretary to enforce the provision of the code in the field as well asthe enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.
Which of the following situation would trigger the owner tosuspend work?a. Bankruptcy-Declared by BIRb. Insubordinationc. Non-payment of contactors debt/non superintendence ofcontractord. All of the above
It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, &general conditions of the contract.
Boiler Plate is essential to the production of good constructiondocuments as are the drawings or the specifications. All are includedforms excepta. Invitation to Bidb. Wage Scalesc. Bond Formd. Building Permit
The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings forthe architect’s approval
A full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in thesupervision of the work.
Contract documents phase
Specialized allied services
The fee of the architect for design-build services on a guaranteed maximum cost aside from his fee for regular design services.
For interior design services, the architect shall be paid what percentage of the fee upon submission of the final design.
When the owner fails to implement the plans and documents for construction as prepared by the architect, the architect is entitled to receive what percentage of his fee.
The minimum fee per appearance of an architect when rendering service as an expert witness shall be.
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
353/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
253 The minimum basic fee for specialized decorative building. 12%
254 The minimum basic fee for industrial buildings with a project cost below 50 million pesos. 6%
255 The minimum basic fee for hospitals with a project cost below 50 million pesos. 8%
256 Architect
257 3 months
258 Printed documents stipulating the procedural and administrative aspect of the contract. General conditions
259 An outline specification enumerating the type and trade names of materials to be used.
260 Quotation
261 Certificate of payment
262 Performance bond
263 An offer to perform the work prescribed in a contract at a specified cost. Bid
264 The fee of the architect for design-build services by administration. 7%
265 A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for substitution. Closed specification
266 A list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be prepared. Instruction to bidders
267 2 months
268 The Guarantee Bond is released how many months after the date of final payment. 12 months / 1 yr
269 30 days
270 Statute of Limitation
In design-build services, the single-point-responsibility of project delivery puts the legal liability for both the design and construction on the.
The release of 10% retention by the owner shall be done after how many months from the date of final payment.
Schedule of material and finishes
A price given by a contractor, sub-contractor, material supplier or vendor to furnish materials, labor or both.
A statement from the architect confirming the amount of money due the contractor for work accomplished.
A bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to execute the work in accordance with the terms of the contract.
The performance and Payment Bonds shall be released by the owner after the expiration of how many months from the final acceptance of the work.
How many days shall the Building Official issue a certificate of occupancy after final inspection of the project.
A statute specifying the period of time within which legal action must be brought for alleged damage or injury.
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
354/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
271 A bond, the form or content of which is prescribed by statute. Statutory Bond
272 Statute of Frauds
273 Lease
274 A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease. Leasehold
275 The person receiving a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease. Lessee
276 The person granting a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease. Lessor
277 Range of the multiplier for Multiple of Direct Personnel Expense. 2-2.5
278 This type of compensation is only applied to non-creative work.
279 Supervision Work is a non-creative work, true or false. 1
280 A world-wide used method of compensation for architectural services.
281
282
283 50 kms.
284
285 Architect
286 Submission of shop drawings shall be accompanied by a ___ in duplicate. Letter of transmittal
287 How many sets of shop drawings for approval shall the contractor submit to the Architect? 3
288 Contractor
A rule that certain kinds of contracts are enforceable unless signed and in writing or unless there is a written memorandum of their terms signed by the party to be charged.
A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of time, usually for periodical compensation called 'rent'.
Multiple of Direct Personnel Expenses
Percentage of Construction Cost
This method of compensation is applied only to pre-design services, supervision work, and other works which the Architect may perform other than the regular and specialized allied services.
Multiple of Direct Personnel Expenses
This type of compensation is similar to the concept being charged by realtors, developers, and lawyers.
Percentage of Construction Cost
For reimbursable expenses, how many kilometers from the Architect's office shall a work be located to allow reimbursable expenses.
This method of compensation is frequently used where there is continuing relationship on a series of projects.
Professional Fee Plus Expenses
The full-time construction inspector shall be under the technical control and supervision of the ___.
Who shall have the responsibility of securing, but not liable for non-issuance, of the final occupancy permit.
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
355/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
289 1
290 Owner
291 Contractor
292 Professional Fee for the Architect as a full-time supervisor. 1-1.5%
293 Professional fee for the Construction Manager. 1.5-3%
294 (1/6)
295 2%
296 Civil Code
297
298 What type of bond guarantees payment on all obligations arising from the contract? Payment Bond
299 Lump Sum / Fixed Fee
300 Professional Fee for the Project Manager. 2-5%
301 Project Manager
302 1
303 Project Manager
304 Public / People
305 What PD created the PRC which regulates the practice of various professionals. PD 223
306 People / Public
True or false, can the owner relegate to the contractor the responsibility of establishing the lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and benchmarks provided that the owner pays the contractor for such works?
Who shall have the responsibility for establishing lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and benchmarks?
Who shall pay for the services of a licensed surveyor for confirmation and certification of the location of column centers, piers, walls, pits, trenches, pipe work, culvert work, utility lines, and other similar works required by the contract.
Under PD 1096, what should be the proportion of sidewalk width to that of the road right- of-way?
At what interest rate per month should a client pay the architect should the former fail to pay the latter beyond 30 days from receipt of billing?
What code holds the architect responsible for the building/structure he designed for a certain period of time.
What type of compensation is applied to cases where the architect's personal time is required, such as conferences, joint venture activities, etc.?
Per Diem+Reimb. Expenses
What type of compensation is applied to most of Gov't projects and entails more paper works and is advantageous to both client and architect.
If the Project Manager is hired by the owner, who shall have the responsibility of hiring the Construction Manager?
True or false, based on the Civil Code, the Project Manager has no legal responsibility insofar as design and construction is concerned.
His primary responsibility is the exercise of overall cost control which relieves the owner of many of the anxieties that usually beset , particularly those concerned with forecasting cost and completion dates.
In the architect's code of ethics, to whom does the architect has responsibility to seek opportunities for constructive service in civic and urban affairs?
Architect XYZ uses paid advertisements without sanction by professional consensus and years of experience. His action is unethical with respect to his relation to whom?
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
356/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
307 Additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding. Bid Bulletin
308 Proposal
309 Proposal Bond
310 Special Provisions
311 Specifications
312 Written Notice
313 Work
314 Install
315 Means to purchase and/or fabricate and deliver to jobsite. Furnish
316 Means to furnish and install. Provide
317 50%
318 65%
319 The guarantee bond is equal to how many percent of the contract price? 30%
320 30%
321 Standard factor computed for changes and/or revisions made on completed contracts. 2.5
322 12 sqm.
323 50 / Contractor
324 Specifications
The offer of a bidder to perform the work described by the contract documents when made out and submitted on the prescribed proposal form, properly signed and sealed.
The cashier's check or surety bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidder, as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the construction of the work, if the contract is awarded to him.
Instructions which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and/or modify drawings, specifications, and/or general conditions of the contract.
Written or printed description of work to be done describing qualities of material and mode of construction.
Means information, advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered in person or sent by registered mail to the individual, firm or corporation at the last known business address of such individual, firm or corporation.
Includes labor or materials or both as equipment, transportation, or other facilities necessary to commence and complete the construction called for in the contract.
Means to build-in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the intended use.
No further retention shall be made on the balance of the contract when how many percent of the contract has been completed?
No payment shall be made on contracts in excess of how many percent of the contract price.
How many percent of the architect's fee is payable to the architect upon completion of the preparation of the schematic design phase and up to final design development phase?
Approximately, how many square meters of office space for the architect is built by the contractor as temporary facilities for the project.
All trees and other plants that need to be transplanted elsewhere within ___ meters shall be done by the ___ at his own expense.
If there is a variance/discrepancy between the drawings and specifications, what shall be followed?
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
357/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
325 15 Days
326 15 Days
327 90 Days
328 False (30 days)
329 False (15 days)
330 Who declares bankruptcy as a valid reason for the termination of a contract? Contractor
331 1
332 1
333 0
334 10 days
335 How many percent of the contract amount is the Performance Bond? 15%
336 How many percent of the contract amount is the Payment Bond? 15%
337 A contract provision setting forth the damages a party must pay in the event of his breach. Penalty Clause
338
339 Predecessor of PD 1096 R.A. 6451
340 What presidential decree institutionalized the profession of environmental planning? PD 1308
341 It is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation. Liens
How many days prior to bidding shall the contractor seek the architect's clarification as to the particular areas of work which requires evaluation of the architect?
How many days upon written notice can a contractor terminate a contract with a valid reason?
Suspension of work for ___ days by order of any court or other public authority through no act or fault of the contractor gives the him the right to terminate contract.
True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to pay the contractor any sum within 15 days after its award by arbitration
True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to act upon any request for payment within 30 days after its certification by the architect.
True or false, upon termination of contract and upon the decision of the architect that materials and equipment left by the contractor which do not belong to him can be used and rent of such shall be borne by the failing contractor.
True or false, in case of suspension of work, all unpaid work executed including expenses incurred during suspension shall be evaluated by the architect and charged to the owner.
True or false, the owner has no right to claim liquidated damages if he takes over the work from the contractor for failure to complete the project.
How many days prior to canceling an insurance be given to the owner stipulating the intention to cancel?
Basic Fee for Physical Planning Type 1 or site such as industrial estates, commercial centers, sports complex, resorts, etc.
5,000 for First 50 Hectares
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
358/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
342 Minimum basic fee for simple projects. 6%
343 Minimum basic fee for alterations/renovations. 50%
344 200 / hr
345 When rendering service as an expert witness, the architect is compensated ___/ hr. 500
346 Minimum basic fee for Group 5 Projects (monumental). 12%
347 What is Group 6 Project classification? Repetitive Construction
348 Minimum Basic fee for housing projects.
349 Under what classification of Project does Hospitals and Medical Buildings fall?
350 Under what classification of Project does Stadium fall?
351 Minimum Per diem paid to the architect if work is beyond 50 kms. From office. PHP 750.00
352 On the remaining 15% work fee of the architect, where does the 5% go.
353 5 days
354 10 days
355 Contract time reckoning shall commence on the ___ from receipt of ___.
356 An area of a city where municipal buildings are grouped. Civic Center
357 Chattel
358 Reciprocity
359
When the architect is engaged to render opinion or advise, clarification or explanation on technical matters pertaining to his profession, the minimum basic fee shall be ___.
10% of 1st unit / 60% 2nd-10th Unit / 30%
11th and above
Group 3 (Exceptional Character)
Group 3 (Exceptional Character)
Construction Phase Service
Repairs and corrective works at the expense of the contractor should be done within how many days after written notice by owner?
Failure on the part of the contractor to remove condemned work shall give the owner right to remove said work at contractor's exepense and contractor shall pay the owner the expenses incurred within how many days from removal by the owner of said work?
7th day / Notice to Proceed
Any article of property not consisting of or affixed to land plus any interest in land that is less than a freehold.
No person who is not a citizen of the Philippines may take the board exams or practice the profession unless the country of his relation allows the same ___.
AGREEMENT / GENERAL CONDITIONS / SPECIAL PROVISIONS / SPECIFICATIONS / DRAWINGS
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
359/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
360 full time construction inspector PROJECT REP.
361 offer of the bidder to perform the work PROPOSAL
362 PROPOSAL BOND (5%)
363 approved form of the contractor and his surety to execute the work
364 approved form of the contractor and his surety to pay all obligations PAYMENT BOND
365 guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed GUARANTEE BOND
366 AGREEMENT
367 invitaton issued to prospective bidders, giving information to the project INVITATION TO BID
368 additional information on contract documents BID BULLETIN
369
370 graphical representation of the work involved in the project DRAWINGS
371 printed materials stipulating the procedural and adminitrative aspects of contract
372 SPECIAL PROVISIONS
373 SPECIFICATIONS
374 outline specification enumerating the type or trade names of materials to be used
375
376 information advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered. WRITTEN NOTICE
377 earthquake, flood, typhoon, catalysmic phenomena of nature
cashier's check or surety bond with proposal submitted by the bidder that he will enter in the contract with the owner
PERFORMANCE BOND (15%)
contract between the owner and the contractor; including all supplemental agreements thereto and all general and special provisions
list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions for the award of contract
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
GENERAL CONDITIONS
instruction which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and or modify drawings, specifications and general conditions
written or printed description of work to be done describing the qualities of materials and mode of construction additional information which may be issued as an additon or ammendment to the provisions of specifications
SCHED. OF MATERIALS AND
FINISHES
listing of the different parts of the work indicating in each part the corresponding value in materials and labor; including allowance for profit and overhead
BREAKDOWN OF WORK AND
CORRESPONDING VALUE
ACT OF GOD OR FORCE MAJEURE
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
360/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
378 duration of time allowed by the contractor for the completion of the project TIME LIMITS
379 labor or materials or both as well as equipment, transportation or other facilities WORK
380 purchase or fabricate FURNISH
381 INSTALL
382 furnish and install PROVIDE
383 PROPOSAL / BID BOND
384 PERFORMANCE BOND
385 as a guarantee to the quality for all obligations arising from his contract. PAYMENT BOND
386 for life and property INSURANCES
387 GUARANTEE BOND
388 DRAWINGS
389 SPECIFICATIONS
390 AGREEMENT
391 SHOP DRAWINGS
392 precise drawings AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
393 ARBITRATION
394
build in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the intended used
the cashier's check or bidders bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidders as a guaranty that the bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the works if the contract with the owner for the works if the contract is awarded to him.
a bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to the execution of the work in accordance with the terns of the contract
as a guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed and the workmanship performed by the contractor.
are graphical presentations of the work involved in the project. They include all supplementary details and shop drawings.
are written or printed description of work to be done prescribing qualities of materials and modes of construction
is the contract covering the performance of the work described in the contract documents including all supplemental agreements thereto all general and special provisions pertaining to the work materials therefore
drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts and other data prepared by the contractor which illustrates how specific portions of the work shall be fabricated and/or installed.
the binding resolution of disputes by one or more neutral persons as a substitute for judicial proceeding.
the notice published by the owner & the invitations issued to prospective bidders giving information as to the nature of the proposed project condition for the issuance of contract documents & date of bidding
ADVERTISEMENT OR INVITATION TO BID
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
361/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
395 is additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding BID BULLETIN
396
397 SPECIAL PROVISION
398 PENALTY CLAUSE
399 the offer of a bidder to kperform the work describbed by the contractc PROPOSAL
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
the list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions for the award of contract
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
are instructions which maybe issued to supplement draeings & general conditions of the contract
a contract provision setting forth the damagesa party must pay in the eventof a breach of the contract
PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES
362/469
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
363/469
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
1Ammeter
2. The current carrying capacity of a wire or cable, expressed in amperes Amperage
3On a theatre stage, a master switch that distinguishes all stage lights simultaneously. Blackout Switch
4Feeder Line
5Cable Vault
6 The luminous intensity of a light source, expressed in candelas. Candlepower
7 Flow of electricity in a circuit; the unit of measurement is the ampere. Current
8 In an electric circuit, a current that flows in one direction only Direct Current
9Grounding Wire
10 A unit of illumination equal to 1 lumen per square foot. Footcandle
11 A movement or flow of electrically charged particles, typically measured in amperes. Electric current
12 What is a utilization equipment which is generally industrial built in? appliances13 a generator of alternating current alternator14 device used to measure rate of flow of electricity ammeter
15 device for storing electric energy capacitor
16 What is a surface, material, device, or object that scatters light or sound from a source? diffuser
17 device used to transform AC to DC rectifier18 device that indicates light intensity in Footcandle illumeter –
19 What is a flexible armored conduit used to encase electrical wiring? greenfield
20 controls the flow of current to the distribution elements regulator
21 cap that receives the service drop entrance cap22 box used for maintaining light control devices utility box23 What is an electromagnetic force flowing between the positive and negative terminals? flux
24 electromotive force voltage
25 number of AC that flow in a conductor phase
26 rate or measure of power used or consumed watt –27 What is an electric device having a resistance which can be adjusted? rheostat
28 controls the flow of current to the distribution elements regulator
An instrument for measuring the rate of flow of electricity, usually expressed in amperes
The portion of an electric wiring that extends beyond the final over current device protecting the circuit
An underground structure used in pulling or splicing electric cables which are laid underground.
In electric wiring a metal plate, water pipe, or other type of conductor buried in the earth in manner ensuring a good conductive path to the ground.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
364/469
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
29 instrument used to measure the resistance of a conductor ohmmeter
30 materials that resist the flow of electric current insulator
31 What is the unit for quantity of electricity? coulomb
32 unit of resistance ohm33 unit of electromotive force volts
34 unit of candlepower candela
35 Standard length of an electrical metal conduit. 10 ft.
36 PABX or PBX means.
37 Farad is the unit capacity of a ___. Capacitor
38 Another name for distribution panel. Power Panel
39 Standard size of wire for a circuit line. No. 12
40 Standard size of wire for a switch line. No. 14
41 Rectifier
42 Another name for a Rectifier. D.C. Generator
43 Phase
445.5 sqmm
45 60 Cycles
46
Service Drop
47 The simplest type of building automation system.
48 Resistance in alternating current system. Impedance
49 The reciprocal of conductance. Resistance
50Busway
51Bus
52
Busway
Pvt. Automatic Branch Exchange
A device for converting alternating current to directcurrent.
Interrelationship between value of voltage and currentwith the same frequency.Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branchcircuit with a 30 ampere rating using Type THW strandedcopper conductor in a raceway.Standard frequency of power supplied by the localpower utility company like Meralco.The overhead service conductors from the last pole orother aerial support to and including splices, if any,connecting to the service entrance conductors at thebuilding.
Telecommunication System
A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductorsinsulated from each other and the enclosure, also calledBusduct.
A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copperbar, used for collecting, carrying, and distributing large electriccurrents, also called a busbar.
An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fittingand conductor terminations in completely enclosed ventilatedprotective metal housing where the assembly is designed tocarry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of suchcurrent.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
365/469
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
53
Pull Box
54
Riser Diagram
55Air Terminal
56 TW in electrical wire specification means.
57 XHHN in wire specification means.
58 Mho as used in electrical systems calculation is defined as _______. the reciprocal of ohm
59 Watt
60
Nikola Tesla
61
62
63
All of these
64 2-s3w and 1-s4w
65 It characterizes short circuit
66 Cable tray
67 Silver
68
All of the above
69 It is also known as electric panel or load center. Panelboard
70 Conduit
71
72 It is analogous to pressure in water flow. Current
A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose ofjoining one different runs of raceways or cables and providedwith sufficient space for connection and branching of theenclosed conductors.
This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders,switches, switchboards, and major components are shown upto, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electricalversion of a vertical section taken through the building.
In a lightning protection system, the combination of ametal rod and its brace or footing, on the upper part of astructure.
Moisture resistant, in wet and dry locationMoisture and Heat Resistant- Cross-
LinkedThermosetting
A unit of mechanical power is horsepower. What is electricalpower?Who said these prophetic words: “Let the future tell the truthand evaluate each one according to his work and accomplishment.The present is theirs, the future for which I really worked for ismine.”?
A type of raceway specially constructed for the purpose of pullingin or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place.
Rigid metal conduit (RMC)
The trade name for an insulated conductor with type letter THHNis ______.
Heat resistant thermoplastic
What is / are the advantage/s of a circuit breaker over a fuse?a. It can act as a switchb. Its position can be easily detected (close/open)c. It can be used again after fault has been correctedd. All of these
What switch combination may be used in order to control a lampor group of lamps in three different locations?
Low resistance, high current
A unit or assembly units or sections and associated fittingsforming a rigid structural system used to support cables.Fusible material in a fuse may be made of any of the followingexcept___.It affects the resistance of a conductor.a. Lengthb. Areac. Temperature
A cylindrical conduit or conductor, the wall thickness is sufficientto receive a standard pipe.A factory assembly of one or more conductors, each individuallyinsulated and enclosed in a metallic sheath of interlocking metaltape, or a smooth corrugated metallic tube.
metal clad cable (type MC)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
366/469
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
73
All of these
74 Series circuit
75
76 The basic elements of an electric circuit are the following except Switch
77
78Both a and b
79 Gold
80Both a and b
81 Multi-outlet assembly
82 Transfer switch
83 CIRCUIT BREAKER
84 Unit of power WATTS
85The unit used in the measure of the rate of flow of electricity AMPERE
86 This is where an electric service conductor can be installed TOWER OR FLATFORM
87KNIFE SWITCH
88 Provision for building with an expected electric load demand of 200KVA TRANSFORMER VAULT
89 The conversion of alternating current (AC) to direct current (DC) RECTIFIER
90 A kind of flourescent lamp that does not use starter element
91An iron box or casing by which electrical conduit branches are formed JUNCTION BOX
92 A passenger elevator with a constant 24 hour service for residential condominum 5 STOREYS
93 Minimum service drop of connection line above the ground and from the ground 3.00 m
94 Minimum distance of poles and transformer support located from the road right of way 500 mm
95A vertical flow of air used to separate different function of spaces AIR CURTAIN
96 Original name of P-Trap GOOSENECK
97DISTRIBUTION LINE
Alternating current is characterized as having _____.a. Positive and negative polarityb. Average value is zero c. Has frequencyd. All of these
A circuit type where components are electrically connected endto end.The over-all covering of underground feeder and branch circuitcables shall be ____.
a. Fungus resistantb. Corrosion resistant
A factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having anouter sheath of moisture-resistant, flame retardant, non metallicmaterial.
Non metallic sheathed cable (type NM and
NMC)Cables are conductors that are ____.a. Larger than wiresb. Stranded (no.6 AWG and larger)
Which of the following metallic materials is considered as thebest conductor of electricity?Example/s of conductors-on-insulator wiring is are ______.a. Concealed knob and tubeb. Open wiring on insulators
A type of surface flush raceway designed to receive conductorsand receptacles assembled in the field or in the factory.A type of switch used for transferring one or more load conductorconnections from one power source to another.The part of the cut out that is design to open or break an electrical current under an excessive load
A type of electric switch consisting of one or more movable copper blades which are hinged and which make contact with stationary forked contract jaws being forced between them
RAPID START FLOURESCENT LAMP
The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch circuits are connected
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
367/469
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
98 The minimum width of door in hospital housing unit 1.20m
99Another type of circuit breaker element other than bolt-on PLUG IN TYPE
100 The most practical conductor of electricity COPPER WIRE
101 A channel system in carrying electrical wire RACEWAY
102CABLE WIRE
103Another name for power panel DISTRIBUTION PANEL
104 A device used to convert voltage from higher to lower or vise versa TRANSFORMER
105 Metal containing no iron such as copper, brass and aluminum NON FERROUS METAL
1062.50m
107 To bring down voltage
108 Wiring not concealed by the building sructure OPEN WIRING
109
110One with contacts that separate in air AIR SWITCH
111 The voltage across the welding arc ARC VOLTAGE
112ARMORED CABLE
113ASKAREL
114ASSEMBLY
115 Minimum load over a given period of time BASE LOAD
116BRANCH CIRCUIT
117 BUS
118 BUSWAY
119 CAGE
120 CIRCUIT BREAKER
121 CONDUCTOR
122
CONTROLLER
An electric conductor consisting of a group of smaller diameter conductor strands twisted together
The minimum allowance clearance from the highest point of the roof to the service drop conductor from NBC
STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER
Transferring the power load from the building circuitry to standby generator or during brownout
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
Cable provided in wrapping of metal usually steel wires or tapes, primarily for the purpose of mechanical protection
A synthetic non-flammable insulating liquid which, when decomposed by an elctric arc evolves only non-explosive gases
Is combination of all or a portion of component parts included in an electric apparatus, mounted on a supporting frame or panel and properly interwined
That portion of a wiring system extending beyond the final overcurrent device protecting the currentIs a conductor, or group of conductors, in switchgear assemblies which serves as a common connection for two or more circuitApproved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of the currentSystem of conductor forming an essentially continuous conducting network over the object protected and including any conductors necessary for interconnections of the object protected and an adequate groundA device design to open under abnormal conditions a current carrying circuit without injury itselfA wire or combination of wires not insulated from one another suitable for carrying electric current
A device or group of devices which serves to govern in some predetermined manner, the electric power delivered to the apparatus to which it is connected
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
368/469
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
123 CORONA
124 CUT OUT BOX
125DEMAND FACTOR
126 A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy DEVICE
127 A single enclosed runway for conductor cables DUCT
128 Machine which transforms electric power into mechanical power ELECTRIC MOTOR
129FEEDERS
130FOOTCANDLE
131 FUSE
132 Types of lighting that deals with lighting relatively large area covered GENERAL LIGHTING
133Density of the luminous flux on a surface ILLUMINATION
134KNIFE SWITCH
135Artificial source of light LAMP
136 Device for mechanical support of light LAMPHOLDER
137 A radiant energy LIGHT
138 LIGHTNING ARRESTER
139 Is a transient electric disturbance in an electric circuit caused by lightning LIGHTNING SURGE
140 LINE TAP
141 LOAD FACTOR
142 Unit of luminous flux LUMEN
143 A unit of illumination equal to one lumen per square meter LUX
144 Point of the wiring system at which current is taken to supply utilization equipment OUTLET
145 A metal box at an outlet which encloses one or more receptacle OUTLET BOX
146 Maximum load consumed by a unit in a stated period of time PEAK LOAD
147 Device or equipment which is supended from overhead either by means of the flexible cord PENDENT
148 PILOT WIRE
149PULLBOX
A luminous discharge due to ionization of the air surrounding a conductor caused by voltage gradient exceeding a certain critical value
A metal housing that houses the circuit breaker or fuses; surface mounted
Is the ratio of the maximum demand of the system or part of the system to the total connected load of the system
The circuit conductors between the service equipment or the generator switchboard of an isolated plant and the branch circuit overcurrent device
Unit of illumination when the foot is taken as the unit of length. It is the illumination on a surface one square foot in area in which there is uniformly distributed flux of one lumen
An overcurrent protective device with a circuit opening fusible member which is heated and severed by the passage of the overcurrent through it
Is a form of air switch in which the moving element is a hinge blade wedge between stationary contact blades when closed
Protective device for limitting surge voltage on equipment by discharging or by-passing surge current
Is the radial branch connection to a main line
Is the ratio of the average load over a designated period of time to the peak load occuring in that period
Auxillary conductor used in connection with remote measuring devices for operating apparatus at a distant point
Box with a blank cover which is inserted in one or more runs of raceway to facilitate pulling in the conductors and the distributing of the conductors
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
369/469
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
150 Any channel for holding wires, cables or busbars RACEWAY
151 RECEPTACLE
152 RIGID METAL CONDUIT
153ROSETTE
154SERVICE DROP
155 The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors SERVICE RACEWAY
156 Cable designed for service under water SUBMARINE CABLE
157 Is a transient variation in the current potential or power SURGE
158 5.5 mm2
159
160
161
162
163
164
165Y DELTA FOR POWER
166
167OPEN Y DELTA
168
169
170
171 In some localities two phase power is required from three phase system
172
Convinience Outlet; Contact device installed at an oulet for the connection of an attachment plugA raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the pulling in or the conduit is in place and made of metal pipe of standard width and thicknesswithdrawing of wires or cables after theEnclosure of porcelain or other insulating material fitted with terminals and intended for connecting the flexible cord carrying a pendent to permanent wiring
The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including splices if any connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building
Minimum wire size of THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit in a 30 ampere rating
This connetions is used where the load is comparatively small and the length of the secondary circuit is short
SINGLE PHASE TO SUPPLY 120 V LIGHTING
LOAD
This connections is used in most urban distribution circuitsSINGLE PHASE TO
SUPPLY 120/240 3-WIRE LIGHTING AND POWER
LOADThe 120/240 volt winding is connected in series serving 240 volts on a two wire system, this connection is used for small industrial applications
SINGLE PHASE FOR POWER
Consist merely of two single phase transformers operated 90deg out of phase, the common wire must carry /2 times the load current
TWO PHASE CONNECTIONS
This is used to supply a single phase lighting load and three phase power load simultaneously
DELTA-DELTA FOR POWER AND LIGHTING
This connection is used when single phase lighting load is large as compared with the power load
OPEN DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND POWER
Often it is desirable to increase the voltage of a circuit form a 2400 to 4160 volts to increase its potential capacity
This connection is similar to the delta-delta bank with only the primary connection changed The primary neutral should not be grounded or tied into the system neutral, since a single phase ground fault may result in extensive blowing of fuses throughout the system This connection requires special watt-hour metering
Y DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND POWER
When operating Y delta and one service is disabled, service maybe maintained at reduced load
The single phase lighting load is all on one phase resulting in unblanced primary currents in any one bank
DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER
The primary voltage was increased from 2400 to 4160 volts to increase the potential capacity of the system
Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER
When the ratio of transformation from the primary to secondary voltage is small, the most economical way of stepping down the voltage
Y-Y AUTO TRANSFORMER
SCOTT CONNECTION 3PHASE TO 2PHASE
If it should be necessary to supply three phase power from a two phase system, the special tap must be provided on the secondary side
SCOTT CONNECTED 2PHASE TO 3PHASE
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
370/469
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
173 Thermoplastic T
174 Moisture Temperature Resistant TW
175 Underground Feeder UF
176 Flourinated Ethylene Propylene Moisture Resistant FEPW
177 Heat Resitant Rubber RH
178 Heat and Moisture Resistant Rubber RHW
179 Heat Resistant Latex Rubber RUH
180 Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic THW
181 Heat and Moisture Resistant Thermoplstic with Nylon THWN
182 Moisture and Heat Resistant Cross Link Polymer XHHW
183 Armored Cable BX
184 THERMOPLASTIC HEAT RESISTANT THHN
185 POLYETHELENE PE
186 SILICON ASBESTOS SA
187 ASBESTOS AND VARNISH CAMBRIC AVA
188FIXED TEMPERATURE
189 135deg-197deg F HEAT DETECTOR
190
191
192
193 chamber to detect fire DETECTOR
194ARMOR CABLE (AC)
195
196
197
Use low melting point solders or metal the expand when exposed to heat to detect fire
Use of the scattering of light by smoke into view of photo cell through incandescent or diode
PHOTO ELECTRIC DETECTOR
It responds to the high-frequency radiant energy from flames. Alarm is only triggered when IR energy flickers at rate which is chracteristics of flame
INFRARED FLAME DETECTOR
Uses the interruption of small current flow between electrodes by smoke in ionized sampling
IONIZATION SMOKE HEAT
Fabricated assembly of insulated conductors enclosed in flexible metal sheath. It is used both on exposed and concealed work
A factory assemble cable of one or more conductors each individualy insulated and enclosed in a mettalic sheath of interlocking tape of smooth or corrugated tube. This type of cable is especially used for service feeders, branch circuit and for indoor, outdoor work
METAL CLAD CABLE (MC)
Is a factory assembly of one or more conductors insulated with highly compressed refractory mineral insulation enclosed in a liquid and gas tight continous copper sheath. This type of cable is used in dry, wet or continously moist location as service feeders or branch circuit
MINERAL INSULATED CABLE (MI)
Is a also a factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having a moisture resistant, flame retardant and non metallic material outer sheath. This type is used specifically for one or two family dwellings not exceeding 3 storey building
NON METALLIC SHEATED CABLE (NM)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
371/469
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207Heat Resistant Rubber / 75 degrees RH
208METAL HALIDE
209
210 Moisture Resistant Thermoplastic / 60 degrees TW
211 Type of switch where pilot light inside a lit to guide the person inside ILLUMINATED SWITCH
This type of cable is factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors in an extruded core of moisture resistant and flame retardant material covered within an overlapping spiral metal tape. This type is used in hazardous locations and in cable trays or in raceways
SHIELDED NON METALLIC SHEATED
CABLE (SNM)
Is a moisture resistant cable used for underground connections including direct burial in the ground as feeder or branch circuit This is factory assembled two or more insulated conductors with or without associated bare or covered or grounding under a mettalic sheath, This is used for installation of cable trays, raceways, or it is supported by messenger wire
UNDERGROUND FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUIT
(UF) POWER AND CONTROL TRAY CABLE
(TC)
Is an assembly of parallel conductors formed integrally with insulating material web designed especially for field installation in metal surface or raceways
FLAT CABLE ASSEMBLY (FC)
Consist of three or more flat copper conductor placed edge to edge separated and enclosed with an insulating assembly. This type of cable is used for general purposes such as: appliance branch circuit, and for individual branch circuits, especially in hard smooth continous floor surfaces and the like
FLAT CONDUCTOR CABLE (FCC)
Is a single or multi conductor solid dielectric insulated cable rated at 2,000 volts or higher. This type is used for power system up to 35,000 volts
MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE (MV)
Part of the facility which accept the house cable riser and house the terminal block at each floor and at the highest or end of a feeder riser cable
TELEPHONE TERMINAL CABINET
Is the simplest type of building automation system, which intercoms, PABX, microwave links, analog and digital telephone system, video conferencing, satellite links, structured cabling and similar devices
TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM
Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at three points
SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT START, 3-WAY SWITCH
AT MIDPOINT AND SINGLE POINT SWITCH
AT END
Factory assembled of two or more insulated conductors w/ or w/o associated bare cover ground conductor under a non metallic sheath approved forr installation in cable trays, in raceways or in supported by a messenger wire
POWER AND CONTROL TRAY CABLE TYPE
Light source used in lighting fixtures best specified in areas such as those requiring high illumination levels for detailed work such as needle work
A transformer location required in some localities, where a three phase power is required from a two phase system
SCOTT CONNECTION 2 PHASE TO 3 PHASE
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
372/469
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
21285 amperes
213DRAWINGS
21415 amperes
215
Best suited for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit like PVC for underground installation in buildings
2165.500 mm
217
BUSWAYS
218
RIGID STEEL CONDUIT
219 System of voltage used for computing branch circuits and feeder load 120/240 VOLTS
220WINDMILL
221 PANEL BOARD
222
223
224 Minimum conductor size for for overhead service drop for copper wire or cable 2.2, 30, 8, 14
225 Underground Feeder, 60-75 degrees C UF
226 Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic used for dry and wet locations THW
227 CIRCUIT VENT
228CIRCUIT BREAKER
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 22 sq.m cross sectional area in size for USE
Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits (drawing)
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 2.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for TW
PVC IS ALLOWED FOR AS LONG AS BOTH BURIAL
DEPTH OF NO LESS 460mm AND CONCRETE
ENCASEMENT IS PROVIDED
Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground over residential and comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck traffic and over 600 volts to ground
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current
A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the pulling in or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place and made of metal pipe of standard width and thickness
Natural energy source derived from force of wind acting on oblique blades that radiates froma shaft attached to a dynamo to produce electricity
A point in th electrical system where the electrical load of a given area is assumed to concentrate
Alternating current generated by the alternator where its wave rises to the peak, sinks to zero, drops to the negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each second depending on the frequency for which the machine is designed
SINGLE PHASE ALTERNATING CURRENT
Alternating current where the alternator comprises of windings mounted at right angles to each other and provided with separate external connections current waves will be produced and each of which will be at its maximum when the other is zero
TWO PHASE ALTERNATING CURRENT
Vertical vent pipes take in front of the last fixture and connects to its soil stack which acts as a vent
A device designed to open and close a circuit by non automatic means and to open the circuit automatically on predetermined over current without damaged to itself when properly applied within its rating
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
373/469
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
229 The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors SERVICE RACEWAY
230
23124 AMPERE
2325.5 sq.mm
233
3500mm
23430 amperes
2353.5 sq.m
23645 Amperes
237
238A type of water coolant operates at a pressure of about 150 atmospheres
239 A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy DEVICE
240
BUSWAYS
241Standard frequency of water supply by the company like Meralco 60 CYCLES
242 Underground Service Entrance / 75degrees USE
243SERVICE DROP
244
245BALANCE LOADING
246CABLE TRAYS
A transformer connection which is ideal in the event of change of primary voltage from 2400 volts to 4160 volts to increase the potential capacity of the system
Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER
Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a 30 ampere branch circuit for lighting or utilization equipment
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 30 ampere rating
Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the electrical service entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes, measure from final grade line or other accesible surface only for service drop cabled together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300 volts to ground
Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit supplied by a 3-wire feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 20 ampere rating
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 8 sq.m cross sectional area in size for THW
A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential difference between them, and a grounded conductor having equal potential difference between it
MULTI WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT
PRESSURIZED WATER REACTOR
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current
The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including the splices, if any connecting to te service entrance conductors at the building
A type of nuclear reactor where the water coolant is permitted to boil within the core by operating at somewhat low pressure
BOILING WATER REACTOR
In a 240V, a three phase 3-wire service, branch cicuits are loaded and distributed to each of the three phase with this objective to attain
Unit or assembly of unit sections and associated fittings forming a rigid structural system used to support cables
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
374/469
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
247
248
249
250
251Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance 30 amperes
252 Type of sound absorbent best for lower band frequencies POROUS ABSORBENT
253Unit of frequency which is equal to one cycle per second HERTZ
254
255Use to accept the P-trap assembly of the lavatory
256 A parameter in sizing horizontal branch pipe
257Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at
258three points
259 DRAWINGS
260
261
2626000mm to 7600mm
2635500 mm
2643500mm
26524 amperes
A transformer connection where the secondary load is a combination of lighting and power. This connection is used when the single phase lighting is large as compared with the power load
OPEN DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND POWER
A useful transformer connection applied when single phase lighting load is all on one phase resulting into unbalanced primary
DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER
Type of flexible cable which is a fabricated assembly of insulated conductors which permit its use at exposed weather or excessive moisture
ARMOR CABLE TYPE ACL
A type of alternating current where the alternator comprises the three armature windings set at 120 degrees to each other, current will be produced in the form of triple wave
THREE PHASE ALTERNATING CURRENT
A type of alternating current generated by alternator, where its wave rises to its peak, sinks to zero, drop to a negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each seconds depending on the frequency of the machine is designed
SINGLE PHASE ALTERNATING CURRENT
2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND COMBINATION
NUMBER OF BRANCH VENTS
SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT START,
3-WAY SWITCH AT MIDPOINT AND
Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits (drawing)A CLEARANCE OF NOT LESS THAN 76mm SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN CONDUCTORS AND NOT LESS THAN 26mm
Pre requisite in use of split knob and tube wiring
A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential difference between them, and a grounded conductor having equal potential difference between it
MULTI WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT
What is the maximum horizontal range between two or more air terminal for lightning arrest for an effective disaster prevention in building
Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground over residential and comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck traffic and over 600 volts to ground
Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the electrical service entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes, measure from final grade line or other accesible surface only for service drop cabled together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300 volts to ground
Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a 30 ampere branch circuit for lighting or utilization equipment
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
375/469
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
266
30 amperes
267 85 amperes
268 45 amperes
26915 amperes
2705.5 sq.mm
271 3.5 sq.m
272 Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance 30 amperes
273
274TW in electrical wire specification means.
275Specific Lighting
276XHHN in wire specification means.
277Standard length of an electrical metal conduit. 10'
278The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet type. Infra Red
279PABX or PBX means.
280Farad is the unit capacity of a ___. Capacitor
281Another name for distribution panel. Power Panel
282Standard size of wire for a circuit line. No. 12
283Standard size of wire for a switch line. No. 14
284Interrelationship between value of voltage and current with the same frequency. Phase
Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit supplied by a 3-wire feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 22 sq.m cross sectional area in size for USEAmpacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30 degreesw/a 8.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for THW
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 2.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for TW
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 30 ampere rating
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with20 ampere rating
A device that is basically a double throw switch of generally 3-pole connection that will automatically transfer the power from the standby generator to the building circuitry during electrical power failure.
Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS)
Moisture resistant, in wet anddry location
A type of lighting that provides illumination to special objects like sculptures, flower arrangements, etc.
Moisture and Heat Resistant- Cross-
Linked Thermosetting
Pvt. Automatic Branch Exchange
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
376/469
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
285Thermosetting
286Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch circuit with a 30 ampere rating using 5.5 sqmm
287Type THW stranded copper conductor in a raceway. 5.5 sqmm
288Standard frequency of power supplied by the local power utility company like Meralco. 60 Cycles
289Service Drop
290The simplest type of building automation system.
291A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which uses low melting point solders or Fixed Temperature
292metal that expands when exposed to heat to detect a fire. Heat Detector
293A private telephone system that interconnects with public telephone systems. PABX
294Resistance in alternating current system. Impedance
295The reciprocal of conductance. Resistance
296Busway
297Bus
298Busway
299A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat range of body temperature. Passive Infrared
300A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of light beam. Light Beam
301A type of perimeter detector which detects change in sound wave pattern. Ultrasonic
Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin which hardens when heated or cured, and does not soften when reheated.
The overhead service conductors from the last pole or other aerial support to and including splices, if any, connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building.
Telecommunication System
A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors insulated from each other and the enclosure, also called Busduct.
A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper bar, used for collecting, carrying, and distributing large electric currents, also called a busbar.
An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in completely enclosed ventilated protective metal housing where the assembly is designed to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
377/469
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
302Pull Box
303Microwave
304This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive infrared and Ultrasonic or Passive Infrared with
305Microwave system.
306Proximity / Capacitance
307Metal Halide Lamp
308Mercury Lamp
309
310A type of lamp generally used for roadways and sidewalks, uses sodium gas.
311Building with fire alarm and suppression system. Intelligent Building
312Air Terminal
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of joining one different runs of raceways or cables and provided with sufficient space for connection and branching of the enclosed conductors.
A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false alarm from aircraft radar and from movement outside building through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.
Ultrasonic (or Microwave)
This type of perimeter detector detects a change in capacitance of the area covered, caused by intrusion.
A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is produced by the radiation from a mixture of a metallic vapor, similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.
A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors, uses argon gas to ease starting, it produces light by means of an electric discharge in mercury vapor.
A type of lamp which produces light by means of the reaction of halogen additive in the bulb reacts with chemically with tungsten.
Tungsten Halogen Lamp
High-Pressure-Sodium (HPS)
In a lightning protection system, the combination of a metal rod and its brace or footing, on the upper part of a structure.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
378/469
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
379/469
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
380/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
1 PLUMBARIUS
2PLUMBER
3NPCP refers to:
4Its complete RA no: IRA 1378
5 What is the meaning of BOD?
6 WATER SEAL TRAP
7 INSTALLING
8
9
10 PLUMBING APPRENTICE
11 RENAISSANCE PERIOD
12STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
13
14 CARRYING CAPACITY
15 MAN
16 PLUMBING SYSTEM
17HEAT
18 RA 1364
19
20
21
DOMESTIC SEWAGE
2228-Jun-55
23 When was the practice of Plumbing in the Philippines initiated? 17th CENTURY
What ancient roman term refers to an individual who worked inthe sanitary field of ancient Rome?
What is the title given to a person who is a skilled worker in thefield of sanitation?
NATIONAL PLUMBING CODE OF THE PHILS.
BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND
Each fixture directly connected to the drainage system shall beequipped with __________.Plumbing is defined as the art and science of ___________ pipes,fixtures and other apparatus.
What is the general role of Sanitary and EnvironmentalEngineering?
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
This promulgated the design and layout of a plumbing system thatis governed by set of rules
NATIONAL STANDARD PLUMBING CODE (NSPC)
In the 17th century, the English parliamentary passed the first___________ laws.What period was plumbing revived? It is the period when Europewas plagued with epidemics.
Plumbing shall be installed with due regard to presentation of thestrength of ___________ and prevention of damage to walls andother surfaces through fixture usage.
In what civilization did the concept and importance of plumbingbecame more defined and appreciated?
GRECO-ROMAN CIVILIZATION
The ability of an area resource system to support the activities ofa given population.____________ is a part of ecosystem and is the major contributor to pollution of the environment.____________, including fixtures, shall be maintained and properlyusableThis the pollutant that affects the quality of water due to impactof Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) discharges, that rises whentemperature rises.
An act which regulate the Practice of Sanitary Engineering in thePhilippines.
In 1907, a division of plumbing construction and inspection, withthe city of Manila as a model, was headed by whom?
American Master Plumber JOHN F. HASS
This act is known as __________ that was approved on June 18,1955.
SANITARY ENGINEERING LAW
The liquid and water borne waste derived form the ordinary livingprocess, free from industrial wastes, and of such character as topermit satisfactory disposal without special treatment into the publicsewer or by means of private disposal system.
When was the Rep. Act No. 1378, also known as the NationalPlumbing Code of the Philippines approved?
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
381/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
24 What is the act for Water Quality Management? ACT 2152
25 0
261
27
28 Solid waste, from water closet SOIL PIPE
29 Liquid only, fixtures other than WC WASTE PIPE
30is the most satisfactory means of water distribution.
31
32SERVICE HEADERS
33 PRIMARY FEEDERS
34 ____________ is used for city water pipes. CAST IRON PIPES
35 STEEL PIPES
36 DUCTILE IRON
37 CORROSION
38 RECIPROCATING PUMP
39 HAND PUMP
40 BOOSTER PUMP
41 LOW LIFT PUMP
42 Pump that discharge treated water into arterial mains. HIGH LIFT PUMP
43 Used to supply or remove water from a building. PIPE LINES
44 DELAVAUD PROCESS
45 INTAKE CONDUIT
46 1/6 to 1/3
47 1.8 x 105 to 2.8 x 105 N/m2
48 LOW-SERVICE SYSTEM
49 1
50 FRESH WATER
TRUE OR FALSE : Sanitation is the field of public health dealingwith environmental degration and prevention and control of diseasesTRUE OR FALSE : The design and layout of plumbing system isgoverned by a set of rules promulgated by the National StandardPlumbing Code (NSPC)
Plumbarius is to individual who worked in the sanitary field, whilePlumbum is to ___________.
LEAD – a metal used by Romans as a plumbing
material
GRAVITATIONAL FLOW METHOD
In this method of distribution, the excess water pumped duringperiods of low consumption is stored in elevated tanks or reservoir.
DISTRIBUTION BY MEANS OF PUMP
In dual main systems, ____________ are added on the south andwest sides of streets and piping is generally placed beneathsidewalks.____________, sometimes called arterial mains, for in theskeleton of the distribution system.
____________ is used for pipelines, truck mains and invertedsiphon where pressures are high and sizes are large.____________ a stronger and more elastic type of cast iron used innewer plumbing installation.A chemical reaction which involves the removal of metallicelectrons from metals and formation of more stable compounds.Consist of a cylinder in which a piston or a plunger movesbackwards and forwards.Used to raise water from shallow depths and used most frequentlyfor individual houses.____________ is a pump that increases the pressure within thedistribution system or raise water to an elevated water storage tank.Pump that lifts surface water and move it to a nearby treatmentplant.
Centrifugal casting on metal moulds is sometimes called____________ .Necessitates a large pipe or conduit so that velocities will be lowbut not low enough to allow sedimentation.Generally, the equalizing volume of a water thank that is about____________ of the total daily demand.In residential areas having houses up to 4 storeys high, thepressure in the pipes should be between _____________.High service system is high lying areas; while _____________ is tolow lying areasTRUE OR FALSE : Water distribution is a network of pumps,pipelines, storage tanks and appurtenances.It is a special type of underground water that is found on islandsor in the coastal regions near the sea.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
382/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
51 PLUMBING FIXTURES
52 BALL COCKS
53CROSS CONNECTION
54What are the 3 main sources of water supply?
55 WATER METER
56_____________ is used to prevent back siphonage.
57 BACKFLOW
58 TURBIDITY
59COLOR
60 ALKALINITY
61IRON
62 OPEN TRENCH WORK
63
64 ________________ is water bearing stratum. AQUIFER
65There are two types of well____________ & ____________.
66 The recommended slope for the house drain. 2%
67SANITARY DRAIN
68SOIL PIPE
69 WASTE PIPE
70 POTABLE WATER
71
72 TURBID
73MCL means
74 COMBINED DRAIN
75 This type of drain is now considered obsolete and not advisable. COMBINED DRAIN
This should be supplied with water in sufficient volume or atadequate pressure to enable them to function properly.Flush tanks which are directly connected to the potable watersupply system should be equipped with approved ___________.
_____________ is a junction between water supply systemsthrough which water from doubtful or unsafe sources may enter anotherwise safe supply.
* RAINWATER* GROUNDWATER
* SURFACE WATER_____________ is required to be installed so as to register theamount of water supplied to a building.
VACUUM BREAKER orBACKFLOW PREVENTER
______________ permits water drawn into a fixture tank or similardevices to flow back into the supply line by gravity or siphonage.______________ is when water contains visible material insuspension
______________ is caused by material in solution or a colloidalstate should be distinguished from turbidity.
The carbonate and bicarbonate of calcium, sodium and magnesiumare the common impurities which cause ______________.
_______________ in water causes hardness, and in small amount itwill cause taste, discoloration of clothes and plumbing fixtures andincrustations in water mains.Excavation for the installation of underground water supply pipingshould be _____________.
The proportional change in length corresponding to 1°F change intemperature is known as the _______________.
COEFFICIENT OF LINEAR EXPANSION
WATER TABLE WELL & ARTESIAN WELL
A type of house drain that receives the discharges of sanitary anddomestic waste only.
A drainage pipe that carries on is designed to carry humanexcretement.
A drainage pipe that carries liquid waste that not include humanexcretement.Water that is safe to drink, pleasant to the taste and usable fordomestic purposes.A communicable disease which may be transmitted by waterinclude bacterial, viral and protozoal infections.
WATERBOURNE DISEASES
A water is _____________ when it contains visible material insuspension.
MAXIMUM CONTAMINANT LEVELS
A type of house drain that receives discharges of sanitary as wellas storm water.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
383/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
76 HOUSE DRAIN
77 FOUNDATION WALL
78 INDUSTRIAL DRAIN
79The house drain should be provided with adequate number of CLEANOUTS
80 The complete PD No. of CODE OF SANITATION OF THE PHILIPPINES. PD 856
81 200m
821
83 0
84 0
85 PRIVY
86 CATCH BASIN
87CESSPOOL or DRYWELL
88 The main sewer is financed and maintained by ____________. GOVERNMENT89 ____________ is the liquid conveyed by a sewer. SEWAGE
90
INFLOW
91A pipe venting acid waste system. ACID VENT
92 A watertight container of sewage. SEPTIC TANK
93 SEWAGE PUMP
94 This bacteria functions in absence of free oxygen. ANAEROBIC BACTERIA
95Considered as the oldest type of sewer.
96 Minimum width for septic tank. 0.90m
97HOUSE SEWER
98 HOUSE DRAIN
992.8 - 3.0 TIMES
100 RA 9003
In large buildings, _____________ are usually suspended from thebasement ceiling.A cleanout shall be provided on the house drain as near aspossible the ______________ of the building.A kind of drain that should terminate into a separate drainagesystem.
Boating, shooting or fishing should not be allowed within____________ of the water intake.
TRUE OR FALSE : In changing house drain directions, the branchshall be run at right angle as a floor drain.
TRUE OR FALSE : A cleanout extended above the floor can also beutilized as floor drain.TRUE OR FALSE : All changes of direction shall be done with shortradius fittings.A concrete vault constructed for the collection of raw sewagesealed with a wooden shelter.A receptacle in which liquids are retained for sufficient period tothe deposit settle able material.
A hole in the ground with stone and bricks laid in such manner asto allow raw contaminated sewage to leach under the surface of theground.
____________ is water which enters sewers from surface sourcessuch as graces in manholes, open cleanouts, perforated manholecovers and roof drains or basement sumps connected to the sewer.
A permanently installed mechanical device for removing sewage orliquid waste from a sump other than ejector.
COMBINATION PUBLIC SEWER
That portion of the horizontal drainage system which starts fromthe outer face of the building and terminate at the main sewer inthe street or septic tank.
Sometimes referred to as “the collection line of a plumbingsystem.”
The septic tank should be double compartment and should becapable of holding how many times of daily waste water flow.
The complete RA No. of ECOLOGICAL SLOID WASTE MANAGEMENTACT 2000.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
384/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
101 50%
102TRUE OR FALSE : The minimum depth for septic tank is 1.20m 1
1031
104 1
105 FIXTURE DRAIN
106WATER
107 ABSORPTION
108 INSIDE STORM DRAIN
109STORM DRAIN
110ROOF LEADER
111 OUTSIDE STORM DRAIN
112
OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN
113INSIDE STORM DRAIN
114STORM DRAIN
115 Rainwater piping should not be used as:
116Roof drains shall not be made of __________. IRON
117 The outside roof leader is located on the _____
118 The inside roof leader is installed ___________
119 FIXTURE DRAIN
120 All storm drains should be graded at least ¼ INCH PER FOOT
121
122
123 Conductor is to vertical; __________ is to horizontal GUTTER
How many percent of the total sewage solids is organic andsubject to rotting.
TRUE OR FALSE : No septic tank shall be installed within under ahouse.
TRUE OR FALSE : Septic tank should be located not less than 15maway from potable water to prevent contamination.What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to thejunction of the drain pipe?
An element composed of an atom of Oxygen and two atoms forHydrogen, otherwise known as H2O.
What is the immersion in a fluid for a definite period of time,usually expressed as a percent of weight of the dry pipe?This type of storm drain is used in buildings located in congestedbusiness areas.
It is that unit of the plumbing system which conveys storm waterto a satisfactory terminal.
It is often referred to as conductor or downspout. It is also theportion of the storm drainage system which extends between storm drain & the roof terminal
This type of storm drain is advisable on buildings where an ampleamount of ground space between buildings is available.
A type of storm drain that is suspended from the basement ceilingby substantial hangers, placed at close intervals, and generally isadapted to buildings where public storm sewer is not sufficientlydeep in the street.
This is the type of storm drain located under the basement floorwithin the walls of the building and is used in buildings located incongested business areas.
What do you call that unit of the plumbing system which conveysstorm water to a satisfactory terminal?
SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPE
OUTSIDE WALL OF THE BUILDING
WITHIN THE BUILDING WALLS
What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to thejunction of the drain pipe?
This type of terminal should be used only where the public sewerdischarges its contents into a terminal other than a disposal plant.
COMBINATION HOUSE SEWER
The roof leader is extended _________ through the floors of thebuilding to a point just below the roof & is then extended _________to reduce the danger of breakage which may result because ofexpansion and contraction of the roof.
VERTICALLY, HORIZONTALLY
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
385/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
124 LIQUID
125 1
126 1
127 0
128
1
1291
1301
131 1
1320
133
1
134
1
135
1
1361
137 Do appurtenances need direct connection to water supply? NO
138 What type of plumbing material is a water heater? APPLIANCE
139 BALL COCK
140 What is the most expensive type of all pipes? BRASS PIPE
141 COPPER PIPE
142 What type of plumbing material is a water closet? FIXTURE
143 CAST IRON PIPES
144 What plumbing material receives water-bourn wastes? FIXTURES
145 What type of plumbing material is a soap dispenser? APPURTENANCE
Catch basin is a receptacle in which _________ are retained for a sufficient period of time to allow settle able material to depositTRUE OR FALSE : The discharge capacity of the pipe variesaccording to its length and grade per foot.TRUE OR FALSE : One factor which makes the sizing of storm draindifficult is the matter of grouping rainfall over a given period.TRUE OR FALSE : Another element to consider in determining thesize of the drain is the depth of the building.
TRUE OR FALSE : The storm drain is connected to the sewer atright angles by means of a 45° Y and curve assembled in exactly thesame manner as a sanitary house sewer connection.
TRUE OR FALSE : The change of direction at the highest point ofthe conductor should be made by means of an elbow & 45° fitting.
TRUE OR FALSE : The base of the roof leader must be providedwith a concrete or stone foundation.
TRUE OR FALSE : If the roof leader is constructed of galvanizedsteel, it must be supported at every floor with a pipe rest.
TRUE OR FALSE : Horizontal runs may not be suspended fromband iron hangers or steel ring hangers anchored in the structure
TRUE OR FALSE : The roof leader is extended vertically throughthe floors of the building to a point just below the roof and is thenextended horizontally to reduce the danger of breakage which mayresult because of expansion and contraction of the roof.
TRUE OR FALSE : A cast-iron strainer basket is attached to thedrain to prevent stones, leaves and other materials from entering theconductor.
TRUE OR FALSE : Roof drains are provided with a copper flashing,or in some instances, with a cast-iron clamp so that the jointbetween the roof and the conductor will be water-tight.
TRUE OR FALSE : A roof leader may be terminated by placing ahub of cast-iron soil pipe flush with the roof.
What do you call a faucet opened or closed by the fall or rise of aball floating on the surface of water?
What type of pipe is durable and has extreme resistance tocorrosion?
What type of pipe is the most specified material need for drainageinstallation in buildings?
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
386/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
146 CISPI stands for:
147 “U” in UPVC stands for UNPLASTICIZED
148 LESS THAN 25-STORIES
149It is a non-metallic plumbing material?
150 SILICON
151 CLAMP GATE CALVE
152 FLUSHOMETER VALVE
153VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE
154DRUM TRAP
155 A pit for the reception or detention for sewage Cesspool
156Drain
157 The lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or condult that is not vertical Invert
158 An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement Privy
159Sludge
160Vent Pipe
161 A pipe or condult for carrying sewage and liquid waste Sewer Pipe
1622%
163All Changes in direction shall be made by the appropriate use of 45 deg. Bends
164 In plumbing the vent pipe which is connected to the crown Crown weir 165
A pipe fitting to join two straight lengths of pipes. Coupling
166 Level 3 types of water service refers to: artesian well
167 A faucet fitted with nozzle curving downward used as a draw-of trap: lavatory faucet
168 One of the first steps in the selection of a suitable water supply source is: water (potability)
169 The minimum size of a swimming pool drain: 2”dia
170 Fluoride as an addictive in water supply is a chemical for: coagulant
CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE
The use of cast-iron pipes should be limited to buildings______stories in height.
ASBESTOS-CEMENT NON-PRESSURE SEWER PIPE
Acid-resistant pipe usually is an alloy of cast-iron and____________.A gate valve whose body and bonnet are held together by a “u”bolt clamp.A device that discharges a predetermined quantity of water tofixtures for flushing purposes.
Pipes that are used to underground public sewers, house sewerand drains. It is made up of clay and also resistant to acids.
This type of trap is used in many localities where venting is notrequired by local ordinances. This device permits the waste to flowthrough it rapidly.
A sewer or other pipe or condult used for conveying groundwater, surface water, storm water, waste water or sewage
The solid organic materials being more dense than water, tend to settle to the bottom of the tank
A pipe or opening used for ensuring the circulation of air in a plumbing system and for reducing the pressure exerted on trap seal
All horizontal piping shall be run in practical alignment and at a uniform grade of not less than ____ percent
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
387/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
171 The quality of Galvanized Iron pipes are rated by: schedule
172 A pipe fitting to change in one single direction (course) the flow of water: elbow
173 Women’s urinal fixture: bidet
174 The minimum distance (in meters) of a well from a septic tank. 15 m.
175 nipple
176 Prevents water hammer: Float Valve
177
178. Water well yield is a factor considered to determine the size of: water pipe
179The reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of the trap:
180 A pipe fitting shape like letter “S”: U-trap
181Back vent pipe
1821 per 35
183The minimum size of trap and waste branch for a bidet: 2" dia.
184 A pipe which conveys only liquid waste, free of fecal matter waste pipe
185A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste, or vent piping: stack
186 The minimum slope of a building drain: 1/16 in./ft.
187 The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal: 2" dia.
188The minimum size of a trap and waste branch for a shower stall: 2" dia.
189 The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a size of foot bath: 2" dia.
190 Black steel pipe with galvanized malleable fitting is ideal for: Gas Pipe
191 1 per 30
192black
193
Turnbackle
194 Water distributing pipe
Apiece of pipe threaded outside all through out to connect short runs of two pipe fittings:
Theater or movie house’s water requirement is determined or estimated at 5 galloons of water per day :
total number of auditorium seat
Crown weir to bottom dip
The part of a vent line which connects directly with an individual trap underneath or behind the fixture and extends to the branch or man pipe at any point higher than the fixture trap:
The minimum number of water closet unit required for the female population of an elementary school:
The minimum number of a urinal fixture required for the male population of both elementary and secondary school:
The prescribe color coding of piping under refrigerating division of all pipes and fittings:
A type of coupling or joining device having internal screw threads or nuts with opposite screws at the end. By turning the internal screws, it is possible to connect two metal rods and regulate the length and tension of this rods:
The first section of water supply piping in abuilding after the water meter.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
388/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
195
Globe valve
196 The receptacle in which liquid is retained for deposition of sediment is called? catch basin
197 lowest portion of a trap dip
198 pipe for wastewater drain pipe
199 liquid waste effluent
200 These are vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets. soil stack
201 vertical pipe used for the storage of water standpipe
202 receptacle for organic discharge septic tank
203accumulated or settled solid waste sludge
204 water hammer
205 a flange used on a pipe to cover a hole escutcheon
206end of a pipe that fits into a bell spigot
207backflow due to negative pressure back siphonage
208 vent stack
209 gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects fumigant
210 vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets soil stack
211 It automatically closes to prevent the flow of fluid in a reverse direction. check valve
212 reservoir for liquid cistern
213 valve for controlling the flushing of fixtures flush valve
214 It is the method of rendering a pipe fitting waterproof by using oakum or lead caulking
215 process of injecting chlorine gas into the water disinfections
216 Minimum width of a septic tank. 90 cms.
217 Minimum length of a septic tank. 1.50 mts.
218 Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank. 70 cms.
219 Maximum liquid depth for septic tank. 1.80 mts.
220 1.50 cum
A valve in which the flow of water is cut off bymeans of a circular disk that fits against thevalve seat. The plane of movement of the diskis parallel to the normal direction of flow ofwater, which is turned through a tortuouspassage to direct the flow normal to the face ofthe disk.
It is a loud thumping noise that results from a sudden stoppage of the flow in water lines.
What do you call a vertical pipe installed primarily for the purpose of providing circulation of air to and from any part of the drainage system?
Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondarycompartment of a septic tank.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
389/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
221 508 mm.
222 1.50 mts.
223 15.20 mts.
224 45.70 mts.
225 30.50 mts.
226 Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 51 mm.
227 Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 102 mm.
228 Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture. 60 cms.
229 Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub 38 mm.
230 Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall. 51 mm
231 Polyethylene
232 Corporation Stop
233 Relief Vent
234 Escutcheon
235 Length along the centerline of the pipe and fitting. Developed Length
236 Flush Valve
237 Sewage
238 Component of fire extinguisher. Carbon Monoxide
239 Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers. Storm Sewer
240 Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor. 1 1/2'”
241 A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent. 1/8 Bend
242 Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet. 1-1/2"
243 3/8"
244 Battery of Fixtures
245 Common Vent
2464"
247 4"
248 6"
249 Plumbarius
Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septictank.Minimum length of the secondary compartment of aseptic tank with a capacity of more than 6 cubic meters.Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septictank.Minimum distance of a water supply well from aseepage pit or cesspool.Minimum distance of a water supply well from adisposal field.
Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride andpolybutylene.A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to theconnection at the water main.A vent with a function to provide circulation if airbetween drainage and vent systemFlange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in afloor or wall which the pipe pass.
A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing offixture.Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetablematter in suspension or solution.
Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank typewater closet.Term applied to the interconnection of the samefixtures in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent.A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the caseof a back to back vent.Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in whichthe highest outlet is 23 meters or less from the fire serviceconnection.Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of morethan 15 meters from the source.Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it isventing.It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitaryfield of ancient Rome.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
390/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
250 In Latin, it means 'lead'. Plumbum
251
252 Sanitary Sewer Main
253Fixture
254 2 1/2"
255 A vent pipe connected to a vent stack. Circuit Vent
256 A vent pipe connected to a stack vent. Loop Vent
257 Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure. Barometer
258 Ionization
259 Bibbcock
260 Top Dip to Crown Weir
261 A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'. Double Bend
262 2"
263 3”
264 3m
2653 days
26615 minutes
267 8%
268300 mm
269300 mm
270 Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals. 4 ft.
271 Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees. 60˚
272 305 mm
273 450 mm
274 6.10 mts.
A specially designed system of waste pipingembodying the horizontal wet venting of one or moresinks or floor drains by means of a common waste andvent pipe adequately sized to provide free movement ofair above the flow line of the drain.
Combination Waste and Vent system
Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be dischargeddirectly to the nearest ___.Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water,water-carried waste into a drainagesystem with which they are connected.Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe locatedat each floor.
Best type of fire detection that can detect fire duringthe incipient stage.A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward usedas a draw-off tap.Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of atrap.
Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a showerstall.Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestalurinal.Minimum head of water, in meters, required for eachsection of plumbing for water test.How many days, at least, shall be given before anyplumbing work inspection is done after written notice forinspection.
Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay inthe system or pipes for a water test without any leaks to satisfysaid testing.Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittingssafe for humans.Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipesto the top of sewer or drain pipe if laid in the same trench ontop of the other.
Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulatingequipment, water heater, conditioning tanks, and similarequipment requiring union fittings.
Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters forpipes 51mm or less in diameter.Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters forpipes larger than 51 mm. Dia.Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from anyaccess door, crawl space, or crawl hole.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
391/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
275 Maximum length of a tailpiece. 600 mm
276 Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting. 4.60 mts.
277 15 cms.
278 300 mm
279 0.90 mtr.
280 2.10 mts.
2813.00 mts.
282 10
283 Pressure Regulating Valve
284 Softening
285 Women's urinal fixture. Washdown
286Washdown
287Reverse Trap
288Blowout
289Siphon Vortex
290 Siphon Jet
291Siphon Vortex
292Siphon Jet
293 Reverse Trap
294 Washdown
295Water Hammer
296 Gate Valve
297 Globe Valve
298 Effluent
Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above theroofMinimum extension of a vent stack through roof aboveany other vertical surface.Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of anyopenable window or opening.Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeckwhere it is protruded.Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from aroofdeck used for other purposes aside from protection fromweather.
Minimum number of stories served by a waste stackrequiring a parallel ventstack.An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuatinginlet water pressure to a lower constant pressure.The process of removing calcium and magnesium depositsin water.
A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject toclogging, noisy, and use a simple washout action through asmall irregular passageway.
This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jetexcept that it has a smaller trap passageway and smaller watersurface area, moderately noisy.
A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient.Strong jet into up leg forces contents out. Use only with flushvalve, requires higher pressure.Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water isdirected through the rim. It scours bowl, folds over into jet;siphon.
A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet.Water enters through the rim and through the down leg.A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having theflushing water directed to the rim to create circular motion orvortex which scours the bowl.
A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters throughthe rim and a siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws thecontents of the bowl through the trapway.A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with asmaller water surface and trapway.This type of water closet is prohibited by some healthcodesThe concussion and banging noise that results when avolume of water moving in a pipe suddenly stops or losesmomentum.
A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gateacross the passage.A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in aninternal wall.Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank orsewage treatment plant.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
392/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
299 The centerline of pipe. Spring Line
300 The interior top surface of a pipe. Crown
301 The interior bottom surface of a pipe. Invert
302 Color code for pipes containing acid. black
303Teflon
304
all true
305
all true
306 House Drain
307 Ball Valve
308 Treats hard water. Zeolite
309 Wye and 1/8 Bend
310 Water distributing pipe
311 A bathroom containing a water closet, a lavatory, and a bathtub. Full bath
312
Globe valve
313fixture
314 Battery of fixtures
315 The abbreviation DWV stands for ______. Drainage, waste and vent
316 Gooseneck
317 An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement. Privy
318 Riser
One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a dupont trade name for the white, soft, waxy, and non-adhesivepolymer of tetrafluoroethylene.
a. Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5meters in length unless such line is serving sinks or urinals.b. no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall beused underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms aboveground.c. 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe forwater supply.
a. number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainagepipe.b. brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as areducer or adapter.c. 60˚ branches or offsets may be used only when installed in atrue vertical position.
Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimesreferred to as.Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatoryfaucets or at shower valves works by the principle of a ___.
What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the baseof a soil stack?The first section of water supply piping in a building after thewater meter.
A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by means of acircular disk that fits against the valve seat. The plane of movementof the disk is parallel to the normal direction of flow of water, whichis turned through a tortuous passage to direct the flow normal to theface of the disk.
A receptacle attached to a plumbing system other than a trap inwhich water or wastes may be collected or obtained for ultimateinto the plumbing system.
Any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures whichdischarge into a common horizontal waste or soil branch.
A p-shaped trap commonly used on most plumbing fixturesexcept for fixture have integral trap.
A water supply pipe that extends vertically one full storey ormore to convey water to fixture branches or group of fixtures.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
393/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
319 Stack
320 Water main
321cesspool
322plumbing
323
Building sewer
324Ball valve
325Branch interval
326
Yoke vent
327
gooseneck
328
Septic tank
329
Drainage fixture unit
330
Roughing-in
331
Trap
332 Backpressure
333 Waste stack
334 Water distributing pipe
A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste or ventpiping.The water supply pipe provided by the water utility companywhere local individual connection is done.A loosely lined excavation in the ground which receives thedischarge of a septic tank and designed to permit the effluent fromthe septic tank to seep through the bottom and sides of the pit.
The art and science of installing in buildings the pipes, fixturesand other apparatus for bringing in water supply and removing waterand waterborne waste.
That part of the drainage system that extends from the end ofthe building drain and conveys its discharge to the public sewer,private sewer, individual sewage disposal system or other appropriatepoint of disposal.
A valve in which the flow of liquid is controlled by a rotatingdrilled ball that fits tightly against a resilient (flexible) seat in thevalve body.
A vertical length of soil or waste stack at least 8 feet in height (astorey high), within which the horizontal branches from one storey orfloor of the building or structure are connected to the stack.
A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack below thefloor and below the horizontal connection to an adjacent vent stackat a point above the floor and higher than the highest spill level offixtures for preventing pressure changes in the stack.
A kind of return bend of small-sized faucet, one end of which isabout one foot long and the other end is about three inches. It iscommonly used as a faucet for pantry sink and drinking fountain. Alsothe lead connection between the service pipe and the water main.Also a p-trap.
A watertight receptacle which the discharge of sanitary plumbingsystem or part thereof, designed and constructed to retain solids,digest organic matter through a period of detention and to allow theliquids to discharge into the soil outside of the tank through a systemof open jointed subsurface piping or seepage pit.
A common measure of the probable discharge into the drainagesystem by various types of plumbing fixtures on the basis of one unitof this being equal to a discarge rate of 7.5 gallons per minute orone cubic foot of water per minute.
The installation of parts of the plumbing system which can becompleted prior to installation of fixtures or finishing. This includesdrainage, water supply and vent piping and necessary fixturesupports.
A fitting or device designed and constructed to provide, whenproperly vented, a liquid seal which prevents backflow and passageof foul air and gases without materially affecting the flow of sewageor wastewater through it.
A suction created by the flow of liquids in pipe, a pressure lessthan the atmospheric pressure.A vertical pipe which conveys only wastewater or liquid wastefree of fecal matter.A pipe which conveys potable water from the building supplypipe to the plumbing fixtures and other outlets.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
394/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
335Soil pipe
336Water supply system
337 BRANCH VENT
338 CIRCUIT VENT
339COMMON VENT
340
341 CONTINOUS VENT
342 DRY VENT
343 See common vent DUAL VENT
344 GROUP VENT
345 INDIVIDUAL VENT
346LOOP or CIRCUIT VENT
347
348 LOCAL VENT
349 MAIN VENT
350RELIEF VENT
351 UNIT VENT
352STACK VENT
353 A vent which also serves as a drain WET VENT
354 YOKE VENT
355BACKFLOW
356 BACK SIPHONAGE
357BATTERY OF FIXTURE
358 A flange that is not drilled BLANK FLANGE
359 A flange that closes the end of a pipe line used to discharge water BLIND FLANGE
360 Is plugging an opening with oakum, lead or other materials CAULKING
Any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closet, urinal orfixtures having similar function, with or without the discharges fromother fixtures to the building drain or building sewer
In a building consists of the water service pipe, water supplyline, water distributing pipes and the essential branch pipes, valvesand all other appurtenances for the supply of potable water.
A vent connecting one or more individual vents with a vent stack or stack vent
A branch vent that serves two or more traps and extends from in front of the last fixture connection of a horizontal branch to the vent stackA vent connecting at the junction of two fixture drains and serving as a vent for both fixtures
A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture
A vertical vent that is the continuation of the drain to which the vents connect
A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not exposed to back up of waste from a drainage pipe
A branch vents that performs its functions for two or more traps
A pipe installed to vent, a fixture trap and w/c connects with the vent system above the fixture served or terminates in the open air
A circuit vent which loop backs to connect with a stack vent instead of a vent stack
Any vent connecting a horizontal branch or fixture drain with the stack vent of the originating waste or soil stackIs a pipe on the fixture side of the trap through which vapor or foul air is removed from a room fixture
The principal artery of the venting system to which vent branches may be connected
A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air between the drainage and vent systems where the drainage systems might otherwise be air bound
An arrangement of venting so installed that that one vent pipe will serve two traps
The extension of a soil or waste stack above the highest horizontal drain connected to the stack horizontal drain, the uppermost end above the roof
A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack to a vent stack for the purpose of preventing pressure changes in the stack
Is the flow of water or other liquids, mixtures or substances into the distributing pipes of a supply of water from any source other than its intended source
Is the backflow of used, contaminated or polluted water from a plumbing fixture due to negative pressure
Refers to any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which discharge into a common horizontal waste or soil branch
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
395/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
361 A short internally threaded section of pipe, used to join two pipes of conduits COUPLING
362 Used to connect the two ends of two pipes, neither of which can be turned UNION
363 A short length of pipe with threads at each end; used to join couplings or fittings NIPPLE
364 DEAD END
365 The length along the center of the pipe and fitting DEVELOPED LENGTH
366
DRAINAGE SYSTEM
367 Is a pipe connecting several fixtures FIXTURE BRANCH
368FLOOD LEVEL
369FERRULE
370 Is the lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or conduit that is not vertical INVERT
371PLUMBING SYSTEM
372ROUGH IN
373 SIAMESE CONNECTIONS
374SOIL PIPE
375TRAP SEAL
376WATER RESERVOIR
377 The device being used to eliminate the noise cause by water hammer
378 The location of water well to nearest septic vault 50 FEET OR MORE
379 Slope of house sewer connected from the building to the main sewer 2 PERCENT
380A passage under a road, embankment or canal which allow for the flow of water CULVERT
381 The third kind of water after the storm water and area water BLACK WATER
382 The type of bathtub oher than sunken, square, free standing RECESSED
383 Color coding of high pressure steam WHITE
384 Color coding for fuel oil division BLACK
Is the extended portion of a pipe that is closed at one end to which no connections are made on the extended portion
Includes all piping within public or private which conveys sewage, rain water or often liquid waste to a legal point of disposal but does not include the main of a public sewer system or private or or public sewerage treatment
Is a device located at the bottom of the tank for the purpose of flushing water closets and and similar fixture
A metallic sleeve, join to an opening of pipe, into which a plug is screwed that can be removed for the purpose of cleaning
Includes water supply and distribution pipe; plumbing fixture and traps, soil waste and vent pipes; house drain and house sewers including their respective connections
Installation of all parts of the plumbing system which can be completed prior to the installation of fixtures
A wye connections used on fire lines so that two lines of hose maybe connected to the hydrant or to the same nozzle
Is any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closets of fixture having similar function w/ or w/o the discharge of other fixtures to the building drain
Is the maximum vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain measure between the crown weir and the top of the dip of the trap
Install to be able to meet the water requirements during peak demands from a low yielding water well
SHOCK RELIEF AND EXPANSION CHAMBER
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
396/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
385TRAP OR WATER SEAL
386 Service drop conductor clearance over the roof 2.50 M
387COMPRESSION VALVE
388 An underground tank reservoir to store water CISTERN
389 Another classification of storm drain, besides from inside drain and outside drain OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN
390 PRESSURE COCK
391
392 UNION PATENT
393 FLUSHOMETER
394 Another name for corporation cock CORPORATION STOP
395AIR TRAP
396 ABSORPTION TRENCH
397 The luminous flux density incident on a surface ILLUMINATION
398 CATCH BASIN
399 A type of fitting for yoke bent WYE FITTING
400 Minimum discharge pipe and fitting for bath tub 1 1/2"
401 Minimum size of building sewer; it should not be less than the building drain 150mm DIAMETER
402 BATH FOOT 1 1/2"
403 BATH SHOWER STALL 2"
404 BATH SITZ 1 1/2"
405 BATH TUB 1 1/2"
406 BIDETS 1 1/2"
407 COMBINATION FIXTURE 1 1/2"
408 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1 1/4"
409 FLOOR DRAIN 2"
410 FOUNTAIN CUPSIDERS 1 1/4"
411 LAUNDRY TRAYS 1 1/2"
412 SINKS (DISHWASHER) 1 1/2"
413 SINKS (HOTEL OR PUBLIC) 2'
The water column that seals the escape of unhealthy gases in the sanitary drainage system
A valve which in the water flow is shut off by a flat disk that is screwed down onto its seat
Tap used in high pressure water system with an interval valve to control the flow of waterA valve which maintains uniform pressure on its outlet side regardless of its pressure fluctuations on the inlet side above the pressure level
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
A pipe fitting within the interconnection of pipes for the purpose of easy dismantling of the connection when neededA device that discharge a predetermined volume of water to fixture for flushing purposes and is activated by direct water pressure
A U-shaped pipe filled with water and located beneath the plumbing fixtures to form a seal against the passages of gases and odors
A trench containing course aggregate and a distribution tile pipe through which septic tank effluent may flow covered with earth
An underground structure for drainage into which water from the roof or floor will drain through sewer
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
397/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
414 SINKS (KITCHEN OR RESIDENCE) 1 1/2"
415 SINKS (SMALL PANTRY OR BAR) 1 1/4"
416 SLOP SINKS (ORDINARY) 2"
417 SLOP SINKS (WITH COMBINE TRAP) 3"
418 URINAL (PEDESTAL) 3"
419 URINALS (LIP) 1 1/2"
420 URINALS (STALL) 2"
421 URINALS (THROUGH) 2"
422 WASH BASIN (LAVATORIES) 1 1/4"
423 WATER CLOSETS 3"
424SIPHON-VORTEX
425SIPHON-JET
426REVERSE TRAP
427WASH DOWN
428 BLOW OUT
429 BIDET
430 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/4", 1 1/2", 2, 2 1/2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", 12" GI PIPE SIZES
431 No building supply pipe shall be less than WHAT size in diameter 19.05mm or 3/4"
432 Minimum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor 46 cm.
433 Maximum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor 122cm
434 Minimum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line 61 cm.
435 Maximum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line 122 cm
436 Considered extension of bulding drain outside the building wall 5 FEET
437 Fitting for base or soil stack and building drain 1/4" BEND ?
438 Wet standpipe for a riser not more than 15m 51mm or 2"
439 Wet standpipe for riser more than 15m 64mm or 2 1/2"
440 Dry standpipe for a riser below 23m 4"
Quiet, extermely sanitary. Like the siphon jet but having the flushing water directed through the rim to create a vortex that scours the bowl
Sanitary, efficient very quiet. A toilet bowl into which the flushing water enters through the rim and siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway
Moderately noisy. Similar to siphon jet except that trap passageway and water surface area are smaller
Minimum cost. Least efficient subject to clogging, noisy. Simple washout and emptying through small irregular passageway, prohibited by some health codes
Noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into leg forces contents out
A basin like fixture design to be struddled for bathing the genitals and posterior parts of the body
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
398/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
441 Dry standpipe for a riser more than 23m 6"
442 Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school RATIO OF 1:25
443 Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school RATIO OF 1:30
444 Ratio of urinals for elementary schools RATIO OF 1:75
445 Ratio of water closets for female population for principal worship places RATIO OF 1:75
446 Ratio of lavatory to number of occupants RATIO OF 1:5
447 Minimum number of water closet required for female office and public buildings 4 CLOSETS
448 Minimum head of water required in section of plumbing for water test 3 HEADS
449 It should not be used for steam GALVANIZED PIPING
450 High Pressure WHITE
451 Exhaust Fan BUFF
452 Fresh Water, low pressure BLUE
453 Fresh Water, high pressure BLUE
454 Salt water piping GREEN
455 Oil Delivery BRASS OR BRONZE
456 Oil Discharge YELLOW
457 PNEUMATIC DIVISION GRAY
458 GAS DIVISION BLACK
459 FUEL OIL DIVISION BLACK
460 REFRIGERATING DIVISION BLACK
461ON EVERY HOSE BIBB
462DRY STANDPIPE
463 Term used to main water pipe delivering portable water to a building WATER SERVICE PIPE
464
465 KITCHEN SINK TRAP SIZE 1 ½"
466 LAVATORY TRAP OR BRANCH SIZE 1 ¼"
467 OUTLET OF DRY STANDPIPE 64mm or 2 ½"
468 OUTLET OF WET STANDPIPE for riser of more than 15 mts 64mm or 2 ½"
469 SLOPE OF THE DRAIN PIPE
A full open type valve is used in several locations in a water distribution system, which of the following does NOT require it?
A fireline system without a constant water supply and is equipped with a fire service inlet and outlet connection installed exclusively for the use of Fire Service
Which poor design in the plumbing system causes water supply drop when the fixture is simultaneously opened?
INSUFFICIENCY IN THE SIZE OF THE WATER SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PIPE
Not needed in sizing the vent pipe for individual branch and circuit vent based on the total linear footage of the pipe making up the vent?
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
399/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
4703 WAY VALVE DIVERTER
471BALL VALVE
472132 LITERS PER MINUTE
473 ELBOW REDUCER
474 General term used to described the fitting in the drawing FLUSH VALVE FITTINGS
475 GI fitting used to accept the P trap assembly of the lavatory (drawing)
476CIRCUIT VENT
477REVERSE OSMOSIS
478 Fire detector installed in a fire alarm system, which uses low melting point FIXED TEMPERATURE
479solders or metals that expand when exposed to heat to detect a fire, 135deg-197deg F HEAT DETECTOR
480COUPLING
481PRESSURE REGULATOR
482
483SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
484 jet,jack,reciprocating
485 Which is not a standard size of GI pipe for water supply? 2 1/2", 3",4",5" 5"
486
487TAIL PIECE or DEAD END
488 A full open valve located in a supply pipe to every water heater CHECK VALVE
489
490 Exception of fixture to be connected into a single trap THREE FIXTURES
491 The presence of Fire Service Connection DRY STANDPIPE
A hot and cold water supply pipes, where it is mix manually in desired water temperature temperature and direct the mixed water either at the shower head or at the fooe spout
Principle where a single lever valve used in kitchen sink and lavatory, they are beautiful and maintenance free
Minimum water delivery in liters per minute for an outlet of a wet standpipe at a residual pressure or 1.8 kilos per sq.mts
A female GI threaded pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch pipe at an angle
2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND COMBINATION
Type of vent applied on installations with multi branch interval where the vertical vent pipe takes off in front of the first fixture and connects to a main vent stack
Stage in water purification which removes mineral deposits, slats, heavy metal, totally dissolves solids while some useful minerals are retained
GI fitting to join two threaded fittings as close as possible but not exceeding three inches
A device used to control an incoming high water pressure into the water distribution system by mechanical means so as to bring it to a working pressure of 80 psi
A poor venting system caused by a slow draining of water from a fixture down a plumbing system
WRONG CHOICE OF VENT TYPE
A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi where
water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the return pipe
Device in control valve which work by discharging instantaneous volume of water at higher pressure
URINAL FLASH VALVE ASSEMBLY
Term used for pipe extension of not more than 2 feet in length install in any stack or branch of a plumbing rough in for the purpose of future trap
Parking management system for two types of vehicular deterrent either articulated arm type or straight beam type. It can be activated by means of radio frequency remote control, push push button switch, photocell, magnetic loop or acces control
AUTOMATED RETRACTABLE PILLAR SYSTEM
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
400/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
492
493 Orange or brown in color with sizes of 4" and 3 meter in lengths of pipes UPVC DWV SANITARY
494 and fittings, ASTM 2729 standards PIPES AND FITTINGS
495 Least popular and not recommended use as potable water distribution pipe ASBESTOS PIPE
496 SINGLE LEVER BATH FAUCET WITH HAND SHOWER-TELEPHONE SHOWER Shower set for bath (drawing)
497 Pipe not used as water service pipe FIBER CEMENT PIPE
498 A cut off valve installed in the service piping system GATE VALVE
499 Minimum size of wet standpipe for a riser more than 15 meters from the source 64mm or 2 1/2"
500 Minimum height of dry standpipe outlet from the floor line 61 cms
501 Device used to prevent water hammering AIR CHAMBER
502 Rule of thumb in sizing an individual vent
503 It ventilates a house drainage system and prevent siphonage and back pressure VENT PIPE
504 It is the size of supply valve tank type for water closet 3/8"
505 6 FEET
506 Combination fitting between the vertical waste branch and the horizontal waste branch
507 A female GI pipe reducer fitting used in straight connection, both are threaded inside COUPLING REDUCER
508 CIRCUIT VENT
509 JET
510 RECIPROCATING
511CENTRIFUGAL
512 Minimum height of Fire Service station from the grade 46 mm
513 BELL REDUCER
514 PE POLYETHELENE PIPE
515 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPES
516 Standard size of wet standpipe outlet for each floor 38 mm (1 1/2")
517 A type of pipe fitting for yoke vent WYE FITTING
518 6"
519 The minimum size or trap of a bidet 1 1/2"
Pipes and fittings which can exclusively be used for cold water lines for potable main distribution water service, sprinkler and irrigation system. It could be ½", ¾", 1", 1 ½", 1 ¼" and 2"
POLTYBUTELENE PIPE AND FITTINGS AND FITTINGS
VENT SIZE IS AT LEAST 1/2 THE DRAIN IT SERVES BUT
NOT LESS THAN THE REQUIRED MINIMUM W/C
EVER IS LARGER
The maximum horizontal developed length between the trap seal and the vertical vent inlet at the trap
2x2" WYE WITH 2" CO AND 2 X 1/8 BEND
A vent use in battery of plumbing fixture where the vent is installed in front of the last fixture of the batteryA water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the surfaceA pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod toactivate a submerge piston
A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a shallow source like cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump.
A female GI pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch from a main water distribution
General term for hot or cold water pipes containing portable water supplying different plumbing fixture
The minimum horizontal clearance of vent branch immediately above the flood level rim of the fixture
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
401/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
520 Supply valve tank type for water closet 3/8"
521 COUPLING
522 Location that does not require installation of clean out
523 Interconnection of the same fixture in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent BATTERY OF FIXTURE
524 A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture COMMON VENT
525 A parameter in sizing the drainage pipe NUMBER OF FIXTURE
526 SOIL PIPE
527 102 mm (4")
528UPFEED OR DIRECT METHOD
529PLUMBING SYSTEM
530 Minimum size of wet standpipe for riser of more than 15 mts from source 64 mm (2 1/2")
531 Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting 6"
532 Common term for a two way service connections SIAMESE CONNECTIONS
533 Single level valve used in kichen sink, lavatory faucets or at shower valve BALL
534 A parameter in sizing a horizontal soil branch pipe NUMBER OF BRANCH VENTS
535 Fitting installed at the base of the soil stack and a building drain
536 Guide for initial estimate of Ton of refrigeration 12 TO 14 SQ.MTR/TR
537 A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4" or 6' casing to deliver JET PUMP WITH INJECTOR
538 35gpm against 450 ft. total develop height JACK
539 Passing on it can treat hardwater ZEOLITE
540SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
541RECIPROCATING
542JET
543
CENTRIFUGAL
544JACK
A threaded fitting to join two threaded fittings as closed as possible but not exceeding 3 inches
AT EVERY BRANCH INTERVAL OFA SOIL STACK
Conveys a discharge of solid and liquid wastes closets with or without the discharged from other fixture to the house drainMinimum size of standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 m or less from the Fire service Connection
In water distributon system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe apply only if the main fixture is supply continously with the flow rate and minimum required working pressure
System of building which includes the water supply distribution pipes the fixture and fixture traps, the soil waste and the vent pipes, the house drain and the house sewer, the storm water drainage with their devices
1/4", WYE and 1/8" BEND, LONG SWEEP, 1/8" and 1/8"
COMBINATION
A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi where water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the return pipe
A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod to activate a submerge piston
A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the surface
A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a shallow source like cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump. The motor is placed at the surface with shaft to turn the impellers below
A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4' or 6' casing to deliver 35gpm against 450 ft. total develop height
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
402/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
545 Lawn Sprinkler System
546Minimum width of a septic tank. 90 cms.
547Minimum length of a septic tank. 1.50 mts.
548Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank. 60 cms.
549Maximum liquid depth for septic tank. 1.80 mts.
550Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary compartment of a septic tank. 1 cum.
551Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic tank. 508 mm.
5521.50 mts.
553Wooden septic tanks are allowed, true or false. 0
554Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic tank. 15.20 mts.
555Minimum distance of a water supply well from a seepage pit or cesspool. 45.70 mts.
556Minimum distance of a water supply well from a disposal field. 30.50 mts.
557Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for downspouts. 26
558Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 51 mm.
559Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 102 mm.
560Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture. 60 cms.
561Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof. 15 cms.
5620.90 mtr.
563Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub 38 mm. (11/2")
564Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall. 51 mm. (2")
565Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35. 3
A system of devices, usually installed below ground level, to scatter or spray water droplets over a lawn, golf course, or the like.
Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a septic tank with a capacity of more than 6 cubic meters.
Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable window, door opening, air intake, or vent shaft.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
403/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
566Required number of water closets for males for an auditorium serving 16-35. 2
567Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving 10-50. 1
568Required number of water closets for females for a theater serving 51-100. 4
569Classifications of copper pipes. Rigid and Flexible
570A rough or sharp edge left on metal by a cutting tool. Burr
571Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes referred to as. House Drain
572Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and polybutylene. Polyethylene
573A vent with a function to provide circulation if air between drainage and vent system. Relief Vent
574Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a floor or wall which the pipe pass. Escutcheon
575A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of fixture. Flush Valve
576Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable matter in suspension or solution. Sewage
577Component of fire extinguisher. Carbon Monoxide
578Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers. Strom Sewer
579Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor. 1 1/2" (38mm)
580A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent. 1/8 Bend
581Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet. 1 1/2"
582Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type water closet. 3/8"
583True or false, 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply. 1
584True or false, 3" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply. 0
585Battery of Fixtures
586A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case of a back to back vent. Common Vent
Term applied to the interconnection of the same fixtures in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
404/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
5874" (102mm)
588Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more than 15 meters from the source. 4" (102mm)
589Ball Valve
590Treats hard water. Zeolite
591Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting. 6" (150mm)
592It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary field of ancient Rome. Plumbarius
593In Latin, it means 'lead'. Plumbum
594Combination Waste
595sized to provide free movement of air above the flow line of the drain. and Vent system
596Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces. Air curtain
597Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces. Air curtain
598Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged directly to the nearest ___. Sanitary Sewer Main
599Fixture
600Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located at each floor. 2 1/2" (64mm)
601A vent pipe connected to a vent stack. Circuit Vent
602A vent pipe connected to a stack vent. Loop Vent
603Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure. Barometer
604Bets type of fire detection that can detect fire during the incipient stage. Ionization
605Condensing unit is a part of a ___. Refrigeration
606A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used as a draw-off tap. Bibbcock
607Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a trap. Top Dip to Crown Weir
Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 meters or less from the fire service connection.
Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory faucets or at shower valves works by the principle of a ___.
A specially designed system of waste piping embodying the horizontal wet venting of one or more sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and vent pipe adequately
Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water, water-carried waste into a drainage system with which they are connected.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
405/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
608A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'. Double Bend
609Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower stall. 2"
610Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal. 3"
611Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school. (1:30)
612Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school. (1:25)
613Ratio of urinals for elementary school. (1:75)
614Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal Worship Places. (1:75)
6154
616(1:5)
617Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each section of plumbing for water test. 3
6183
61915 minutes
620Consist of a body, a checking member, and an atmospheric opening.
621Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings safe for humans. 8%
622300 mm
623300 mm
624Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals. 4'
625Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees. 60˚
6261
6271
6280.305 mtr. / 305 mm
Minimum required number of water closets for female for office and public buildings serving 55 occupants for employees.
Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to poisonous materials, what is the ratio of lavatory to number of occupants.
How many days, at least, shall be given before any plumbing work inspection is done after written notice for inspection.
Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in the system or pipes for a water test without any leaks to satisfy said testing.
Atmospheric Vacuum Breaker
Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes to the top of sewer or drain pipe if laid in the same trench on top of the other.
Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating equipment, water heater, conditioning tanks, and similar equipment requiring union fittings.
True or false, 60˚ branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a true vertical position.
Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5 meters in length unless such line is serving sinks or urinals, true or false.
Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes 51mm or less in diameter.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
406/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
629Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia. 0.45 mtr. / 450 mm
6306.10 mts.
631Maximum length of a tailpiece. 600 mm
632Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting. 4.60 mts.
6331
634Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the roof. 150 mm / 15 cms.
635Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above any other vertical surface. 300 mm
636Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any openable window or opening. 0.90 mtr.
637Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck where it is protruded. 2.10 mts.
6383.00 mts.
639Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack requiring a parallel ventstack. 10
640The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits in water. Softening
641True or false, number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage pipe. 1
642
643What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base of a soil stack? Wye and 1/8 Bend
644
645Women's urinal fixture. Washdown
6461
647Washdown (WD)
648Reverse Trap (RT)
Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any access door, crawl space, or crawl hole.
True or false, no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be used underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms above ground.
Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a roofdeck used for other purposes aside from protection from weather.
Water distribution system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe applied only if the highest fixture is supplied continuously with the flow rate and minimum required working pressure.
Upfeed System / Direct Method
What is the rating index of an air-conditioning/refrigeration system which rates the unit for the number of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input energy?
Energy Efficiency Rating (EER)
True or false, brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a reducer or adapter.
A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to clogging, noisy, and use a simple washout action through a small irregular passageway.
This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet except that it has a smaller trap passageway and smaller water surface area, moderately noisy.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
407/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
649Blowout (BO)
650Siphon Vortex (SV)
651Siphon Jet (SJ)
652Siphon Vortex (SV)
653Siphon Jet (SJ)
654Reverse Trap (RT)
655This type of water closet is prohibited by some health codes. Washdown (WD)
656Water Hammer
657The length of a pipeline measured along the centerline of the pipe and pipe fittings. Developed Length
658A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate across the passage. Gate Valve
659A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an internal wall. Globe Valve
660Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or sewage treatment plant. Effluent
661The centerline of pipe. Spring Line
662The interior top surface of a pipe. Crown
663The interior bottom surface of a pipe. Invert
664Color code for pipes containing acid. Black
665
Riser Diagram
666Teflon
667
668
A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into up leg forces contents out. Use only with flush valve, requires higher pressure.
Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is directed through the rim. It scours bowl, folds over into jet; siphon.
A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet. Water enters through the rim and through the down leg.
A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the flushing water directed to the rim to create circular motion or vortex which scours the bowl.
A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through the rim and a siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway.
A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a smaller water surface and trapway.
The concussion and banging noise that results when a volume of water moving in a pipe suddenly stops or loses momentum.
This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders, switches, switchboards, and major components are shown up to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electrical version of a vertical section taken through the building.
One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du pont trade name for the white, soft, waxy, and non-adhesive polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
408/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
409/469
PLUMBING REVIEWER
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
410/469
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
1Air Curtain
2AHU (Air Handling Unit)
3Bumper
4Elevator Landing
5610 mm.
6660 mm
7Dumbwaiters total inside height shall not exceed ____ 1220 mm
8Is the achievement of a temperature below that of the immediate surroundings. Air-conditioning
9elevator
10 Device for heating water or generating steam above atmospheric pressure. boiler
11 A system for transporting materials from one site to another, especially in a factory conveyor
12compressor
13air-conditioning
14 Device that convert electrical energy into mechanical energy, by electromagnetic means. alternator
15 A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy called generator
16cooling tower
17dumbwaiters
18 Gives stability to governor ropes. counter weight
19Are vertical tracks that guide the car and counterweight? guide rails
20counterweight
21Is the vertical passageway for the car and counterweight? shaft
A stream of high-velocity temperature-controlled air which is directed downward, across an opening
A package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of air it is distributed to an air conditioned space.
A device designed to stop an elevator car or counterweight from descending beyond its normal limit of travel
The portion of the hoist way extending from the threshold level of the lowest landing door to the floor at the bottom of the hoist way.
When the elevator car rest on its fully compressed buffer, there shall be a vertical clearance of not less than between the pit floor and the lowest structural or mechanical part.
There shall be installed in the pit of each elevator where the pit extend more than ___ below the sill of the pit access door
Consist of a platform or car traveling in vertical guides in a shaft or hoist way, with related hoisting and lowering mechanisms.
Machine that decreases the volume and increases the pressure of a quantity of air by mechanical means.
A device that maintains, control of the indoor environment—its desirable temperature, humidity, air circulation, and purity for the occupants of that space or for the industrial materials that are handled or stored there.
Device for reducing the temperature of a liquid, usually water, by bringing it into contact with an airstreams where a small portion of the liquid is evaporated and the major portion is cooled.
A machine often provides the most convenient and economical means of transporting relatively small articles between levels.
Are rectangular blocks of cast-iron stacked in a frame, which is supported at the opposite ends of the cables to car is fastened.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
411/469
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
22 Are fastened to car frame and counterweight at top and bottom. governor
23 Is a device to absorb the impact of car or counterweight at the lower limit of travel? buffer
24 A device use for moistening the air at the desired degree? humidifier
25
centralized air con
26Its function is to dispose the heat carried away from the condenser compressor
27hydraulic elevator
28 it is a device to control the temperature. thermostat
29 Truss
30In electric elevator machine room is located at the pent house
31 Is mechanical device for transporting persons between two levels. escalator
32demand factor
33 governor
34 Tesla is the unit of____. Magnetic flux
35 counterweight
36 Full bath
37 Method of cooling
38
All of the above
39 Conduction
40 Dampers
41 What is also known as a synthetic chemical refrigerant? freon
42 gas used as refrigerant with water ammonia
43 an air compartment or chamber plenum
44 liquid which is discharged as a waste effluent
45 A material which stops the transfer of heat is also known as? insulation
An air-conditioning system in which the air is treated by equipment at one or more central locations outside the spaces served and conveyed to and from these spaces by means of fans and pumps through duct and pipes.
Type of elevator that is raised or lowered quite simply by means of movable rod or plunger?
It is a three – section built up welded steel trussed framework, which supports the moving stairway component
The ratio of the maximum demand of a system, or part of a system, to the total connected of a system or the part of a system under consideration is called –
The following are basic component parts of anescalator except____.
Which of the following is not a component of ahydraulic elevator?A bathroom containing a water closet, alavatory, and a bathtub.The following are elements of centralizedairconditioning system except _______.
Acoustics is a science that concerns with______.a. Transmission of soundb. Effect of sound wavesc. Generation of sound
It is the flow of heat through a material by transfer from warmer to cooler molecules in contact with each other.Is a valve or plate that stops or regulates the flow of air inside a duct, chimney, air handler, or other air handling equipment.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
412/469
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
46 device used only to add humidity in the air hunidifier
47 heat is transferred through materials Conduction
48 a process which refrigerant from liquid to gas evaporator
49 What is a cooling or heating element which is made of pipe or tubing? coil
50 device to control the thermostat relay
51 device used to vary the volume of air passing a duct Dampers
52 It is a platform or car for hoisting or lowering passenger or freight. elevator
53 stops car and grips counterweight in case of emergency governor54 sprocket assembly
55 What is a closed vessel in which liquid is heated or vaporized? boiler
56 pipe fitting with outside threads use for connecting pipes Closed nipple57 vessel where vapor is liquefied by removal of heat condenser
58 gearless traction
59 the art and practice of heating and cooling with water hydronics
60 steel wires used to compensate cars and counterweights hoistropes –
61 Two types of passenger elevator. Electric and Hydraulic
62 0.60 mtr
63
64 2.0 mts.
65 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter. 1.20 mts.
66 Humidistat
67 Another name for Humidistat. Hygrostat
68 Thermosetting
69Thermostat
70 Alternator
71 Heat
72 Thermostat
73 Air curtain
where the endless belt of steps pass around during operationof an escalator
It consists of DC motors and the shaft of which is connected directly to the brake wheel and driving sheave.
Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevatorfor small commercial or residential building.A device that is basically a double throw switch ofgenerally 3-pole connection that will automatically transferthe power from the standby generator to the buildingcircuitry during electrical power failure.
Automatic Transfer Switch
The minimum face to face distance between elevatorsin three and four car grouping.
A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in theair
Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resinwhich hardens when heated or cured, and does not softenwhen reheated.An Instrument which responds to changes intemperature, and directly or indirectly controlstemperature.A machine that converts mechanical energy intoelectrical energy, a generator of alternating current.Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied inorder to absorb ___.A device installed on an electric water heater used todetect the working temperature to activate a switch.Vertical flow of air used to separate different functionsof spaces.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
413/469
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
74
75 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector. 135-197˚F
76 Air Motor
77 The effective room temperature in air-conditioning. 68-74 ˚F /20-23 deg C
78 Psychrometric Chart
79 Heat that raises air temperature. Sensible Heat
80 Convection
81
82Fan Coil Unit
83Safety Shoe
84Fascia Plate
85Weighing Device
86 In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current. Circuit Breaker
87 Limit Switches
88
89Disconnect Switch
90
91
92 Knife Switch
93 Ton of Refrigeration
94 Sheave
95 Governor
96 Counterweight
A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system whichuses low melting point solders or metal that expandswhen exposed to heat to detect a fire.
Fixed Temperature Heat Detector
An air-operated device used to open or close a damper orvalve
A graph used in air-conditioning and showing theproperties of air-system mixtures.
The transmission of heat energy from one place to anotherby circulatory movement of a mass of fluid.What is the rating index of an airconditioning/refrigeration system which rates the unit for thenumber of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical inputenergy? (EER)
Energy Efficiency Rating
What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central airconditioningsystem, is used to to dehumidify and cool the airstream injected to a conditioned space.
In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing,and reopens the door if there is something. Photocell can beused together with this.
It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway whenthey try to get out of the car which is stopped between thefloors.In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car isoverloaded and the door remains open until overloading iseliminated.
In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at thehighest and lowest floor.In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign objectbecomes wedged at the guard.
Handrail Guard Switches
In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and off positions to stop orprevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.
This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unitlocation to protect against accidental movement of the escalatorduring inspection of the drives or during general maintenance.
Mechanical Maintenance Locking
DeviceThis device, in escalators, stops the escalator automaticallyif an abnormal current is supplied to the motor.
Current Overload Safety Switch
This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator forinspection, maintenance, or repairs.The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0oC) melts to water at the same tmeperature in 24 hrs.An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates,shaft, and bearings over which a cable or roped is passed.Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stopan elevator.In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sandused to balance suspended scenery, or the like.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
414/469
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
97Winding-Drum Machine
98 Winding-Drum Machine
99
100 governor
101 Which of the following is not a component of a hydraulic elevator? counterweight
102 Method of cooling
103 A transformer is ______.
104 Thermal load
105 Polarization
106 3 section truss
107
All of these
108
109R-22
110
111 Endless belt
112 558mm
113
Both a and b
114 What is the refrigerant name of R-12? Dichlorodifluormethane
115 The recommended speed for escalators ranges from____. 90-120fpm
116 LATENT HEAT
117 An apparatus that can heat, cool, clean and circulate air AIR CONDITIONER
118 They were deter to the intrusion alarm system in residential signal system
119 An air passage usually formed in sheet metal with insulation for ventilating on a building AIR DUCT
120 The current of air or gases DRAUGHT OR DRAFT
On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum towhich the wire ropes that hoist the car are fastened, and onwhich they wind.
Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and thecounterweight.In boilers, they function only when it exceeds prescribedunsafe operating conditions.
Limit Controls and Interlocks
The following are basic component parts of an escalatorexcept____.
The following are elements of centralized airconditioning systemexcept _______.
A mechanical device used to step up or step down voltage
in ac
A factor used in calculating cooling load that includes heattransferred from walls, doors, ceilings, etc. is known as _____.
The following are ways in which heat may be transferredexcept____.The typical truss configuration used in the installation of anescalator.Which is the following characterizes centrallized airconditioning a. It uses ductsb. Has cooling towerc. Provided with air handling unitd. All of these
The total cooling output of an airconditioner during its annualusage, in BTU/hr divided by the energy input during the same period,in watt-hours is known as_____.
Seasonal energy efficiency ratio
Which type of refrigerant is recommended for residential,commercial, and industrial application using split type airconditioningsystem?The term impedance is used in transformers and other devices inac is a combination of _______.
Resistance and reactance
A continuous belt (chain) attached to the handrail and directlyconnected to the steps is known as _____.What is the minimum distance between the handrails ofescalators?What aspect/s of environment or surroundings is/are consideredin air-conditioning system for human comfort?a. Temperature of the surrounding airb. Motion of air
The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved inchanging the state of a substancewithout changing its temperature.
BUGLARS AND PROWLERS
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
415/469
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
121 Requirement for a dry standpipe 4 STOREY
122Color coding of piping for fuel oil division BLACK
123 DUMBWAITER
124 The device for maintaining desirable humidity conditons in the air supplied HUMIDIFIER
125The average consumption of water per capita 50 GALS.
126 THERMOSTAT
127 BULLDOZER
128The acoustical ceiling board design to be laid in an exposed grid suspension system
129 The total sound units provided by a given material DECIBEL
130Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector 135-197 F
131 REAR OR TOP
132 The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat SOUND ABSORPTION
133SOUND INSULATION
134LUX
135Level of subterrenean water WATER TABLE
136AIR HANDLING UNIT
137 This is the criteria in selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time TRAVEL TIME
138 Protection of PVC pipe underground CONCRETE CASING
139 Reflection of sound from curve surface CREEP
140 The criteria in the selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time TRAVEL TIME
141 Type of conveyor that transport packages equipment crates FREIGHT ELEVATOR
142 BUFFER
143 PIT
144 WINDING DRUM MACHINE
145 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight GUIDE RAILS
146 Car pit clearance depth from the bottom of the car 600mm
147
A hoisting and lowering mechanism with a building equipped with relatively small car excusively for carrying materials
An automatic control of the operation of heating or cooling device responding to changes of temperature of the spaceA tractor equipped with the blade attached by arms and bolted to its end, used in piling earth
ACOUSTICAL LAY IN PANEL
Fire tube boliers shall be provide with sufficient room for removal or replacement of tube either from these places
The system of deadening sound materials to wall, ceiling, floors to prevent sound from passing through the members into adjoining room
The illuminance produce by luminous flux of the one lumen distributed uniformly over a one square meter surface
Package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of the air before it is distributed to an air conditioned space
Important element of an elevator below the first level floor line that absorbs and minimize building shocks to the carThat portion of the hoistway in the elevator extending from the threshold level of the lowest landing floor of the hoistwayA geared drive machine in which the suspension ropes are fastened to and wind on a drum
When machine room or penthouse is provided at the top of the hoistway, it shall have a sufficient room for this
FOR REPAIR AND INSPECTION
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
416/469
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
148 When 4 or more elevator serve all or the same portion of the bulding 2 HOISTWAYS
149 Shalll be located in any one hoistway 4 ELEVATORS
150 Minimum number of hoisting ropes for traction elevators 3 HOISTWAYS
151 Minimum number of hoisting ropes for drum type elevators 2 HOISTWAYS
152 Minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight ropes 30mm
153Provision for all elevators
154BUFFER
155
156CIRCUIT BREAKER
157 OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH
158 SAFETY SHOE
159 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed WAIT INTERVAL
160DOOR LOCK SWITCH
161MAGNETIC BREAK
162 Main purpose of shafts overhead space FOR CAR OVERRUN
163GOVERNOR
164 OTIS-U.S.
165BUFFER
166
167CIRCUIT BREAKER
168OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH
169SAFETY SHOE
170 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed WAIT INTERVAL
OVER LOAD RELAY AND REVERSE POLARITY
RELAY
A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or counterweight safely
Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality
MONITORING CONTACTS ON STEP CHAIN
A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from over current
During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to open the door from the outside
The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens the door
Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open only when the car stops at the floor
Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the rope to operate the safety gear
Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its rated speed by grasping the guide rail to stop the car safely
A European brand of elevator
A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or counterweight safely
Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality
MONITORING CONTACTS ON STEP CHAIN
A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and electrical parts from over current
During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to open the door from the outside
The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens the door
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
417/469
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
171DOOR LOCK SWITCH
172MAGNETIC BREAK
173 Main purpose of shafts overhead space FOR CAR OVERRUN
174LIMIT SWITCH
175 Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator 35 degrees
176 Minimum width of balustrade 558 mm
177 Maximum width of balustrade 1.20 m
178 Maximum width of the steps 330 mm
179 Kind of glass required in an escalator's balustrade TEMPERED TYPE GLASS
180 Maximum rated speed measured along the angle of inclination 38 mpm
181Provision for boiler rooms inside the building
182Minimum distance if the building is not made of fire resistive materials
183No part of the boiler shall be closer to this from the wall 1 meter
184 Distance of the smokestacks above the building within 50 mts. radius 5.00 mts
185 2 CHECK VALVES
186 Provision when two or more boilers are connected in parallel
187 Provision of every boiler ONE SAFETY VALVE
188Provision for boilers having generating capacity exceeding 907 kg/hr TWO SAFETY VALVE
189 Notification in writing in advance for boiler's inspection 15 DAYS
190 Temperature and humidity of the air to be used for comfortable cooling 68deg-74deg F
191 Minimum for refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any building
192Provision of installation for refrigerant system containing more than 9 kgs. STOP VALVES
193 Minimum for window type AC installed on ground floors 2.13 meters
194FAN COIL UNIT
195 Spacing provided for elevator with single bank in a non residential building
Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open only when the car stops at the floor
Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off,and grasp the rope to operate the safety gear
Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached the designated end of travel course
R.C CONCRETE OR MASONRY
3.00 mts. FROM OUTSIDE WALL
Provision between any feed pump and the boiler in addition to the regular shut-off valve
NON RETURN OR SHUT OFF VALVE
2.30 meters ABOVE THE FLOOR
Mechanical equipment coupled with a central air conditioning system used to dehumidify and cool the airstream injected to the conditioned space
1.5 TIMES MORE THAN THE ELEVATOR CAR
DEPTH
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
418/469
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
196
197
198
199 main drive chain, step chain, handrail, drive chain, bottom sprocket ESCALATOR'S PART
200
201 Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's width like those in Japanese brand 1120;980;800;760
202 Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's step like those in Japanese brand 1150;1100;1000;900
203
204Location of Control System or computer brain of the escalator
205
206
207
208 Safety device caused by insufficient water flow on heater when brown out
209 Vital part of Solar Water heater to keep the heat in and cold out
210 Packaging and assembly of elevator as it arrives on the site
211 Cool the condenser unit in a central conditioning system COOLING TOWER
212
213Standard unit rating to describe the capacity of the cooling tower
214 THERMOSTAT
215BUFFER
Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the highest and so on while descending
DOWN COLLECTIVE CONTROL
Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the lowest and so on while ascending
UP COLLECTIVE CONTROL
Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its rated speed by grasping the guide rail to stop the car safely
GOVERNOR - safety gear, safety shoe, magnetic
break
When planning a multiple system of elevator layout where four or more elevator are arrange in banks
ONE IN FRONT OF THE OTHER
Type of dampers installed at supply ducts, which are electro-mechanically activated by building automation system to close in case of fire within the area
ADJUSTABLE LOCKING DAMPERS
AT THE ESCALATOR MACHINE ROOM
This is a guide for the initial estimate per Ton of Refrigeration per sq.mts. of a standard room of normal condition without external solar heat gain and excessive internal heat gain
12 to 14 SQ.MT PER TON OF REFRIGERATION
PIPING OR DUCT BELONGING TO OTHER SYSTEM SHOULD NOT RUN THROUGH THE MACHINE ROOM
International Standard and EN 81.1 Code in designing
a machine room
THE TOP CHORD OF THE TRUSS IS WITH A STEEL ANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE BUILDING'S STRUCTURAL BEAM
STANDARD INSTALLATION OF ESCALATOR NOT
EXCEEDING 4.50 MTS./ TRUSS
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
EXPANDED POLYTHELYNE FOAM
INSULATIONKNOCKDOWN BY MAJOR
COMPONENT PART
Rating index of an air conditioning system which rate the number for the unit of BTU heat moved per watt of electrical input energy
SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY
TONS OF REFRIGERATION
A device installed on electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to to activate a switch
A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It It stops the car or counterweight safely
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
419/469
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
216
217CIRCUIT BREAKER
218 SAFETY SHOE
219 Mechanical equipment install on top of the main doors used to retain cold in the interiors AIR CURTAIN
220 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed WAIT INTERVAL
221
222DOOR LOCK SWITCH
223Opening of door for passenger in case of power failure in the elevator OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH
224MAGNETIC BREAK
225 Main purpose of shafts overhead space FOR CAR OVERRUN
226 Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached the LIMIT SWITCH
227 designated end of travel course EMERGENCY SWITCH
228FAN COIL UNIT
229 Latent Heat
230 Two types of passenger elevator. Electric and Hydraulic
231 0.60 mtr.
232 Another name for passenger elevator. Lift
233 The minimum face to face distance between elevators in three and four car grouping. 2 mts.
234 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter. 1.20 mts.
235 Sheave
236 A device for converting alternating current to direct current. Rectifier
237 Another name for a Rectifier. D.C. Generator
238 A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the air. Humidistat
239 Another name for Humidistat. Hygrostat
240 Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop an elevator. Governor
Rating index of an air conditioning system which rates the unit for the number for BTU of heat moved per watt of electrical input energy Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality
MONITORING CONTACTS ON STEP CHAIN
A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from over current
The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens the door
Major physical restriction does a split type air conditioner system have which restricts its efficiency and performance
EVAPORATORS CANNOT BE LOCATED AT CEILING
Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open only when the car stops at the floor
Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the rope to operate the safety gear
Coupled with central air conditioning system, used to dehumidify and cool the air stream injected into the conditioned space
The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in changing the state of a substance without changing its temperature.
Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator for small commercial or residential building.
An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates, shaft, and bearings over which a cable or roped is passed.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
420/469
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
241 A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the connection at the water main. Corporation Stop
242 Thermostat
243 Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in drywall construction. Rigid Board Insulation
244 Alternator
245 Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in order to absorb ___. Heat
246 Thermostat
247 Outside Door Latch
248 Panic Bar
249 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector. 135-197˚F
250
251 An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or valve. Air Motor
252 Counterweight
253 Winding-Drum Machine
254 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight. Guiderails
255 600 mm
256 Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight rope. 30 mm
257 Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an escalator. 558 mm
258 Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator along the angle of travel. 38 Meters/Min
259 The effective room temperature in air-conditioning. 68-74 ˚F
260 Microphone
261 A rate of rise type detector. Thermal Detector
262 A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the properties of air-system mixtures. Psychrometric Chart
263 Heat that raises air temperature. Sensible Heat
264 Convection
265 In boilers, they function only when exceeds prescribed unsafe operating conditions.
266Fan Coil Unit
267Safety Shoe
268 Fascia Plate
An Instrument which responds to changes in temperature, and directly or indirectly controls temperature.
A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy, a generator of alternating current.
A device installed on an electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to activate a switch.During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers, this part of the elevator is used to open the doors from the outside.A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width of each door leaf which will open if subjected to pressure.
An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating inlet water pressure to a lower constant pressure.
Pressure Regulating Valve
In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand used to balance suspended scenery, or the like.On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to which the wire ropes that hoist the car are fastened, and on which they wind.
Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit shall not be less than ___.
Sound system input device that reacts to and converts variable sound pressure into variable electrical current.
The transmission of heat energy from one place to another by circulatory movement of a mass of fluid.
Limit Controls and Interlocks
What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central air-conditioning system, is used to to dehumidify and cool the air stream injected to a conditioned space.
In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing, and reopens the door if there is something. Photocell can be used together with this.
It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when they try to get out of the car which is stopped between the floors.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
421/469
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
269 Weighing Device
270 In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current. Circuit Breaker
271 In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the highest and lowest floor. Limit Switches
272 In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object becomes wedged at the guard.
273Disconnect Switch
274Mechanical
275
276 Knife Switch
277Ton of Refrigeration
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is overloaded and the door remains open until overloading is eliminated.
Handrail Guard Switches
In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and off positions to stop or prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.
This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit location to protect against accidental movement of the escalator during inspection of the drives or during general maintenance.
This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically if an abnormal current is supplied to the motor.
Current Overload Safety Switch
This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for inspection, maintenance, or repairs.
The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0 oC) melts to water at the same tmeperature in 24 hrs. (equivalent to 12,000 Btu/hr)
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
422/469
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
423/469
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
1Sound
2A healthy pair of human ear has a detection range of. 20 to 20000 HZ
3Sound travels in air, at sea level, in ____ m/sec. 344 m/ sec.
4Frequency
5Reverberation
6Echo
7Flutter
8 A device used for sound absorption Fibrous Materials
9This describe the reflection of sound along a curved surface near the surface Creep
10 Sound travels only about ___________m/sec. 344 m/sec
11 It is the measurement of the intensity of sound. decibel
12 It is the limit for comfortable hearing. 40 db
13Reverberation time
14 omnidirectional mic
15 incandescent
16 photometry
17
candle power
18
Diffusion
19Lumen
Is a physical wave, a mechanical vibration, a series of pressure variations, in an elastic medium
The number of times the cycle of compression and rarefaction of air makes in a given unit of time.
Is the persistence of sound after the cause of sound has stopped-a result of repeated reflections.
Is caused when reflected sound at sufficient intensity reaches a listener approximately 70 m/ sec. after hear the direct sound.
Is perceived as a buzzing or clicking sound, and it is comprised of repeated echoes traversing back and forth between two non-absorbing parallel surfaces.
It is the time in seconds that a reflected sounddiminishes for the case by 60db after the originalsound has stopped.It is a type of microphone which equally sensitivesound arriving at it from any directionIt has a stimulating effect, conducive to drinking,induces sleep, best for bars and night club.In theory and fundamentals of lighting. It is thescience that deals with measurement of light.
It refers to the unit of intensity of light of onestandard candle whose light is concentrated at apoint and the light source is assumed to be placed atthe center of a hollow sphere of one foot radius.
In physical principles of light, it is the light raysleaving the source strike through, opaque surfacewhich spreads the light in various directions, inaddition light is broken up while in reflection, thelight bounces back at a different direction.
It is the unit of luminous flux, amount f light fallingon a surface from the source.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
424/469
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
20the reciprocal of ohm
21Watt
22 1 lumen per sq.m.
23Varies inversely with
24Decibel
25
droppler effect
26 What is a repetitious reflective sound due to parallel walls? flutter27
– delayed sound heard a fraction of a second after the direction of sound isheard Echo
28 unpleasant or unwanted sound Noise
29 What is the study of reactions of humans to audible sound? psycho acoustics
30study of effects on environment upon audible sound
31 study of sound generated by equipment electro acoustics
32wavelength
33 rate of repetition of a periodic phenomenon frequency –
34 sound –
35 What is the amount of sound energy produced by the source? magnitude
36 unit of loudness of sound decibel
37 at speed of sound normal temperature and pressure velocity –
38 What is the reflected sound that gathers in a central portion of the room? sound foci
39 one characterized by large amounts of absorption dead room
40 characterized by very small amounts of absorption Live room
41 What is the persistence of sound after the source of sound has stopped? reverberation
42 state existing in a system which is set into oscillation resonance
43 pure tone –
44 Specific Lighting
Mho as used in electrical systems calculation isdefined as _______.
A unit of mechanical power is horsepower.What is electrical power?
In lighting and illumination calculation, what isthe unit for lux?
In Inverse Square Law, it states that: “soundintensity ______ the square of the distancefrom the source.”
Is a logarithmic unit of measurement that expresses the magnitude of a physical quantity (usually power or intensity)relative to a specified or implied reference level.
An apparent shift in the frequency occurring when an acoustic source and listener are in motion relative to eachother, the frequency increasing when the source and the listener approach each other and decreasing when they move apart
environmental acoustics –
What is the distance between two similar points in succession waves traveling in one cycle?
a sensation felt by the brain resulting from the distance of molecules inthe air
simplest kind of sound composed entirely of sound waves of a singlefrequencyA type of lighting that provides illumination to specialobjects like sculptures, flower arrangements, etc.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
425/469
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
45 Unit of loudness level. Phon
46 Sound Absorption
47 Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration. Wavelength
48Sound Attenuation
49 Sabin
50 Sound Diffraction
51 Threshold of Audibility
52 Sound
53 Sound sensation in a single frequency. Pure Tone
54 Wave produced by a pure tone. Sine Wave
55 Synonymous with a lighting fixture. Luminaire
56 The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___. Candela
57 General Lighting
58 The rate of flow of light through a surface. Luminous Flux
59 Luminance
60 Foot-Candle
61 Lux
62 Indirect Lighting
63 The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp. Cathode
64 The rate of flow of sound energy Sound Intensity
65 Accent Lighting
66 A means of producing light from gaseous discharge. Fluorescense
67 A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID). High-Pressure-Sodium
68 Microphone
69 Cross Light
70 A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps. Luminaire
71 Eggcrate
72 Floodlight
The process of dissipating sound energy by convertingit to heat.
The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressurelevel of sound which is transmitted from one point toanother.
Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot ofperfectly absorptive material.Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave tobe bent or scattered aroundMinimum sound pressure level that is capable of beingdetected by the human earFluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in anelastic medium.
Type of lighting dealing with relatively large arealighting.
The luminous intensity of any surface in a given directionper unit of projected area.A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per squarefoot.A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per squaremeterType of lighting system where 90-100% of light output isdirected to the ceiling and upperwalls of the room
Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particularpoints of interest.
Sound system input device that reacts to and convertsvariable sound pressure into variable electrical current.Light originating from sources not facing each other, asfrom windows in adjacent walls.
A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas andused for redirecting the light emitted by an overhead source.A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level ofillumination over a large area.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
426/469
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
73 Passive Infrared
74 Passive Infrared
75 Ultrasonic
76Microwave
77
78Proximity / Capacitance
79Metal Halide Lamp
80Mercury Lamp
81
82
83 Frequency
84
Transmission Loss
85 Infra Red
86 Porous Absorbents
87 Refraction
88 In lighting and illumination calculation, what is the unit for lux? 1 lumen per sq.m.
89 Tesla is the unit of____. Magnetic flux
90 Varies inversely with
91 Acoustics is a science that concerns with ______.
92 Creep is the phenomenon whereby sound travels in a ______. Curve surface
A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heatrange of body temperature.A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption oflight beam.A type of perimeter detector which detects change insound wave pattern.A type of perimeter detector which is subject to falsealarm from aircraft radar and from movement outside buildingthrough window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.
This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passiveinfrared and Ultrasonic or Microwave system.
Passive Infrared with Ultrasonic (or Microwave)
This type of perimeter detector detects a change incapacitance of the area covered, caused by intrusion.Proximity / Capacitance a. Microwave
A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light isproduced by the radiation from a mixture of a metallic vapor,similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.
A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors,uses argon gas to ease starting, it produces light by means of anelectric discharge in mercury vapor.
A type of lamp which produces light by means of thereaction of halogen additive in the bulb reacts with chemicallywith tungsten.
Tungsten Halogen Lamp
A type of lamp generally used for roadways andsidewalks, uses sodium gas.
High-Pressure-Sodium (HPS)
The number of cycles per unit time of a wave oroscillations expressed in hertz of cycles per second.Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound isreduced in transmission through it; a measure of the sound insulation value of the partition, the higher the number, thegreater the insulation value.
212. The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolettype.What type of sound absorbent is best for lower bandfrequencies.The bending of sound wave when traveling forwardchanges direction as it passes through different densities.
In Inverse Square Law, it states that: “sound intensity ______ thesquare of the distance from the source.”
a. Transmission of soundb. Effect of sound wavesc. Generation of sound
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
427/469
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
93
All of the above
94
All of the above
95 Nadir
96 Sound absorption
97 Architectural acoustics
98 Structureborne sound
99
100
Hermholtz resonator
101 Individual resonator
102 The rustling of leaves in breeze is said to be within the ____. Threshold of hearing
103 Unit of capacitance is _____. Farad
104
105
All of the above
106 10% opening
107
108 Unit of frequency equal to one cycle per seconds HERTZ
109 Unit of loudness of level PHON
110Prolongation of sound as a result of succesive reflection REVERBERATION
Sound Transmission Loss (STL) is/are affected by the following____.a. Intensity of sound from sourceb. Material densityc. Mediumd. All of the above
Which of the following factors affect/s room acoustics?a. Shape and proportion of roomb. Room cavityc. Seating and other furnishingsd. All of the above
A condition characterized as vertically downward directly belowthe luminaire. What is that term?It is the product of surface area (sq.ft.) and sound absorptioncoefficient (SAC). It has the unit sabin.Wallace Clement Sabine, an American physicist who pioneeredwork on sound is said to be the father of ____?When sound impinges on a surface such as walls, floor, ceiling,etc. It is referred to as _____.A branch of acoustics that involves the control of noise pollution,environmental noise, which include motor vehicles, aircraft noise,etc.
Environmental acoustics
This material is so named in honor of a German physicist,consista of a holllow material with a small hole on one side. This isused to detect individual frequency of complex acoustic waveconfiguration.
A type of resonator made from empty clay vessels of differentsizes. Their absorption ranges from 100-400 hertz.
The following statements are true with regards to sound except___.a. That sound is an aural sensationb. That sound is caused by oscillation in an elastic mediumc. That sound travels in a vacuumd. That sound is caused by the vibration of particles which move inan infinitesimal amount causing particles to impart motion andenergy to them___.
That sound travels in a vacuum
The velocity of sound is affected by _____.a. Temperatureb. Kind of mediumc. Material densityd. All of the above
Transondent facings are those transparent facings with holes.Which facing will reflect more sound?Which of the following sources of sound produces the highestsound pressure level (SPL)?
Cafeteria with people in it
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
428/469
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
111 Distance sounds travels during each cycles of vibration WAVELENGTH
112Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to bend or scattered around SOUND DIFFRACTION
113 Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displaceent in elastic medium SOUND
114 Sound sensation in a single frequency PURE TONE
115 A luminous intensity of light expressed in candela; Unit of luminous intensity CANDELA
116 A lighting fixture LUMINAIRE
117 Unit of luminance equal to 1 candela per square meter LAMBERT
118 Unit of illmination equal to one lumen per square meter LUX
119 Unit of illumination equal to one square foot FOOT CANDLE
120 Rate of flow of light through a surface LUMINOUS FLUX
121 Resistance in AC system IMPEDANCE
122 Reciprocal of resistance CONDUCTANCE
123 Rate of flow of sound energy SOUND INTENSITY
124 Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular point of interests ACCENT LIGHTING
125A type of HID lamp HPS LAMP
126 Higher than 20,000 Hertz ULTRASONIC
127 SABINS
128
129
130Sound with a wavelength of 1.50 m at Frequency 1,500 Hz 7,380 fps
131INTENSITY
132REFRACTION
133Unit of loudness level. Phon
134The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat. Sound Absorption
Unit of acoustic absorption equivalent ot absorption by one square root of a perfect absorber
First defense method from external noise by site selection and site planning for quiet internal acoustic environment
AVOIDING ZONES OF DIRECT SOUND
The effective method can be employed to reduce direct noise, which is transmitted airborne, for noise reduction within a space
INSTALL ABSORBENT MATERIALS WITHIN THE
WALL OF THE ENCLOSURE
Perceptual characteristic of sound which is the average rate of flow of energy per unit area perpendicular to the direction of propagation
The physical behavior of sound when travelling forward in a straight path changes in direction as it passes through different densities and causes the sound waves to bend
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
429/469
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
135Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration. Wavelength
136Sound Attenuation
137Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot of perfectly absorptive material. Sabin
138Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to be bent or scattered around. Sound Diffraction
139Minimum sound pressure level that is capable of being detected by the human ear. Threshold of Audibility
140Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in an elastic medium. Sound
141Sound sensation in a single frequency. Pure Tone
142Wave produced by a pure tone. Sine Wave
143Synonymous with a lighting fixture. Luminaire
144The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___. Candela
145Type of lighting dealing with relatively large area lighting. General Lighting
146The rate of flow of light through a surface. Luminous Flux
147The luminous intensity of any surface in a given direction per unit of projected area. Luminance
148A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square foot. Foot-Candle
149A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square meter. Lux
150Indirect Lighting
151The material used for filament in an incandescent bulb. Tungsten
152The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp. Cathode
153The rate of flow of sound energy Sound Intensity
154Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular points of interest. Accent Lighting
The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressure level of sound which is transmitted from one point to another.
Type of lighting system where 90-100% of light output is directed to the ceiling and upper walls of the room.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
430/469
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
155A means of producing light from gaseous discharge. Fluorescense
156A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID).
157Light originating from sources not facing each other, as from windows in adjacent walls. Cross Light
158A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps. Luminaire
159Eggcrate
160A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level of illumination over a large area. Floodlight
161What type of sound absorbent is best for lower band frequencies. Porous Absorbents
162Refraction
163Frequency
164
Transmission Loss
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
High-Pressure-Sodium (HPS)
A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas and used for redirecting the light emitted by an overhead source.
The bending of sound wave when traveling forward changes direction as it passes through different densities.
The number of cycles per unit time of a wave or oscillations expressed in hertz of cycles per second.
Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound is reduced in transmission through it; a measure of the sound insulation value of the partition, the higher the number, the greater the insulation value.
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
431/469
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
432/469
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
433/469
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
1 Which Philippine furniture is specifically designed for giving birth? BUTACA
2 is an exquisite chest drawers comoda
3 is a modified church pew kapiya
4 is a wooden sofa that features a cabinet compartment below the seat gallinera5 Which Philippine furniture is usually used to store pillows and mats? al mario6 refers to a wardrobe with mirror attached to the door aparador
7 is used to store food and utensils pamingalan
8 is a daybed diban9 What is escritoire? a writing desk
10 is called bergere
11 is called the etagere
12 is called finial
13 Who designed the “Barcelona Chair”?
14 designed the adjustable chaise lounge Le Corbusier –
15 designed the cantilevered chair Alvar Aalto
16 designed the cesca cantilevered chair Marcel Bruer
17 It is a chair made of molded fiberglass rest on a cast aluminum pedestal tulip chair
18 is made of nylon stretch fabric over urethane foam chaise
19 ribbon chair
20 is made of reinforced molded fiberglass gyro chair –
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
arm chair with closed arms
hanging or standing shelves
crowning ornament on furniture
Ludwig Mies van de Rohe
is made of tubular steel frame cobered with rubber webbing andpre-foamed latex foam
434/469
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
435/469
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
6566
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
436/469
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
437/469
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110111
112
113
114
115
438/469
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
439/469
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
440/469
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
162
163
129
130
131
132
133
134
135136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
441/469
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
442/469
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
BAHAY KUBO
Kitchen GilirToilet & Bath BatalanRice Storage KamaligLow Table DulangCloset TampipiRoom SilidRoom for Entertaining Guest Bulwagan
BAHAY NA BATO
Ground FloorFor caroza storage ZaguanHorse Stable QuadraStore room Bodega
Second FloorWater Cistern AljibeOverhanging 2nd floor VoladaFood Storage DispensaAnte room for stairs CaidaLiving room SalaDining room ComedorKitchen CocinaPantry DispensaToilet Letrina / ComunBath BanoOpen terrace AzoteaRoom Cuarto / Alcoba / DormitorioVault EntresueloBalcony BalconCourtyard Patio
distinctive features1. PERSIANA – large windows with slats covered with capiz to filter light; unique in Southeast Asia2. VENTANILLA – small windows usually at lower portion of the wall3. CALLADO – open woodwork or tracery; fixed over a window or placed as space dividers4. BARANDILLAS – wrought iron traceries on the wall5. BANGGERA – where the dishes are kept
NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECTEGYPTIAN ARCHITECTURETemple of Luxor Luxor, EgyptAbu SimbelPyramid of King Zoser ImhotepThe Great PyramidGREEK ARCHITECTUREPartheon Athens, Greece Itchinus, Callicarates
with PhidiasErechtheum Athens, Greece MnesiclesEpidaurus Theater Epidaurus, Greece PolykleitosROMAN ARCHITECTUREThe Pantheon Rome, Italy AcrippaTrajan's Forum Rome, Italy Apollodorus of DamascusColosseum Rome, Italy Vespacian and DomitianAMERICAN ARCHITECTUREWhite House Washington, D.C. James HobanCapitol of the United States Washington, D.C. Thorton, Latrobe, BulfinchNational Gallery Of Art John Russel PopeWashington Monument Washington, D.C. Robert MillsUniversity of Virginia Charlottesville, Virginia Thomas JeffersonMassachusetts State House Charles BulfinchSaint Patrick's Cathedral New York James RenwickConnecticut State Capitol Richard UpjohnMonticallo Charlottesville, Virginia Thomas JeffersonNew York City Hall New York Pierre L'enfant
Fallingwater Ohiopyle, Pennsylvania Frank Lloyd WrightGuggenheim Museum New York, New York Frank Lloyd WrightCoonley House Riverside, Illonois Frank Lloyd WrightEnnis House Los Angeles, California Frank Lloyd WrightJohnson Wax Building Racine, Winconsin Frank Lloyd WrightLarkin Building Buffalo, New York Frank Lloyd WrightWingspread Wind Point Frank Lloyd WrightGolden Gate Bridge San Francisco,California Joseph Strauss
FRENCH ARCHITECTUREThe Louvre Paris, France Peirre LescotTuileries Paris, FrancePalais RoyalSacre-coeur Hill of Montmatre, Paris Paul Abadie, Lucien MagneHotel de Ville Domencio de CortonaArc de TriomphePompidou Centre Paris, France Richrad Rogers, Renzo PianNotre Dame de Paris Paris, France Maurice de SullyParisOpera House Paris, France Charles GarnierElysee Palace Claude MolletHotel de InvalidesLa Madelaine Napoleon ISorbonne Paris, FranceCharles Cathedral Chartes, FranceAmien's CathedralRheims Cathedral
Eiffel Tower Paris, France Gustave Eiffel
Notre Dame du Haut Ronchamp, France Le CorbusierVilla Savoye Poissy, France Le Corbusier
NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECTGERMAN ARCHITECTUREBurgtheater Gottfried Semper with
Karl Von HasenaverBerlin Opera House Georg Wenzeslaus Von
KnobelsdorfWurzburg Residenz Balthazar NeumannEinstein Tower Potsdam, Germany Erich MendelsohnENGLISH ARCHITECTUREBritish Moseum London, England Sir Robert Smirke
Salisbury Cathedral Salisbury, EnglandQueen's House Greenwich, England Inigo Jones
Somerset House London, England William ChambersSt. Paul's Cathedral London, England Sir Christopher WrenChiswick House Chiswick, England Lord BurlingtonWestminster Palace London, England Sir Charles BarryGlasgow School of Art Galsgow,England Charles Rennie MackintoshDurham cathedral Durham, EnglandBuckingham Palace Sir George GoringCHINA, TURKEY, ITALY, INDIA AND SPAIN ARCHITECTURETemple of Heaven ChinaHagia Sofia Istanbul, Turkey Isidoros and AnthemiosCathedral of Siena Southern ItalyPisa Cathedral Pisa, ItalyFlorence Cathedral Florence, Italy Arnolfo di CambioKrak des Chevaliers SyriaAlhambra Granada, SpainCasa Batllo Barcelona, Spain Antonio GaudiCasa Mila Barcelona, Spain Antonio GaudiSagrada Familia Barcelona, Spain Antonio GaudiTaj Mahal Agra, India Emperor Shah JahanPHILIPPINE CHURCHESPaoay Church Ilocos Norte Antonio EstavilloVigan Church Ilocos SurSanta Maria Church Ilocos Sur Benigno FernandezTumauini Church IsabelaAngat Church BulacanBarasoain Church BulacanSan Sebastian Church Manila Genaro PalaciosSan Augustine Church Manila Juan MaciasTaal Church Batangas Fray Marcos Anton
Don Luciano OliverDaraga Church AlbayMiagao Church IloiloSanto Nino de Cebu Basilica Cebu Fray Juan de Albarran
PHILIPPINE SKYSCRAPERSPBCom Tower Makati Skidmore, Owings, MerillPetron Mega Plaza Makati Skidmore, Owings, MerillBSA Twin Tower MandaluyongG.T. International Tower Makati Kohn Pedersen Fox
Recio CasasRobinson's Equitable Tower Pasig HOKICEC (LKG) Tower Makati Kohn Pedersen Fox
Recio CasasPacific Plaza Tower 1& 2 Makati ArquitectonicaRoxas Triangle 1 & 2 Makati Skidmore, Owings, Merill
NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECTSKYSCRAPERS AROUND THE WORLDPetronas Tower Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Cesar Pelli & AssociatesSears Tower Chicago, USA Skidmore, Owings and MerilJin Mao Building Shnaghai, China Skidmore, Owings and MerilPlaza Rakyat Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Skidmore, Owings and MerilEmpire State Building New Yrok City, USA Shreve Lamb & Harmon
AssociatesCentral Plaza Hong Kong, China Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man
and AssociatesBank of China Hong Kong, China I.M. Pei & PartnersEmirates Tower I Dubai, UAE NORR Group Consultants
Intenational, Ltd.The Center Hong Kong, ChinaT & C Tower Kaohsiung, Taiwan Hellmuth, Obata &
Kassabuam/Cy LeeAON Center Chicago, USA Edward D. Stone &
AssociatesJohn Hancock Center Chicago, USA Skidmore, Owings and MerilShun Hing Square Shenzhen, China K.Y. Cheung Design
AssociatesCitic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza) Guangzhou, China Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man
& AssociatesBurj Al-Arab Hotel Dubai, UAE Tom Wright of WS Atkins
& PartnersBaiyoke Tower 2 Bangkok, Thailand Plan Architect Co.Chrysler Building New Yrok City, USA William Van AllenBank of American Palza Atlanta, USA Johnson/Burgee ArchitectsLibrary Tower Los Angeles, USA Pei Cobb Freed and PartnersMalaysia Telecom HQ Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Hijjas Kasturi Associates
Daewoo and PartnersAT & T Corporate Center Chicago, USA Peter Ellis, SOMChase Tower Houston, USA Pei Cobb Freed and PartnersRyugyong Hotel Pyongyoang, North Korea Baikdoosan Architects &
Engineers
STYLE
Ancient Greek, Doric
Ancient Greek, IonicAncient Greek
Ancient RomanRomanAncient Roman
Georgian NeoclassicalNeoclassical
Neo-EgyptianClassical, Neo-Palladian
Colonial GeorgianFrench Renaissance -Georgian StyleExpressionist ModernModernPrairie StyleDeco ModernModernEarly ModernNeo-VernacularStructural Modernwith some Art Deco details
French Renaissance
High-Tech ModernEarly GothicNeo-Baroque
Gothic exemplerFrench Gothic
Victorian Structural ExpressionistExpressionist ModernModern
STYLE
Expressionist Early Modern
Victorian Ionic façadeClassical RevivalEnglish GothicPalladian, Late EnglishRenaissanceNeoclassicalLate Renaissance to BaroquePalladianEnglish Gothic RevivalArt NouveauRomanesque
ByzantineGothic and MediterraneanRomanesqueItalian RomanesqueMedievalMoorish(Islamic)Expressionist or Art NouveauArt NouveauExpressionistIslamic
Baroque
ultra-baroqueBaroque
Gothic StyleBaroque or Neo Classic
Romanesque and Neo Classic
NO. OF FLRS/HEIGHT
88 / 452 meters110 / 443 meters88 / 420.60 meters79 / 382 meters102 / 381 meters
78 / 374 meters
70 / 369 meters56 / 358 meters
73 / 350 meters85/ 347 meters
83 / 346 meters
100 / 344 meters81 / 325 meters
80 / 322 meters
60 / 321 meters
90 / 320 meters77 / 319.40 meters55 / 312 meters73 / 310.30 meters77 / 310 meters
61 / 307 meters75 / 305.40 meters
105 / 300 meters
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
TERMINOLOGY ( National Building Code )
ABATEMENT Any act that would remove or neutralize a fire hazard.Accessoria or Row House A house of not more than two storeys, composed of a row or dwelling units entirely separated from one another by party wall or walls and with an independent entrance for each dwelling units.
Accessory Building A building subordinate to the main building on the same lot and used for purposes customarily incidental to those of the main building such as servants quarters, garage, pump house, laundry, etc.
ADMINISTRATOR Any person who acts as agent of the owner and manages the use of a building for him.
Agricultural Building A building designated and constructed to house farm implements, hay, grain, poultry, livestock or other horticultural products. This structure shall not be a place of human habitation or a place of employment where agricultural products are processed, treated or packaged; nor shall it be place used by the public.
Alley Any building space or thoroughfare which has been dedicated or deeded to the public or for public use as a passageway with a width of not more than three meters.
Alter or Alteration Any change, addition, or modification in construction of occupancy.
Apartment A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for, or occupied by one family for living, sleeping, and cooking purposes.
Apartment House Any building or portion thereof, which is designed, built, rented, leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or which is occupied as the home or residence of three or more families living independently of each other and doing their own cooking in the building, and shall include flats and apartments.
Arcade Any portion of a building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk beyond the first storey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
Assembly Building or Hall A building or a portion of a building used for the gathering together of fifty or more persons for such purposes as deliberation, workshop, entertainment, amusement, or awaiting transportation or of a hundred or more persons in drinking and dining establishments.
Attic Storey Any storey situated wholly or partly in a roof, so designed, arranged, or built as to be used for business, storage, or habitation.
Awning A movable shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of a building and of a type which can be retracted, folded, or collapsed against the face of a supporting building.
Backing The surface or assembly to which veneer is attached.Balcony A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raise 1.20 meters or more above the level of the main floor.
Balcony Exterior Exit A landing or porch projecting from the wall of a building, and which serves as a required means of egress. The long size shall be at least fifty percent open, and the open area above the guardrail shall be so distributed as to prevent the accumulation of smoke or toxic gases.
Barbecue A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for food preparation.
Basement A portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is partly below and partly above grade but so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor is less than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling.
Bay or Panel One of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided by columns, buttresses, or division walls.
BLASTING AGENT Any material or mixture consisting of a fuel and oxidizer used to set off explosives.
Boarding House A house with five or more sleeping rooms where boarders are provided with lodging, and meals for fixed sum paid by the month, or week, in accordance with previous arrangement.
Boiler Room Any room containing a stream or hot-water boiler.Buildable Area The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open spaces.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
Chimney Classifications:
Building Any structure built for the support, shelter, or enclosure of persons, animals, chattels, or property of any kind.
Building Height The vertical distance from the established grade elevation to the highest point of the coping of a flat roof; to the average height of the highest gable or a pitch or hip roof, or to the top of the parapet if the roof is provided with a parapet. In case of sloping ground, the average ground level of the buildable area shall be considered the established grade elevation.
Building Length Its general lineal dimensions usually measured in the direction of the bearing wall for girders.
Building Width Its shortest linear dimensions usually measured in the direction of the floor, beams or joints.
Cellar The portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is wholly or partly below grade and so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor below is equal to or greater than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling.
CELLULOSE NITRATE OR NITRO CELLULOSE A highly combustible and explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid with a cellulose material.
CELLULOSE NITRATE PLASTIC (PYROXYLIN) Any plastic substance, materials or compound having cellulose nitrate (nitro cellulose) as base.
chimney a. Residential Appliance Type. A factory-built or masonry chimney suitable for removing products of combustion from residential type appliance producing combustion gases not in excess of 538°C measured at the appliance flue outlet.
chimney b. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal chimney suitable for removing the product with combustion from full-burning low-heat appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 538°C under normal operating conditions but capable of producing combustible gases of 760°C during intermittent forced firing for periods up to one hour. All temperatures are measured at the appliance flue outlet.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
chimney c. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal chimney suitable for removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning medium-heat appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 1093°C measured at the appliance flue outlet.
Chimney Connector The pipe which connects a flue burning appliance to a chimney.
Chimney Linear The lining materials of fire clay or other approved material.Chimney Masonry The chimney of solid masonry units bricks, stones, listed hollow unit masonry units, or reinforced concrete.
COMBUSTIBLE FIBER Any readily ignitable and free burning fiber such as cotton, oakum, rags, waste cloth, waste paper, kapok, hay, straw, Spanish moss, excelsior and other similar materials commonly used in commerce.
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID Any liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8_C (100_F).
COMBUSTIBLE, FLAMMABLE OR INFLAMMABLE Descriptive of materials that are easily set on fire.
Concrete Block A hollow or solid concrete masonry unit made from portland cement and suitable aggregates such as sand, gravel, crushed stone, bituminous or anthracite cinders, burned clay, pumice, volcanic scoria, air cooled or expanded blast furnace slags.
Coping The material or units used to form a cap of finish on top of a wall, pier, or pilaster.
Corrosion-Resistant Material Materials that are inherently rust-resistant or materials to which an approved rust-resistive coating has been applied either before or after forming or fabrication.
Corrosion-Resistant The non-ferrous metal, or any metal having an unbroken surface on non-ferrous metal, or steel with not less than 10 percent chromium or with less than 0.20 percent copper.
CORROSIVE LIQUID Any liquid which causes fire when in contact with organic matter or with certain chemicals.
Course A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
DUCT SYSTEM A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.
Court An occupied space between building lines and lot lines other than a yard; free, open, and unobstructed by appendages from the ground upward.
CRYOGENIC Descriptive of any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate surroundings.
CURTAIN BOARD A vertical panel of non-combustible or fire resistive materials attached to and extending below the bottom chord of the roof trusses, to divide the underside of the roof into separate compartments so that heat and smoke will be directed upwards to a roof vent.
DAMPER A normally open device installed inside an air duct system which automatically closes to restrict the passage of smoke or fire.
Dispersal Area (Safe) An area which will accommodate a number of persons equal to the total capacity of the stand and building it serves, in such a manner that no person within the area need be closer than 15.00 meters from the stand or building. Dispersal areas shall be based upon an area of not less than 0.28 square-meter per person.
DISTILLATION The process of first raising the temperature in separate the more volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the resulting vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.
DUST A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will cause an explosion.
Dwelling Any building or any portion thereof which is not an "apartment house", "lodging house", or a "hotel" as defined in this Code which contained one or two "dwelling units" or "guest rooms", used, intended or designed to be built, used, rented, leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or which are occupied for living purposes.
Dwelling Unit One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are intended or designated to be occupied by one family with facilities for living, sleeping, cooking, and eating.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
Dwelling, Indigenous Family A dwelling intended for the use and occupancy by the family of the owner only. It is one constructed of native materials such as bamboo, nipa, logs, or lumber, the total cost of which does not exceed fifteen thousand pesos.
Dwelling, Multiple A building used as a home or residence of three or more families living independently from one another, each occupying one or more rooms as a single housekeeping unit.
Dwelling, One-Family A detached building designated for, or occupied exclusively by one family.
ELECTRICAL ARC An extremely hot luminous bridge formed by passage of an electric current across a space between two conductors or terminals due to the incandescence of the conducting vapor.
EMBER A hot piece or lump that remains after a material has partially burned, and is still oxidizing without the manifestation of flames.
Exit A continuous and unobstructed means of egress to a public way, and shall include intervening doors, doorways, corridors, exterior exit balconies, ramps, stairways, smoke-proof enclosures, horizontal exits, exit passageway, exit courts, and yards. An exit shall be deemed to be that point which opens directly into a safe dispersal area or public way. All measurement are to be made to that point when determining the permissible distance of travel.
Exit Courts A yard or court providing egress to a public way for one or more required exits.Exit Horizontal A means of passage from one building into another building occupied by the same tenant through a separation wall having a minimum fire resistance of one-hour.
Exit Passageway An enclosed means of egress connecting a required exit of exit court with a public way.
Facing Any masonry, forming an integral part of a wall used as a finished surface (as contrasted to veneer, see definition).
FINISHES Materials used as final coating of a surface for ornamental or protective purposes.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
FIRE ALARM Any visual or audible signal produced by a device or system to warm the occupants of the building or fire fighting elements of the presence or danger of fire to enable them to undertake immediate action to save life and property and to suppress the fire.
FIRE DOOR A fire resistive door prescribed for openings in fire separation walls or partitions.
FIRE HAZARD Any condition or act which increases or may cause an increase in the probability of the occurrence of fire, or which may obstruct, delay, hinder or interfere with fire fighting operations and the safeguarding of life and property.
FIRE LANE The portion of a roadway or publicway that should be kept opened and unobstructed at all times for the expedient operation of fire fighting units.
FIRE PROTECTIVE AND FIRE SAFETY DEVICE Any device intended for the protection of buildings or persons to include but not limited to built-in protection system such as sprinklers and other automatic extinguishing system, detectors for heat, smoke and combustion products and other warning system components, personal protective equipment such as fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves and other garments that may be put on or worn by persons to protect themselves during fire.
Fire Retardant Treated Wood Lumber of plywood impregnated with chemicals and when tested in accordance with accepted fire standards for a period of 30 minutes shall have a flame spread of not over 25 and show no evidence of progressive combustion. The Fire-retardant properties shall not be considered permanent when exposed to the weather.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
FIRE SAFETY CONSTRUCTIONS Refers to design and installation of walls, barriers, doors, windows, vents, means of egress, etc. integral to and incorporated into a building or structure in order to minimize danger to life from fire, smoke, fumes or panic before the building is evacuated. These features are also designed to achieve, among others, safe and rapid evacuation of people through means of egress sealed from smoke or fire, the confinement of fire or smoke in the room or floor of origin and delay their spread to other parts of the building by means of smoke sealed and fire resistant doors, walls and floors. It shall also mean to include the treatment of buildings components or contents with flame retardant chemicals.
FIRE The active principle of burning, characterized by the heat and light of combustion.
FIRE TRAP A building unsafe in case of fire because it will burn easily or because it lacks adequate exits or fire escapes.
Firebrick A finely ground clay used as a plasticizer for masonry mortars; varies widely in physical properties.
Fireplace A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may be made and which is built in conjunction with a chimney.
First Storey The storey the floor of which is at or above the level of the sidewalk or adjoining ground, the remaining storeys being numbered in regular succession upward.
FLASH POINT The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air.
Floor Area An area included within the surrounding exterior walls of a building or portion thereof, exclusive of vent shafts and courts. The floor area of a building or portion thereof not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above.
Footing That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to the soil or the pile.
FORCING A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or dimensions.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
FULMINATE A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.
Foundation All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth upon which the structure rests.
Garage A building or portion thereof in which a motor vehicle containing gasoline, distillate, or other violative, flammable liquid in its tank, is stored, repaired, or kept.
Garage Commercial A garage where automobiles and other motor vehicles are housed, cared for, equipped, repaired or kept for remuneration, hire, or sale.
Garage Private A building or a portion of a building in which only motor vehicles used by the tenants of the building or buildings on the premises are stored or kept.
Garage, Open Parking A structure of one or more tiers in height which is at least 50 percent open on two or more sides and is used exclusively for the parking or storage of passenger motor vehicles having a capacity of not more than nine persons per vehicle. Open parking garages are further classified as either ramp-access or mechanical-access. Ramp-access, open parking garages are those employing a series of continuously rising floors permitting the movement of vehicles under their own power from and to the street level.
Girder A horizontal structural piece which supports in end of the floor beams or joists or walls over opening.
Grade (Adjacent Ground Elevation) The lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the ground between the exterior wall of a building and a point 1.50 meters distant from said wall, or the lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the ground between the exterior wall of a building and a property line if it is less than 1.50 meters distant from sidewall. In case walls are parallel to and within 1.50 meters of a public sidewalk, alley, or other public way, the grade shall be the elevation of the sidewalk, alley, or public way.
Ground Floor The storey at or near the level of the grade, the other storeys, beginning with second, for the first next above, shall be designated by the successive floor number counting upward.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
Guest Room Any room or rooms used, or intended to be used by a guest for sleeping purposes. Every 9.30 square meters of superficial floor area in a dormitory shall be considered to be guest room.
Habitable Room Any room meeting the requirements of this Code for sleeping, living, cooking or dining purposes, excluding such enclosed spaces as closets, pantries, bath or toilet room, service rooms, connecting corridors, laundries, unfinished attics, storages, space cellars, utility rooms, and similar spaces.
Hall, Common A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within a building.
Hall, Stair A hall which includes the stair, stair landings, and those portions of the common hall through which it is necessary to pass in going between the entrance floor and the room.
HAZARDOUS OPERATION/PROCESS Any act of manufacturing, fabrication, conversion, etc., that uses or produces materials which are likely to cause fires or explosions.
Heliport An area of land or water or a structural surface which is used, or intended for use, the landing and take off helicopters and any appurtenant areas which are used, or intended for use, for heliport buildings and other heliport facilities.
Helistop The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance repairs, or storage of helicopters is permitted.
HORIZONTAL EXIT Passageway from one building to another or through or around a wall in approximately the same floor level.
HOSE BOX A box or cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment are stored and arranged for fire fighting.
HOSE REEL A cylindrical device turning on an axis around which a fire hose is wound and connected.
Hotel A building or a part thereof with rooms occupied or intended to be occupied for hire as temporary boarding place of individuals with a general kitchen and public dining room service, but no provision for cooking in any individual suite or room.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
Hotel Apartment An apartment house which may furnish dining room service and other services for the exclusive use of its tenants.
HYPERGOLIC FUEL A rocket or liquid propellant which consist of combinations of fuels and oxidizers which ignite spontaneously on contact with each other.
Incombustible As applied to building construction material, as material which, in the form it is used, is either one of the following:
Incombustible Material When referred to as structural material, means brick, stone, terracotta, concrete, iron, steel, sheet, metal, or tiles, used either singly or in combination.
Incombustible Stud Partition A partition plastered on both sides upon metal lath or wire cloth for the full height, and fire-topped between the studs with incombustible material 20 centimeters above the floor and at the ceiling.
Incumbustible a. Material having an structural base of incombustible material as defined in item (2), above, with a surfacing material not over 3.2 millimeter s thick which has a flame-spread rating of 50 or less.
Incumbustible b. "Incombustible" does not apply to surface finish materials. Material required to be incombustible for reduced clearance to flues, heating appliances, or other materials shall refer to material conforming to the provisions of this Code. No material shall be classed as incombustible which is subject to increase in combustibility or flame-spread rating beyond the limits herein established, through the effects of age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition.
INDUSTRIAL BAKING AND DRYING The industrial process of subjecting materials to heat for the purpose of removing solvents or moisture from the same, and/or to fuse certain chemical salts to form a uniform glazing the surface of materials being treated.
JUMPER A piece of metal or an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device in an electrical system.
Line, Building The line formed by the intersection of the outer surface of the enclosing wall of the building and the surface of the ground.
Lintel The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall construction above.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
Load, Dead The weight of the permanent portions of a building or structure; it includes the weight of the walls permanent partitions, framing floors, roofs, and all other permanent and stationary fixtures mechanism, and other construction entering into the becoming a part of a building or structure.
Load, Lateral That load cased by winds, earthquakes, or other dynamic forces.Load, Live The weight of the contents of a building or structure; it includes all except dead and lateral, and weight of temporary partitions, cases, counters, and similar equipment, and all loads imposed due to the occupancy of the building or structure.
Load, Occupant The total number of persons that may occupy a building or portion thereof at any one time.
Lodging House Any building or portion thereof, containing not more than five guest rooms which are used by not more than five guests where rent is paid in money, goods, labor or otherwise.
Lot A parcel of land on which a principal building and its accessories are placed or may be placed together with the required open spaces. A lot may or may not be the land designated as lot or recorded plot.
Lot Line The line of demarcation between either public or private property.Lot, Corner A lot situated at the junction of two or more streets forming an angle of not more than one hundred thirty-five degrees (135°C).
Lot, Depth of The average horizontal distance between the front and the rear lot lines.
Lot, Front The front boundary line of a lot bordering on the street and in the case of a corner lot, it may be either frontage.
Lot, Inside A lot fronting on but one street of public alley and the remaining sides bounded by lot lines.
Lot, Open A lot bounded on all sides by street lines.Lot, Width of The average horizontal distance between the side lot lines.Masonry A form of construction composed of stone, brick, concrete, gypsum, hollow clay tile, concrete block or tile, or other similar building units of material or combination of these material laid up unit and set in mortar.
Masonry Solid Masonry of solid units built without hollow spaces.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
Masonry Unit Brick, block, tile, stone, or other similar building unit or combination thereof, made to be bounded together by a cementation agent.
Mechanical access parking garages are those employing parking machines, lifts, elevators, or other mechanical services for vehicles moving from and to street level and in which public occupancy is prohibited above the street level.
Mezzanine or Mezzanine Floor A partial intermediate floor in any storey or room of a building having an area not more than one-half of the area of the room or space in which it is constructed.
Non-Conforming Building A building which does not conform with the regulations of the district where it is situated as to height, yard requirement, lot area, and percentage of occupancy.
Non-Conforming Use The use of a building or land or any portion of such building or land which does not conform with the use and regulation of the zone where it is situated.
Occupancy The purpose for which a building is used or intended to be used. The term shall also include the building or room housing such use. Change of occupancy is not intended to include change of tenants or proprietors.
OCCUPANCY The purpose for which a building or portion thereof is used or intended to be used.
OCCUPANT Any person actually occupying and using a building or portions thereof by virtue of a lease contract with the owner or administrator or by permission or sufferance of the latter.
ORGANIC PEROXIDE A strong oxidizing organic compound which releases oxygen readily. It causes fire when in contact with combustible materials especially under conditions of high temperature.
OVERLOADING The use of one or more electrical appliances or devices which draw or consume electrical current beyond the designed capacity of the existing electrical system.
Owner Any person, company, or corporation owning the property or properties under consideration or the receiver or trustee thereof.
OWNER The person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building or real property.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
OXIDIZING MATERIAL A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion.
Panic Hardware A bar which extends across at least one-half the width of each door leaf, which will open the door if subjected to pressure.
Partition An interior subdividing walls.Pier An insolated mass of masonry forming support for arches, columns, girders, lintels, trusses, and similar structural parts.
Plaster A portion of the wall which projects on one or both sides and acts as a vertical beam, a column, or both.
Plaster, Portland, Cement A mixture of portland cement, or portland cement and lime, and aggregate and other approved material as specified in this Code.
Plastics, Approved Plastic materials which have a flame spread rating of 225 or less.
Platform, Enclosed A partially enclosed portion of an assembly room the ceiling of which is not more than 1.50 meters above the proscenium opening and which is designed or used for the presentation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment wherein scenery, props, decorations, of the effects may be installed or used.
PRESSURIZED OR FORCED DRAFT BURNING EQUIPMENT Type or burner where the fuel is subjected to pressure prior to discharge into the combustion chamber and/or which includes fans or other provisions for the introduction of air at above normal atmosphere pressure into the same combustion chamber.
PUBLIC ASSEMBLY BUILDING Any building or structure where fifty (50) or more people congregate, gather, or assemble for any purpose.
Public Way A parcel of land unobstructed from the ground to the sky, more than 3.00 meters in width, appropriate d to the free passage of the general public.
PUBLIC WAY Any street, alley or other strip of land unobstructed from the ground to the sky, deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated for public use.
PYROPHORIC Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
REFINING A process where impurities and/or deleterious materials are removed from a mixture in order to produce a pure element of compound. It shall also refer to partial distillation and electrolysis.
Repair The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building for the purpose of its maintenance. The word "repair" shall not apply to any change of construction.
SELF-CLOSING DOORS Automatic closing doors that are designed to confine smoke and heat and delay the spread of fire.
Shaft A vertical opening through a building for elevators, dumbwaiters, mechanical equipment, or similar purposes.
Show Window A store window in which goods are display.Slum Blighted Area: Eyesore; An area where the values of real estate tend to deteriorate because of the dilapidated, obsolescent, and unsanitary condition of the building within the area. Any eyesore is a building or area which is markedly unpleasant to look at.
SMELTING Melting or fusing of metallic ores or compounds so as to separate impurities from pure metals.
Socalo, Masonry The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground.
Soffit The underside of a beam, lintel, or reveal.SPRINKLER SYSTEM An integrated network of hydraulically designed piping installed in a building, structure or area with outlets arranged in a systematic pattern which automatically discharges water when activated by heat or combustion products from a fire.
Stable Any structure designed and intended for the enclosure, shelter, or protection of any horse, carabao, or other cattle.
Stable, Commercial A stable wherein the animals kept are for business, racing or breeding purposes.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
Stage A partially enclosed portion of an assembly building which is designed or used for the representation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment wherein scenery, props or other effects may be installed or used, and where the distance between the top of the proscenium openings and the ceiling above the stage is more than 1.50 meters.
Stairway Two or more risers shall constitute a stairway.Stairway, Private A stairway serving one tenant only.STANDPIPE SYSTEM A system of vertical pipes in a building to which fire hoses can be attached on each floor, including a system by which water is made available to the outlets as needed.
Storey That portion of a building included between the upper surface of any floor and the upper surface of the floor next above, except that the topmost storey shall be that portion of a building included between the upper surface of the topmost floor and the ceiling or roof above. If the finished floor level directly above a basement, cellar or unused underfloor space is more than 3.60 meters above grade as defined herein at any point. Such basement, cellar or unused underfloor space shall be considered as a storey.
Storey, Height of The perpendicular distance from top to top of two successive floors, floor beams, or joists. The clear height of a storey or a room is the distance from the floor to the ceiling. The clear height of balconies is measured from the highest point of the sidewall grade to the underside of the balcony floor joists. If these joists are sealed, this clear height is measured to the underside of the ceiling.
Street Any thoroughfare of public space which has been dedicated or deeded to the public for public use.
Structural Frame The framing system including the columns and the girders, beams, trusses, and spandrels having direct connections to the columns an all other members which are essential to the stability of the building as a whole. The members of floor or roof which have no connection to the column shall be considered secondary and not a part of the structural frame.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
Structure That which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind or any piece of work artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner.
Suportales The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous or traditional type of construction. These may be freestanding as stilts or integrated into the wall structure. In the case of former, pie de gallos (knee braces) or crosettas (cross bracings) are sometimes used.
Surface, Exterior Weather-exposed surface.Surface, Interior Surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.Surface, Weather-Exposed All surfaces of walls, ceilings, floors, roofs, soffits, and similar surfaces exposed to the weather except the following:
surfacea a. Ceiling and roof soffits enclosed by walls, or by beams extend a minimum of 300 millimeter s below such ceiling or roof soffits;
surfacea b. Walls or portions of walls within an unenclosed roof area, when located a horizontal distance from an exterior opening equal to twice the height of the opening; and
surfacea c. Ceiling and roof soffits beyond a horizontal distance of 3.00 meters from the outer edge of the ceilings or roof soffits.
Value of Valuation of a Building The estimated cost to replace the building in kind, based on current replacement costs.
Vault Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or nay fireproof construction intended for the storage of valuables.
Veneer Adhered Veneer secured and supported by approved mechanical fasteners attached to an approved backing supported through adhesion to an approved bonding material applied over an approved backing.
Veneer, Exterior Veneer applied to weather-exposed surfaces.Veneer, Interior Veneer applied to surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.
VERTICAL SHAFT An enclosed vertical space of passage that extends from floor to floor, as well as from the base to the top of the building.
VESTIBULE A passage hall or antechamber between the outer doors and the interior parts of a house or building.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
Wall Bearing A wall which supports any load other than its own weight.Wall, Cross A term which may be used synonymously with a partition.Wall, Curtain The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing portion of an enclosing wall between piers.
Wall, Dead A wall without openings.Wall, Exterior Any wall or element of a wall or any number or group of members, which defines the exterior boundary or courts of a building.
Wall, Faced A wall in which the facing and backing are so bonded together that they act as a composite element, and exert a common action under load.
Wall, Fire Any wall which subdivided a building so as to resist the spread of fire, by starting at the foundation and extending continuously through all storeys to, or above the roof. Extension above the roof is 1.00 meter.
Wall, Foundation That portion of an enclosing wall below the first tier of floor-joists.
Wall, Height of The perpendicular distance measured from its base line either at the grade or at the top of the girder to the top of the coping thereof. Foundation and retaining walls are measured from the grade downward to the base of the footing.
Wall, Nonbearing A wall which supports no load other than its own weight.Wall, Parapet That part of any wall entirely above the roof line.Wall, Party A wall separating two or more buildings, and used in common by the said buildings.
Wall, Retaining Any wall used to resist the lateral displacement of any material; a subsurface wall built to resist the lateral pressure of internal loads.
Wall, Thickness of The minimum thickness measured on the bed.Window An opening through a wall of a building to the outside air for the purpose of admitting natural light and air.
Window, Oriel A projecting window similar to a bay window, cut curried on brackets or corbels. The term "bay window" may also be applied to an oriel window projecting over the street line.
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus
Wire Backing Horizontal strands of tautened wire attached to surfaces of vertical wood supports which, when covered with building paper, provide a backing for portland cement plaster.
Yard or Patio The vacant space left in a lot between the building and the property line.
Yard, Rear The yard lying between the side lot line and the nearest lot line and the nearest building line.
Yard, Side The yard lying between the side line and the nearest building and between the front and the rear yards.